Learning Should Take Place in an Inventive and Innovative Atmosphere.Rre.E

Learning should take place in an inventive and innovative atmosphere.rre.e.

Dr. Tracy L. Edwards Lethbridge College President & CEO

“A Message from the President In your hands is a map of sorts, one that will show you the way to your career dreams. This calendar is a gathering of everything Lethbridge College has to offer you in its classrooms, a listing of our programs and their courses you require to travel the academic road you’ve chosen to achieve your goals. I encourage you to read between the lines, because while” we’ve given you the basic descriptions of the academics involved, we don’t always make obvious the “ﬁ ne print.” Before you sign up for any of our courses, please be aware of the following: • We offer programs recognized by national accreditation committees • Many of our instructors helped build the programs after years of experience in their ﬁ elds • We offer the highest calibre of technology, including science labs we’ve barely opened • Our grads are hunted across the country by employers who recognize the value of a Lethbridge College diploma

So keep all of this in mind as you thumb through this publication. At Lethbridge College, you’ll receive the advantage of studying at an institution which, while now in its sixth decade, prides itself on a fresh approach to post-secondary education, one in which you, as one of our learners, are considered a priority. It’s an attitude we’ve adopted, one that says learning should take place in an inventive and innovative atmosphere. I extend an invitation to you to be part of that attitude and become part of a select group of achievers: Lethbridge College alumni. Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION President’s Welcome ...... 1 Disability and Community Academic Schedule ...... 3 Rehabilitation ...... 65 - 66 Lethbridge College Directory ...... 4 Early Childhood Education ...... 67 - 68 Engineering Design and GETTING STARTED AT LETHBRIDGE COLLEGE Drafting Technology ...... 69 - 70 Program List English as a Second Language ...... 71 • Alphabetically ...... 5 Environmental Assessment and • By School ...... 6 Restoration ...... 72 - 73 Application Procedures...... 7 Exercise Science ...... 74 - 75 Registration ...... 9 Fashion Design and Marketing ...... 76 - 77 Financing Your Education ...... 9 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Fees and Financial Information ...... 11 Education ...... 78 - 79 2009-2010 Fees ...... 12 Fire Service Administration ...... 80 Additional Fees ...... 13 Fire Investigation and Prevention ...... 81 Refunds, Withdrawals and Drops ...... 15 Fish and Wildlife Technology ...... 82 - 83 General Studies ...... 84 - 87 SERVICE FOR LEARNERS Geomatics Engineering Technology ..... 88 - 89 Lethbridge College Services...... 18 - 22 Interior Design ...... 90 Services for Aboriginal Learners...... 23 Massage Therapy ...... 91 Services for International Learners...... 24 Multimedia Production ...... 92 - 93 Scholarships and Awards ...... 25 Natural Resource Compliance ...... 94 Nursing Education in LETHBRIDGE COLLEGE PROGRAMS Southwestern Alberta (NESA) ...... 95 - 98 College Programs ...... 28 - 113 Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree ...... 99 Agricultural & Heavy Equipment Ofﬁ ce Administration ...... 100 - 101 Technician ...... 28 Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing...... 102 Agricultural Technology ...... 29 - 30 Police Recruit Training ...... 103 Apprenticeship Training ...... 31 - 33 Practical Nursing...... 104 Automotive Systems...... 34 Professional Golf Management ...... 105 - 106 Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular ...... Renewable Resource Technician ...... 36 Management ...... 107 - 108 Business Administration ...... 37 - 39 Special Needs Educational Central Sterile Processing ...... 41 Assistant ...... 109 - 110 Child and Youth Care ...... 42 - 43 Therapeutic Recreation - Civil Engineering Technology ...... 44 - 45 Gerontology ...... 111 - 112 College & University Preparation ...... 46 - 47 Unit Clerk Training ...... 113 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement ...... 48 Course Descriptions ...... 116 - 192 Communication Arts ...... 49 - 51 Computer Information Technology ...... 52 - 53 ALTERNATIVE DELIVERY Conservation Enforcement – eCampus Alberta ...... 195 Bachelor of Applied Science ...... 54 - 55 Distributed Learning ...... 196 - 197 Correctional Studies ...... 56 - 57 Chinook Transitions ...... 198 Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts ...... 58 - 59 IMPORTANT FORMS Criminal Justice Studies for Living in Residence ...... 200 Aboriginal Learners ...... 60 Application Form for Residence ...... 201 - 202 Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate ...... 61 Application Form for Admission ...... 203 - 204 Criminal Justice - Policing ...... 62 - 63 Academic Policies ...... 205 - 213 Culinary Careers ...... 64 Index ...... 214 - 216

2 lethbridgecollege.ca

Academic Schedule 2009-2010

SUMMER - 09S1 (July to August 2009) July 1 Wednesday College closed (Canada Day) July 2 Thursday Summer term begins July 6 Monday Add/Drop ends July 10 Friday Extended Drop ends July 30 Thursday Last day to withdraw August 3 Monday College closed (Heritage Day) August 11 Monday Fall term fees due August 17 Monday Last day of classes August 20, 21 Thursday, Friday Final exams August 24 Monday Final grades due to Registrar by 8:30 am

FALL - 09FL (September to December 2009) September 7 Monday College closed (Labor Day) September 8 Tuesday College Life 101 (New Student Orientation) September 9 Wednesday Fall term begins September 16 Wednesday Add/Drop ends September 29 Tuesday Extended Drop ends October 12 Monday College closed (Thanksgiving Day) November 11 Wednesday College closed (Remembrance Day) November 13 Friday Last day to withdraw December 1 Friday Winter term fees due December 11 Friday Last day of classes December 14 - 17 Monday - Thursday Final exams December 21 Monday Final grades due to Registrar by 8:30 am December 24 (noon) - January 1 Thursday (1/2 day) - Friday College closed (Christmas Break)

WINTER - 10WN (January to April 2010) January 4 Monday College opens for business after break January 5 Tuesday College Life 101 (New Student Orientation) January 6 Wednesday Winter term begins January 13 Wednesday Add/Drop ends January 26 Tuesday Extended Drop ends February 15 Monday College closed (Family Day) February 16 - 19 Tuesday - Friday Reading Week March 17 Wednesday Last day to withdraw April 2 Friday College closed (Good Friday) April 16 Friday Last day of classes April 19 - 22 Monday - Thursday Final exams April 23 Friday Convocation April 26 Monday Final grades due to Registrar by 8:30 am

SPRING - 10S2 (May to June 2010) May 3 Monday Spring term (short) begins May 5 Wednesday Add/Drop ends May 11 Tuesday Extended Drop ends May 24 Monday College closed (Victoria Day) June 1 Tuesday Last day to withdraw June 18 Friday Last day of classes June 21, 22 Monday, Tuesday Final exams June 25 Wednesday Final grades due to Registrar by 8:30 am

SPRING - 10SM (May to August 2010) May 3 Monday Spring term (long) begins May 10 Monday Add/Drop ends May 21 Friday Extended Drop ends May 24 Monday College closed (Victoria Day) July 1 Thursday College closed (Canada Day) July 7 Wednesday Last day to withdraw August 2 Monday College closed (Heritage Day) August 10 Tuesday Last day of classes August 12, 13, 16, 17 Thurs, Fri, Mon, Tues Final exams August 20 Friday Final grades due to Registrar by 8:30 am

3 College Directory

Main Campus ...... 403-320-3200 Programs Toll Free ...... 1-800-572-0103 Agriculture and Heavy Equipment Technician ...... 403-320-3411 Website ...... lethbridgecollege.ca Agriculture Technology ...... 403-382-6991 Automotive Systems ...... 403-320-3411 Fort Macleod Campus ...... 403-553-4788 Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician ...... 403-382-6991 Lakeshore Campus ...... 403-388-3082 Business Administration ...... 403-320-3213 or 320-3229 Central Sterile Processing ...... 403-382-6991 Child and Youth Care...... 403-320-3393 Admissions and Registration Civil Engineering Technology ...... 403-320-3468 Admissions ...... 403-320-3323 College and University Preparation ...... 403-329-7269 General Information ...... 403-320-3323 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement ...... 403-320-3418 Non-Credit Registration ...... 403-320-3323 Communication Arts ...... 403-382-6970 Student Records Information ...... 403-320-3323 Computer Information Technology ...... 403-320-3213 or 320-3229 Transcript Requests ...... 403-320-3323 Conservation Enforcement - Fax Number ...... 403-317-3503 Bachelor of Applied Science ...... 403-382-6991 Correctional Studies ...... 403-329-7246 Services Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts ...... 403-329-7246 Academic Advising ...... 403-320-3323 Criminal Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners ...... 403-329-7246 Alumni Association ...... 403-329-7220 Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate ...... 403-329-7246 Awards and Scholarships ...... 403-320-3372 Criminal Justice - Policing ...... 403-329-7246 Bookstore ...... 403-320-3341 Culinary Careers...... 403-320-3213 or 320-3226 Campus Recreation ...... 403-320-3202 ext. 5303 Disability and Community Rehabilitation ...... 403-320-3393 Campus Connections ...... 403-320-3347 Early Childhood Education ...... 403-320-3393 Chaplaincy Services ...... 403-320-3202 ext. 5328 Engineering Design and Drafting Technology ...... 403-320-3468 Counselling Services ...... 403-320-3351 English As A Second Language...... 403-320-6444 Day Care Centre...... 403-320-3430 Environmental Assessment and Restoration ...... 403-382-6991 Distributed Learning ...... 403-382-6931 Exercise Science ...... 403-320-3211 Finance ...... 403-382-6901 Fashion Design and Marketing ...... 403-320-3202 Ext. 5370 Health Services ...... 403-320-3289 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education ...... 403-320-3393 Kodiak Athletics ...... 403-382-6900 Fire Investigation and Prevention ...... 403-329-7246 Learning Cafe ...... 403-382-6952 Fire Service Administration ...... 403-329-7246 Learning Support Services ...... 403-320-3244 Fish and Wildlife Technology ...... 403-382-6991 Buchanan Library ...... 403-320-3352 General Studies ...... 403-394-7338 Lethbridge College Online ...... 403-320-3352 Geomatics Engineering Technology ...... 403-320-3468 Loans and Student Awards ...... 403-320-3372 Interior Design ...... 403-320-3202 Ext. 5362 Parking ...... 403-320-3223 Massage Therapy ...... 403-320-3211 Piita Pawanii Centre ...... 403-394-7356 Multimedia Production ...... 403-394-7357 Printing - Inplex the Copy Store...... 403-320-3255 Natural Resource Compliance...... 403-382-6991 Residence...... 403-329-7218 Bachelor of Nursing Degree (NESA) ...... 403-320-3348 Recruitment ...... 403-320-3322 Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree...... 403-320-3348 Security...... 403-320-3206 Ofﬁ ce Administration...... 403-320-3213 or 320-3229 Service Management...... 403-320-3334 Perioperative Nursing ...... 403-320-3310 Sports Facilities ...... 403-382-6903 Police Recruit Training...... 403-320-3418 Student Financial Aid ...... 403-320-3372 Practical Nursing ...... 403-320-3211 or 320-3403 Student for A Day/Campus Tours ...... 403-320-3322 Professional Golf Management ...... 403-320-3213 or 320-3229 Students Association ...... 403-320-3373 Renewable Resource Management ...... 403-382-6991 Students with Disabilities ...... 403-320-3202 ext. 5400 Special Needs Educational Assistant ...... 403-320-3393 Testing and Assessment Centre ...... 403-320-3368 Therapeutic Recreation (Gerontology) ...... 403-320-3211 The Works - Job and Career Services ...... 403-320-3287 Unit Clerk Training ...... 403-329-7230

4 lethbridgecollege.ca

Programs Listed Alphabetically

• Agricultural & Heavy Equipment Technician • Disability and Community Rehabilitation • Agricultural Technology (distance delivery only) • Animal Science Major • Early Childhood Education • Plant and Soil Science Major • Engineering Design and Drafting Technology • Apprenticeship Training • English as a Second Language • Automotive Service Technician • Environmental Assessment and Restoration • Carpenter • Exercise Science • Cook • Fashion Design & Marketing • Electrician • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education • Heavy Equipment Technician (distance delivery only) • Parts Technician • Fire Service Administration • Welder • Fire Investigation and Prevention • Automotive Systems • Fish and Wildlife Technology • Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician • General Studies Diploma • Business Administration Liberal Arts Majors • Accounting Major • Canadian Studies Major • General Business Major • Cultural Studies Major • Management Major • English Major • Marketing Major • Psychology and Sociology Major • Central Sterile Processing • Geomatics Engineering Technology • Child and Youth Care • Interior Design • Civil Engineering Technology • Massage Therapy • College and University Preparation • Multimedia Production • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement • Natural Resource Compliance • Communication Arts • Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta (NESA) • Advertising/Public Relations Major • Nursing After Degree • Broadcast Journalism Major • Ofﬁ ce Administration • Print Journalism Major • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing • Computer Information Technology • Police Recruit Training • Conservation Enforcement - Bachelor of Applied Science • Practical Nursing • Correctional Studies • Professional Golf Management • Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts • Renewable Resource Management • Criminal Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners • Special Needs Educational Assistant • Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology • Criminal Justice - Policing • Unit Clerk • Culinary Careers

5 Programs Listed By School

School of Agriculture & Natural Sciences School of Justice Studies • Agricultural Technology • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement • Animal Science Major • Correctional Studies • Plant and Soil Science Major • Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts • Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners • Central Sterile Processing • Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate • Criminal Justice - Policing School of Business • Fire Service Administration • Business Administration • Fire Investigation and Prevention • Accounting Major • Police Recruit Training • General Business Major • Management Major School of Liberal Arts • Marketing Major • General Studies Diploma • Computer Information Technology Liberal Arts Majors • Ofﬁ ce Administration • Canadian Studies • Professional Golf Management • Cultural Studies • English School of Engineering Technologies • Psychology and Sociology • Civil Engineering Technology • Engineering Design and Drafting Technology School of Media & Design • Geomatics Engineering Technology • Communication Arts • Advertising/ Public Relations Major School of Environmental Sciences • Broadcast Journalism Major • Conservation Enforcement - Bachelor of Applied Science • Print Journalism Major • Environmental Assessment and Restoration • Fashion Design & Marketing • Fish and Wildlife Technology • Interior Design • Natural Resource Compliance • Multimedia Production • Renewable Resources Management School of Trades & Apprenticeships School of Health Sciences • Agricultural & Heavy Equipment Technician • Exercise Science • Automotive Systems • Massage Therapy • Culinary Careers • Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta (NESA) • Apprenticeship Training • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree • Automotive Service Technician • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing • Carpenter • Practical Nursing • Cook • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology • Electrician • Unit Clerk • Heavy Equipment Technician • Parts Technician School of Human Services • Welder • Child and Youth Care • Disability and Community Rehabilitation English as a Second Language (distance delivery only) • Early Childhood Education Upgrading and Transitional Programs • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education • College and University Preparation (distance delivery only) • Special Needs Educational Assistant

6 lethbridgecollege.ca

Getting Started

APPLICATION PROCEDURES - The College will not be responsible for Alberta High School Transcripts THE BASICS incorrect mailing and for missed deadlines To request an Alberta high school transcript due to your failure to report such information contact: We’re delighted you’re considering applying as a change of address or failure to have for a Lethbridge College program. To supporting admission documents delivered Alberta Education ensure you are aware of the details of your to the College by the specifi ed deadlines. High School Transcripts application process, refer to the following 2nd Floor, 44 Capital Boulevard simple steps to submit your application: Application Dates 10044-108 Street Lethbridge College will accept applications Edmonton, AB T5J 5E6 STEP 1 - Read about all of our programs. for admission at any time during the year. www.education.alberta.ca/students/ We offer a wide variety of career programs, Certain high-demand programs may transcripts.aspx seven apprenticeship programs, plus many have some limitations on the timelines for programs and courses through Distributed accepting applications. If you choose one of To be connected toll free within Alberta, dial Learning. This calendar highlights all of them these programs, you will be advised by mail 310.0000 and then dial 780.427.5732 at the and you can fi nd out more online at as to the procedures. prompt. lethbridgecollege.ca. STEP 4 - Supporting Documentation. High School Transcripts from Other STEP 2 - Choose the program you Due to the range and depth of materials Provinces want to take. covered, you may need to complete Transcripts may be obtained by contacting If you need more information, contact our additional requirements for admission to the appropriate education board of the Academic Advisors at 403.320.3323 or via specifi c programs at Lethbridge College. province in which you attended or are e-mail at: [email protected]. For more details on admissions to individual attending high school. Ontario, Quebec, New Program Chairs can also provide detailed College programs, refer to the program Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and PEI high school information on their programs and courses. profi le in this Calendar. students can request transcripts directly from You’ll fi nd the Program Chair’s name and the high school attended. telephone number in the program description Academic requirements refer to those high section of this Academic Calendar and online school (or equivalent) courses required to Students who have defi ciencies in their high at lethbridgecollege.ca. ensure success in the particular program of school courses may upgrade their status by study. In all cases, equivalencies to those completing high school equivalency courses. STEP 3 - Complete our ‘Application for courses will be considered. Non-academic For further information, see the College Admission’ Form or apply online. requirements have been implemented for and University Preparation program in this If you are applying to Lethbridge College, some programs as a means of enhancing calendar. a $55 non-refundable application fee must your success and placing more emphasis on accompany your application. Please make employability following graduation. Post-Secondary Transcripts cheques or money orders payable to Transcripts from post-secondary institutions ‘Lethbridge College’. You can also pay over Letters of reference and questionnaires may must be issued and signed by the institution the telephone or in person using VISA or assist our admissions staff in evaluating and bear the offi cial seal. At your request, MasterCard. Call us at 403.320.3323 or toll- the admissibility of applicants to certain an offi cial transcript is sent directly from free at 1.800.572.0103 ext. 3323 if you’d like programs. You will be contacted if these the institution to the Admissions Offi ce at to pay over the telephone. are required for admission. Failure to Lethbridge College. In order to obtain offi cial supply necessary information will delay the copies of your post-secondary transcripts, Forms are available at the back of this processing of your application. contact the Registrar’s Offi ce of the book, as well as from high school guidance institution(s) that you attended. counselors, career centres, agencies and Transcripts post-secondary institutions across Alberta. Offi cial transcripts are the academic records Apprenticeship and ESL applicants are not Electronic and printable applications are from any high school, college, technical required to submit high school or post- available on our web site: institute or university you have attended. secondary transcripts. lethbridgecollege.ca. At your request, an offi cial transcript is sent directly from a provincial department of All transcripts submitted to the College Any information concerning you, including education and/or from other institutions to become the property of Lethbridge College. all documentation provided in support of the Admissions Offi ce at Lethbridge College. your Application for Admission, will be kept (It is your responsibility to request the offi cial Neither the original transcript nor copies will confi dential. Information concerning you will transcript. Unoffi cial transcripts are those be released to you or anyone outside the be released to third parties only upon your issued directly to you or copies that are College. written authorization. For information, see faxed.) the Student Records - (Collection, Access To The transcripts and other supporting and Disclosure of Information) Policy in the Current High School Students documentation of all applicants who are not academic policies. If you are currently enrolled in Grade 12 admitted or who do not attend are destroyed. courses, you may report on your courses in If you wish to re-apply at a later date, a new It is your responsibility to notify the College progress by submitting a schedule from the set of documents must be supplied. of any change of name or address. high school showing your course enrolment. You must have an offi cial transcript sent after you have completed all departmental examinations.

7 Getting Started Continued

Admissions Testing If you do pay over the telephone, please 1. Clear and legible international educational A number of College programs require remember to mail or fax us your Response credentials or certifi cates beginning with admissions testing. to Offer of Admission prior to making your the fi nal year of high school. Certifi ed payment. Remember to reply before the offi cial documents issued by each If you apply to these programs you will deadline for admission, which you will fi nd in institution are required. be asked to show proof of identity. The your Offer of Admission. admissions test(s) will not be administered if 2. Certifi ed English translations for all you fail to produce appropriate identifi cation. STEP 7 - Get ready to join Lethbridge documents not written in English must be Only identifi cation which includes a recent College. supplied and translations must be photograph will be accepted (e.g. driver’s If you accept our Offer of Admission by complete, word-for-word and in the same licence, valid passport). returning the response to us with your format as the original document. $300 tuition deposit before the admission Medical History deadline, we’ll send you written confi rmation 3. Offi cial transcript(s) of any studies A completed Medical History Form and of your admission. We’re looking forward completed in Canada. medical examinations are required for some to welcoming you to our College. Should programs. You will be notifi ed if a medical you have any questions call us toll-free Deadline for Applications: examination is required following submission at 1.800.572.0103 ext. 3323 or locally at Fall (September) admission: June 1 of the Application for Admission. 403.320.3323. We’ll be happy to help. Winter (January) admission: October 1

While every effort is made to ensure the INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Please note that these deadlines may not accuracy of admissions requirements, the Contact: Nadia Henwood, Coordinator, apply to ESL applicants. Contact the English information stated in this calendar is only Admissions & Transfer 403.329.7234 Language Centre by phone at 403.320.6444 correct at the time of printing. You are [email protected] or e-mail at [email protected] encouraged to consult with the Admissions Offi ce for the most current admission International students must complete an English Language Profi ciency requirements and information. Admissions Application For Admission Form and attach Requirement for specifi c programs are listed in the a $55 non-refundable, non-transferable Students whose fi rst language is not English program descriptions. application fee. Mail, fax, or e-mail the and who are applying for programs other application form with payment information to: than ESL must provide one of the following: STEP 5 - Wait for our reply. We’ll begin processing your application as Admissions Department 1. Offi cial Test of English as a Foreign soon as we receive it. We will give careful Lethbridge College Language (TOEFL) score of at least 550 consideration to your choice of program and 3000 College Drive South (213 if computer based testing), an iBT if an interview or a test is required before Lethbridge, AB T1K 1L6 score of 80 taken within the last two years; an admission decision can be made, we’ll Fax: 403.317.3503 contact you promptly and let you know. Once [email protected] 2. Offi cial International English Language processing is complete, you’ll receive a letter Testing System (IELTS) score of at least from us with our decision on your application. Payment can be made by cheque, money 6.0 with no band less than 5.5, taken order, wire transfer, or direct deposit. within the last two years; or STEP 6 - Make a decision. Please e-mail Admissions for more detailed If your application is successful, we’ll send information about payment options. 3. A grade of 50 per cent or higher in English you an Offer of Admission. If you’d like to Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 or the accept our offer, return the Response to You must be at least 18 years of age by the equivalent from a Canadian institution. Offer of Admission along with your $300 fi rst day of classes or have completed a high tuition deposit by the specifi ed deadline. school diploma. This is applicable to all programs. Please make cheques or money orders payable to ‘Lethbridge College’. Offi cial Documents TOEFL applications are available by (Students applying directly to ESL are contacting: All fees associated with this acceptance and not required to submit educational resulting course or program registrations documents.) Students who have attended Educational Testing Services become the responsibility of the student and/ school outside Canada must submit the Box 6154 or sponsoring agent as of the acceptance following documents to Lethbridge College, Princeton, NJ, USA 08541 date. either with the application form or as soon as http://www.toefl .org the documents are available. An admission You can also pay over the telephone or in decision will not be made until all documents Applicants interested in applying for on- person using VISA or MasterCard. Call us at have been received. campus residence will need to complete an 403.320.3323 or toll-free at 1.800.572.0103 Application for Residence form. ext. 3323 if you’d like to pay over the telephone. The tuition deposit will confi rm For more information on accommodations, your place in our program. please refer to Page 200 or visit our website lethbridgecollege.ca/go/residence, e-mail: [email protected].

8 lethbridgecollege.ca

REGISTRATION - THE BASICS FINANCING YOUR EDUCATION A student is INDEPENDENT (doesn’t require parental information/signatures) if he/she: Registration is the process where you select Student Loan Basics • Has been available to the work force or are enrolled in the course or courses You must apply for your loan through your on a full-time basis for two 12 month- required to complete your program of study province of residence; this is wherever you consecutive periods OR at Lethbridge College. Acceptance of the lived most recently for 12 months while not • Is over the age of 22, OR Offer of Admission authorizes Lethbridge attending a post-secondary institution on a • Has been married, OR College to make course selections on your full-time basis. • Has children, OR behalf. Admission is considered confi rmed • Has been out of high school for four when Lethbridge College receives your Application Time Lines years. signed response to the Offer of Admissions New student loan applications are created along with the required tuition fee deposit annually and are available during and after If you don’t meet any of these criteria, you of $300 or a written confi rmation of May of each year. If you are applying for a will be considered a “dependent” student sponsorship from a sponsoring agency. All study period that begins after July 1, you even if your parents aren’t supporting you. fees associated with this acceptance and cannot apply until the new applications are resulting course or program registrations available (after late May). This is also true Alberta Students become the responsibility of the student and/ for electronic applications. You can apply for Apply online at www.alis.gov.ab.ca click on or sponsoring agent as of the acceptance loan funding any time after this, up until three Learning, Financial Assistance, Students date. weeks before the study period ends. The Finance, and then Electronic Application. maximum continuous length of time you may The majority of students will be automatically apply for on one application is 12 months. Note: some programs or circumstances registered based on the program information (It is in your best interest to apply for the require paper applications (i.e., situations in this calendar. longest continuous academic study period where there are questions around credit or you will be in within this limit.) previous grant funding). Paper applications You will be able to view your class schedule are available in front of Lethbridge online by logging into the Portal. Once in the What information do I need to apply? College Student Services or at Canada Portal, check your class schedule under the If you are applying for an Alberta loan Alberta Service Centres (CASC). Paper WebAdvisor tab. electronically, most of the required applications take four - six weeks to be information will be available to you online. assessed. Manitoba, British Columbia, and You will be registered for a full year (all terms As long as you have correctly entered the Saskatchewan residents can apply online in the academic year). Your acceptance of institution and the program and selected the as well. our offer assumes that you are bound by terms in which you plan to be full-time, the the rules and regulations of the College and maximum tuition, fees, and books amounts How do I qualify? that you agree to be responsible for the fees will be displayed. You may request less than First you must demonstrate need. Education associated with registration. the maximum, but no more. is an investment on the part of the student, the family and the government (taxpayer If you are required to make course selections If you are an out-of-province student dollars cover your interest while you are in in person, in particular General Studies or applying on paper, these program- school). You must have a minimum amount students, you are advised to use the online related costs will be available through the of savings to contribute yourself and, where timetable to choose your courses. You can Lethbridge College website. Select the it is deemed appropriate, parents must also work with an advisor to build a timetable link to the appropriate program and then contribute. It is essential that students take that suits your needs. College & University click on Fees and Financial Information care of outstanding fi nancial issues prior to Preparation (Upgrading) students must under the “Programs and Courses” tab. attending college; servicing debts while on meet with an advisor to fi nalize their course (Note: Students in Year 1 or 2 of Nursing a student loan is extremely diffi cult and the registration. must apply for loans as Lethbridge pressure this involves may jeopardize your College students even though they apply success. Although a few programs have terms that for admission through the University vary in length, the majority of Lethbridge of Lethbridge. The program is listed as Please note that government-sponsored College programs are delivered in 15-week University Transfer - Nursing.) student loans are restricted to those terms and, once we receive confi rmation, the students in post- secondary classes on a registration process begins automatically. If you are a “dependent” student you will full-time basis. Upgrading classes cannot need information and signatures from your comprise any of the 12 credits per term that You are encouraged to register as early as parents. is designated as the Lethbridge College ‘full possible and must ensure you are registered time’ requirement. Post-secondary students for each term prior to the start date. (Refer studying at a level below 12 credits per term to the Academic Schedule on Page 3 of the may be eligible for part-time Canada Student calendar.) Loans.

9 Getting Started Continued

Those applications are also available at OOncence confi rmed, loan documents must gogo to BBee adadvisedvised thatthat therethere areare maximumsmaximums forfor StudentStudent ServicesServices and CASCCASC Offi ces, but eeitherither the lender representative on campus lliving,iving, tuition, feesfees and books; ifif youyou exceed theythey require authorization byby LethbridgeLethbridge ((theythey are generallygenerally available near StudentStudent these youyou aren’taren’t likelylikely to be awarded anyany College’sCollege’s StudentStudent Awards staff,staff, and interest SServiceservices daildailyy at the beginningbeginning ofof each addadditionalitional funds.funds. is chargedcharged and payablepayable throughoutthroughout the part- rregularegular term)term) or to a CanadaCanada Post Offi ce time studystudy period. desidesignatedgnated to handle student loans. What if I had a loan before and I don’t want one nownow?? What do I do after I submit mymy loan You will require photo identifi cation, yyourour IIff yyouou are still in reparepaymentyment forfor a previous application?application? SSocialocial Insurance card (or(or a governmentgovernment ofof sstudenttudent loan youyou must notifynotify youryour previous In most cases yyouou will be apprised CCanadaanada generatedgenerated document that refersrefers llenderender that youyou are now a full-timefull-time student. immediatelyimmediately ofof youryour fundingfunding assessment to itit)) and a VVOIDOID cheque (or(or have youryour There is no reparepaymentyment reliefrelief forfor part- (if(if yyouou applied electronicallelectronically).y). You will then bank complete the bankinbankingg informationinformation forfor time students. The fformorm required varies receivereceive a document in the mail requiringrequiring yyouou – it is vital that this ininformationformation appears dependindependingg on youryour lender and must be youryour signaturesignature – signsign it and mail it back ccorrectly).orrectly). OOncence yyouou have processed authorized bbyy StudentStudent Awards staff.staff. to SStudentstudents Finance or brinbringg the signedsigned yyourour document with the campus lender document to StudentStudent ServicesServices so we maymay rrepresentativeepresentative or a desidesignatedgnated Post Offi ce, Be sure to respond to ananyy repaymentrepayment couriercourier it forfor you.you. IfIf yyouou applapplyy electronically,electronically, the document is on its wawayy into the systemsystem rrequestsequests promptlpromptly.y. Do not leave this until the a parental signaturesignature maymay be required as well and the CollegeCollege will receive the feesfees it has llastast minute or youyou maymay be required to make as yyourour own on the ‘signature‘signature document’. IfIf rrequested.equested. Whatever loan balance remains ssomeome papaymentsyments even ifif youyou are enrolled as a youyou applyapply byby paper, youyou will receive a Notice ((ifif there is oneone)) will be deposited into youryour fufull-timell-time student.student. of AAssessmentssessment in thethe mailmail in fourfour - sixsix weeks.weeks. babanknk account.account. TheThe timetime it takestakes forfor thisthis toto occur varies, but students can generallygenerally ReviewReview thethe NoticeNotice of Assessment.Assessment. eexpectxpect their fundsfunds to ‘land’‘land’ in their bank This documents the type,type, amount, and accounts one to two weeks aafterfter processing.processing. disbursement date ofof all the fundingfunding youyou will receivereceive duringduring youryour academic year.year. It must What if I drodropp out or drodropp below full-time covercover youryour entire period ofof studies so budgetbudget rrequirements?equirements? accordingly.accordingly. IIff yyouou drop below the 12-credit requirement in a term, yyourour loan will be cancelled. What do I do when I receive mymy loan SStudentstudents Finance will be notifi ed and ananyy document?document? ffurtherurther ffundingunding will be stopped. IfIf youyou don’t UsuallyUsually youryour loan will arrive (at(at the address rreapplyeapply forfor a loan and registerregister as a full-timefull-time youyou used on youryour application)application) as alreadyalready sstudenttudent within six months, youryour repaymentrepayment ‘con‘confi rmed’. This means that LethbridLethbridgege will bebegingin six months afterafter youryour date ofof CollegeCollege StudentStudent Awards staffstaff have withdrawal fromfrom full-timefull-time studies. IfIf youyou do electronicallyelectronically confi rmed yyourour full-timefull-time status nnotot plan to return, youyou should call Alberta and requested an amount to be remitted SStudentstudents Finance immediatelimmediatelyy directlydirectly to the College.College. This amount is 1-800-222-6485 to ask that ananyy loan generallygenerally limited to the balance ofof tuition and ccompletionompletion benefi t be calculated and feesfees yyouou owe forfor the term youyou are in or the applied aagainstgainst youryour principle as soon as one youyou are justjust about to enter. In general,general, ppossible.ossible. This will reduce the amount ofof feesfees fforor residence, laptop and dadaycareycare are interest papayableyable when youryour loans enter the notnot chargedcharged to student loan documents. AnyAny rrepaymentepayment period.period. outstandingoutstanding feesfees fromfrom a prior term maymay also be requested. IfIf youyou are not assessed forfor a IIff yyouou have received grantgrant monies, StudentsStudents secondsecond loan disbursement near youryour second Finance mamayy request immediate repaymentrepayment term and/orand/or ifif yyourour student loan award is ooff all or a portion ooff that amount. notnot sufsuffi cient to cover yyourour ffees,ees, yyouou will be responsible forfor makingmaking those paymentpayment What if I feel that I didn’t receive enouenough?gh? arranarrangements.gements. You can appeal youryour assessment byby ccompletingompleting a ‘Change‘Change ofof Circumstance’Circumstance’ IIff yyourour loan document is not “con“confi rmed”, fformorm – available at StudentStudent ServicesServices or yyouou must brinbringg it to Student Services to be downloadable from the www.alis.www.alis.gov.ab.cagov.ab.ca pprocessed.rocessed. At this time, no out-of-provinceout-of-province ssite.ite. SSubmitubmit completed formsforms at StudentStudent lloansoans can be electronicallyelectronically confi rmed so all SServiceservices to be couriered in order to speed out-oout-of-provincef-province loan documents must be uupp the process. (This(This review generallygenerally takes broubroughtght to StudentStudent Awards staff.staff. ffour-sixour-six weeks.weeks.))

10 lethbridgecollege.ca

FEES AND FINANCIAL INFORMATION Students who have applied for and received confi rmation that they will be receiving student loans will normally have fees deducted Payments for all tuition and fees can be made in the Finance offi ce for the current term. They may opt to have the full academic year and/or the Student Services/Registration offi ce. The Finance offi ce fees deducted from this assessment by applying for this service is open 8:45 a.m. to 4:15 p.m. Monday through Friday. It is located when submitting their loan for processing. Sponsored students on the second fl oor of the Centre Core, Room CE2310. The Student and those applying for a Student Loan are responsible for making Services/Registration offi ce is open 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday payments or appropriate arrangements with Accounting Services if through Friday and is located on the main fl oor, adjacent to the their sponsorship/loan has not been approved by the Due Date. Any Centre Core, Room PA1130. resulting refunds from payments received through the student loan appropriation will normally be forwarded directly to the loan provider. You can make payments 24 hours a day, 365 days a year through your fi nancial institution via telephone/online banking. Please refer to the Lethbridge College website for other payment methods which are available for your payment convenience.

After applying, learners will be provided with a user name and password that will allow access to LC Online, our Internet portal, for payments and to view account status. Final grades, class schedules and T2202A forms are also provided via LC Online.

The following section provides more detail on tuition, fees and policies related to student ﬁ nancial records.

When do I need to pay my tuition and fees? Generally, all fees are due and payable, not later than 20 working days prior to the beginning of the term. For example, the 2009/2010 fees are due for the following terms:

Term Due Date Summer I Term (July - August) June 10, 2009 Fall Term (September - December) August 11, 2009 Winter Term (January - April) December 1, 2009 Summer II Term (May - June) April 12, 2010

• Undeclared students must pay all related fees at the time of registration. • Course changes made after the fee payment dates may result in additional fees. These additional fees must be paid at the time the course changes are made. Resulting credit balances may be retained “on account” or a request may be submitted for subsequent refund to the student and/or sponsor.

Non-payment of fees, if appropriate arrangements have not been conﬁ rmed with Accounting Services by the Due Date, will result in the students’ registration being cancelled.

It should be noted that non-attendance of classes does not constitute automatic withdrawal. Students must advise the Registration Ofﬁ ce if they will not be attending classes for which they have been registered.

11 2009-2010 Fees

APPLICATION PROCESSING FEES GOODS AND SERVICES (GST) TAX Winter • Provides coverage from Where applicable, GST on fees, goods and January 1, 2010 to August 31, 2010. This non-refundable fee must be remitted services provided by Lethbridge College for each occasion a student applies to or in association with College life will be Health Dental Total Lethbridge College and for each program to administered under the procedures as which they have applied. If currently enrolled proclaimed by government legislation and $62 $62 $124 students wish to change to another program, is subject to change with rulings, guidelines they also must remit this non-refundable fee and amendments as set out by the Any questions regarding LCSA Fees when applying to the new program. Government of Canada. should be directed to the LCSA Offi ce Note: This non-refundable fee will be waived 403.320.3373. if the College advises that a program change STUDENTS’ ASSOCIATION FEES would be benefi cial to the learner’s success. Student membership fees are established TECHNOLOGY INFRASTRUCTURE FEE and governed through the bylaws of the This is a compulsory fee assessed to The Application Fee is exempt of the Tuition Lethbridge College Students’ Association students enrolling in any credit course Fee Policy as well as GST. The specifi c (LCSA). LCSA fees are mandatory for all (except for Apprenticeship programs) at amount of the fee paid for a program students enrolled in credit course(s). LCSA Lethbridge College. The College will apply application will only be included on the fees are assessed upon College registration this fee to upgrade the administrative T2202A if a student subsequently enrolls in and are due and payable under the same systems in order to maintain the support of and attends the specifi c program to which terms and conditions as tuition fees. the entire College infrastructure. As such, he/she applied and was accepted. it is not considered a “fee for instruction” The 2009-2010 Students’ Association fees and, therefore, not subject to the Alberta TUITION are assessed at $3.17 per credit for students Advanced Education and Technology Tuition Tuition fees are based on the credit value enrolled in credit courses. Credit courses Fee Policy guidelines. Any subsequent of the course. Students’ Association fees, offered at satellite campuses, through changes to this fee rate will, however, be athletic fees, technology fees, and supplies, Distributed Learning and practicum courses, included in the consultative process with GST, and other fees, as applicable, are are assessed at $1.39 per credit. Please the student body just as is required with assessed and charged in addition to these check the Lethbridge College electronic fees applicable under the Tuition Fee Policy tuition fees. Please check Lethbridge calendar at lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. guidelines. College’s offi cial electronic calendar for the 2009-10 tuition fee rates on courses and Every dollar of the total Students’ Association The Technology Infrastructure fee is not programs and other fees that are applicable fee collected is distributed to the accounts of subject to GST but will be included as an for these services at lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. the LCSA as follows: eligible amount on the T2202As. In addition, this fee will be charged to VISA students at Projected Credit Tuition Rate for Subsequent Students’ Council Fund $0.57 the same rate as all other students, unlike Periods: The Alberta Advanced Education Capital Purchase Trust Fund $0.19 the tuition fee rates. Refund treatment on and Technology Tuition Fee Policy requires Campus Recreation Fund $0.24 this fee will follow the Refund Policy Table institutions to publish four-year credit tuition $1.00 outlined on page 15. Full refunds will be fee projections in their Calendars. In addition given up to the end of the course withdraw to the confi rmed 2009-10 credit tuition fee HEALTH AND DENTAL PLAN FEES Period 3 with no refund after that date. rates as listed on the website, the planned The LCSA has implemented Extended credit tuition rates for 2010-11, 2011-12 and Health and Dental plans for students. e-VOLUTION FEE 2012-13 will be set in accordance with the Extended Health and Dental fees are Lethbridge College is attentive to the parameters of the Tuition Fee Policy. mandatory for all students who meet the technological advances in business and eligibility criteria. All LCSA fees are assessed industry and is dedicated to preparing The projections for the subsequent periods upon College registration and are due graduates with the requisite knowledge will be based upon the Province of Alberta and payable under the same terms and and skills in a learner-centred environment. consumer price index (CPI) rate. conditions as tuition fees. Training, teaching and learning practices are also rapidly changing in light of new These rates are subject to annual review Fees for the LCSA Health and Dental plans communication technologies. The Centre and adjustment as determined by the are as follows: for Applied Arts and Sciences contains College’s four-year business plan cycle several technology intensive programs in conjunction with student consultation. Fall • Provides coverage from and continues to incorporate the latest Students’ Association fees, athletic fees and September 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009. software and hardware into its curriculum to certain other fees are not included in these enhance teaching, learning, and graduate projections as they are not subject to the employability. With these objectives in mind, Health Dental Total Provincial Tuition Fee Policy and they may the Centre offers its e-VOLUTION initiative. be adjusted annually. $62 $62 $124 This represents next generation teaching and learning. It means greater access to essential technologies, learning materials and individuals for instructors and learners alike.

12 lethbridgecollege.ca

Through e-VOLUTION, learners in specifi ed Due to software licensing agreements and Students are responsible for printing on programs will lease high-powered laptop other constraints, students may not use a campus. The fi rst 200 sheets per year are computers, complete with software, from laptop computer of their own. If you withdraw free, after that the printing cost is 10¢ per Lethbridge College. Faculty members in from your program and return the laptop page (subject to change). those programs will also be equipped with during the current term’s fi rst add/drop laptops and software permitting increased period, you will be refunded the full amount THIS EXCLUDES PRINTING FROM OUR fl exibility in and outside of the classroom. of your laptop fees for that term and for any ON-CAMPUS PRINTER - INPLEX THE In addition to software, learners will also be subsequent terms. Any loss of components COPY STORE. provided with technical support, wireless or damage to the laptop during this period network access and on-campus training will be assessed and deducted from your sessions. damage deposit. Paid parking is available on campus at the current approved fee rates. With wireless capabilities and additional If your laptop is in good condition, you will be power plug-ins, learners will be able to refunded your full damage deposit. 2009-10 FEES INVENTORY access the Lethbridge College campus network and their coursework from If you do not bring your laptop back before or Centre for Applied Management: numerous locations including designated during the fi rst add/drop period, your fees for Apprenticeship material fee ...... $62.50 classrooms, meeting areas, lounges and that term will not be refunded. corridors. Laptops will be used extensively Culinary Careers but not exclusively. Classroom teaching and Insurance - Laundry service for COC133 learning methods vary and are based on how Lethbridge College does not provide (Restaurant & Production Skills)...... $372 appropriate they are for the individual course insurance coverage for loss, damage or or lesson content. theft of laptops, software or related goods. Culinary Careers Students are solely responsible for ensuring - Laundry service for CUL206 Instructors will determine when and where they have adequate house, renters (tenant’s) (Luncheon a la Carte & Buffets) ...... $185 laptops will be used in class. Some programs or other insurance coverage for such and courses may use the Internet and incidents. WATS Cooking WebCT for full or partial course delivery, - Laundry service ...... $30/course extending the advantages of learner laptop Check the Lethbridge College website for use. additional e-VOLUTION information. Fashion Design & Merchandising Sewing Kit Deposit - Refunded when returned...... $100 Programs ADDITIONAL FEES Students enrolled in the following programs Interior Design Drafting Kit Deposit are required to lease a laptop computer from Application Processing Fee - Refunded when returned ...... $100 LC: (non-refundable) ...... $55 • Interior Design Marketing: MKT 281 Field Trip ...... $100 • Engineering Design and Drafting Supplemental Examination: Technology 100% of one credit value of the applicable • Civil Engineering Technology course tuition fee rate. Centre for Applied Arts and Sciences: e-VOLUTION laptop rental ...... $625/term • Geomatics Engineering Technology Prior Learning Assessment: Deposit on e-VOLUTION laptop rental Distribution 50% of the total tuition fee for the course - Refunded when returned ...... $500 Laptops will be distributed to each student (including: Challenge Exam, Oral Exam, the day before classes begin once their total Video Review, Portfolio Assessment etc.). Centre for Health, Justice fees, including refundable security deposit, and Human Services: are received by the College. Students will Letters of Confi rmation (each) ...... $5 Activities fee for CYC182 have their laptop to use 24 hours a day, (Outdoor Educational Experience) ..... $84.35 seven days a week. Replacement of Credential ...... $35

Fees Replacement of Student ID Card...... $5 Fees include hardware, software, network access, carrying case, user guide and NSF/Returned cheques (per item)...... $35 training. Due to software licensing costs, fees for some programs may be slightly T2202A Replacement ...... $5 higher than others. Fees for 2009-10 are $625 per term. Fees for both terms plus a Duplicate Cash Receipt ...... $5 refundable security deposit ($500) must be paid prior to the day of distribution, which is Technology Infrastructure Fee ....$8.15/credit the day before classes begin. Athletic Fee...... $2/credit

13 2009-2010 Fees Continued

ACCOMMODATIONS Please refer to the 2009-10 Lethbridge College online Calendar for residence/accommodation costs. lethbridgecollege.ab.ca/go/residence

General Regulations Governing Payment of Fees Final confi rmation of acceptance will be contingent upon receipt of the required tuition fee deposit or sponsorship confi rmation and the signed Offer of Admission within the dates specifi ed in the Offer. All fees are due and payable in full, or arrangements made with Accounting Services, on or before the dates posted.

Students who have not paid their fees or made arrangements with Accounting Services for payment of fees in full, by the scheduled dates may be dropped from programs and all courses in which they are currently registered or will be subject to collection procedures.

Students with outstanding indebtedness to Lethbridge College are placed on Financial Hold and all transcripts, marks statements, parchments, and Student I.D. cards are withheld. In addition to collection procedures, this will restrict access to the College in the future. The Accounting Services Department should be contacted immediately to resolve any outstanding obligations. Issuance of “NSF” cheques may result in students being placed in a strictly cash arrangement for all existing and future obligations.

Subsequent to initial registration in various courses, the College does permit a restricted time period for the student to adjust their course load by making such changes through the Registrar’s Ofﬁ ce not later than the end of Add/Drop Period. Changes made will, in all probability, result in an adjustment to the ﬁ nancial fee obligation. Responsibility for the changes in fee amounts will be handled as follows:

• Tuition fee deposits may be transferred from one program/course to another or from one term to another at the written request of the applicant, subject to entrance requirements being met and availability of space at the time of reactivation. Such transfers are restricted to programs designated as “Credit” and scheduled for delivery within the same academic year.

• All ﬁ nancial obligations must be settled before a parchment, scholarship, medal, prize or grades can be awarded or issued. Students unable to meet fee obligations while awaiting a loan or grant assistance must make arrangements with Accounting Services prior to the fee due date and before attending any classes. Sponsored students must check with their sponsoring agency to ensure which fees or portion of fees would not be covered. It is the student’s responsibility to ensure payment, by the posted dates, of any fees not covered by the sponsoring agency.

Note: Additional fees must be paid at the time the course changes are made. Resulting credit balances may be retained on account or a request may be submitted for subsequent refund to the student and/or the sponsor.

14 15

Services for LearnersCredit ch student. nancial hold tely, students tely, fi ld be contacted lethbridgecollege.ca Up to 20 business days prior to program start date Up to 20 business days prior to program start A) Full refund on tuition B) No entry on academic transcript day of the After period 1 and up to and including the last period ADD/DROP A) Full refund on tuition B) No entry on academic transcript last day of the After period 2 and prior to and including the period EXTENDED DROP A) $50 late drop fee for each course dropped B) No entry on academic transcript date (66% After period 3 and prior to the last withdrawal of term) A) No refund B) Grade “W” on transcript After the last date to withdraw A) No refund B) Final grade assigned on transcript Student required to withdraw A) No refund or credit on transcript B) Grade “RW” cially withdrawing are still indebted to the College for all applicable are still indebted to the College for all cially withdrawing fi ce at 1.800.572.0103 ext. 6901 or locally at 403.382.6901 and request the form to be mailed. ext. 6901 or locally at 403.382.6901 ce at 1.800.572.0103 fi After period 1 and up to and including the last day of the ADD/ day of the After period 1 and up to and including the last period DROP deposit ($300). A) Full refund of tuition less 100% of required After period 1 and up to and B) No entry on academic transcript period ADD/DROP including the last day of the last day of the After period 2 and prior to and including the period EXTENDED DROP A) $50 late drop fee for each course dropped B) No entry on academic transcript Up to 20 business days prior to program start date Up to 20 business days prior to program start deposit ($150) A) Full refund of tuition less 50% of required B) No entry on academic transcript cially withdraw, in writing, from any course in accordance with withdrawal procedures will result in no refund of fees or any with withdrawal procedures will in writing, from any course in accordance cially withdraw, fi

cial withdrawal from a course or program, the refund of fees or credits reducing unpaid fees due are listed in the Refund and fees or credits reducing unpaid fees due are from a course or program, the refund of cial withdrawal

ﬁ

Period 2 Period 3 Period 4 Period 5 Period 6 Period 1 Timelines Complete Program Withdrawal Individual Course Drop reduction of unpaid fees. Students who fail to attend courses without of Students who fail to attend courses without reduction of unpaid fees. fees. Forms Income Tax Receipts (T2202A) for Filing Personal Tax Tuition year for ea amounts applicable to the respective calendar is automatically produced for the sum of eligible T2202A The tax form Alterna following year. College Online during February of the will be available through the Internet at Lethbridge forms T2202A may call the Finance Of and Drops Withdrawals Upon of REFUNDS, WITHDRAWALS AND DROPS WITHDRAWALS REFUNDS, Refund and Credit Schedule Failure to of Refunds, Withdrawals & Drops Withdrawals Refunds, Schedule (below). Please note that students who have any outstanding indebtedness to Lethbridge College will be placed on indebtedness to Lethbridge College will note that students who have any outstanding Schedule (below). Please The Finance Department shou as restrict access to the College in the future. which will result in collection procedures as well to resolve any outstanding obligations. 16 Services for Learners

Find out more about:

• Learner Support Services • Facilities • Fitness, Wellness & Recreation • Students Serving Students and other services we offer to help you succeed on our campus.

17 Services for Learners

LEARNER SUPPORT SERVICES: Services may be accessed by dropping LC Online provides you with a College in during offi ce hours or by making an e-mail account and access to a variety of ACADEMIC ADVISING • 403.320.3323 appointment by telephone. services designed to enhance your learning College Advisors are available to help you experience. make informed decisions about programs COUNSELLING • 403.320.3351 • Pay for your courses, program and other and courses. The Advising Team will assist Counselling services are available to fees online with a credit card. you in fi nding your way through the maze address interpersonal problems, crisis • View College information at your leisure. of college paperwork, course and program management, stress and anger management • View real-time updated course and choices, and academic regulations and and other issues that may interfere with program information. procedures. Advisors will also help you college studies and personal well-being. • View your marks any time. interpret academic policies, and your rights Counselling specifi c to Aboriginal learners is • Access e-mail links to other learners, and responsibilities. The Advisors offer both also available. instructors and services. prescriptive and developmental advising. You can turn to the Advisors for a friendly Students face different obstacles that If you need help accessing LC Online or active listening ear when exploring your can interfere with their success; with have any questions, see the staff in the academic options. The Advisors will also visit professional assistance, most can be Information Commons in the Instructional your school, community event, or place of overcome. Counselling Services advocates Building or in the Learning Commons in employment to deliver presentations about work through these diffi culties, before they the Library. For hours and questions call the College and provide onsite advising and become overwhelming. 403.320.3352. admission to College programs. Our counsellors possess a wide range of LIBRARY • 403.320.3352 CAREER COUNSELLING • 403.320.3351 expertise as psychologists, social workers • Research assistance. One-on-one and group career counselling and educators. They are also well apprised • Pleasant study space. sessions are open to prospective and of other resources available to students and • Online access to quality information current students of Lethbridge College, can provide referrals to college services or sources. as well as members of the community. community agencies as appropriate. • AV equipment loans. Sessions assist learners in identifying • Current video, print and journal resources. or confi rming their career goals through DAY CARE CENTRE • 403.320.3430 • 80 computers in our Learning Commons self-exploration and assessment. The The Lethbridge College Day Care Centre and 160 computers in the IB Commons Myers-Briggs Type Indicator (MBTI®) and is operated primarily as a student service, with word processing, spreadsheet, Strong Interest Inventory® are some of the although College staff and the general database applications and Internet assessment tools used to assist you in public may also use the Day Care if space access. selecting the appropriate program of study. is available. The Day Care is licensed for 40 • Assistance with WebCT and the College Qualifi ed practitioners of the MBTI® and children, aged 19 months to school-age and portal. Strong Interest Inventory® will assist and is in operation during the academic year. • The Alberta Library Card allows you guide you through the steps to achieve your Full and part-time care is available. Students to borrow from more than 300 libraries in career goal. Follow up appointments may should apply early as there often is a wait Alberta. be scheduled to further explore the career list. Fee rates are available upon request • Online resources available at planning process. There is no charge for and subsidies are available to qualifi ed peregrine.lethbridgecollege.ab.ca career counselling at Lethbridge College, parents. If you would like more information • We have books too! but there is a small fee for assessment about the Day Care, please contact the instruments. centre manager and set up an appointment RECRUITMENT • 403.320.3322 to visit. You may also apply by using our fax/ The Recruitment Team at Lethbridge College CHAPLAINCY SERVICES • 403.320.3202 mail back application form available in PDF is made up of Academic Advisors. They (EXT. 5328) format on the Lethbridge College website. spend much of their time taking the College Chaplaincy services provide spiritual support to you! Our team travels all over Canada to to Lethbridge College learners through DISTRIBUTED LEARNING • 403.382.6931 meet with and advise future students. the joint cooperation of a number of area Distributed Learning Services offers over churches. 100 courses available in a print-based Advisors can often provide Offers of correspondence format, as well as numerous Admission to prospective students while they In addition to spiritual counselling, the online courses. For a complete listing of are out on the road. If you would like more Chaplaincy also assists with the organization courses or general information see the information about Lethbridge College, call of memorial services, administers the Distributed Learning section of this calendar to arrange an information session, a tour of benevolent Agape Fund (which provides or drop by the Student Services Offi ce. the College, or Student for a Day. Student for fi nancial support to students encountering a Day is available October-November and a fi nancial crisis), and organizes and LC ONLINE • 403.320.3352 (Library) February-March. Campus tours are offered co-ordinates a home-cooked meal at the lethbridgecollege.ab.ca year round, Monday-Friday. Please call Residence Activity Centre (RAC) at the end LC Online is your Internet connection to the ahead to arrange your individualized tour. of both the Fall and Winter terms. College experience.

18 lethbridgecollege.ca

SECURITY SERVICES • 403.320.3206 Part-time bursaries are available to students SERVICE MANAGEMENT • 403.320.3334 403.894.6101 (Cell) who fall below certain income thresholds Service Management provides support Security Services is responsible for Lost and usually cover $600 per term, though and services to learners accessing Alberta and Found, parking, room access, and First particularly high need students may be able Works and Canada/Alberta Works funding. Aid. The Lethbridge Regional Police can be to access more. Part-time students can also Funding information sessions that will help reached at 911 (on campus dial 9-911) in work through the Alberta Works program you determine if you are eligible are held at an emergency or 403.328.4444 for non- to obtain funding for upgrading or post- the Lethbridge campus on the fi rst and third emergency calls. secondary training. Mondays and at the Fort Macleod campus the fi rst Tuesday of the month. STUDENT FINANCIAL AID AND AWARDS Scholarships and Awards PROGRAM • 403.320.3372 The Lethbridge College Awards program ALBERTA WORKS AND CANADA/ Government Student Loans for Full-Time offers hundreds of awards in-house, and the ALBERTA WORKS FUNDING 403.320.3334 Students Awards offi ce also administers provincial Alberta Works and Canada/Alberta Works Students interested in or dealing with and federal awards programs. For up-to- funding is non-repayable grant funding issues in regard to student loan funding are date information, click on `Quick Links’ and available to eligible learners. This funding is supported by the staff at Student Awards and choose Student Awards. Students enrolling made possible through Alberta Employment Financial Aid. Students must apply with the at Lethbridge College for the fi rst time or and Immigration and is administered through province in which they spent the most recent enrolling in a new program should check out the Service Management department. twelve consecutive months as a non-full-time Èntrance’ awards opportunities. Students Funding information sessions are held at student or as a high school student. continuing studies should look under the Lethbridge campus on the fi rst and third `General’ or `Program’ options and those Mondays and at the Fort Macleod campus Electronic Loan Application Websites: successfully completing programs should the fi rst Tuesday of the month. Alberta • http://www.alis.gov.ab.ca/ click on the `Graduating’ tab. All students studentsfi nance/eap/main.asp are encouraged to search through the links STUDENT FOR A DAY • 403.320.3322 under Èxternal’ awards as well. There are Student for a Day is available to anyone British Columbia • http://www.aved.gov. thousands of awards opportunities beyond considering post-secondary education, or bc.ca/studentaidbc/welcome.htm individual educational institutions. anyone who wishes to experience fi rst-hand the life of a student at Lethbridge College. Saskatchewan • http://www.aee.gov.sk.ca/ Lethbridge College awards are open for Prospective students will spend one day student-loans/ application after March 1. Students applying with a student from the program of their for entrance awards have until July 15 to choice. The day is spent attending classes, Saskatchewan students also require that get applications in. Students continuing or labs and experiencing campus life. Student a program information sheet be completed graduating must have applications in by May for a Day requires two weeks notice. Call to when they are studying out of province. 1. These awards are fi nalized and awarded book your Student for a Day appointment or These can be faxed to 403.317.3503 in October each year. visit Student Services to volunteer to take a with the student’s information section student for the day. Students who volunteer already completed and will be completed Lethbridge College 50th Anniversary will receive a letter of reference to use in and forwarded directly to Saskatchewan Early Entrance Scholarships their resume fi le as well as a lunch voucher Learning. In celebration of 50 years of excellence, for the Food Court. Lethbridge College began awarding fi fty Manitoba • http://www.gov.mb.ca/educate/ $1000 scholarships to students confi rming STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES sfa/pages/sfaFrontDoor_en.html their program offers early. 403.320.3202 EXT. 5400 Disability Services is committed to enabling Most other provinces also offer on-line Students must have applied to a program at students with disabilities to access application options; search for your provincial Lethbridge College, been sent an Offer of College services, programs and facilities government website or call your federal/ Admission, and confi rmed that offer with a as participating members of the College provincial service centre. Full-time students tuition deposit by March 20. community. Lethbridge College’s Academic at Lethbridge College are eligible for Accommodations for Students with government student loan funding whenever A copy of your current transcript including Disabilities policy outlines the procedures they meet government student loan provincial achievement test results should be for accommodating students with disabilities requirements and remain enrolled in at least attached to the 50th Anniversary Scholarship in accordance with their distinct needs, and twelve (12) credits per (regular) term. Any application and sent directly to the without compromising academic standards questions can be directed to 403.320.3372 Lethbridge College Student Awards Offi ce by and principles. Students with disabilities or toll-free: 1.800.572.0103. March 20. Selection for current high school who require academic accommodations are students will be based upon their fi nal year encouraged to contact the Coordinator of Funding Options for Part-time Students of studies. (These students require offi cial Disability Services. Canada offers a part-time student loan transcripts.) option of up to $4000. Unlike full-time student loans, with part-time loans, interest Those selected will be notifi ed in June, and must be paid throughout studies. cheques will be awarded at the ceremony in the Fall, based upon full-time enrolment.

19 Services for Learners Continued

TESTING SERVICES • 403.320.3368 • Learning strategy instruction, intervention, GARDEN COURT RESTAURANT Testing Services provides admissions and support through workshops, class 403.382.6999 testing and academic skills assessment. visits, and individual appointments. Open for selected lunches and evening Distributed Learning students and students These sessions cover varied topics dining. Check the board outside the Food who miss an in-class exam due to illness including studying, listening and note- Court for hours. For reservations, call or emergency can make arrangements taking, textbook reading, test-taking, 403.382.6999. to write their exams in Testing Services. time management, and memory and Students from educational institutions, concentration. RESIDENCE • 403.329.7218 individuals and groups from the community All our units have been specifi cally designed and professional associations can arrange to FACILITIES: to meet the needs of our learners. Basic write tests at Testing Services for purposes utilities are included in the residence fees such as admission/placement, accreditation, BOOKSTORE • 403.320.3341 and paid parking is available. Each unit is certifi cation or qualifi cation. Call for an Regular hours and extended hours will be also provided with basic cable hook-up and appointment at least 24 hours before the outlined at the beginning of each term. high-speed Internet modem. exam is to be written. Picture ID is required. The Bookstore provides you with the Please see our website for further THE WORKS - JOB AND CAREER textbooks you need to successfully complete information (fl oor plans and more) at SERVICES • 403.320.3287 your courses. They have stationery supplies, lethbridgecollege.ab.ca/go/residence. The Works staff is available to assist educationally priced software, canteen items See our further detailed information and students and alumni in their search for and Lethbridge College souvenirs. The an application form at the back of this employment and other placements. Services Bookstore accepts cash, cheques, Interac, publication. provided include: VISA and MasterCard. • job boards at locations around campus FITNESS, WELLNESS & RECREATION: • extensive database of employers and Personalized Cheque: Payable to employment opportunities online Lethbridge College for the exact amount of BE FIT FOR LIFE • 403.382.6919 • general information on work experience the purchase and with Student ID (we will The on-campus fi tness resource centre placements accept your parent’s endorsed cheque with provides fi tness services, programs, • graduate summaries listing skills acquired your ID). information and activities designed to in each Lethbridge College program encourage and support a healthy lifestyle. • resources and personalized assistance Credit Card: Credit card purchases must Contact a Be Fit For Life representative for with resumes and interviews be signed for or pre-authorized by the credit more information and services offered to our • information on employment opportunities card holder. Contact the Bookstore for more students and the community. abroad information. • a referral service for employers that CAMPUS RECREATION • 403.320.3202 matches students and alumni with COMPUTER LABS EXT. 5303 program-related opportunities Library Commons (Buchanan Library) Our main objective is to provide a wide • annual Career Conference Information Commons (Instructional Building) variety of quality programs to Lethbridge College students. Campus Recreation THE LEARNING CAFÉ • 403.382.6952 Please check our website for specifi c hours. programs offer students the opportunity to The Learning Café, located in CE1340 in Computer technicians are available in both be active, have fun and meet new people. To the southwest corner of the library, provides the Information Commons and Library become involved with Campus Recreation academic and learning support services for Commons to help new students set up activities, stop by the offi ce during offi ce Lethbridge College students. Academic and computer accounts and understand software hours. We encourage you to take pride in learning supports include: and procedures during the posted hours. your college experience, to be active and get • free drop-in help in areas such as essay involved. writing (including APA documentation), FOOD SERVICES English, biology, chemistry, physics, and Food Services offer a wide variety of fresh HEALTH SERVICES • 403.320.3289 math for all College students to assist in menu items, from fresh-made sandwiches Health Services are available to all students. completion of course requirements and soups, to pizza, burgers and heart-smart A registered nurse is on duty Monday to • peer-tutoring for qualifi ed post-secondary cuisine. Just about everywhere on campus Friday. Services include information and students needing help in courses with you will fi nd modern vending machines counselling on general health, nutrition and specialized content that dispense snacks, candy, sandwiches, weight management, smoking cessation, • Individualized skills development courses hot and cold beverages, chips, etc. Visit alcohol and drug education, and sexual (DEV) designed to improve academic LC Online and click on Culinary Careers/ health including prevention of sexually skills in preparation for further credit Services for more information. transmitted diseases, birth control and coursework or to assist at-risk students pregnancy. Health Services staff can also improve their opportunities for success. Check out food services at both the Food provide students with emergency and First Court and the Cave. Aid assistance. Medical doctors hold regular offi ce hours, Monday to Friday.

20 lethbridgecollege.ca

Walk-in appointments are available; however, room. A steam room is also located in each The LCSA provides many services, some priority will be given to students with locker-room area. of which include: photocopying (black & appointments. It is the student’s responsibility white, colour, transparencies), faxing, stamp to have medical health insurance coverage STUDENTS SERVING STUDENTS: sales, day planners, Food Bank, Health and for medical expenses. Dental Plans, student clubs, and Campus ALUMNI ASSOCIATION • 403.329.7220 Recreation. It is also involved in some Out-of-province students continue to be The LC Alumni Association (LCAA) reminds political activities that affect all students. It is covered on their own provincial health graduates that they are “Alumni for Life!” and a member of student organizations that lobby insurance. encourages alumni to stay connected with the government on such issues as tuition, LC once their days on campus are complete. student loans, etc. Landed immigrants living in Alberta are The LCAA has several exciting initiatives to considered Alberta residents and must apply get involved in, including: Board of Directors, STUDENTS’ HEALTH AND DENTAL PLAN for Alberta Health Care within 30 days of their Alumni News (a semi-annual newsletter), 403.320.3202 EXT. 5310 arrival in the province. International students and the Distinguished Alumni program. On- Health and Dental Plans through the living in Alberta for one year or more will also campus support to students includes: Students’ Association are MANDATORY for qualify for Alberta Health Care coverage. If full-time students who meet the eligibility a student’s Visa is for less than one year, Awareness Events: watch for popcorn and criteria. Those students with comparable they are required to purchase private health hot dog give-aways throughout the year in coverage through parents, work, or a care coverage prior to coming or on arrival in the Centre Core Kiosk. Alumni Awareness spouse (not provincial coverage), may Canada. Week is in April - come out for food, prizes opt out by submitting the required waiver and fun! form with proof of alternate coverage to Applications for Alberta Health Care Convocation: The LCAA is proud to provide the Student Benefi ts Plan Offi ce by the and private insurance are available from each convocate with a small gift. application opt-out deadline date. Proof of Lethbridge College Health Services. Benefi ts: The LCAA is continually adding alternate coverage could be a copy of your to the growing list of benefi ts we provide membership card, a claims statement, a KODIAKS ATHLETICS • 403.382.6900 our members. They include: an interactive direct-pay drug card, or a verifi cation letter Student athletes must be enrolled as full-time website, access to library and gym facilities, from an employer clearly showing the name students to be eligible to participate in the assistance in reunion planning, tracking of the insurance company and the policy varsity athletics program. Student athletes down lost classmates, VIP card for discounts number. can participate for a maximum of fi ve years at Super 8 Motels, reduced-rate mortgages in the Alberta Colleges Athletic Conference with Canadian Residential Services, a Students on the Plan may purchase (ACAC). home and auto insurance plan through coverage for a spouse and/or dependants. Men’s: basketball, soccer, volleyball. Meloche Monnex and an LCAA MasterCard The family add-on form and payment of the Women’s: basketball, soccer, volleyball. through MBNA Bank of Canada where every additional fees must be submitted to the Co-Ed: golf, cross-country running, curling. purchase made helps the Alumni Association. Student Benefi ts Plan Offi ce prior to any Members also receive 10 per cent off all applicable deadlines. Student athletes are required to participate regular and sale-priced merchandise at in a mandatory Monday evening Study Hall Moores Clothing for Men and 20 per cent For more information regarding deadlines, program. off City of Lethbridge Recreation Services plan details, and to print a waiver form, check Leisure passes. the website. In order to remain eligible, student athletes must earn a GPA that exceeds 1.5 in each STUDENTS’ ASSOCIATION • 403.320.3373 Information and waiver forms are also semester. First year, fi rst semester, Kodiak The LC Students’ Association (LCSA) is available from the Student Benefi ts Plan student athletes must register for PED123. an autonomous body made up of all Offi ce (CE1350). students who pay SA fees. A Students’ Athletics Scholarship: Alberta residents or Council is elected by the members of the Canadian citizens who have attended school SA to represent the students’ concerns. The in Alberta for a full year may be eligible for a Students’ Council consists of seven student Jimmie Condon Scholarship of $1,800 per representatives and three executive offi cers. year. Students must maintain a 2.0 GPA and meet other team department requirements to The executive offi cers include President, be eligible. Vice-President of Administration, and Vice- President of Student Life and Development. SPORTS FACILITIES • 403.382.6903 One student is also appointed to the Board of The Physical Education Complex includes Governors of Lethbridge College. the Val Matteotti Gymnasium (three full-size Elections for executive offi cers are held in gymnasiums) with seating for approximately March of each year and the elections for 1,100; four international-size squash and representatives are held in September. racquetball courts; a fi tness testing centre and athletic therapy clinic; a fi tness centre complete with Atlantis machines, free weights, cardio training equipment, and a multi-purpose dance room and combatives

21 Services for Learners Continued

OTHER SERVICES: PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION L.A. Transit is the provider of public LOCKERS transportation for the City of Lethbridge. Lockers in the corridors are available free Lethbridge College serves as a ‘mini- of charge on a fi rst-come, fi rst-served basis. terminal’ for L.A. Transit with several routes Students must provide their own lock. The arriving and departing simultaneously. Phys Ed department manages the lockers in Weekday service to Lethbridge College is the Phys Ed building. Locker cleanout occurs provided on a 30 minute frequency by the in May. Watch for posted information. following routes: • Fairmont Route #3 LOST AND FOUND • the “LINK” Lost and Found is operated by the Security • Lethbridge College/U of L downtown Services Department. Items turned in can shuttle be claimed at the Security Services Offi ce in CE1303, in the Centre Core. Photo Weekend and evening service is provided by identifi cation is required to claim items. Items Route #3 on a 40 minute frequency. are kept for 60 days from the date they are turned in. Transit route and schedule information is provided in our Transit Ride Guide, which MEDIA is available at the College Bookstore. The Endeavour: The student newspaper Bus tickets and monthly passes are is published 18 times during the academic also available at the Bookstore. Further year. The paper reports campus news while information is available by calling providing training for students in the Print L.A. Transit at 403.320.3885 or visiting Journalism and Advertising/Public Relations www.lethbridge.ca. programs. The Endeavour is in TE3225. STUDENT ID CARD CRLC: CRLC Radio broadcasts on the You can get your Student ID cards by visiting world-wide web during the Fall and Winter the front Circulation Desk in the Buchanan term. Students who choose the Broadcast Library in CE1340. Your Student ID card will Journalism specialization fi ll various shifts give you: and formats including rock, country and adult • access to the gym contemporary. CRLC is located in TE3245. • discounts with local merchants • door access to secured areas PARKING • special rates for the L.A. Transit system Reserved lot parking is available to students. Parking permits are sold at the Facilities Management Offi ce (CE2301). Rates are available for daily, monthly, term and annual passes. All parking on campus is subject to City of Lethbridge bylaws and Lethbridge College policies. Violations may result in tickets or Lethbridge College Parking Services invoices being issued or towing.

PRINTING Students are responsible for printing on campus. The ﬁ rst 200 sheets per year are free, after that the printing cost is 10¢ per page (subject to change).

THIS EXCLUDES PRINTING FROM OUR ON-CAMPUS PRINTER - INPLEX THE COPY STORE.

22 Services for First Nations, Metis, and Inuit (FNMI) Learners

SERVICES FOR FIRST NATIONS, METIS, AND INUIT (FNMI) LEARNERS

Aboriginal Transition Program Aboriginal Academic Advisor and Liaison , Beginning in the fall of 08, First Nations, Metis, and Inuit candidates An Aboriginal Academic Advisor and Liaison provides learners with who have completed most, or all, of their high school courses and culturally sensitive academic advice. Tours and school visits are who show strong promise to be successful in post-secondary studies available to interested prospective and current students. Our Advisor can apply to be a part of the First Nations, Metis, and Inuit Transition will visit your high school, community event, and employment settings Program, a one-year program that will combine academics with a to help support and encourage First Nations, Metis and Inuit students strong cultural emphasis and support. to be successful in post-secondary education.

For more information contact: For further information contact: Robin Little Bear, FNMI Manager 1.800.572.0103 or Shanda Venier at 1.800.572.0103 or 403.320.3323 403.320.3202, Ext. 3242 [email protected] [email protected]

Career Counselling Piita Pawanii Learning Centre • location in Andrews Building 1501 An Aboriginal Career Advisor assists students with the opportunity The Centre is operated by the Piita Pawanii Learning Society, an to explore their future career direction. One-on-one and group independent, non-proﬁ t organization started by Aboriginal students sessions are held with prospective and current students to assist for Aboriginal students. It provides support for students through them in matching their career interests and skills in selecting a post- educational, cultural, and social activities held with the Native Club secondary program suited to them. throughout the year. The Centre is open throughout the academic year and provides a place to connect with other students for group For further information contact: study, friendship, and general support. The Centre also offers coffee, Steven Healy at 1.800.572.0103 or 403.394.7372 refreshments, and the occasional lunch for all students. [email protected] Native Student Club Personal Counselling The Native Student Club operates out of the Piita Pawanii Learning Personal counselling, mentoring, referrals, advocacy, cross-cultural Centre and hosts events and celebrations throughout the year for education, and general support are provided to students from an the beneﬁ t of students and the College community. Student leaders Aboriginal perspective. are elected every spring to organize club activities throughout the following academic year. For further information contact: Audra Foggin at 1.800.572.0103 or 403.320.3202, Ext. 5355 For further information on the Centre or Club phone 403.394.7356. [email protected]

23 International Support Services

Contact: Nadia Henwood, Coordinator, Admissions & Transfer • 403.329.7234 [email protected]

We at Lethbridge College welcome students Students who have attended school 2. Offi cial International English Language from overseas to join our College community. outside Canada must submit the following Testing System (IELTS) score of at least There are a number of students currently documents to Lethbridge College either 6.0 with no band less than 5.5, taken studying at our College from a variety of with the application form or as soon as the within the last two years; or countries – China, Korea, Japan, Mexico, documents are available. An admission Taiwan, Brazil and many more. Lethbridge decision will not be made until all documents 3. A grade of 50 per cent or higher in English College and the City of Lethbridge offer a have been received. Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 or the safe and friendly environment in which to live equivalent from a Canadian institution. and study in. Below, you will fi nd supporting 1. Clear and legible international educational information to assist you in making your credentials or certifi cates beginning with This is applicable to all programs. transition to Lethbridge a little easier. the fi nal year of high school. Certifi ed offi cial documents issued by each TOEFL applications are available by Applying to the College institution are required. contacting: International students must complete an ‘Application for Admission’ form and attach 2. Certifi ed English translations for all Educational Testing Services $55 for the non-refundable, non-transferable documents not written in English must be Box 6154 application fee. Mail, fax, or e-mail the supplied and translations must be Princeton, NJ, USA 08541 application form with payment information to: complete, word-for-word and in the same http://www.ets.org/toefl /index.html format as the original document. Admissions Department Applicants interested in applying for on- Lethbridge College 3. Offi cial transcript(s) of any studies campus residence will need to complete an 3000 College Drive South completed in Canada. Application for Residence form. Lethbridge, AB T1K 1L6 Canada Fax: 403.317.3503 Deadline for Applications: For more information, please refer to [email protected] Fall (September) admission: June 1 Page 201. Winter (January) admission: October 1 Payment can be made by cheque, money order, wire transfer, or direct deposit. Please note that these deadlines may not Please e-mail Admissions for more detailed apply to ESL applicants. Contact the English information about payment options. Language Centre by phone at 403.320.6444 or e-mail at [email protected]. Students must be at least 18 years of age by the fi rst day of classes or have completed a Meeting the English Language Profi ciency high school diploma. Students whose fi rst language is not English and who are applying for programs other Obtaining your Offi cial Documents than ESL must provide one of the following: (Students applying directly to ESL are not required to submit educational documents.) 1. Offi cial Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score of at least 550 (213 if computer based testing), an iBT score of 80 taken within the last two years;

24 lethbridgecollege.ca

Scholarships & Awards

Once you’ve decided to pursue post-secondary education, the Lethbridge College 50th Anniversary Early Entrance fi nancial aspect of your decision can be daunting. You should be Scholarships aware that there are many scholarship and award opportunities In celebration of 50 years of excellence, Lethbridge College began available to you through Lethbridge College, as well as other awarding fi fty $1000 scholarships to students confi rming their organizations, that may make a signifi cant difference to your bottom program offers early. line. Students must have applied to a program at Lethbridge College, Due to the generous support of numerous community, business and been sent an offer of admission, and confi rmed that offer with a individual donors, Lethbridge College provides almost 400 awards tuition deposit by March 20. in addition to bursaries and provincial/national awards. Awards are available to entering, continuing and graduate students. A copy of your current transcript including provincial achievement test results should be attached to the 50th Anniversary Scholarship Please review the scholarship application during the appropriate application and sent directly to the Lethbridge College Student application ‘window’ - Awards Offi ce by March 20. Selection for current high school students will be based upon highest achievement in core courses as Entrance students of the end of January. Achievement for those who have graduated in (All Entrance Awards require application) previous years or those with some post-secondary education will be March 1 to July 15 based upon their fi nal year of studies (These students require offi cial transcripts.). Continuing and Graduate students March 1 to May 1 Those selected will be notifi ed in June, and cheques will be awarded at the ceremony in the Fall, based upon full-time enrolment. The application is available to download from the Lethbridge College website during these periods of time.

Though many continuing and graduate awards do not require an application, there are many that do. Those that require application are listed on the application form itself (and also display a deadline date on the web site). You may also view what is available any time of the year by visiting the Lethbridge College web site: lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. In the drop-down box for quicklinks, select student awards.

Awards and scholarships are not limited to academic achievement alone. Many other qualities and circumstances are considered; community involvement, leadership, group membership, high school attended, ﬁ nancial need, and other factors.

Call toll-free 1.800.572.0103 ext 3372 or 403.320.3323 if you require further information.

Scholarship: A cash/credit award for academic achievement Award: A cash/credit award for a combination of achievement and some other criteria, or for ﬁ nancial need alone.

Students are encouraged to research ‘external’ awards through the ‘external’ tab on the Student Awards web page and such sites as: www.studentawards.com www.careertransitionsnews.ca/scholarshipdirectory.html www.scholarshipscanada.com/

Lethbridge College reserves the right to add, delete or revise awards where required.

25 26 Lethbridge College Programs

WithWith more than 50 career-trainincareer-trainingg programs,programs, applied degreesdegrees and apprenticeshipsapprenticeships to choose fromfrom,, yyou’reou’re suresure to ﬁ nd one that matches yyourour view ofof the future.

27 Agricultural & Heavy Equipment Technician

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3411 • [email protected] Chair: Pat Asplund 403.394.7348 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3318

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Heavy Equipment Service CURRICULUM Do you enjoy working with machines and • Agricultural Equipment Service equipment? Our practical, one-year (32- • Mobile Repair Service Year I Term I Credits week) Agricultural and Heavy Equipment • Oilfi eld Equipment Service Technician Certifi cate program will give you • Mining Equipment Service AHM 126 Safety and Hand Skills 6 the foundation you need to build a successful • Forestry Equipment Service AHM 127 Power Trains 9 career in agricultural and/or heavy-duty • Construction Equipment Service AHM 124 Steering, Suspension diesel equipment repair. • Manufacturing Equipment Service and Brakes 11 • Trucking Equipment Service AHM 129 Farm and Industrial Equipment 4 Upon successful completion of the • Journeyman Heavy Equipment Technician Agricultural and Heavy Equipment • Journeyman Agricultural Equipment 30 Technician program, you can enter the Technician Alberta Apprenticeship program with an Year I Term II advanced standing toward the completion of ADMISSIONS their apprenticeship training. Apprenticeship New students are accepted into the AHM 131 Diesel Engines 10 exams can be written for both the fi rst and Agricultural and Heavy Equipment AHM 132 Diesel Fuel Systems 7 second years of Agricultural Equipment Technician program for the Fall (September) AHM 130 Electrical and Electronics 8 Technician and the fi rst and second years term with Winter (January) admission AHM 135 Mobile Hydraulics 5 of Heavy Equipment Technician upon into the second term allowed as space successful completion of the program. is available. Qualifi ed applicants may be 30 You will receive 300 hours credit towards admitted into programs outside of normal experience for each of the fi rst and second intakes. Interested applicants are considered GRADUATION years of Agricultural Equipment Technician on an individual basis for acceptance into a Upon successful completion of all program or the fi rst and second years of Heavy program in an alternative or modifi ed format. requirements, students are awarded a Equipment Technician. Certifi cate in Agricultural & Heavy Equipment ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Technician. Working in small classes, you’ll develop your Applicants are required to have a 50 percent understanding of power trains, steering, minimum in Math 20 Pure or Applied and TRANSFERS suspension, brakes, diesel engines, fuel English Language Arts 20-1 or 20-2 or Olds College systems, electrical systems and mobile equivalent. Alternate admission applicants Graduates of the Agricultural & Heavy hydraulics, as well as farm and industrial are required to achieve a minimum 40th Equipment Technician program transferring equipment through theory and lots of hands- percentile on the Reading Comprehension to the Agricultural Mechanics Diploma on experience. One week of the program and Sentence Skills sections and 45th program at Olds College may receive credit will be completed at an Agricultural or Heavy percentile on the Arithmetic section of for one year. Equipment repair facility where you’ll work placement testing. Montana State University - Northern directly with journeyman technicians. Graduates of the Agricultural & Heavy RECOMMENDED COURSES Equipment Technician program transferring Our modern shop facilities have the latest The following courses or subjects are to the Bachelor of Science Degree in Diesel in diagnostic technologies and tools. And, recommended for the best possible outcome Technology at Montana State University - you’ll test your skills working on a wide in the Agricultural and Heavy Equipment Northern may receive credit for one year, range of on- and off-road vehicles and farm Technician program: upon program approval. equipment. Move ahead in industry today • Physics, Chemistry and Science by obtaining a Lethbridge College certifi cate • Grade 12 Math and English in the Agricultural and Heavy Equipment School of Trades & Apprenticeships Technician program. YOUR INVESTMENT Program fees will vary. Fee information is CAREER OPPORTUNITIES available in the online Calendar at Find out more about other programs offered in this Your Agricultural and Heavy Equipment lethbridgecollege.ca. school: • Automotive Systems p. 34 Technician Certifi cate will prepare you • Culinary Careers p. 64 to begin a career in many diverse fi elds, Please select the link to your program and • Apprenticeship Training p. 31 including: then click on “Your Investment”.

• Service Manager/Shop Foreman Students will require a basic set of hand • Parts Technician tools as listed on the program website. An • Farming and Ranching Service electrical test meter (DVOM) will be required for the second term.

28 lethbridgecollege.ca

Agricultural Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Frank Walton 403.320.3440 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUM The Agricultural Technology program is Applicants are required to have completed a two-year diploma program designed to an Alberta High School Diploma or Year I Core Courses train technologists to work in a wide variety equivalent. Although not strictly required, Both majors in the Agricultural Technology of positions in the agricultural industry. A Math 20A (Applied) or Math 30P (Pure) Program have a common fi rst year. However, secondary objective is to prepare students to or Math 30A (Applied), Biology 30 and learners must choose their major when continue studies at the degree level. Course Chemistry 30 are the recommended applying to the program. Students have the content is also applicable to those who will background for Agriculture Technology option of switching majors at the end of the be returning to farming or ranching. students. A minimum of 65% in English fi rst year. Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 is In the second year of the program, students recommended. Year I Term I Credits choose to major in either Plant and Soil Science or Animal Science. Recent Students intending to pursue a university ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 curriculum updates provide an increased degree are strongly recommended to RRM 153 Soil Resources 5 emphasis on business, entrepreneurial and complete Chemistry 30. PLT 152 Introduction to Botany 4 marketing skills. A capstone course in the BIO 175 Animal Science 4 fi nal semester uses the background gained Applicants with less than a high school IRR 152 Introduction to Irrigation 3 in course work for research and preparation diploma but qualifying for Alternate BUS 166 Business Law 3 of a business plan for a new enterprise. Admission are evaluated based on academic 22 Course work in this program is approximately background, experience and interest in the 40% hands-on experience working with fi eld. In addition, a personal interview is Year I Term II plants, soils, animals and actual business required. Academic advisement prescribes examples, including fi eld practicum and the upgrading necessary for the applicant to AGR 150 Safety in the Agricultural Industry 2 laboratory work. succeed in the program. FAD 150 Safety Oriented First Aid/CPR 2 AGR 168 Agriculture Soil Management 4 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Applicants scoring below the 60th percentile ACC 170 Financial Accounting I 4 Graduates of our Agricultural Technology in the Reading and Sentence Skills sections COM 158 Leadership Communication program work in a wide variety of settings, of placement testing will be automatically Skills 3 including: enrolled in ENG 101 Basic Composition BIO 176 Food Science 3 (equivalencies accepted). Placement testing MKT 152 Commodity Marketing 3 • Farming also tests math skills. PLT 150 Pasture and Forage Production 3 • Ranching 24 • Agri-business YOUR INVESTMENT • Agri-services Program fees will vary. Fee information Majors • Agricultural research is available in the online Calendar at Upon completion of Year One, Agricultural • Farm fi nance lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. Please select the Technology students will focus on studies in link to your program and then click on “Your their selected major. ADMISSIONS Investment”. New students are accepted into the PLANT AND SOIL SCIENCE MAJOR Agricultural Technology program for both Fall (September) and Winter (January) terms. Year II Term I Credits Interested applicants are considered on an individual basis by the Chair for acceptance AGR 253 Agriculture Finance 3 into a program in an alternative or modifi ed AGR 266 Soil Fertility 4 format. PLT 260 Special Crops 4 PLT 261 Weed Identifi cation 4 PLT 262 Field Crops 4 Elective 3

29 Agricultural Technology Continued

Year II Term II Credits GRADUATION School of Agriculture & Natural Science Upon successful completion of all program AGR 257 Value Added requirements, students are awarded an Agricultural Production 3 Agricultural Technology Diploma that Find out more about other programs offered in this AGR 261 Sustainable Agriculture 3 designates the appropriate major. school: IRR 252 Sprinkler Systems • Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician p. 36 and Irrigation Management 4 TRANSFERS • Central Sterile Processing p. 41 PLT 263 Pesticide Applications 4 University of Lethbridge RRM196 Map & Aerial Photo Graduates of the Agricultural Technology Interpretation 5 program who have attained a minimum Elective 3 cumulative GPA of 2.50 are eligible for 22 acceptance into the Post-diploma Degree in Agricultural Studies offered by the University ANIMAL SCIENCE MAJOR of Lethbridge. Graduates of the Lethbridge College program receive two years credit Year II Term I Credits toward either a B.Sc. or B.A. degree in Agricultural Studies. AGR 253 Agriculture Finance 3 University of Alberta AGR 287 Monogastric Production 4 Graduates of the Agricultural Technology AGR 294 Animal Health 4 two-year diploma may receive up to 58 BIO 262 Animal Physiology 5 credits toward a Bachelor of Science degree PLT 261 Weed Identiﬁ cation 4 in Agriculture from the University of Alberta. Elective 3 The University of Alberta requires Chemistry 23 30, Biology 30 and Math 30 Pure for all Agriculture students. Consult the Alberta Year II Term II Credits Transfer Guide for more information. Athabasca University AGR 257 Value Added Agricultural Graduates of the Agricultural Technology Production 3 two-year diploma may receive 60 credits AGR 261 Sustainable Agriculture 3 towards the Bachelor of Science (Post AGR 280 Animal Nutrition 4 Diploma) degree. AGR 289 Beef Cattle Production 4 NAIT AGR 291 Ruminant Production 4 Graduates of the Agricultural Technology Elective 3 Diploma program with a minimum grade 21 point average of C+ or 2.3 on standard grading scales will be conditionally accepted Second Year Agriculture Elective Courses into the BTech (Bachelor of Technology in Technology Management) degree program. AGR 273 Horticulture 4 Applicants for transfer of credit under ACC 258 Farm Accounting 3 this Agreement shall complete all of the AGR 286 Agricultural Business requested application procedures of NAIT Management 4 including, but not limited to, written statement AGR 190 Farm Tax Management 4 outlining personal objectives, career goals, letters of reference, work experience and community involvement, and such other information as may be requested and used by NAIT to determine whether the applicant complies with the requirements as set out or intended.

30 lethbridgecollege.ca

Apprenticeship Training

Automotive Technician, Carpenter, Cook (weekly Apprenticeship Training), Electrician, Electrician - Alternative Delivery, Heavy Equipment Technician, Parts Technician & Welder.

Apprentices spend about 80 percent The Weekly Apprenticeship Training System You can diagnose and repair engines, of their time learning on the job from a (WATS) format allows apprentices to take steering systems, braking systems, drive qualifi ed tradesperson. They spend the classes once a week during the term of their trains, vehicle suspensions, electrical and remaining 20 percent of their time taking apprenticeship. At Lethbridge College, the air-conditioning systems. You’ll even make specialized training courses, usually from Cook and Parts Technician apprenticeships sure the ride stays smooth through wheel- colleges or technical institutes. There are follow the WATS format. First-to-third year balancing and alignment when needed. regular schedules of pay associated with distance electricians have six months to apprenticeship training; the Training Board complete the course and fourth year distance The direction you choose to follow for your provides information on this. Receiving electricians have nine months. career could see you working in a large your certifi ed ‘journeyman’ papers or ‘ticket’ shop, specializing in repairing, rebuilding upon completion of your apprenticeship We’d be happy to show you around! We are and servicing specifi c parts, like braking, demonstrates your skill level based on proud of the quality of our trade facilities. To suspension or steering systems. In smaller provincial and industry standards. arrange a tour, call 1.800.572.0103 Ext. 3322 shops, Automotive Service Technicians or, to register, review the information below. may work on a wider variety of repair jobs, Each province controls its own beginning by reading the work order and apprenticeship training programs. The If you are an apprentice and would like to examining the vehicle. It’s the type of career Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry register for training courses at Lethbridge that can be particularly rewarding if you Training Board controls apprenticeship College, please contact: enjoy doing precise work that is varied and training in Alberta. It sets the curriculum challenging. for each program and regulates the term Tel: 403.320.3323 • Fax: 403.317.3503 and conditions of apprenticeship. Colleges Toll-Free: 1.800.572.0103 You’ll train in small classes with lots of in Alberta deliver apprenticeship training hands-on practice. You’ll also fi nd that our courses, following the curriculum set by the If you would like to become an apprentice, shop facilities have state-of-the-art tools and Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training contact: equipment that you will use to repair a wide Board. variety of vehicles. The Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry The high demand for qualifi ed tradespeople Training Board Similar Lethbridge College option: means that job opportunities are abundant! www.tradesecrets.org Automotive Systems Certifi cate – a 32-week Our facilities are modern and well equipped. E-mail: [email protected] certifi cate program. For details, please refer You’ll use the latest equipment and take to the program information pages. classes from instructors with real industry Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training experience. In fact, for the last four years, Board Lethbridge Offi ce CARPENTER Lethbridge College instructors have been Provincial Building, Room 280 named the best in the fi eld for southern 200 - 5th Avenue South, Lethbridge, AB Chair: Cal Whitehead 403.320.3366 Alberta by the Alberta Apprenticeship and T1J 4C7 [email protected] Industry Training Board. Tel: 403.381.5380 • Fax: 403.381.5795 From major construction projects like At Lethbridge College, we have over 40 Career Information Hotline: 1.800.661.3753 bridges and buildings to small fi nishing years of experience training apprentices for touches a new homeowner can be proud successful careers. Ask about the Alberta Apprenticeship of, carpenters have a wide range of career Scholarship Program. You might discover options available. You can put your skills and We offer apprenticeship training for seven you’re eligible for a fi nancial award! knowledge to use providing a service that trades: continues to be in strong demand.

• Automotive Service Technician AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE TECHNICIAN Keep your personal interests in mind as you • Carpenter set your goals as a carpenter. Your ability to • Cook Chair: Pat Asplund 403.394.7348 read plans, select and measure materials, • Electrician [email protected] and coordinate projects can help ensure • Electrician – Alternate Delivery costly mistakes and omissions are avoided • Heavy Equipment Technician North Americans love their cars and when on the job site. Attention to detail will keep • Parts Technician their favorite vehicle needs attention, they things from falling through the cracks. You • Welder want to turn to someone they can trust to can look forward to pursuing a range of provide the service they need. That’s where opportunities or specializing in one type The Cook, Parts Technician and Welder you come in. As an Automotive Service of work such as framing, concrete work or apprenticeships last three years while the Technician, you can provide preventative ﬁ nishing work. You could work alone, in Automotive Service Technician, Carpenter, maintenance, diagnose faulty systems, and teams or with helpers. Whatever direction Electrician and Heavy Equipment Technician repair automotive vehicles and light trucks. you take, you’ll ﬁ nd the work rewarding if apprenticeships take four years to complete. you take pride in creating a variety of things Apprenticeship programs require 8 to 12 with your hands and honing your expertise in weeks of classroom training each year, in woodcraft. addition to on-the-job training.

31 Apprenticeship Training Continued

At Lethbridge College, we’ll provide you with ELECTRICIAN - in more than eight or 12 weeks, up the high-quality training you want as part of to 25 percent extra time if you are your Carpenter apprenticeship. You’ll relate Chair: Cal Whitehead 403.320.3366 having diffi culty learning the material; well to our instructors as they share their [email protected] • students have direct access to instructors practical experiences with you. You’ll also on a one-to-one basis at least three hours appreciate our shops, which will give you If you thrive on the opportunity to use your per day. access to the equipment and experience you skills in a variety of settings, a career as an need to succeed in your chosen fi eld. electrician could really light up your future. ELECTRICIAN - ALTERNATE DELIVERY Electricians install, alter, repair and maintain COOK systems designed to provide heat, light, Self-Paced Electrician Training Advantages: (WEEKLY APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING) power, control, signal or fi re alarms for all types of buildings, structures and premises. • Work at your own pace Charles Parker 403.320.3226 • Students in remote locations minimize [email protected] You won’t fi nd yourself stuck in an offi ce time away from home somewhere as an Electrician. Depending • Do not need to be away from work for 8 to With the right combination of ingredients, on the direction your career follows, you can 12 weeks training and skill, you can create magic in the expect work conditions to vary with each • Advisor that may be contacted by phone kitchen. Lethbridge College has the recipe job, especially in construction. From working or e-mail for your success with our Cook Apprentice outdoors on scaffolding to indoor jobs in program. You supply the enthusiasm clean comfort, the changes can be dramatic, Entrance Requirements and desire to achieve, and we’ll supply helping to ensure you won’t be bored with (Alternate Delivery) the experience you need to keep your your chosen career. You must be an indentured Electrician apprenticeship on the right track. Apprentice that has been indentured in the If you enjoy working with people, you past 18 months or has attended a technical As a Cook Apprentice you will learn through could consider specializing in specifi c training period in the past 18 months. observation, practice and study. With the types of installations, such as residential If you have attended a technical training Weekly Apprenticeship Training System (housing developments), commercial period, you must have a pass mark of 75 (WATS) at Lethbridge College, the training (offi ce buildings), institutional (hospitals), or percent or better on your provincial exam. takes place with your needs in mind. One industrial (plants, factories). Being organized day a week is spent at the College gaining and having a friendly, courteous approach is Time Requirements (Alternate Delivery) the formal experience vital to your culinary vital to jobs in these areas. 1st, 2nd, and 3rd year students have up to future. For the rest of the week you will be six months to complete the course, and 4th putting what you’ve learned to practical Our instructors maintain close ties to industry year students have 9 months to complete. experience on the job. It’s the perfect blend to stay on top of trends and provide you that allows you to pursue your education with the best education for your investment. Supply Requirements (Alternate Delivery) while continuing to earn an income. Classes are limited to a maximum of 16 A computer with a printer, using Internet students which provides for a low student- Explorer 4.0 or higher with Internet access. From catering special banquets to preparing to-instructor ratio and enhanced learning. meals for large institutions to cooking up Our modern facilities are well-equipped and How Do I Progress Through the Course? gourmet delights in an upscale restaurant, impeccably maintained. (Alternate Delivery) your Cook Apprentice training will prepare Lethbridge College course material that is you for a host of opportunities. You will also Lethbridge College offers the electrician supplied through the Lethbridge College benefi t from Lethbridge College’s well- program to indentured apprentices through Bookstore is the primary source of material. deserved culinary reputation. Our instructors CBAT or Alternate Delivery. At the end of each module, you will be have been recognized with everything from required to write an end of module quiz that provincial to international awards for their The CBAT delivery method, which is for most you access through the Internet. These skills. Their commitment to their craft is apprentices, provides you with a fl exible quizzes are used to ensure that you have your guarantee of a quality experience at approach to your training. This option offers understood the module material. Throughout Lethbridge College. several advantages, including: the course, you will be required to write supervised exams. These marks will count Similar Lethbridge College option: Culinary • a combination of lectures, labs and self- towards your fi nal mark in the course. You Careers Diploma – a 16-month diploma study, that lets you work at your own pace; must obtain a 65 percent average in theory, program. For details, please refer to the • fl exibility in completion times as students lab, and code to be qualifi ed to write your program information pages. can complete: provincial exam. The site for writing these - in less than the required eight or 12 supervised exams will be at Lethbridge weeks College or a site that is closer to the student’s residence which will be arranged at the time of registration.

32 lethbridgecollege.ca

Labs must be completed at Lethbridge Similar Lethbridge College option: Welders are in demand in a variety of College during normal class hours, and must Agricultural and Heavy Equipment capacities. be booked with your advisor. Technician Certifi cate – a one-year certifi cate program equivalent to the fi rst and second Welders join or sever metals in beams, How Do I Begin? (Alternate Delivery) years of apprenticeship training. For details, girders, vessels, piping and other metal Eligible apprentices must fi rst contact the please refer to the program information components. You could also be involved in Electrical program at Lethbridge College pages. making metal parts used in construction and for an interview (contacts are listed below). manufacturing plants, or welding parts, tools, Once department approval has been given, PARTS TECHNICIAN machines and equipment. you may contact the Registrar’s Offi ce to Welding usually involves applying heat to enroll in the program. You will be contacted Chair: Pat Asplund 403.394.7348 metal pieces to melt and fuse them together. by a Coordinator who will supply you with [email protected] How you will actually do this will depend on information needed to receive materials and the project and such things as the type of ID numbers. Knowing what is what and where it is located metal, its size and shape, and requirements in a large warehouse requires a special for fi nished product strength. Welders use Contact: David Moore. Electrician Alternate set of skills that you can acquire as a parts different processes and fi llers depending Delivery Coordinator at 403.320.3202 technician. It can be the ideal opportunity upon the type of metal, its size and shape, Extension 5351 for you if you enjoy variety, developing and requirements for fi nished product [email protected] or expertise, working with people and strength. Cal Whitehead, Chair at 403.320.3366 participating in your customers’ success. You can expect to be involved in: HEAVY EQUIPMENT TECHNICIAN As a parts technician, you’ll manage and dispense parts inventories, which may • Electric Arc Welding - created as an Chair: Pat Asplund 403.394.7348 include automotive, heavy duty, farm electric current fl ows through an arc [email protected] implement, industrial, recreational vehicle, between the tip of the welding jobbers, plumbing, electrical and so on. electrode and the metal. Filler Heavy Equipment Technicians repair, You may be responsible for handling stock, materials are melted and added to fi ll overhaul and maintain heavy equipment warehousing, identifying and cataloguing the joint and make it stronger. such as highway transport vehicles, parts and assemblies, as well as ordering, construction and earthmoving equipment, receiving, inspecting, sorting, pricing and • Gas Welding - created from the tractors and mobile industry equipment. selling. It all depends upon the size of the combustion of burning gases, such as If you work with a logical perspective, this wholesale, retail or warehouse distribution oxy-acetylene welding, which melts could be the career for you. It’s a fi eld with business and the types of parts involved. the metal. As with arc welding, fi ller strong job prospects now and for the future. materials are used to strengthen a If you demonstrate the necessary skills and joint. You can expect everything from routine can work effectively with people, you could to situations that will challenge your look forward to advancing to supervisory You’ll fi nd the work rewarding if you enjoy skills and abilities. Heavy Equipment positions, such as parts department building things and working with little Technicians employed by companies with manager, store manager, or even store direction or supervision. To be successful in their own heavy duty equipment usually owner. With some sales experience, the trade, welders need manual dexterity, follow a regular inspection schedule for interested parts technicians can move into good vision (glasses are acceptable), eye- preventive maintenance and make any sales representative positions. hand coordination, the ability to concentrate necessary repairs. In larger shops, you on detailed work, and patience. You could specialize in engine overhaul, power Lethbridge College has designed this should also expect to work in a variety of shift transmissions, fuel systems, hydraulic program specifi cally with you in mind. We environments from outdoor construction sites controls, electrical and electronic equipment, follow the Weekly Apprenticeship Training to indoor jobs in production and repair shops. air-conditioning, or track equipment. System (WATS) format. You will attend classes only one day a week, usually from As a welder, your career can take you to You’ll also fi nd that your work environment mid-day to early evening, so your time away a variety of industries including vessel or will vary considerably from one job to from the job will be minimized. structural steel assembly, steel fabrication, another. You could fi nd yourself in a modern heavy equipment repair, pipeline shop performing major repairs, or you could WELDER construction, and commercial and industrial be in construction fi elds, working right on construction. site, contributing directly to the success of Chair: Cal Whitehead 403.320.3366 a specifi c project. Either way, you’ll fi nd it a [email protected] rewarding experience if you enjoy achieving expertise with precise work, problem-solving Turn up the heat on your future and get and working with your hands. involved with an apprenticeship that can allow you to build a solid career.

33 Automotive Systems

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3411 • [email protected] Chair: Pat Asplund 403.394.7348 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3318

PROGRAM OVERVIEW YOUR INVESTMENT GRADUATION At Lethbridge College we have over 40 years Program fees will vary. Fee information Upon successful completion of all program experience teaching high-quality automotive is available in the online Calendar at requirements, students are awarded a servicing skills. Our practical, one-year lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Certiﬁ cate in Automotive Systems. program in Automotive Systems has been to your program and then click on “Your designed in consultation with members Investment”. School of Trades & Apprenticeships of industry in order to help you build a successful career in automotive service. CURRICULUM Find out more about other programs offered in this Working in small labs with lots of hands-on Year I Term I Credits school: practice, you’ll develop your understanding AST 126 Introduction to • Agricultural & Heavy Equipment Technician p. 28 of automotive technology – from simple Trade Practices 3 • Culinary Careers p. 64 components to advanced computerized AST 123 Automotive Drivetrains 12 • Apprenticeship Training p. 31 vehicle systems. Our shop facilities have AST 124 Automotive Directional state-of-the-art tools and equipment that you Control Systems 7 will use to repair a wide variety of vehicles, AST 119 Basic Automotive including shop units and real customer Electrical I 6 vehicles. We encourage you to work on your AST 122 Automotive Industry 2 own vehicle in our shop! 30 At the end of the program, you’ll be diagnosing problems and repairing a wide Year I Term II Credits range of vehicles. You’ll be familiar with AST 132 Automotive Engines 11 the latest in shop equipment and electronic AST 129 Automotive diagnostic technology and you’ll be ready to Electrical Systems II 14 start a career in automotive service. FWK 125 Automotive Field Work 1 AST 145 Performance Projects 4 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES • Apprentice Automotive Service Technician 30 • Journeyman Automotive Service Technician • Shop Foreman • Mobile Repair Service Technician • Automotive Systems Certiﬁ cate Instructor • Shop Owner • Equipment Salesperson • Service Manager

ADMISSIONS New students are accepted into the Automotive Systems program for the Fall term only. Qualiﬁ ed applicants may be admitted into programs outside of normal intakes. Interested applicants are considered on an individual basis for acceptance into a program in an alternative or modiﬁ ed format.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to have a minimum of 50 per cent in Math 30 Pure or Applied and English Language Arts 30-1 or 30-2 or equivalent. Alternate Admission applicants are required to achieve a minimum 60th percentile on the Reading Comprehension, Sentence Skills, and Arithmetic sections of placement testing.

34 lethbridgecollege.ca

Build your future in the trades

Lethbridge College offers a wealth of high-quality trades programming to all learners, regardless of your level of experience in the industry. Whether you are just beginning to explore the trades, are looking to apprentice, or even if you just want to learn a new skill, we can help.

Credit Programs Pre-Employment Trades Training (non-credit) Start here if you want a career in one of Start here if you want to become an apprentice. these trades and/or want to apprentice You will receive technical employability skills and in your ﬁ eld. assistance in ﬁ nding an employer.

Agricultural & Pre- Pre- Pre- Pre- Pre- Culinary Automotive Heavy Employment Careers Systems Equipment Employment Employment Employment Employment Electrician/Wind (diploma) (certiﬁ cate) Technician Carpentry Electrician Welding Cooking (certiﬁ cate) Turbine

Start here if you are a registered apprentice and are eligible to attend training.

Cook Automotive Heavy Carpenter Electrician Apprenticeship Welder Cook Apprenticeship Service Equipment Apprenticeship (4 years) Apprenticeship Apprenticeship (3 years WATS) Technician Technician (4 years) (Self-paced distance option available) (3 years) (3 years WATS) Apprenticeship Apprenticeship (4 years) (4 years) Apprenticeship programs involve 8-12 weeks of classroom training per year. Agricultural Equipment Parts Technician Technician Weekly Apprenticeship Training System (WATS) Apprenticeship Apprenticeship programs involve one day of training at Lethbridge (3 years WATS) (4 years) College per week throughout the length of the program.

35 Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Frank Walton 403.320.3440 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUM If you have an inquiring mind and are Applicants are required to have completed interested in building a world with healthier English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2, Year I Term I Credits plants, animals and people, a career in Biology 30, Chemistry 20, Math 20 or molecular technology may be for you. In equivalencies. BIO 162 Microbiology 4 this new program, you’ll learn the technical ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 expertise and laboratory skills to work in labs NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships and research facilities that provide testing Applicants are advised they will be required & Communications (DL) 3 services for forensics, medical, agriculture to provide a Criminal Record Check CPU 151 Introduction to and environmental agencies dealing with before entering the practicum experience Computers (DL) 3 bioterrorism, diseases control in animals and component of the program. The existence of OR plants as well as food and water safety. a criminal record may affect the practicum BUS 178 Information Management placement, program completion, and & Applications 3 This intensive 24-week program will give you employment prospects. The consequences BIO 150 Cellular Basis of Life 5 fast-track training for entry into the growing of a prior criminal conviction will be BIO 166 Introduction to ﬁ eld of biotechnology. You will learn how to examined and discussed on an individual Biotechnology 6 grow and maintain bacterial, viral and cellular basis. Cost of the Criminal Record Check is 24 cultures, perform nucleic acid extractions approximately $55. and characterizations, protein expression Year I Term II and characterizations, immunology, and a HEALTH REQUIREMENTS number of other essential biotechniques. Applicants must provide a speciﬁ c schedule FWK 155 CMT Practicum This program also provides you with an of health requirements (form provided by (300-400 hours) 4 eight-week practicum with leading edge the program). Students are responsible for 4 private or government facilities to further ensuring that health requirements are kept develop your technical skills. current throughout the program. Failure to do (DL) indicates courses available through so may affect worksite based experience. Distributed Learning. Upon graduation you will receive a Credential of Academic Achievement Applicants must possess the ability to in Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular perform the physical and mental/emotional Technician and have the skills necessary to duties of the Biotechnology - Cellular/ GRADUATION begin working in a lab. Since the majority of Molecular Technician. Applicants may be Upon successful completion of all program course work in the program is at a university required to provide a physician’s medical requirements, students will be awarded level, you will also be able to pursue further report at the request of the program and/ a Credential of Academic Achievement training and study in biology, chemistry and or have an assessment at the worksite to in Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular biotechnology. determine suitability for the program. Technician.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES YOUR INVESTMENT This program will prepare you for Program fees will vary. Fee information School of Agriculture & Natural Sciences employment in research labs associated is available in the online Calendar at with: lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your Find out more about other programs offered in this school: • Medical and Veterinary Science Investment”. • Agricultural Technology p. 29 • Forensics • Central Sterile Processing p. 41 • Genetics • Environmental Sciences • Plant and Food safety • Universities and Technical Institutes

ADMISSIONS New students are accepted into the Biotechnology – Cellular/Molecular Technician program for the Fall (September) term.

36 lethbridgecollege.ca

Business Administration

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3213 • [email protected] Chair: Rita Halma 403.320.3229 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUM Success in business rests on a strong New students are accepted into the YEAR I Credits foundation of some basic concepts. Our Business Administration program in the Fall two-year diploma program in Business (September) or Winter (January) terms. ACC 170 Financial Accounting I 4 Administration is designed to provide you ACC 175 Financial Accounting II 4 with this foundation and then help you ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS BUS 166 Business Law 3 enhance your knowledge in a specialized Applicants are required to have an Alberta BUS 170 Introduction to area of study. You are encouraged to select High School Diploma which includes a Management 4 a major upon acceptance into the program. minimum 50 percent in English Language BUS 177 Entrepreneurship 3 Should you decide to pursue a different Arts (ELA) 30-1 or ELA 30-2 and a minimum BUS 185 Business Computer Business Administration major in your 50 percent in Math 30A (Applied) or Math Applications * 3 second year, we can help you do that. 30P (Pure), or equivalent. BUS 269 Management Communications 3 In your fi rst year, our instructors provide ALTERNATE ADMISSION ECN 180 Microeconomics 4 you with an introduction to accounting, Learners seeking alternate admissions to ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 management, marketing, business law, the program should contact a Lethbridge MKT 188 Introduction to Marketing 5 entrepreneurship, microeconomics, College Advisor who will help them develop PRS 155 Speech (DL) 3 communication, and technology. You’ll test an individualized learning plan. OR your knowledge in practical exercises and PRS 172 Effective Presentation work in teams that simulate the real-world Winter (January) Intake: Entering the & Speech (DL) 3 business environment. program in January allows you two options. BUS 266 Advanced Spreadsheet Applications 3 In the second year of your program, you Option 1 • take your fi rst term from January build on your knowledge by majoring in the to April, then take several classes in the Minimum of 42 credits area of greatest interest to you: Summer Term (May/June). If you choose courses that are prerequisites for second *The combination of KEY140 (Document • Accounting year courses, you may be able to take Processing I) and CPU135 (Introduction • Management those second year courses before you have to Database) and CPU137 (Introduction • Marketing completed all fi rst year requirements. You to PowerPoint) is considered to be an • General Business can complete the remaining courses over the acceptable alternative for BUS185. next academic year or the following summer. As part of a tight-knit community of students (DL) indicates courses available through and instructors, you’ll learn how to respond Option 2 • take your fi rst term from January Distributed Learning. to issues like globalization, the development to April, then take the summer off and of international markets, and the effects of continue in September. This option will technology on business. require you to come back after a second summer to complete your fourth term. This There’s a world of opportunity waiting for you option does not work for Accounting Majors. when you graduate, including the chance to pursue your career right away, continue Summer (May): If you wish to commence your studies and transfer to a university studies in May, we recommend that you take degree program and/or obtain a professional several courses which will allow you to get a qualifi cation like an accounting designation. head start on the Fall term.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES YOUR INVESTMENT Our diploma program in Business Program fees will vary. Fee information Administration will prepare you for work in a is available in the online Calendar at very wide range of ﬁ elds, including: lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your • Retail Investment”. • Financial Services • Sales & Marketing • Accounting • Agri-Business • E-Commerce • Technology • Human Resources • Advertising • Restaurant or Hotel Management • Hospitality and Tourism

37 Business Administration Continued

ACCOUNTING MAJOR MANAGEMENT MAJOR MARKETING MAJOR Contact: James Reimer Contact: David Orr Contact: John Russell [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

The success of any business or organization The success of any business or organization In the rapidly changing world of marketing, is tied closely to its fi nancial position. Put often depends on the expertise of its you must have knowledge of the latest your appreciation for details and numbers management. Our practical approach trends, theories and concepts, research, to work and develop the knowledge and allows you to focus on skills in leadership/ the economy, international infl uences, and skills that will enable you to provide the management, behavioral studies, buyer behavior. At Lethbridge College, you’ll kinds of services valued by companies international business and business fi nance. gain a strong understanding of the theories and individuals alike. In this major, through The real world will provide your fi eld of and benefi t from our focus on the practical theory and practical application, you will study as you interview companies, conduct application. Course highlights include become familiar and gain an understanding business analyses and develop projects projects with local businesses, creating of accounting, work with statistics, play that relate to the real world. Case studies marketing plans, group presentations and a business strategy game, work with will prepare you for team work and you’ll fi eld trips to a variety of area businesses. accounting-related software, complete learn how to assist in the development This major prepares you to pursue income tax returns and much more. and maintenance of a human resource career goals in management, retailing, Our program will give you the background plan. It’s all planned to help you fi nd your merchandising, market research, advertising needed to succeed in an accounting-related career in areas such as Human Resource or international marketing. You can also position with either business, government, Management, Management Consulting, pursue entrepreneurial ventures confi dent in or a not-for-profi t organization, or pursue Organizational Design, Staff Relations and your skills and abilities. further education towards an accounting Business Operations. designation. Many of our students have done both - with great success. YEAR II C Creditsredits YEAR II Credits YEAR II C Creditsredits MKTMKT 260 International MarketingMarketing 3 BUS 268 Organizational Behaviour 5MKTMKT 277 MerchandiseMerchandise ACCACC 250 ManagementManagement BUS 275 International Business 3 Administration 5 AccountinAccountingg I 5 BUS 278 Industrial and Labour MKTMKT 279 Applied SalesSales 3 ACCACC 251 ManagementManagement Relations 3 MKTMKT 281 MarketingMarketing LogisticsLogistics 3 AccountinAccountingg II 5 BUS 285 Advanced Small MKTMKT 283 AdvertisingAdvertising 5 ACCACC 271 Intermediate Financial Business Management 3 MKTMKT 288 MarketingMarketing ManagementManagement 5 AccountinAccountingg I 5 BUS 292 Business Finance 5 MKTMKT 290 MarketingMarketing Research 5 ACCACC 273273 Intermediate Financial BUS 298 Human Resource Approved electives 1212 AccountinAccountingg II 5 Management 5 (See(See elective lists A and B.)B.) BUSBUS 292292 Business Finance 5 STS 250 Statistics 5 ECNECN 253253 Macroeconomics 5 Approved electives 12 PlusPlus one of the following:following: STSSTS 225050 SStatisticstatistics 5 (See elective lists A and B.) TAX 251251 Taxation 5 ACCACC 278 ComputerizedComputerized AccountingAccounting ACCACC 278 ComputerizedComputerized AccountingAccounting Plus one of the following: forfor ManaManagementgement ** 4 f foror ManaManagementgement ** 4 BUSBUS 267 Database DesignDesign 3 ACC 278 Computerized Accounting BUSBUS 284284 Advanced Internet SkillsSkills 3 Minimum of 44 credits for Management ** 4 CPUCPU 254 Basic Desktop BUS 267 Database Design 3 PublishingPublishing 3 **ACC**ACC 245 (Computerized(Computerized Bookkeeping)Bookkeeping) is BUS 284 Advanced Internet Skills 3 consideredconsidered to be an acceptable alternative CPU 254 Basic Desktop Publishing 3 MinimumMinimum of 44 credits forfor AACCCC 278.278. Minimum of 44 credits ** ACCACC 245 (Computerized(Computerized Bookkeeping)Bookkeeping) is consideredconsidered to be an acceptable alternative ** ACC 245 (Computerized Bookkeeping) is forfor ACCACC 278278 considered to be an acceptable alternative for ACC 278

38 lethbridgecollege.ca

GENERAL BUSINESS MAJOR IND 252 Independent StudyStudy 2 PSCPSC 161161 Introduction to Politics 3 Contact: John Russell ISTIST 250 International StudyStudy Tour 3 PSCPSC 165165 CanadianCanadian GovernmentGovernment 3 [email protected] MGTMGT 225151 Events and CConferenceonference PSYPSY 160 Introduction to PsPsychologyychology (DL)(DL) 3 ManagementManagement 4 SOC 160 Introduction to SociologySociology (DL)(DL) 3 This major allows you ﬂ exibility in choosing MKTMKT 250 AdvertisingAdvertising - Essentials 3 SPNSPN 150 IntroductorIntroductoryy SpanishSpanish 3 your courses. It is ideal for those planning MKTMKT 260 International MarketingMarketing 3 STSSTS 272700 SSocialocial ScienceScience Research Methods entrepreneurial careers. You will need a MKTMKT 275275 E-commerce 3 ( (ifif no SSTS250TS250 is takentaken)) 3 total of 44 credits of electives for second MKTMKT 277 Merchandise Administration 5 SGVSGV XXXXXX StudentStudent GovernmentGovernment year. Choose your own combination of MKTMKT 279 Applied SalesSales 3 Maximum 3 electives from the lists below, picking areas MKTMKT 281 MarketingMarketing LogisticsLogistics 3 you feel will provide you with the skills you MKTMKT 283 AdvertisingAdvertising 5 (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough need. Choose a combination of marketing, MKTMKT 288 MarketingMarketing ManagementManagement 5 Distributed Learning.Learning. management, accounting, and computer MKTMKT 290 MarketingMarketing Research 5 courses. STSSTS 225050 SStatisticstatistics 5 TAX 251251 Taxation 5 GRADUATION Special note: The University of Lethbridge TTCTTC 251 Tourism OperationsOperations 4 To qualify for the Business Administration requires that you must include BUS-285 and Diploma, students must successfully BUS-292 as part of your General Business LISTLIST B - APPROVED NON-BUSINESS complete the full two-year program, which diploma if you plan to apply there under the ELECTIVESELECTIVES ((aa maximum ooff 6 credits maymay consists of 42 credits in the ﬁ rst year and 44 2+2 agreement described below. be included fromfrom List B with the exception ofof credits in the second year for a total of 86 FWK255 which is 12 credits)credits) credits. Note: Are you planning a career in the hospitality industry (Hotel, Restaurant, AACCCC 245 ComputerizedComputerized BookkeepingBookkeeping Tourism)? According to our Business ( (ifif no AACCCC 278 is taken)taken) 5 Advisory Council, students would be AAGRGR 190 Tax ManaManagementgement well served to enroll in either Marketing, ( (ifif no TAX251 is takentaken)) 4 Management or General Business majors AAGRGR 286 AAgriculturalgricultural Business and use electives to take any or all of ManaManagementgement 4 MGT-251, TTC-251, MGT-256 and BIBIOO 115151 Environmental Issues 3 FWK-250. BLK 151 BlackBlackfootfoot LanguageLanguage I 3 BUBUSS 176 Financial PlanningPlanning 4 LISTLIST A - APPROVED BUSINESS CCITIT 152 C Computeromputer Hardware ELECTIVESELECTIVES Maintenance 3 CCITIT 154 ProgrammingProgramming in C 5 ACCACC 250 ManagementManagement AccountingAccounting I 5 CCPLPL 150 CommunityCommunity ServiceService LearningLearning ACCACC 251 ManagementManagement AccountingAccounting II 5 ( (ifif no FWK250 is takentaken)) 3 ACCACC 271 Intermediate Financial FDM 256 FactorFactoryy ManaManagementgement 3 AccountinAccountingg I 5 FDM 270 Retail BuyingBuying 3 ACCACC 273273 Intermediate Financial FWK 255 International Development AccountinAccountingg II 5 SStudiestudies 1122 ACCACC 278 ComputerizedComputerized AccountingAccounting HHISIS 171700 Western CCivilizationivilization 3 fforor ManaManagementgement 4 HHUMUM 150 LogicLogic 3 BUSBUS 180 SchedulingScheduling ManagementManagement 3 HUHUMM 155155 Ethics 3 BUSBUS 267 Database DesignDesign 3 HHUMUM 158 CCreativereative Problem SolvingSolving 3 BUSBUS 268 OrganizationalOrganizational Behaviour 5 HHUMUM 190 Popular CultureCulture 3 BUSBUS 275275 International Business 3 HHUMUM 195 CulturalCultural AnthropologyAnthropology 3 BUSBUS 278278 Industrial and Labour Relations 3 HUHUMM 291291 Film StudiesStudies 3 BUSBUS 284284 Advanced Internet SkillsSkills 3 MGMGTT 256 Restaurant and LounLoungege BUSBUS 285285 Advanced SmallSmall Business ManaManagementgement 5 ManaManagementgement 3 MMKTKT 270270 Retail Administration BUSBUS 291 WritingWriting a Business Plan 3 ( (ifif no MKT277 is takentaken)) 3 BUSBUS 292292 Business Finance 5 MMTHTH 156 Techniques ofof CalculusCalculus 5 BUSBUS 298 Human Resource ManagementManagement 5 NAT1NAT15555 Native CulturalCultural Awareness 3 CPUCPU 254 Basic Desktop PublishingPublishing 3 PED 121233 Academic SuccessSuccess ECNECN 253253 Macroeconomics 5 Athletics I 3 FWK 150150 Field Work 3 OR OR PED 113333 Academic SuccessSuccess FWK 250250 Field Work 3 Athletics II 3 IND 251 Independent StudyStudy 1 PPSCSC 150150 Local GovernmentGovernment 3

39 Business Administration Continued

School of Business TRANSFERS Royal Roads University University of Lethbridge Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Business Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Business Administration Diploma are eligible to receive Find out more about other programs offered in this Administration Diploma are eligible to receive block transfer credit into the third year of the school: two years credit towards the University Bachelor of Commerce in Entrepreneurial • Computer Information Technology p. 52 of Lethbridge’s Bachelor of Management Management at Royal Roads University, • Offi ce Administration p. 100 Degree, provided that they have maintained provided all entrance criteria for admission to • Professional Golf Management p. 105 a cumulative grade point average of at RRU are met and space remains available least 3.0 in the Lethbridge College diploma in the program. Visit www.royalroads.ca for program. This arrangement is known as a more information. 2+2 agreement. It is highly recommended, Griffi th University- Queensland, Australia but not mandatory, that BUS-292 and Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Business STS-250 are included in your Lethbridge Administration program are eligible to College diploma. Students who graduate transfer credit towards the completion of a with the General Business major MUST Bachelor’s Degree at Griffi th University. BA take BUS-292 and BUS-285 as part of their Diploma students majoring in Accounting college studies if they wish to access the can complete the Bachelor of Commerce 2+2 agreement. Visit www.uleth.ca for further at Griffi th in just three (3) semesters. information. Similarly, BA diploma students majoring Athabasca University in Management, Marketing or General Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Business Business can complete a Bachelor of Administration Diploma are eligible to receive Business in three (3) semesters. There are two years credit towards any of the following typically two semesters per calendar year, business degrees at Athabasca University: however both Bachelor degrees are offered 3-year Bachelor of Management, 4-year at the Logan campus in an accelerated Bachelor of Management (Human Resource format by which three semesters are taught Management or Marketing major), or 4-year in one calendar year (beginning February Bachelor of Commerce (Accounting or or July). Griffi th University is located in e-Commerce major). Diploma graduates Queensland, Australia and has campuses in will need to complete ten courses for the Brisbane (Nathan capus) and on the Gold 3-year B.Mgmt. and twenty courses for Coast. For further information, contact the the 4-year B.Mgmt. or B.Comm. It is highly Griffi th International Offi ce in Australia at recommended, but not mandatory, that +61 7 3735 6425 or international@griffi th. BUS 292 and STS 250 are included in your edu.au . You can also contact AustraLearn Lethbridge College diploma. Some of the - a Canadian application centre for Griffi th Athabasca courses may be offered on-site at University - by calling 1-800-980-0033 or Lethbridge College in the evenings. For more [email protected] . information, contact the Athabasca University advisor in TE 1207 or 403-320-3431. Visit www.athabascau.ca for more information. University of Great Falls Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Business Administration Diploma are eligible to receive two years credit towards the University of Great Falls Bachelor of Arts Degree, majoring in Business Administration. Students may complete degree requirements though distance education or by attending the campus in Great Falls, Montana. Visit www.ugf.edu for more information.

40 lethbridgecollege.ca

Central Sterile Processing

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Frank Walton 403.320.3440 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUM Hospitals, clinics and medical facilities of Applicants are advised they will be required all kinds need people who enjoy paying to provide a Criminal Record Check Year I Term I Credits attention to detail and want to ensure before entering the practicum experience the health and safety of people in our component of the program. The existence of BIO 162 Microbiology 4 community. If this description suits your a criminal record may affect the practicum ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 interests, our Central Sterile Processing placement, program completion and COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships program could be just what you’re looking employment prospects. The consequences & Communications (DL) 3 for. of a prior criminal conviction will be CPU 151 Introduction to Computers (DL) 3 examined and discussed on an individual OR Sterile supplies are vital to modern medical basis. Cost of the Criminal Record Check is BUS 178 Information Management practice and there is a growing demand for approximately $55. & Applications 3 people trained in sterile processing. Our CSP 150 Medical Terminology/Anatomy intensive 24-week program will give you HEALTH REQUIREMENTS And Physiology 4 fast-track training for entry into this important Applicants must provide a speciﬁ c schedule CSP 160 Surgical Instrument Processing 6 ﬁ eld. You’ll learn how to handle, clean, of health requirements (form provided by 23 assemble, function test and package surgical the program). Students are responsible for instruments. You will also develop an ensuring that health requirements are kept Year I Term II understanding of how microbiology, infection current throughout the program. Failure to do control, and aseptic technique relate to the so may affect work-site based experience. CSP 140 CSP Practicum work you’ll be training to do. (320-400 hours) 4 Applicants must possess the ability to 4 We give you an eight-week practicum of perform the physical and mental/emotional hands-on experience. You’ll get to test your duties of the Central Sterile Processing (DL) indicates courses available through skills in the real-world medical environment. Technician program. Applicants may be Distributed Learning. During these eight weeks, you’ll be placed required to provide a physician’s medical in different departments where you will hone report at the request of the program and/ your skills on all types of instruments and or have an assessment at the work site to GRADUATION equipment. In fact, after only 24 weeks you’ll determine suitability for the program. Upon successful completion of all program have more than a Credential of Academic requirements, students will be awarded a Achievement in Central Sterile Processing, YOUR INVESTMENT Credential of Academic Achievement in you’ll be ready to start work as a trained Program fees will vary. Fee information Central Sterile Processing Central Sterile Processing Technician! is available in the online Calendar at lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link School of Agriculture & Natural Sciences CAREER OPPORTUNITIES to your program and then click on “Your As a trained Central Sterile Processing Investment”. Technician, you can work in a variety of Find out more about other programs offered in this medical environments, including: school: • Agricultural Technology p. 29 • Hospital Central Processing Facilities • Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician p. 36 • Hospital Operating Rooms • Hospitals • Day Procedure Facilities • Doctors’ Practices • Long-Term Care Facilities • Private Health-Care Providers • Surgical Centres

ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS New students are accepted into this program for the Fall (September) term only.

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to have completed English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2, Biology 30, Chemistry 20, Math 20 or equivalencies.

41 Child and Youth Care

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3393 • [email protected] Chair: Wendy Weninger 403.329.7254 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS HEALTH REQUIREMENTS The Child and Youth Care program is New students are accepted into the Child Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule designed to prepare you to work with and Youth Care program for the Fall of health requirements (form provided by the children, youth and families who are (September) term. Students wishing to enroll Child and Youth Care program). Students experiencing diffi culties and challenges for the Winter (January) term may take are responsible for ensuring that health within their daily lives that have impacted courses in a revised curriculum based on requirements are kept current throughout the their optimal development. Some will have course availability. This admission results in program. Failure to do so may affect work- been exposed to negative life circumstances a fi ve term curriculum for the completion of site based experience. such as trauma, rejection, abuse, and the diploma. emotional stress. You will learn to work PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE from a developmental, ecological and All applicants are encouraged to apply REQUIREMENTS strength-based perspective, emphasizing early (by October for January admission Applicants are advised they will be required the interaction between persons and their and by February for September admission) to provide a Criminal Record Check and physical, social and cultural environments. to ensure their seat within the program. an Alberta Children’s Services Intervention Ongoing applications will be accepted until Record Check (IR Check) before entering You will gain the knowledge, values and the program is full. Qualifi ed applicants may the practicum experience component of the skills to promote, support and strengthen be admitted into programs outside of normal program. the development of children, youth and intakes. Interested applicants are considered their families in a variety of settings such on an individual basis for acceptance into the The existence of an IR or criminal record as residential treatment, community-based program in an alternative or modifi ed format. may affect practicum placements, program and youth programs, parent education and completion and employment prospects. The family support, family preservation and ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS consequences of a prior criminal conviction reunifi cation, early intervention and within a Applicants are required to have an Alberta will be examined and discussed on an variety of school settings. High School Diploma or equivalent including individual basis. The logistics for obtaining a minimum of 60 per cent in each of: Social a Criminal Record Check and an IR Check Once you graduate from the program, Studies 30 (or 70 per cent in Social Studies will be discussed with students during you’ll be able to integrate a strength-based 33), English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 (or program orientation. Cost of the Criminal developmental and systems perspective in 70 per cent ELA 30-2) and one other 30 level Record Check is approximately $75 on each all aspects of child and youth care practice. subject. occurrence. Students are advised that it is necessary to have these checks completed CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Applicants are required to achieve a at least once per year. Our diploma program in Child and Youth minimum 60th percentile on the Reading Care will prepare you for employment as a and Sentence Skills sections and the writing Applicants will be required to have St. John child and youth care professional in a wide sample section of placement testing. Ambulance Standard First Aid and CPR variety of settings including: (or equivalent) certifi cates prior to their Applicants lacking academic prerequisites practicum experiences. The cost for this • Residential and Treatment Programs may seek Alternate Admission, which will certifi cation is approximately $125. • Family Support Work involve adjudication of these prerequisites • Group Homes based on other educational experiences and/ As a professional program, it is strongly • Independent Living Programs or related background. Applicants seeking recommended that students become • Schools this process for admission are strongly active members of the Child and Youth • Recreation & Community Centres encouraged to contact the program prior to Care Workers Association of Alberta. The • Women’s Emergency Centres application. logistics and benefi ts for this membership • Foster Care will be discussed with students upon • Young Offender Centres NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS admission. The cost for this membership is • Drop-in Centres In addition to academic requirements, approximately $40. • Hospitals applicants are required to complete the • Adolescent Psychiatry Reading and Sentence Skills components YOUR INVESTMENT of placement testing. Applicants will also Program fees will vary. Fee information complete an essay as part of their placement is available in the online Calendar at testing, outlining their motivation for being lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link a Child and Youth Care Worker as well as to your program and then click on “Your personal life experiences and qualities that Investment”. show their suitability to the fi eld. Applicants participate and complete the Child and Youth Care interview process with the Child and Youth Care Admissions Committee.

42 lethbridgecollege.ca

CURRICULUM Students may select from the following Athabasca University electives, with choices dependent on Diploma graduates may transfer directly Year I Term I Credits scheduling. into the third year of the Bachelor of Professional Arts in Human Services at HSP 151 Family Systems and CJP 180 Law, Youth & Young Athabasca University. Diploma graduates Development (DL) 3 Offenders (DL) 3 are awarded transfer credit equivalent to one COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships ENG 180 Survey of Canadian Literature 3 year towards the three or four year Bachelor & Communications (DL) 3 IST 250 International Business of Management degree at Athabasca OR Study Tour 3 University. CYC 157 Foundations of CYC NAT 155 Native Cross Cultural University of Calgary Communications 3 Awareness 3 Two-year diploma graduates will be awarded CYC 169 Observation, Reporting PSY 277 Addictions Treatment 3 ﬁ ve full-course equivalents. & Assessment 3 SOC 276 Sexuality 3 HSP 150 Foundations of Human HSP 155 Introduction to Art Therapy 3 Services (DL) 2 PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology (DL) 3 School of Human Services CYC 179 Foundations of Child & Youth Care 2 (DL) indicates courses available through Find out more about other programs offered in this CYC 182 Outdoor Educational Experience 1 Distributed Learning. school: ENG 150 Composition (DL) 3 • Disability and Community Rehabilitation p. 65 OR GRADUATION • Early Childhood Education p. 67 ENG 190 Intro to Language & Literature 3 Upon successful completion of all program • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education p. 78 PSY 170 Human Development Across requirements, students are awarded a Child • Special Needs Educational Assistant p. 109 the Life Span (DL) 3 and Youth Care Diploma. SOC 273 Multicultural Issues 3 23 TRANSFERS Grant MacEwan College Year I Term II Students who successfully complete the ﬁ rst year of the CYC program are eligible for CYC 163 Behaviour Management 2 admission into the second year of the Child OR and Youth Care program at Grant MacEwan RSP 155 Applied Behaviour Analysis (DL) 3 College. Diploma graduates are eligible for CYC 175 Therapeutic Interventions 3 entry into year three of Grant MacEwan’s CYC 178 CYC Clinical Practice I 4 Bachelor of Child and Youth Care. Applicants CYC 180 Counselling Techniques I 4 must have an overall GPA of C+ or 2.3 on a CYC 193 Group Process 3 4 point scale and a minimum grade of C+ in CYC 194 Activity Leadership 3 all required diploma courses. PSY 179 Adolescent Development 3 Mount Royal College 22 or 23 Students may be able to transfer to the Child and Youth Care program at Mount Royal Year II Term I College on a course by course basis. Medicine Hat College CYC 251 Family Support and Intervention 3 Students may be able to transfer to the Child CYC 256 CYC Clinical Practice II 6 and Youth Care program at Medicine Hat CYC 272 Family Violence 3 College on a course by course basis. CYC 280 Counselling Techniques II 4 British Columbia Universities 16 Diploma graduates may transfer directly into the third year of a degree program at the University of Victoria, Vancouver Island Year II Term II University (formerly Malaspina University College) and the University College of the CYC 263 Professional Practice in Child Fraser Valley. and Youth Care 3 Lethbridge College CYC 269 Case Management and Students who complete the Child and Youth Evaluation 3 Care diploma are eligible for entry into the CYC 271 CYC Clinical Practice III 9 Correctional Studies – Bachelor of Applied Approved Elective 3 Arts program at Lethbridge College. Some 18 bridging courses may be required on an individual basis.

43 Civil Engineering Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3468 • [email protected] Chair: Dennis Sheppard 403.317.3523 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Structural Design Assistant YOUR INVESTMENT Civil engineering builds the infrastructure of • Structural Designer Program fees will vary. Fee information society. Buildings, homes, cities, roads and • Quality Control Inspector is available in the online Calendar at bridges are all products of civil engineering. • Construction Designer lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Our intensive, two-year diploma program to your program and then click on “Your in Civil Engineering Technology will ADMISSIONS Investment”. prepare you for a rewarding career in civil Students are accepted into the Civil engineering technology and construction Engineering Technology program for the Fall Students are required to lease a Lethbridge management. (September) term only. Qualifi ed applicants College laptop as part of the e-VOLUTION may be admitted into programs outside of initiative. Laptop fees for students are $625 In the fi rst year of the program, we’ll give you normal intakes. Interested applicants are per term plus a refundable $500 deposit. a comprehensive introduction to engineering considered on an individual basis by the fundamentals. You’ll learn about topics Chair for acceptance into a program in an ranging from Computer Assisted Drafting alternative or modifi ed format. (CAD) and land surveying to fl uid mechanics, applied physics and concrete technology. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to have a minimum In the second year, you focus on engineering 50 per cent in Math 30P (Pure) or a minimum design and management. You’ll develop of 65 per cent in Math 30A (Applied), 50 per a practical understanding of structural cent in Physics 20 or 50 per cent in Science design and detailing, construction methods, 30, 60 per cent in English Language Arts environmental technology, municipal/ 30-2 or English Language Arts 30-1. Basic highway design, estimating and business understanding of computer technology management. You learn how to use state- such as word processing, copying fi les; of-the-art computer applications and bring and familiarity working in a Windows-based together your knowledge and hands-on environment is required. experience in applied research projects. These projects involve spending lots of time All students applying to the program may in the fi eld, meeting other engineers and be required to write a mathematics and using real data from real sites to develop a science competency exam at the start personal portfolio. of the program. Students whose scores demonstrate defi ciencies will be advised You also learn about the environmental to consider spreading their work load over and ethical dimensions of civil engineering. a three-year program to allow for remedial While engineers build to improve society, all courses. building has environmental and social costs that must be considered. Your classroom, ALTERNATE ADMISSION fi eldwork and project experience will show Applicants are required to achieve a you how to balance costs and benefi ts in the minimum 60th percentile on the Arithmetic, construction process. Elementary Algebra, Sentence Skills and Reading Comprehension sections In fact, at the end of the program you’ll of placement testing or equivalent. It is fi nd that your Civil Engineering Technology strongly recommended that 75th percentile Diploma has given you more than a is achieved. comprehensive introduction to civil engineering theory and practice – you’ll have Applicants who lack the required academic built the foundation for a successful career. admission requirements can apply to the College and University Preparatory Program CAREER OPPORTUNITIES to upgrade for your program. • Surveyor • Geo-Technologist PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) • Roadway Designer If you have experience working in this fi eld of • Infrastructure Designer study, you may be eligible for Prior Learning • Subdivision Designer Assessment (PLA). Please direct your • Construction Estimator inquiries to the Program Chair. • Construction Manager

44 lethbridgecollege.ca

CURRICULUM YearYear II TermTerm II Memorial University A third alternative for Lethbridge College Year I Term I Credits CIVCIV 257 Environmental EngineeringEngineering 5 graduates would be to seek a Bachelor of CIVCIV 266 ReinforcedReinforced ConcreteConcrete DesignDesign 4 Technology with emphasis on management CAD 155 Introductory AutoCAD 5 CIVCIV 263 SteelSteel DesignDesign and DetailingDetailing 4 skills. This can be obtained from Memorial DRF 153 Introduction to Drafting 4 CIVCIV 274 InfrastructureInfrastructure ServicingServicing 4 University of Newfoundland. The program is CPU 150 Computers in Engineering CONCON 209 Business ManagementManagement in available on a full-time or a part-time basis Technology 2 CConstructiononstruction 3 and may be completed in three terms. ENF 157 Soils 5 CONCON 255 ConstructionConstruction EstimatingEstimating 5 Athabasca University ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 GEOGEO 255 GGeographicaleographical InformationInformation Graduates receive 60 credits towards the OR SySystemsstems I 3 Bachelor of Science (Post-Diploma) degree ENG 155 Scientiﬁ c & Technical Writing 3 RSRRSR 251 Applied Research II forfor or 30 credits towards the three or four year MTH 149 Pre-Calculus (DL) 3 EngineeringEngineering Tech. 2 Bachelor of Management (Post-Diploma) PHY 143 Applied Physics 3 3030 degree. SUR150 Land Survey 5 NAIT 30 Year II SSummerummer Term ((22 weeksweeks)) Graduates of the Civil Engineering Technology Diploma program with a Year I Term II GEOGEO 256 GGeographicaleographical InformationInformation minimum grade point average of C+ or SySystemsstems II 2 2.3 on standard grading scales will be CON 140 Contracts, Speciﬁ cations SURSUR 171 SurveySurvey CampCamp 2 conditionally accepted into the BTech & Inspections 4 4 (Bachelor of Technology in Technology CON 150 Codes, Details & Drawings 3 Management) degree program. Applicants CON 155 Managing the Construction Year II SSummerummer Term ((22 weeksweeks)) - OOPTIONALPTIONAL for transfer of credit under this Agreement Process 4 shall complete all of the requested CPU248 Computer Applications in Civil CIVCIV 237 Work Experience application procedures of NAIT including, but Engineering 3 (f (followingollowing GEOGEO 256 & SURSUR 171)171) 2 not limited to, written statements outlining ENF 135 Statics 4 2 personal objectives, career goals, letters of ENF 161 Fluid Mechanics 4 reference, work experience and community ENF 168 Construction Materials for (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough involvement, and such other information Civil Engineering 4 Distributed Learning.Learning. as may be requested and used by NAIT to MTH 160 Calculus I 3 determine whether the applicant complies SUR 162 Survey Applications 3 GRADUATION with the requirements as set out or intended. 32 Upon successful completion of all program requirements, students are awarded a Civil School of Engineering Technologies Year II Term I Credits Engineering Technology Diploma.

CIV 218 Highways 4 TRANSFERS Find out more about other programs offered in this CIV 247 Irrigation Structures 4 Lethbridge College school: CIV 253 Water Resources 4 Graduates of Civil Engineering Technology • Engineering Design and Drafting Technology p. 69 CIV 258 Timber Design & Detailing 4 may gain a second diploma in Engineering • Geomatics Engineering Technology p. 88 CON 252 Heavy Construction 4 Design and Drafting Technology with one ENF150 Strength of Materials 4 additional year of study (course scheduling MTH 165 Calculus II 3 permitting). RSR 250 Applied Research I for Camosun College / University of British Engineering Tech. 2 Columbia 29 Camosun College in Victoria, BC provides a six-month bridging program leading directly to the third year in Civil Engineering at the University of British Columbia. Lakehead University Involves one transition summer school followed immediately by entry upon successful completion into the third year Civil Engineering. A fourth year is also required to obtain a degree.

45 College and University Preparation

Program Ofﬁ ce: Main Campus: 403.329.7269 • Fort Macleod Campus: 403.553.4788 • [email protected] Chair: 403.320.3243 Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Karen O’Dwyer 403.317.3550

PROGRAM OVERVIEW YOUR INVESTMENT MTHMTH 090977 Introduction to CalculusCalculus 5 Our College and University Preparation Program fees will vary. Fee information PHY 075 PhysicsPhysics 5 courses offer an excellent foundation for your is available in the online Calendar at PHY 085 PhysicsPhysics (OL)(OL) 5 future. lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link PHY 095 PhysicsPhysics 5 to your program and then click on “Your RDGRDG 075 DevelopingDeveloping ReadingReading EfEffi ciencyciency 5 You can choose courses ranging from Math, Investment”. RDGRDG 096 CollegeCollege ReadingReading Essentials 5 English, Reading and Spelling to Chemistry, SCISCI 004343 S Sciencecience I 3 Physics and Biology. We offer a variety Textbook costs vary from approximately $50 SCISCI 004848 S Sciencecience II 3 of academic levels, from a basic to high to $160, depending on the course. SCISCI 055 ScienceScience III 3 school equivalent. Besides being available in SCISCI 060 ScienceScience Foundations 3 Lethbridge, most of our courses are offered CURRICULUMCURRICULUM SSTSST 004343 SSocialocial StudiesStudies I 3 at our Fort Macleod Campus. SSTSST 004848 SSocialocial StudiesStudies II 3 StudentsStudents registerregister in courses that fi t their SSTSST 050544 SSocialocial StudiesStudies III 3 We give you lots of support! A College careercareer goalsgoals on the recommendation ofof the SSTSST 063 ReadinReadingg in SocialSocial StudiesStudies 5 advisor will help you decide which courses CollegeCollege advisingadvising team. Transcripts and entryentry SSTSST 007575 SocialSocial StudiesStudies 5 are right for you. Staff from the Learning testingtesting decide course level placement. SSTSST 085 SocialSocial StudiesStudies 5 Café can help improve your study skills and SSTSST 095 SocialSocial StudiesStudies (OL)(OL) 5 provide free help with your courses. Service CourseCourse offeringsofferings maymay be subjectsubject to change.change. SPLSPL 056 SpellingSpelling 3 Managers will help you fi nd funding for your education too. You might be eligible for an BIOBIO 075 BioloBiologygy 5 (BL)(BL) indicates courses which are available in Alberta Works or Canada/Alberta Works BIOBIO 085 BioloBiologygy 5 blended formatformat (partly(partly online).online). funding. Why not contact us to talk about BIOBIO 095 BioloBiologygy (BL)(BL) 5 (OL)(OL) indicates courses which are available your education? You might be surprised at CHMCHM 075 ChemistryChemistry 5 fullyfully online. what you’ll learn! CHMCHM 085 ChemistryChemistry 5 ContactContact the ProgramProgram ChairChair forfor details. CHMCHM 095 ChemistryChemistry (BL)(BL) 5 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES COLCOL 004 GEDGED Preparation 2 UpgradingUpgrading options forfor post-secondarypost-secondary College and University Preparation courses COLCOL 100 OrientationOrientation to CollegeCollege studentsstudents can lead to many opportunities. Our students Learnin Learningg (OCL)(OCL) 5 In addition to anyany ofof the courses listed have continued into certifi cate, diploma CPUCPU 051 ComputerComputer Basics 3 above, post secondarysecondary students maymay also and degree programs. They have entered CPUCPU 101 ComputerComputer Basics 2 take the ffollowingollowing courses. SomeSome restrictions professional and apprenticeship programs CPUCPU 151 Introduction to ComputersComputers 3 apply.apply. Please check with an Academic and have moved on to successful careers. DEV 001 Developmental StudiesStudies 1 Advisor.Advisor. You’ll also fi nd that our courses offer a good DEV 002 Developmental StudiesStudies 2 foundation for beginning employment. DEV 003 Developmental StudiesStudies 3 ENGENG 101 Basic CompositionComposition 3 DEV 004 Developmental StudiesStudies 4 RDGRDG 101 AnalyticalAnalytical ReadingReading 3 ADMISSIONS DEV 005 Developmental StudiesStudies 5 COL103COL103 Intro to LearningLearning StrategiesStrategies 1 New students are accepted into the College ENGENG 063 EnEnglishBasicsglishBasics 5 COLCOL 105 AchievingAchieving CollegeCollege SuccessSuccess 3 and University Preparation program for ENGENG 070 EnEnglishglish 5 COL106COL106 Leadership forfor FMNI StudentsStudents 3 courses beginning in the Fall (September) ENGENG 080 EnEnglishglish 5 DEV 102 Developmental StudiesStudies 2 and Winter (January) terms and, in ENGENG 085 EnEnglishglish 5 DEV 103 Developmental StudiesStudies 3 Lethbridge, for the Summer (May) term as ENGENG 090 EnEnglishglish (OL)(OL) 5 MTH102MTH102 Basic Mathematics 3 well. ENGENG 095 EnEnglishglish (OL)(OL) 5 KEY 050 KeyboardingKeyboarding Fundamentals 3 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS KEY 139 IntroductoryIntroductory KeyboardingKeyboarding 5 HighHigh School Equivalencies The College and University Preparation LAR 043 LanguageLanguage Arts I 5 CollegeCollege and UniversityUniversity Preparation courses program is open to any person 18 years LAR 048 LanguageLanguage Arts II 5 satisfysatisfy post-secondarpost-secondaryy programprogram entrance of age or older who has the desire and the LAR 055 LanguageLanguage Arts III 5 requirementsrequirements as substitutes forfor GradeGrade 12 academic skills to cope with a selected MTHMTH 004343 Math Fundamentals I 5 levellevel courses. No provincial departmental course level. Admission is based on MTHMTH 004848 Math Fundamentals II 5 examsexams are required. The course numberingnumbering academic background, skills assessment MTHMTH 050544 Mathematics Foundations 5 designatesdesignates gradegrade levels:levels: and advisement. All applicants must write a MTHMTH 055 Math Fundamentals III 5 placement test and meet with an Academic MTHMTH 060 Mathematics 5 CoursesCourses numbered 070-079070-079 are GradeGrade 1010 Advisor for interpretation of the test results MTHMTH 060644 Real World Math II 5 levellevel courses.courses. and to complete a training plan prior to MTHMTH 007575 Mathematics 5 CoursesCourses numbered 080-089080-089 are GradeGrade 11 confi rmation of admission. Test results and MTHMTH 085 Mathematics 5 levellevel courses.courses. prior academic success are used to place MTHMTH 090 Mathematics 5 CoursesCourses numbered 090-099090-099 are GradeGrade 12 students in appropriate courses. MTHMTH 095 Mathematics (OL)(OL) 5 levellevel courses.courses.

46 lethbridgecollege.ca

For further details, consult the Alberta Council on Admissions and Transfer (ACAT) guide or talk to an Advisor.

ORIENTATION TO COLLEGE LEARNING Most College and University Preparation courses are delivered during the College’s standard Fall and Winter terms. However, the Orientation to College Learning (COL 100) course is held in August for students wishing to prepare for their academic courses beginning in Fall. Contact the Dean or Program Chair for more information.

REGISTRATION CHANGES Course registrations or “add/drops” must be carried out in consultation with an Academic Advisor and/or Service Manager. It is the applicant’s responsibility to register for and maintain credit minimums as required for sponsorship. Credit requirements of sponsoring agencies currently range from 15 to 25 credits.

HONOURS STATUS Students who successfully complete at least 15 credits with a minimum grade point average of 3.50 and with no failing grade are eligible for Honours Status.

GRADUATION Students in the College and University Preparation program who accumulate at least 18 credits in academic courses are eligible to receive a Credential of Achievement. To qualify, students must take four 090-099 level courses, including at least one English course, and must have a minimum grade point average of 1.50. KEY 139 and CPU 151 are accepted as courses to meet these requirements.

TRANSFER Courses numbered at any of the 070, 080, or 090 levels in this program are accepted in lieu of high school courses for admission at Alberta’s universities, colleges, and technical institutes, as well as at most colleges and universities in the United States. However, students do not receive high school credits towards a diploma from Alberta Education. Lethbridge College issues its own grades and its own credential.

47 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3418 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.329.7246 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUM Our Commercial Vehicle Enforcement New students are accepted into the Credits program can be the key you need to get you Commercial Vehicle Enforcement program on the road to a rewarding and meaningful in the Summer term. The following TRS 165 Transport Law 3 career. requirements apply only to those students CPU 151 Introduction to Computers (DL) 3 taking the full program. Those interested in OR Transportation of goods and passengers by individual courses may enter the program as *CPU 155 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement commercial vehicles is an important element undeclared students. Interested applicants Computer Applications 3 in the success of Canadian businesses are considered on an individual basis by the ENG 146 Technical Report Writing for and industries. Helping commercial vehicle Chair for acceptance into the program in an Commercial Vehicle Enforcement operators be successful and ensuring alternative or modifi ed format. Offi cers 3 our roads and highways remain safe PED 153 Training & Personalized for everyone is the vital role played by ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Fitness (DL) 3 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cers. Applicants are required to have an Alberta OR High School Diploma or equivalent. To *TRS 151 Incident Management 5 Combine your education or work experience ensure applicants meet the basic standards TRS 150 Transport Legislation 3 in: that will give them a realistic chance for TRS 152 Licensing 3 success in the program, applicants are CJP 163 Human Relations for Commercial • Law enforcement/criminal justice required to undergo testing. Applicants Vehicle Enforcement 3 • Conservation enforcement must achieve a minimum 60th percentile TRS 160 Hours of Service Legislation 3 • Corrections in Reading, Sentence Skills and Arithmetic TRS 155 Weights & Dimensions 3 sections of the placement test. TRS 153 Cargo Securement 3 with our Commercial Vehicle Enforcement 30 or 32 program and in less than three months, NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS you’ll have the education you need to pursue Applicants are required to complete an (DL) indicates courses available through a meaningful and rewarding career as a interview with the Chair. The interviewer will Distributed Learning. Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cer. assess the applicant’s educational and work history and suitability for enrolment in this * Note: Alberta Infrastructure and This program is also open to those in the program. Transportation employees must enroll in transportation industry, such as owners, these courses. External applicants and safety supervisors or other employees. MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS current Criminal Justice students will enroll in You can benefi t by taking some or all of our Although no physical requirements are the alternative course. commercial vehicle courses. Take the same placed on applicants for entry to the courses used to train Commercial Vehicle program, applicants are required to take GRADUATION Enforcement Offi cers and stay updated on a medical examination to ensure that Upon successful completion of all program the latest regulations and laws. their cardiovascular system is suitable to requirements, students are awarded a undertake strenuous exercise. Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Certifi cate. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES The need for qualifi ed offi cers is strong. YOUR INVESTMENT School of Justice Studies Earning your certifi cate will greatly Program fees will vary. Fee information increase your chances of employment with is available in the online Calendar at commercial vehicle enforcement agencies lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Find out more about other programs offered in this across Canada, such as: to your program and then click on “Your school: Investment”. • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Correctional Studies - • Alberta Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 Branch • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 • Saskatchewan Highway Transport Patrol • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 Please check with your local jurisdictions for • Fire Service Administration p. 80 their hiring requirements and qualifi cations. • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 • Police Recruit Training p. 103

48 lethbridgecollege.ca

Communication Arts

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6970 • [email protected] Chair: Vicki Charge • 403.320.3202 Ext. 5362 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW With a rigorous combination of media theory Applicants are also required to achieve a The media exert tremendous infl uence in and lots of practical experience, you’ll minimum 60th percentile in the Reading and today’s society, shaping as well as refl ecting be ready for a career that could include Sentence Skills sections of placement testing public opinion. It’s also an exciting industry international reporting, event management, or equivalent. Applicants who have received in which to participate. Our intensive two- fundraising or corporate communications. credit for a minimum of 60 credits towards year diploma program in Communication With a diploma in Communication Arts a degree, or who have a related diploma Arts will help you turn your passion for the from Lethbridge College, you’ll be ready to with a minimum GPA of at least 2.0 may media into a solid foundation for a career in produce and infl uence media today! forgo placement testing. Alternate Admission newspapers, television, radio, advertising or applicants are assessed on past education public relations, in both traditional and online CAREER OPPORTUNITIES and work experience. worlds. Your Communication Arts Diploma will prepare you for a wide range of positions in FAST-TRACK OPTIONS You can choose from three areas of the media, including: Students with a degree from an accredited specialization: post-secondary institution can be accepted • Commercial Writer into the Communication Arts program • Print Journalism • Radio/TV News Reporter majors (Advertising/Public Relations and • Broadcast Journalism • Radio/TV News Anchor Print Journalism) with advanced standing. • Advertising/Public Relations • Broadcast Radio Producer Fast-track students will take a range of • Radio Announcer industry-related courses, including at least In your fi rst year, we’ll give you a • TV News Anchor one department-approved option course, comprehensive introduction to media • Camera Operator over two semesters. Part of the course load fundamentals, ranging from reporting • Radio Commercial Producer will include a practicum. to camera and audio use to mass • TV Editor communication and the communication • Promoter PROFESSIONAL SUITABILITY process. Your knowledge of these will be • Public Relations Practitioner Applicants, except for fast-track applicants, balanced with more specialized classes, • Broadcast/Advertising Salesperson must write a 500-word composition working in small groups with one-to-one • Advertising Layout demonstrating knowledge of the media instructor contact. • Desktop Publisher area they intend to study. The composition • Graphic Designer is evaluated by the program for research In your second year, we will show you how • Newspaper/Magazine Reporter content, organizational and grammar skills, to translate theory into practice. You’ll gain • Newspaper Editor word usage, sentence construction and lots of valuable experience working on • News Photographer transitions. real media projects with real deliverables. • Web Editor According to your area of interest, you’ll • Online Journalist PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT produce a weekly campus newspaper, • Videographer If you have experience working in this fi eld of prepare campus radio shows or work on • Producer/Scriptwriter study, you may be eligible for Prior Learning local television stories and broadcasts. You’ll Assessment (PLA). Please direct your work with local media outlets and learn how ADMISSIONS enquiries to the Faculty Advisor. media organizations operate in the real New students are accepted into the world. Depending on your major, you’ll work Communication Arts programs for the Fall YOUR INVESTMENT on our student newspaper, The Endeavour (September) term. Qualifi ed applicants may Program fees will vary. Fee information (print and online editions); for our on-campus be admitted into programs outside of normal is available in the online Calendar at radio station, CRLC The Kodiak (closed intakes. Interested applicants are considered lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link circuit and streamed over the Internet); or on an individual basis by the School to your program and then click on “Your with our TV media partner, Shaw TV. Chairperson/Faculty Advisor for acceptance Investment”. into a program in an alternative or modifi ed These opportunities are tied closely to actual format. shifts and requirements in a business setting. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Your classroom knowledge and hands-on Applicants are required to have a minimum experience will come together for a 150-hour 60 percent in English Language Arts 30-1 or practicum at the end of the program. You will 70 percent in English Language Arts 30-2 or also have the opportunity to demonstrate to equivalent and a minimum of 60 percent in a potential employer that your understanding Social Studies 30 or 33 or equivalent. of the media is matched by your skills and experience.

49 Communication Arts Continued

CURRICULUM BROADCAST JOURNALISM MAJOR YearYear II TermTerm II The Broadcast Journalism Major helps Year I Term I Credits students become skilled in reporting and CAPCAP 263 EditingEditing II 4 writing for radio and television. They produce CAPCAP 267 CampusCampus Newspaper II 6 CAP 152 Mass Communication 3 news and sports, music programs, and CAPCAP 286286 Print JournalismJournalism II 4 PSC 150 Local Government 3 features. Hands-on experience is gained CAPCAP 299299 Practicum 4 MKT 158 Media Marketing Fundamentals 3 on-air through CRLC The Kodiak radio 1818 WRI 154 Media Research and Writing I 4 station, Shaw TV and web-casting on the CAP 165 Media Tech Visual I 4 Internet. Students learn digital techniques, FAST TRACK - ADVERTISING AND CAP 171 Media Tech Audio 2 audio control, voice control, announcing PUBLICPUBLIC RELATIONS MAJOR CPU 170 Production Software I 2 and reporting techniques, and radio and RequiredRequired CoursesCourses PRS 173 Announcing/Public Speaking 3 TV production skills. As well, students are 24 required to complete a practicum with a CAPCAP 161 ProducingProducing and ScriptScript WritingWriting 3 Year I Term II media company off-campus. CAPCAP 165165 Media Tech Visual I 4 CAPCAP 170170 CommunicationCommunication Law 3 CAP 156 Introduction to Advertising 3 Year II Term I C Creditsredits CAPCAP 255255 SalesSales Practice 3 CAP 158 Communication Process 3 CAPCAP 274 Public Relations II 3 OR CAPCAP 252252 Broadcast JournalismJournalism I 5 CAPCAP 281281 Visual CommunicationsCommunications 3 COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships CAPCAP 256256 Broadcast Presentation 3 CAPCAP 282 MagazineMagazine DesignDesign 4 & Communication (DL) 3 CAPCAP 275275 Broadcast Production I 7 CAPCAP 291 CampusCampus Media II 6 WRI 174 Media Research and Writing II 4 CAPCAP 278 DigitalDigital Media Production 4 CAPCAP 299299 Practicum 4 CAP 170 Communication Law 3 MGTMGT 265 Broadcast ManaManagementgement Issues 2 CPUCPU 170170 Production SoftwareSoftware I 2 CAP 175 Media Tech Visual II 4 WRI 250 CCommercialommercial WritinWritingg I 2 MGTMGT 269 ManaManagementgement Issues in AD/PRAD/PR 5 CAP 161 Producing and Script Writing 3 2323 WRI 257 Public Relations WritingWriting 3 CAP 254 Public Relations I 3 CPU 190 Production Software II 2 YearYear II TermTerm II FAST TRACK - PRINT JOURNALISM 25 MAJORMAJOR CAPCAP 253253 Broadcast JournalismJournalism II 5 RequiredRequired CoursesCourses ADVERTISING/PUBLIC RELATIONS CAPCAP 285285 Broadcast Production II 7 MAJOR CAPCAP 299299 Practicum 4 CAPCAP 165165 Media Tech Visual I 4 The Advertising/Public Relations Major WRI 274 CommercialCommercial WritingWriting II 2 CAPCAP 170170 CommunicationCommunication Law 3 prepares students to work in a variety of 1818 CAPCAP 257257 New Media forfor JournalistsJournalists 4 entry-level positions in the communications CAPCAP 262 EditingEditing I 4 and media industry. Training includes writing, PRINT JOURNALISM MAJOR CAPCAP 282 MagazineMagazine DesignDesign 4 designing and sales for online, electronic The Print Journalism Major prepares OR and print media; and public relations students for entry-level positions in writing, CAPCAP 171 Media Tech Audio 2 administration. As well, students are required reporting, editing, photography, desktop OR to complete a practicum with a media publishing and online publishing. Students PRSPRS 173 Announcing/PublicAnnouncing/Public SpeakingSpeaking 3 company off-campus. will receive training that could help them in CAPCAP 299299 Practicum 4 a career in weekly or daily newspapers, in CAPCAP 267 CampusCampus Newspaper II 6 Year II Term I C Creditsredits magazines and with online journalism sites. CAPCAP 286286 Print JournalismJournalism II 4 Students receive practical training on and OR CAPCAP 191 CampusCampus Media I 6 off campus through the College newspaper, CAPCAP 175175 Media Tech Visual II 4 CAPCAP 255255 SalesSales Practice 3 The Endeavour, and the student magazine, OR CAPCAP 262 EditingEditing I 4 Expressions. As well, students are required CAPCAP 263 EditingEditing II 4 CAPCAP 281281 Visual CommunicationsCommunications 3 to complete a practicum with a media OR CAPCAP 282 MagazineMagazine DesignDesign 4 company off-campus. CPUCPU 190190 Production SoftwareSoftware II 2 2200 CPUCPU 170170 Production SoftwareSoftware I 2 Year II Term I C Creditsredits WRI 154 Media Research and WritingWriting I 4 YearYear II TermTerm IIII WRI 174 Media Research and WritingWriting II 4 CAPCAP 257257 New Media forfor JournalistsJournalists 4 CAPCAP 274 Public Relations II 3 CAPCAP 262 EditingEditing I 4 GRADUATION CAPCAP 291 CampusCampus Media II 6 CAPCAP 266 CampusCampus Newspaper I 6 Upon successful completion of all program CAPCAP 299299 Practicum 4 CAPCAP 276276 Print JournalismJournalism I 4 requirements, students are awarded MGTMGT 269 ManaManagementgement Issues in AD/PRAD/PR 5 CAPCAP 282 MagazineMagazine DesignDesign 4 a Communication Arts Diploma with WRI 257 Public Relations WritingWriting 3 22 designated Major. 21

50 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Media & Design TRANSFERS University Of Calgary Graduates of the Communications Arts Find out more about other programs offered in this two-year Diploma may receive up to ﬁ ve full school: course equivalents (one year) credit toward • Fashion Design & Marketing p. 76 the completion of a 20-credit Bachelor of • Interior Design p. 90 Arts in Communication Studies from the • Multimedia Production p. 92 University of Calgary. Athabasca University Graduates of Communication Arts can earn a Bachelor of Professional Arts in Communications from Athabasca University by receiving credit for their two years at Lethbridge College and completing an additional 60 credits of a 120-credit program through Athabasca University. University of Great Falls Graduates of the Communication Arts two-year Diploma (Broadcast Journalism option) may receive up to two years’ credit toward a Bachelor of Arts degree majoring in Broadcast Communication at the University of Great Falls, Montana. Students may complete degree requirements through distance-education telecom or by attending the University of Great Falls campus. University of Lethbridge Lethbridge College graduates may also apply their Communication Arts Diploma to two courses or six unspeciﬁ ed credits in the Faculty of Arts and Science at the University of Lethbridge. Royal Roads University Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Communication Arts Diploma are eligible to receive block transfer into the third year of the Bachelor of Arts in Professional Communication at Royal Roads University, provided all entrance criteria for admission to Royal Roads University are met and space remains available in the program. Visit www.royalroads.ca for more information.

51 Computer Information Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.394.7343 • [email protected] Chair: Rita Halma 403.320.3229 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS YOUR INVESTMENT Success in information technology includes New students are accepted into the Program fees will vary. Fee information programming skills and much more. Our Computer Information Technology program is available in the online Calendar at two-year diploma program in Computer for the Fall (September) and Winter lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Information Technology gives you the (January) terms. Qualifi ed applicants may to your program and then click on “Your grounding in business, communications be admitted into programs outside of normal Investment”. and technology that you need in order intakes. Interested applicants are considered to manage, as well as build, information on an individual basis for acceptance into a CURRICULUCURRICULUMM systems. program in an alternative or modifi ed format. Year I Term I C Creditsredits Accredited by the Canadian Information ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Processing Society (CIPS), our intensive, Applicants will have an Alberta high school BUBUSS 170 Introduction to ManagementManagement 4 integrated program will show you how diploma with a minimum of 60 percent in CCITIT 152 C Computeromputer Hardware information systems actually work. Working English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 Maintenance 3 in small teams, you’ll tackle hands-on and 60 percent in Pure or Applied Math 30 or CCITIT 154 ProgrammingProgramming in C 5 projects ranging from trouble-shooting equivalent. CCITIT 157 HTML and Web PublishingPublishing 3 hardware to software development, MMTHTH 152152 Mathematics forfor CITCIT 3 networking, web development, e-commerce, ALTERNATE ADMISSION/ADVANCE 1818 games programming and information STANDING: Learners seeking alternate systems management. admissions/advance standing to the program YYearear I TermTerm II should contact a Lethbridge College Advisor You’ll balance these technology skills or the Chair who will help them develop an CCITIT 156 ProgrammingProgramming with C++C++ 4 with course work on business and individualized learning plan. CCITIT 158 Introduction to NetworkingNetworking 4 communications and we’ll give you the Students without computer skills in the areas CCITIT 163 Database ManagementManagement 4 opportunity to demonstrate your abilities of e-mail, Windows environment (fi le and ENENGG 156 Business WritinWritingg (DL)(DL) 3 in practical projects. You’ll work on web folder management), word processing and MMKTKT 188 Introduction to MarketingMarketing 5 development for a not-for-profi t organization spreadsheeting will be required to register in 20 and spend 200 hours in a workplace-based CPU-151 ‘Introduction to Computers’ in the practicum with an organization of your fi rst term. YYearear II TermTerm I choice. And, you fi nish the program with a real-life system project for a real-life client. Note: Students with outside commitments AACCCC 170 Financial AccountingAccounting I 4 (family, employment or otherwise) may fi nd CCITIT 255255 C Clientlient Server/NetworkServer/Network Admin. 3 Managing information has never been it diffi cult to complete a full course load each CCITIT 261 O Operatingperating SystemsSystems 4 more important and information technology term and should consult with an Advisor CCITIT 266 O Objectbject OOrientedriented ProProgramminggramming 4 professionals have never been more in about alternate program sequencing. All CCITIT 275 Introduction to SystemsSystems DesignDesign I 5 demand. With its comprehensive introduction students who plan to continue their studies to the industry and its opportunities, our through the post-diploma Computer Science CChoosehoose one ofof the followingfollowing courses:courses: diploma in Computer Information Technology program at the University of Lethbridge CCITIT 260 AlgorithmsAlgorithms and Problem SolvingSolving 3 won’t just show you how to build an must take CIT260 (Algorithms and Problem CCITIT 264 Advanced Database Mgmt:Mgmt: information system – it will show you how to Solving) as part of the Computer Information OOracleracle 3 build a career. Technology diploma requirements. All 2323 students who plan to continue their studies CAREER OPPORTUNITIES through the post-diploma Management YYearear II TermTerm II • Programmer Analyst program at the University of Lethbridge must • Software Developer take BUS 268 (Organizational Behaviour) as AACCCC 175 Financial AccountingAccounting II 4 • Games Programmer part of the Computer Information Technology CCITIT 259 Advanced Internet SystemsSystems 3 • Database Designer/Developer diploma requirements. CCITIT 265265 E-CommerceE-Commerce Administration 4 • Software Testing Specialist CCITIT 270 IT IntegrationIntegration SSeminareminar 2 • Information Systems Project Manager INDUSTRY SUITABILITY CCITIT 276 Sy Systemsstems DesiDesigngn II 5 • Systems Analyst Prospective students should be aware of OOnene Elective fromfrom List Below 3 • Web Administrator the following job-related physical demands; 2121 • Help Desk Attendant standing or sitting for long periods of time, • Network Analyst/Technician intense visual concentration, ability to type Year II SSummerummer Term • Desktop Support and use a mouse (repetitive movements), • Computer Service Technician with some lifting and carrying. CCITIT 271 IT Fieldwork 3

52 lethbridgecollege.ca

YEAR II ELECTIVESELECTIVES TRANSFERS NAIT University of Lethbridge Graduates of the Computer Information ACCACC 150-199150-199 Graduates of Lethbridge College’s CIT Technology Diploma program with a ACCACC 250-299250-299 diploma are eligible to receive two years minimum grade point average of C+ or BUSBUS 150-199150-199 credit towards a University of Lethbridge 2.3 on standard grading scales will be BUSBUS 250-299250-299 Post Diploma Bachelor of Science degree, conditionally accepted into the BTech CITCIT 274 AssemblyAssembly LanguageLanguage ProgrammingProgramming provided that a cumulative grade point (Bachelor of Technology In Technology CITCIT 277 G Gamesames ProProgramminggramming average of at least 2.5 is achieved in the CIT Management) degree program. Applicants CMMCMM 185 The Principles ofof AnimationAnimation program. Students will be required to take an for transfer of credit under this Agreement COMCOM 150-199150-199 additional 20 courses at the U of L. In order shall complete all of the requested COMCOM 250-299250-299 to access this program, students MUST application procedures of NAIT Including, but DESDES 155 GraphicGraphic DesiDesigngn complete CIT 260 at the college. not limited to, written statements outlining ECNECN 150-199150-199 Graduates of Lethbridge College’s CIT personal objectives, career goals, letters of ECNECN 250-299250-299 diploma are eligible to receive two years reference, work experience and community HUMHUM 150-199150-199 credit towards a University of Lethbridge involvement, and such other information PED 160 WeightWeight TrainingTraining and ExerciseExercise Post Diploma Bachelor of Management as may be requested and used by NAIT to PED 161161 JudoJudo Level I degree, provided that a cumulative grade determine whether the applicant complies PED 162 Intro to Leisure Activities & SportsSports point average of at least 3.0 is achieved in with the requirements as set out or intended. PED 170 VolleyballVolleyball the CIT program. Students will be required PED 172 Latin, Hip Hop, SwingSwing to take an additional 22 courses at the U of and SocialSocial DanceDance L. In order to access this program, students School of Business PED 173173 Basketball MUST complete BUS 268 at the college. We PED 174 SoccerSoccer recommend that students complete STS 250 PED 185 KickboxingKickboxing and Fitness in addition to the CIT program. Visit Find out more about other programs offered in this school: PRSPRS 155 SpeechSpeech (DL)(DL) www.uleth.ca for more information. • Business Administration p. 37 STSSTS 225050 SStatisticstatistics Athabasca University • Ofﬁ ce Administration p. 100 Graduates of Lethbridge College’s CIT • Professional Golf Management p. 105 (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough program are eligible to receive 60 credits Distributed Learning.Learning. towards a Bachelor of Science in Computing and Information Systems (Post-Diploma) or GRADUATION Bachelor of Science (Post-Diploma) degree. Upon successful completion of all program Graduates are eligible to receive 30 credits requirements, students are awarded a towards a three or four year Bachelor of Computer Information Technology Diploma. Management (Post-Diploma) degree. . For more information, contact the Athabasca University advisor in TE 1207 or 403-320- 3431. Visit www.athabascau.ca for more information. Southern Alberta Institute of Technology (SAIT) Graduates may receive up to two years credit toward the Bachelor of Applied Information Systems Technology from SAIT. Students who wish to pursue this option are advised to complete CIT 260 at Lethbridge College. Visit www.sait.ca for more information.

53 Conservation Enforcement - Bachelor of Applied Science Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Terry Kowalchuk 403.320.3232 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • RCMP Offi cer It is the student’s responsibility to provide Experience! That’s what makes our • Fish and Wildlife Offi cer faculty all necessary documentation Bachelor of Applied Science in Conservation • Wildlife Investigator (outlines, certifi cates, transcripts, etc.) Enforcement special. At Lethbridge College, • Pollution Control Offi cer for evaluation. Students are strongly we have more than 25 years of experience • Resource Management Offi cer encouraged to do this at the time of in preparing people for a career in natural application or during their fi rst term on resource law enforcement -- and our ADMISSIONS campus. degree program is the only one of its kind in Applicants may be accepted into the Canada. Bachelor of Applied Science in Conservation Transfer students entering the Bachelor Enforcement program for the Fall of Applied Science in Conservation Receive instruction in the natural and (September) term only. Transfer students Enforcement who have received advance physical sciences, renewable resource with advanced standing may be accepted credit must complete Lethbridge College’s management and law enforcement into the third year of the degree program minimum residency requirements. Students techniques through a blend of classroom for the Fall (September) term. Qualifi ed may not receive advance credit for work theory, lab exercises and work site applicants may be admitted into programs completed at another institution(s) in excess experience. Emphasis is placed on practical outside of normal intakes. Interested of 75% of the total credits required for learning opportunities where you’ll gain applicants are considered on an individual graduation from Lethbridge College. valuable hands-on experience in problem basis by the Chair for acceptance into the wildlife management, investigations, park program in an alternative or modifi ed format. NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS operations and resource law enforcement. Applicants may be required to submit ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS additional background information including Your campus learning is reinforced during an Applicants are required to have an Alberta a resume stating their work experience, eight month directed fi eld study (practicum). High School Diploma, including a minimum additional education and/or training plus This extensive applied learning opportunity of 60 percent in English Language Arts certifi cation/qualifi cations in special fi elds. is unique to our Bachelor of Applied Science (ELA) 30-1, Chemistry 20, Biology 30, Math in Conservation Enforcement degree. While 30P or Math 30A and Social 30. Applicants EMPLOYABILITY on campus, you’ll also pursue a simulated may be required to achieve a minimum • Conservation Enforcement Offi cer resource enforcement violation ‘from report 65th percentile in Reading, Sentence Skills, positions have very specifi c physical to court’ where evidence is collected, Arithmetic and Elementary Algebra sections requirements such as vision, hearing and statements are taken, search warrants are of placement testing or equivalent. weight. The specifi c requirements differ executed and documents are prepared. with each agency. It is the applicant’s ALTERNATE ADMISSION responsibility to confi rm that they meet the Where will your degree in Conservation Applicants lacking the academic admission physical requirements of the agencies with Enforcement take you? Graduates of the requirements will be considered on an which they hope to work. Bachelor of Applied Science in Conservation individual basis dependent upon obtained Enforcement program have the necessary skills and experience. They must, however, • Persons with a criminal record may have academic knowledge and applied skills achieve a minimum 65th percentile in diffi culty competing for jobs as in natural resource law enforcement for Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic and Conservation Enforcement Offi cers in successful careers in federal, provincial or Elementary Algebra sections of placement Canada. municipal agencies, as well as the private testing or equivalent. sector. • Employers often require that students hold Transfer students are required to have a valid Standard First Aid or Wilderness In fact, with Lethbridge College Applied a diploma in Renewable Resource First Aid Certifi cate and/or a CPR Conservation Enforcement graduates Management or equivalent, or a related Certifi cate to be eligible for seasonal and/ working across Canada, your ambition is the bachelor’s degree in an area such or permanent employment. Students are only limit! as Resource Management, Biology, encouraged to obtain these certifi cates Environmental Studies or a similar area of either prior to entering the program or CAREER OPPORTUNITIES study. A minimum GPA of 2.50 or equivalent during the fi rst term. • Conservation Offi cer or permission of the Chair is required for • Fishery Offi cer admission. • A number of workshops and short courses • Park Patrol Offi cer sponsored by various agencies are • Park Ranger Applicants with post-secondary credentials available on evenings and weekends. • Environmental Investigator/Inspector and signifi cant work experience may apply to Students are encouraged to attend these • Municipal Police Offi cer have their skills assessed for transfer credit sessions to enhance their credentials for or prior learning credit. employment.

54 lethbridgecollege.ca

YOUR INVESTMENT Year I Term II Year IV Program fees will vary. Fee information is available in the online Calendar at LAW 161 Introduction to Natural Students are eligible to register in Directed lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Resource Law 5 Field Studies courses after successful to your program and then click on “Your *BIO 269 Aquatic Ecology 5 completion of year three. Students must Investment”. *RRM 196 Map & Aerial Photo complete a Summer and a Fall term of Interpretation 5 Directed Field Studies earning a minimum Students are responsible for the cost of the *BIO 168 Zoology 5 of 29 credits through completion of the fi eld trips relating to this program. *RRM 158 Water Resources 5 following courses: 25 Field Studies Supplies: Students on fi eld Required Courses studies are expected to provide their own Year II Term I equipment and supplies. This includes: DCE 455 Field Enforcement 5 warm sleeping bag, ground sheet and pad, *RRM 264 Forest Management 5 DCE 460 Community Involvement 3 tent (may be shared with other students), *ENV 255 Land Use Practices 3 DCE 480 Administrative Techniques 3 back pack or duffl e bag for gear, adequate *RRM 259 Principles of Fishery Science 5 DCE 490 Senior Enforcement Project 3 clothing for cold/wet weather, hiking boots, ENV 275 Environmental Sampling OR binoculars, cooking and eating gear (may be & Forensics 5 DCE 491 Senior Enforcement Project 5 shared), food, fi eld notebook, compass, and SOC 263 Diverse Cultural Communities 3 DCE 495 Independent Study 3 hip or chest waders. Field studies schedules CJP 267 Natural Resources Legislation 5 OR are dependent on many variables and may 26 DCE 496 Independent Study 5 require students to participate on weekends. All program fi eld studies require mandatory Year II Term II Electives attendance. DCE 456 Investigations 5 *RRM 256 Rangeland Habitat DCE 465 Public Safety 3 OTHER REQUIRED SUPPLIES Management 5 DCE 470 Habitat Protection 3 Available from Lethbridge College Bookstore: *RRM 258 Principles of Wildlife Biology 5 DCE 475 Problem Wildlife Field Lab coat, safety glasses, Douglas protractor, RRM 299 Fire Management 5 Techniques 5 fi eld notebook/surveyors book, 16X hand CJP 282 Evidence & Court DCE 476 Commercial Fisheries 3 lens, dissection kit, metric triangular scale Procedures (DL) 5 DCE 485 Program Management 5 with 1:20, 1:25, 1:50, 1:75, 1:100 and 1:125 PED 251 Self Defence and Fitness 3 DCE 486 Advanced Enforcement graduations. *CJP 369 Patrol Procedures 5 Planning 5 28 DCE 487 Mentorship 3 Available From Sporting Goods/Hardware Store: Nexus Type 115 or Silva Ranger Year III Term I * Indicates fi eld studies compass (with declination adjustment screw), clipboard, fl oppy disks, 100MB or CJP 357 Environmental Compliance (DL) indicates courses available through higher USB memory stick, chest waders, Techniques 3 Distributed Learning. scientifi c calculator ($15 - $30 range), *CJP 359 Conservation Law Investigations 5 12 or more coloured pencils (pencil COM 263 Interpersonal Skills in Special note about fi eld studies: crayons), binoculars (8 X 40 or 10 X 50 Enforcement 3 Students are off-campus completing fi eld magnifi cation). For additional information *DCE 352 Parks & Protected Areas 5 studies during most of September and April. concerning supplies, contact Dan Slezak at *DCE 389 Problem Wildlife Management It is extremely diffi cult to take Year I and 403.320.3302. Techniques 5 Year II courses simultaneously. Students RRM 298 Conservation Biology 3 are advised to complete all Year I courses CURRICULUM 24 before proceeding to Year II, and all Year II courses before enrolling in Year III courses Year I Term I Credits Year III Term II (for related post-diploma certifi cate or degree programs). In the Fall term, fi eld studies are ENG 155 Scientifi c & Technical Writing 3 DCE 350 Administrative Procedures 5 in September, while in the Winter term, fi eld *GEO 166 Physical Geology 5 DCE 245 DFS Orientation 1 studies are scheduled in April. *BIO 163 Terrestrial Ecology 5 DCE 377 Environmental Law 3 *BIO 164 Plant Taxonomy 5 CJP 379 Case Management 3 GRADUATION *RRM 153 Soil Resources 5 DCE 390 Issues in Resource Upon successful completion of all program STS 255 Statistical Methods 3 Enforcement 3 requirements, students are awarded a 26 CJP 287 Crisis Intervention (DL) 3 Bachelor of Applied Science in Conservation 18 Enforcement degree.

55 Correctional Studies

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS Applicants are advised they will be required Our practical two-year Correctional Studies On-campus students are accepted into the to undergo a Criminal Record Check prior Diploma program gives you skills and Correctional Studies Diploma program in Fall to enrolling in the practicum. The existence knowledge for a career in corrections, young (September) and Winter (January) terms. of a criminal record may affect practicum offender work, and related occupations. Distance learners can also apply for the placement, program completion, and With an increasing offender population and Summer (May) term. Qualifi ed applicants employment prospects. The consequences the need for leadership and programming, may be admitted into programs outside of a prior criminal conviction will be this fi eld offers exciting career opportunities of normal intakes. Interested applicants examined and discussed on an individual assisting and supervising those who are are considered on an individual basis for basis. serving a sentence as a result of confl ict with acceptance into a program in an alternative the law. or modifi ed format. If you are currently MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS employed in corrections, you are guaranteed Although no physical requirements are You’ll work in small classes with considerable acceptance; your training and experience placed on applicants for entry to the one-to-one instructor contact. We give you may reduce the number of courses you will program, applicants should ensure through a a comprehensive introduction to topics be required to take. medical examination that their cardiovascular including human relations, criminology, system is suitable to undertake fi tness- psychology, correctional law, casework ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS related exercise and self-defense tactics. methods, diversity, interviewing, offender Applicants are required to have an Alberta Alternative arrangements may be made for classifi cation and crisis intervention, as High School Diploma or equivalent. Students applicants who are unable to participate in well as the hands-on skills required to work who do not meet this standard may be physical activities, or who plan to continue on in this complex and changing fi eld. You required to undergo testing to ensure they for their degree in correctional studies. develop your critical thinking and reasoning will have a realistic chance for success in skills in practical exercises. And you the program. Applicants may be required to YOUR INVESTMENT have the opportunity to experience real- undergo a reading, writing and arithmetic Program fees will vary. Fee information world correctional environments with two placement test (online and out-of-town is available in the online Calendar at practicums. testing is also available). Applicants must lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link achieve a minimum Total Right Score of to your program and then click on “Your At the end of the program, you’ll understand 80 for reading and arithmetic and a holistic Investment”. how you can help troubled people take score of 8 for writing. responsibility for their own lives. You’ll have a valuable combination of knowledge and Please note: Two things determine a hands-on experience. More importantly, student’s testing score: the number of you will be a valuable asset to correctional questions that were correctly answered, and systems looking for qualifi ed, capable the diffi culty level of the questions that were people. The diploma in Correctional Studies answered correctly. The Total Right Score Is is an excellent starting point for a rewarding reported on a 120-point scale and represents and challenging career. an estimate of the score students could expect to receive if they had taken a test of All courses in the Correctional Studies 120 questions. The scores ARE NOT based Diploma program are available through on, or represented, in percentage values. Distributed Learning. For more information, please contact Testing Services at 320.3368. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Your Correctional Studies Diploma will Applicants who lack the required academic prepare you for work throughout the criminal admission requirements can apply to the justice system. Examples are: College and University Preparation program to upgrade for this program. • Federal Correctional Offi cer • Provincial Correctional Offi cer NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS • Youth Worker Applicants are required to review an online • Probation Offi cer information package and complete a • Parole Offi cer questionnaire relating to the entry/suitability • Youth Probation Offi cer requirements for a career in corrections. The • Border Services Offi cer completed questionnaire will be reviewed • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cer by the School of Justice Studies to ensure applicants have read and understood these requirements.

56 lethbridgecollege.ca

CURRICULUM The elective scheduled in Year 1, Term II University of Great Falls may be taken at any time in the diploma; for Graduates of the Criminal Justice two-year Year I Term I example, students who wish to complete a Diploma may receive up to two years credit second practicum as an elective can do so in toward a degree program at the University CJP 160 Introduction to the C.J. System 3 their fi nal semester. of Great Falls, Montana. Students may COM 159 Applied Interpersonal complete the degree requirements through Communication 4 CJP 180 Law Youth and Young Offenders 3 distance education or by attending the ENG 150 Composition 3 FWK 273 Corrections Practicum II 3 University of Great Falls campus. PED 157 Health, Wellness and Fitness * 3 PED 150 Exercise and Healthful Living 3 University of Lethbridge PRS 172 Effective Presentation & Speech 3 PED 160 Weight Training & Exercise 3 Lethbridge College graduates may also SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology 3 PED 251 Self Defence and Fitness 3 apply the Lethbridge College Criminal 19 NAT 155 Native Cross Cultural Justice Diploma toward two courses or six Awareness 3 unspecifi ed credits in the Faculty of Arts and Year I Term II OR Science at the University of Lethbridge. Any 3 credit course with the following CJP 183 Diversity Issues in prefi xes: BLK, BUS, CJP, CYC, DCE, FAS, Criminal Justice 3 HUM, IND, LAW, MGT, PSY, SOC, TRS School of Justice Studies COR 152 Fundamentals of Corrections 2 COR 153 Career Development Strategies 1 Find out more about other programs offered in this COR 154 Suicide Prevention 1 GRADUATION school: LAW 172 Law for Corrections 4 Upon successful completion of all program • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 PED 165 Applied Lifestyle Fitness I 1 requirements, students are awarded a • Correctional Studies - PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology 3 Diploma in Correctional Studies. Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 Elective 3 • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 18 Note: Employing agencies may have • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 additional requirements such as a valid • Fire Service Administration p. 80 driver’s license, Standard First Aid and CPR. • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 Year 2 Term I Learners are encouraged to maintain their • Police Recruit Training p. 103 credentials in these areas so that they are CJP 278 Criminology 3 current at time of graduation. COR 253 Correctional Classifi cation 3 COR 262 Drugs in Corrections 3 TRANSFERS COR 285 Correctional Methods 3 Lethbridge College FWK 272 Corrections Practicum I 3 Graduates of the two-year Correctional PED 253 Applied Lifestyle Fitness II 1 Studies Diploma who choose to enter the SOC 255 Offenders with Special Needs 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts - Correctional 19 Studies Degree program at Lethbridge College will get two full years of credit Year 2 Term II towards the degree. Courses are provided on campus or through distance education. CJP 281 Confl ict Management 3 Details regarding this program can be found COM254 Correctional Report Writing 3 in this Calendar and on the Lethbridge COR 277 Corrections Administration 3 College website. COR 279 Correctional Casework and Athabasca University Counselling 3 Lethbridge College graduates can continue COR 287 Crisis Resolution 3 into a Bachelor of Professional Arts PED 264 Applied Lifestyle Fitness III 1 majoring in Criminal Justice or a Bachelor of 16 Professional Arts in Governance, Law and Management from Athabasca University. * or approved elective from the following list. This is a four-year degree program offered in partnership with Athabasca University and Please note: Students are encouraged Lethbridge College. Entrance to the degree to consult with the Chair of the School depends on successful completion of the of Justice Studies or designate for prior Criminal Justice Diploma or equivalent. approval of all electives.

57 Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW You’ll have the academic and practical Applicants with prior related work experience Are you interested in joining the corrections background to work in a variety of advanced may be exempt from pre-admission testing. fi eld through a program of advanced study? positions, including: Applicants with post-secondary credentials Are you a Corrections professional wishing to and signifi cant related work experience may enhance your understanding of correctional • Parole Offi cer apply to have their knowledge and skills theory and practice? Our Bachelor of • Programs Offi cer, Federal assessed for transfer credit or prior learning Applied Arts in Correctional Studies (BAACS) • Manager, Federal Corrections credit in both the Correctional Studies will give you the skills and knowledge you • Manager, Provincial Corrections Diploma and the Degree. need to meet your career goals, whether you • Supervisor, Federal Corrections are seeking initial employment or promotion • Supervisor, Provincial Corrections Transfer students entering the program who to more challenging positions. • Case Worker, Federal Corrections receive advance credit must meet Lethbridge • Case Worker, Provincial Corrections College’s minimum residency requirements. Our degree program starts with a two- • Manager, Youth Work This means that students may not receive year diploma in Correctional Studies. • Supervisor, Youth Work advance credit for work completed at other Your fi rst two years of study will give you • Probation Offi cer institutions in excess of 75 per cent of the a comprehensive introduction to relevant • Probation Manager total credits required for graduation from course material and the criminal justice • Correctional Offi cer (Provincial or Federal) Lethbridge College. system. If you are currently employed in • Border Services Offi cer corrections, your training and experience • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cer Applicants who lack the required academic may reduce the number of courses you will admission requirements can apply to the have to take. The BAACS is applicable to employment College and University Preparation program with B.C. Community Corrections (see to upgrade for their program. You’ll build on this knowledge in your third www.jibc.bc.ca/corrections/default.htm). year of study. You will learn to assess and YOUR INVESTMENT deal with emerging issues in corrections ADMISSIONS Program fees will vary. Fee information through courses in community justice, ethics, New third-year students, or transfer students is available in the online Calendar at behavioural management, victimology, with advance standing through completion lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link management and leadership. In the fourth of a related diploma, are accepted into the to your program and then click on “Your year of the program, you will apply your program in September and January of each Investment”. skills and abilities in a real-world correctional year for on-campus study and also in May environment. You’ll spend your entire fourth for distance study. Open admission exists year (two semesters) engaged in a Directed for any applicants currently employed in the Field Study. You can choose to spend this correctional fi eld. Qualifi ed applicants may study time at your current correctional be admitted into programs outside of normal institution or agency, or we can help you fi nd intakes. a suitable workplace. Interested applicants are considered on At the end of the program, you’ll have a an individual basis for acceptance into a comprehensive, practical understanding of program in an alternative or modifi ed format. corrections. Your skills and knowledge will serve you well and be in demand anywhere ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS in Canada. Students who have completed a Correctional Studies Diploma or Criminal Justice - All courses in the BAACS are available Policing Diploma from Lethbridge College, through Distributed Learning. or equivalent will be accepted directly into the Bachelor of Applied Arts in Correctional CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Studies. Applicants with a related diploma/ Your degree meets or surpasses entry level degree in a human service or justice related requirements for professional positions in fi eld such as child and youth care, law federal and provincial jurisdictions. It also enforcement, addictions counselling, social meets the Correctional Service of Canada work, criminology, or psychiatric nursing requirements for promotion and enhances will also be admitted, but will be required to career and promotional opportunities in complete bridging courses in order to meet federal and provincial adult and young Degree requirements. offender services.

58 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Justice Studies CURRICULUM Elective Courses - 5 of the following

Years I and II: COR 455 Comparative Corrections 3 Find out more about other programs offered in this See Correctional Studies Diploma COR 456 Correctional Technology 3 school: COR 457 Community Involvement for • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 Year III Term I Credits Correctional Professionals 3 • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 COM 460 Correctional Reports and • Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate p. 61 COR 360 Aboriginal Peoples Investigations 3 • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 in Corrections 3 COR 466 Applied Correctional Methods 3 • Fire Service Administration p. 80 COR 374 The Professional Correctional COR 472 Program Development in • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 Worker 3 Corrections 3 • Police Recruit Training p. 103 HUM 350 Ethics and Correctional Issues 3 COR 473 Mentorship in Correctional MGT 370 Correctional Management 3 Settings 3 PSY 355 Violence and Criminal COR 474 Safety in the Correctional Behaviour 3 Environment 3 Elective 3 COR 475 Critical Incident Management 18 in Corrections 3 COR 461 Specialized Offender Study 3 Year III Term II COR 467 Management of Offender COR 350 Crime Related Victimology 3 Movement 3 COR 378 Women in Corrections 3 IND 450 Independent Study COR 380 Transforming Justice in in Corrections 3 the Community 3 15 MGT 375 Current Concepts in Correctional Leadership 3 All courses in the ﬁ rst three years of the PSY 365 Behavioural Management BAACS are available through Distributed in Corrections 3 Learning. Directed Field Studies (4th Year) Elective 3 may be completed in any location. 18

Learners may take the following courses as GRADUATION electives: Upon successful completion of all program requirements, students are awarded a COR 387 Crisis Management 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts - Correctional COR 385 Issues and Trends Studies Degree. BAACS graduates are in Corrections 3 eligible for acceptance into the Masters OR Degree in Integrated Studies through Any 3-credit LC course at the 250 level or Athabasca University and the MAs in Confl ict above with a CJP, PSY, SOC or HUM prefi x. Analysis and Management or Leadership at Royal Roads University. Learners who have completed courses from accredited post-secondary institutions may Note: Employing agencies may have be granted elective credit at the 3rd year. additional requirements for employment, such as a valid driver’s licence, Standard Year IV (Directed Field Study) First Aid and CPR. Students are encouraged Note: All 400 level courses are fi eld study to maintain their credentials in these areas courses with academic components. so that they are current at time of graduation.

Core Courses COR 450 Community/Institutional Resources in Corrections 3 COR 460 Practice of Offender Supervision 3 COR 470 Administrative Methods in Corrections 3 COR 471 Program Management in Corrections 3 IND 460 Senior Corrections Project 3 15

59 Criminal Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

School of Justice Studies PROGRAM OVERVIEW Note: Students completing the Criminal Recruitment into police and correctional Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners services is a priority across Canada. At Credential of Academic Achievement and Find out more about other programs offered in this Lethbridge College, we have over 30 transferring into the Criminal Justice Policing school: years experience preparing people for Diploma or Correctional Studies Diploma • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 work in the criminal justice system. Our should check with employers for academic • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Correctional Studies - accessible Criminal Justice Studies for requirements (Grade 12 or GED). Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 Aboriginal Learners, Credential of Academic • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 Achievement will give you the foundation YOUR INVESTMENT • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 you need to begin working in these fi elds or Program fees will vary. Fee information • Fire Service Administration p. 80 to pursue further education in the Policing or is available in the online Calendar at • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 Correctional Studies Diplomas. lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link • Police Recruit Training p. 103 to your program and then click on “Your You will work in small classes and receive Investment”. ample support. Our courses give you a comprehensive introduction to topics ranging CURRICULUMCURRICULUM from ethics to diversity issues. We also ensure you get assistance in other areas Year I Term I C Creditsredits such as English and study skills. CJPCJP 101101 CriminalCriminal JusticeJustice SeminarSeminar I 1 ADMISSIONS CJPCJP 160160 Introduction to the New students are accepted into the Criminal C CJJ SySystemstem ((DL)DL) 3 Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners CJPCJP 161 Ethics & Interpersonal program for the Fall (September) term. S Skillskills in CJCJ (DL)(DL) 3 Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted CJPCJP 183 DiversityDiversity Issues in CriminalCriminal into programs outside of normal intakes. Justice (DL)(DL) 3 Interested applicants are considered on COLCOL 105 AchievingAchieving CollegeCollege SuccessSuccess 3 an individual basis for acceptance into a ENGENG 101 Basic CompositionComposition 3 program in an alternative or modifi ed format. 1616

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough To ensure that learners meet the basic Distributed Learning.Learning. standards required to give them a realistic chance for success in the program, Applicants would be tested prior to applicants are required to undergo testing. admission.admission. ThoseThose deemeddeemed suitablesuitable forfor From these tests, a score is generated which the programprogram but needingneeding extra work in may be used to place the applicant on an certaincertain areas would be required to enroll in admission list. The screening will guide the additional courses, forfor example:example: assigning of academic support within the program. Upon completion of the credential CPUCPU 101 ComputerComputer Basics 2 with a GPA of 1.5 or better, the learner may DEV 102 Developmental StudiesStudies 2 be admitted into the Criminal Justice Policing DEV 103 Developmental StudiesStudies 3 or Correctional Studies Diploma program.

NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to complete a GRADUATION questionnaire which outlines their motivation Upon successful completion of all program to seek entry to a career in the Criminal requirements, students are awarded a Justice ﬁ eld, their suitability for a career in Credential of Academic Achievement in Criminal Justice, their work experiences Criminal Justice Studies for Aboriginal and additional educational information. This Learners. questionnaire also includes a request for a handwritten essay. An interview with a faculty member is required.

60 lethbridgecollege.ca

Criminal Justice Certiﬁ cate

Program Offi ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 Offi ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464 School of Justice Studies PROGRAM OVERVIEW YOUR INVESTMENT There is a strong demand for employment of Program fees will vary. Fee information well-prepared people of minority origin in all is available in the online Calendar at Find out more about other programs offered in this aspects of the criminal justice system. The lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link school: Criminal Justice Certifi cate program provides to your program and then click on “Your • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 learners with the knowledge and skills Investment”. • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Correctional Studies - required for employment with the agency Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 of their choice, along with preparedness of CURRICULUMCURRICULUM • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 each learner for the application process of • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 that agency. YearYear 1 TermTerm 1 • Fire Service Administration p. 80 CCreditsredits • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 ADMISSIONS • Police Recruit Training p. 103 New students are accepted into the Criminal CJPCJP 160160 Introduction to the Justice Certifi cate program for the Fall C CJJ SySystemstem ((DL)DL) 3 (September) term. Qualifi ed applicants may CJPCJP 161 Ethics and Interpersonal be admitted into programs outside of normal S Skillskills in CJCJ (DL)(DL) 3 intakes. Interested applicants are considered ENGENG 175 EnglishEnglish CompositionComposition I (DL)(DL) 3 on an individual basis for acceptance into a LAW 166166 CriminalCriminal Procedural Law 5 program in an alternative or modifi ed format. PED 153 TrainingTraining & Personalized Fitness ((DL)DL) 3 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS PRSPRS 172 EffectiveEffective Presentation Applicants are required to have an Alberta & SSpeechpeech (DL)(DL) 3 High School Diploma or equivalent. To 20 ensure they meet the basic standards to give them a realistic chance for success in the YearYear 1 TermTerm IIII program, applicants are required to undergo a reading, writing and arithmetic placement CJPCJP 157 PreliminaryPreliminary Response andand test (out-of-town testing is also available). InvestigationInvestigation 3 Applicants must achieve a minimum Total CJPCJP 158158 CriminalCriminal JusticeJustice SeminarSeminar III 3 Right Score of 70 for reading and arithmetic CJPCJP 183 DiversityDiversity Issues in and a holistic score of 7 for writing. C Criminalriminal Justice (DL)(DL) 3 CJPCJP 252 CriminalCriminal Justice Practicum (DL)(DL) 3 Please note: Two things determine a CJPCJP 281 ConConfl ict ManagementManagement 3 student’s testing score: the number of COMCOM 177 Applied EnglishEnglish questions that were correctly answered, and & CCommunicationommunication 2 the diffi culty level of the questions that were 17 answered correctly. The Total Right Score Is reported on a 120-point scale and represents (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough an estimate of the score students could Distributed Learning.Learning. expect to receive if they had taken a test of 120 questions. The scores ARE NOT based on, or represented, in percentage values. GRADUATION For more information, please contact Testing Upon successful completion of all Services at 320-3368. requirements, students are awarded a Criminal Justice Certifi cate. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES There is a growing demand for trained police personnel. Your certifi cate in Criminal Justice will prepare you for a wide range of employment opportunities, including work with:

• Municipal Police Services • Provincial Police Services • Provincial Enforcement Agencies • Federal Enforcement Agencies • Emergency Services • Correctional Agencies • Security Agencies • Provincial Protection Agencies

61 Criminal Justice - Policing

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Policing is many careers in one. New students are accepted into the Policing Although no physical requirements are Unfortunately, television can sensationalize program in the Fall (September) and Winter placed on applicants for entry to the police work and give a narrow, misleading (January) terms. Qualifi ed applicants may program, applicants should ensure through impression. Realistically, police spend more be admitted into programs outside of normal a medical examination that their cardio- time in community activities and report intakes. Interested applicants are considered vascular system is suitable to undertake writing than in car chases! This day-to-day on an individual basis for acceptance into a strenuous fi tness related exercise. In activity within the community is where a program in an alternative or modifi ed format. addition, applicants are advised to undergo police offi cer has the greatest impact. eyesight/colour vision testing for compatibility ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS with the requirements of employers. At Lethbridge College, we have over 40 Applicants are required to have an Alberta years experience giving people the skills and High School Diploma or equivalent. To YOUR INVESTMENT knowledge they need to succeed in policing. ensure they meet the basic standards to give Program fees will vary. Fee information Our practical, two-year diploma program them a realistic chance for success in the is available in the online Calendar at in Criminal Justice will prepare you for a program, applicants are required to undergo lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link satisfying career in this fi eld. a reading, writing and arithmetic placement to your program and then click on “Your test (out-of-town testing is also available). Investment”. You will work in small classes and learn Applicants must achieve a minimum Total from instructors with policing experience. Right Score of 80 for reading and arithmetic Note: Many courses within the program Our courses give you a solid introduction to and a holistic score of 8 for writing. require computer competency to complete topics including criminal and procedural law assignments. Where students lack these and the introduction to the criminal justice Please note: Two things determine a skills on entry, enrolment in CPU 151 system, psychology and criminology. You student’s testing score: the number of Introduction to Computers becomes obtain hands-on experience in important questions that were correctly answered, and mandatory. areas like interviewing, report writing, note the diffi culty level of the questions that were taking, and investigative techniques. answered correctly.

We will encourage you to take advantage The Total Right Score Is reported on a 120- of a wide range of practicum opportunities. point scale and represents an estimate of You can test your skills in the workplace the score students could expect to receive if with practicums in policing, security, and they had taken a test of 120 questions. The corrections. You will leave the program scores ARE NOT based on, or represented, with a comprehensive understanding of the in percentage values. For more information, criminal justice system and a valuable range please contact Testing Services at 320.3368. of practical skills and abilities. If you have an interest in justice, policing could be the ﬁ eld NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS for you. Applicants are required to review an online information package and complete CAREER OPPORTUNITIES a questionnaire relating to the entry/ There is a growing demand for trained suitability requirements for a career in law police personnel. Your diploma in Criminal enforcement. The completed questionnaire Justice will prepare you for a wide range of will be reviewed by the School of Justice employment opportunities, including work Studies to ensure applicants have read and with: understood these requirements. Applicants are advised they will be required to undergo • Municipal Police Services a Criminal Record Check if they intend to • Provincial Police Services enroll in a practicum. • Provincial Enforcement Agencies • Federal Enforcement Agencies • Emergency Services • Correctional Agencies • Security Agencies • Provincial Protection Agencies

62 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Justice Studies CURRICULUM Approved Electives: CJP 152 Criminal Justice Practicum I 3 Year I Term I Credits CJP 252 Criminal Justice Find out more about other programs offered in this Practicum II (DL) 3 school: CJP 160 Introduction to the CJ CJP 280 Intro to Commercial Vehicle • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 System (DL) 3 Enforcement (DL) 3 • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Correctional Studies - CJP 161 Ethics & Interpersonal COR 262 Drugs in Corrections (DL) 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 Skills in CJ (DL) 3 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 ENG 175 English Composition I (DL) 3 (DL) indicates courses available through • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 LAW 166 Criminal Procedural Law 5 Distributed Learning. • Fire Service Administration p. 80 PED 153 Training & Personalized • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 Fitness (DL) 3 • Police Recruit Training p. 103 PRS 172 Effective Presentation GRADUATION & Speech (DL) 3 Upon successful completion of all 20 requirements, students are awarded a diploma in Criminal Justice - Policing. Year I Term II Note: Employing agencies have additional CJP 157 Preliminary Response hiring requirements such as a valid driver’s & Investigation 3 license, Standard First Aid and CPR. CJP 178 Individuals with Special Needs 3 Learners are strongly encouraged to obtain CJP 183 Diversity Issues in Criminal and maintain their credentials in these areas Justice (DL) 3 to ensure employment qualifi cations are met. COM 153 Professional Communication In Public Safety Organizations 2 TRANSFERS COM 177 Applied English and Lethbridge College Communication 2 Graduates of the two-year Policing Diploma LAW 176 Criminal Offences 3 may choose to enter the Bachelor of Applied PED 165 Applied Lifestyle Fitness I 1 Arts in Correctional Studies program at SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology (DL) 3 Lethbridge College. Courses are provided on 20 campus or through Distributed Learning. University of Great Falls Year II Term I Graduates of the Criminal Justice two-year diploma may receive up to two years credit CJP 255 Notebooks and Reports 3 toward a degree program at the University CJP 281 Confl ict Management 3 of Great Falls, Montana. Students may CJP 283 Criminal Investigative complete the degree requirements through Techniques 3 distance education or by attending the COM 275 Interviewing Techniques 3 University of Great Falls campus. LAW 254 Applied Law 3 Athabasca University - Bachelor of PED 253 Applied Lifestyle Fitness II 1 Professional Arts majoring in Criminal Justice Approved Elective 3 This is a four-year degree program offered 19 in partnership with Athabasca University and Lethbridge College. Entrance to the degree depends on successful completion of Year II Term II the Criminal Justice Diploma or equivalent. The third and fourth years of the degree CJP 284 Criminal Investigative Theory 3 allow students to study human services CJP 292 Police Organizations 3 and develop research skills and analytical CJP 278 Criminology (DL) 3 skills necessary for advanced employment LAW 264 Courtroom Procedures 3 opportunities in the criminal justice fi eld and/ CJP 287 Crisis Intervention (DL) 3 or graduate studies. PED 264 Applied Lifestyle Fitness III 1 PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology (DL) 3 19

63 Culinary Careers

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3213 • [email protected] Chair: Charles Parker 403.320.3226 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3318

PROGRAM OVERVIEW Recent graduates have found employment CURRICULUMCURRICULUM Do you enjoy preparing savoury meals? Get as Executive Chefs, Sous Chefs, Head CCreditsredits on the fast track to a successful and exciting Chefs, Banquet Chefs, Kitchen Managers/ vocation with our new Culinary Careers Leaders, Cooks, Teachers, Managers, COC 127 CulinaryCulinary CareersCareers Introduction 3 Diploma. Salespeople and Meatcutters. C0C 131131 Nutrition forfor CooksCooks 1 C0CC0C 132 IndustryIndustry Work Placement 2 With a compressed academic schedule you ADMISSIONS C0CC0C 133 Restaurant & Production can earn your diploma in 16 months and get New students are accepted in late August SSkillskills 22.22.55 started on your career path faster. and early January each year. Qualifi ed C0CC0C 134 SweetSweet & SavourySavoury This program is designed to provide you with applicants may be admitted into programs Techniques 22.522.5 a comprehensive, practical skill base in the outside of normal intakes. Interested COMCOM 137137 CommunicationCommunication SkillsSkills 1 concepts of professional cooking and the applicants are considered on an individual CULCUL 200 DiningDining Room Intro techniques of menu creation and dining room basis by the Chair for acceptance into a & Menu DesiDesigngn 4 cuisine. Our hands-on approach provides program in an alternative or modifi ed format. CULCUL 206206 Luncheon A La CarteCarte you with the knowledge you will need to gain a andnd BuffetsBuffets 14 successful employment in the food service/ ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CULCUL 211 EveningEvening DiningDining A La CarteCarte 8 hospitality industry. Applicants are required to have a minimum CULCUL 216 GalaGala Banquets and Ice CarvingCarving 2 of 65 Alberta High School credits, with a CULCUL 220220 SkillsSkills Assessment and Training is comprised of four 16-week minimum 60 percent pass mark in Math 20 Hot SSalonalon 2 sections as follows: Applied and English Language Arts (ELA) 8282 20-2, or equivalent. • Introduction and Restaurant Production GRADUATION Techniques ALTERNATE ADMISSION Upon successful completion of all program • Sweet and Savoury Techniques Alternate Admission applicants are required requirements, students are awarded a • Paid Industry Placement to successfully complete all program pre- Culinary Careers Diploma. • Dining Room Cuisine admission testing. Graduation Requirements We provide a fl exible approach to starting NON–ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS • Attendance 90 percent dates for your Dining Room Cuisine Term, All students in the Culinary Careers Diploma • Theory overall average giving you the opportunity to derive the program must follow the sanitation, hygiene • Observed practical mark greatest benefi ts possible from your paid and safety practices standard to the industry • Practical exam industry placement experience. Starting with and present themselves in the following a foundation in culinary skills, sanitation and condition whenever entering any of the Students will be required to attend Hospitality safety, you’ll move through a comprehensive Food Service Labs: Students must be clean Recruitment Day where employers from curriculum that lets you learn in a fast-paced shaven (moustaches are acceptable), hair Alberta and beyond come to the College to environment. You’ll prepare meals for real must be clean and controlled. Students interview for summer work placements. Past customers and demonstrate your new found wear a white uniform, apron and approved students in our program have achieved 100 skills in practical exercises. footwear. per cent employment. Summer work place locations vary from resort areas along the With this combination of classroom theory Medical Requirements Rocky Mountains to local hotels, restaurants and extensive hands-on experience, it’s no Applicants are required to complete a and catering companies. surprise that the Lethbridge College Culinary personal medical profi le and to update their Careers graduates have achieved a 100% immunization prior to entry into the program. Our 16-week Dining Room Cuisine section employment rate. Applicants may be required to complete a starts after the fi rst week of October and follow-up medical at the discretion of the again at the end of January each year, CAREER OPPORTUNITIES College Health Centre. allowing resort area work schedules to be Lethbridge College graduates are employed fully complete prior to returning to Lethbridge throughout Canada and abroad in a variety YOUR INVESTMENT College. Our Culinary Department has an of culinary opportunities including fi ne Program fees will vary. Fee information excellent association with over 50 employers restaurants, hotels, cruise ships, catering is available in the online Calendar at in Alberta who have regularly offered paid companies, fl ight kitchens, hospitals, lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link employment to our cooking students. care homes, and convention facilities. to your program and then click on “Your Opportunities also exist to own and operate Investment”. your own restaurant or branch out into marketing, product development, teaching Culinary students are required to pay and sales. additional fees for the cost of uniform cleaning.

64 lethbridgecollege.ca

Disability and Community Rehabilitation (Available Distance Delivery Only) Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3393 • [email protected] Chair: Wendy Weninger 403.329.7254 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Community Support Worker NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Choose a career that makes a difference! • Recreation Specialist Applicants are advised they will be required As a Disability Service professional, you will • Assisted Living Worker to provide a current Criminal Record Check impact the lives of children, adults, families • Behavioural Support Worker before entering the fi rst practicum course of and communities every day. • Therapy Aide the program. Depending on the placement • Rehabilitation Practitioner location, students may also be required Our one-year certifi cate will prepare you • Advocacy and Family Liaison to obtain an Alberta Children’s Services with a value base and the practical skills • Planning Facilitator Intervention Record Check. Students are needed to support people as they fully responsible for the costs associated with participate in community living. Our work ADMISSIONS these requirements. Failure to present a based practicum courses will ensure you Students are accepted into the Disability current Criminal Record Check or other have the skills necessary to support people and Community Rehabilitation Certifi cate documents may result in a practicum with developmental disabilities in effective program for the Fall (September), Winter placement being unavailable to the student. and respectful ways. Your education (January), or Summer (May) terms. The The existence of a criminal record may will be grounded in values that focus on entire certifi cate and diploma program is affect practicum placements, program empowerment, self-determination and offered through Distributed Learning. completion and employment prospects. The advocacy. consequences of a prior criminal conviction Students are accepted into the second year will be examined and discussed on an Continue your education with a second of the Diploma based on the completion of individual basis. year of studies and graduate with a the Disability and Community Rehabilitation diploma in Disability and Community Certifi cate or the Fetal Alcohol Spectrum MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Rehabilitation. Emphasis in the diploma is Disorder Education Certifi cate. Students Applicants are encouraged to review their placed on leadership within the profession, from other programs and post-secondary immunization records and current state administrative practices, facilitation of institutions who have completed similar of health before beginning the practicum personal planning and the advancement of programs will be assessed individually for experiences required in the program. inclusive communities. placement in the Disability and Community Applicants are advised to ensure they Prospects for employment careers Rehabilitation Diploma. The entire second possess the physical and mental/emotional supporting people who live with a disability year of the program is offered through attributes needed to perform many of the are excellent. Career opportunities exist Distributed Learning. duties associated with disability services. within families, inclusive education settings, community access programs, employment ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS YOUR INVESTMENT services, residential supports, recreation Applicants to the Certifi cate program are Program fees will vary. Fee information programs, and many other areas. required to have an Alberta High School is available in the online Calendar at Diploma or equivalent with credit in English lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Support people where they live, learn, Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2. to your program and then click on “Your play and work. Become a graduate of the Admission into the Diploma in Disability Investment”. Disability and Community Rehabilitation and Community Rehabilitation requires program and make a difference in the lives of that students have successfully completed people in your community. the Certifi cate in Disability and Community Rehabilitation or Fetal Alcohol Spectrum CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Disorder Education. Other Human Service The prospects of employment in the Certifi cate programs may be accepted. Disability Services fi eld are excellent. Applicants lacking academic prerequisites Lethbridge College’s Disability and may seek Alternate Admission, which will Community Rehabilitation graduates involve a review of education and work are highly valued by human service experience. The Alternate Admission agencies across Western Canada. Career process will require that students complete opportunities include: placement testing for assessment in Reading and Sentence Skills. Applicants seeking • Vocational Support Worker this process for admission are strongly • Employment Training Specialist encouraged to contact the program prior to • Special Needs Daycare Worker application. • Special Education Assistant • Residential Team Leader

65 Disability and Community Rehabilitation Continued

CURRICULUM Elective Courses Athabasca University Students may choose any one course from Graduates of the Diploma in Disability and CERTIFICATE the following: Community Rehabilitation may receive up Year I Credits to two years credit towards the Bachelor of PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology (DL) 3 Professional Arts in Human Services Degree, COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology (DL) 3 at Athabasca University. & Communication (DL) 3 ECE 270 Inclusion of Children with University of Victoria ENG 150 Composition (DL) 3 Special Needs (DL) 3 Lethbridge College’s Disability and OR EDU 266 Sensory Impairment 3 Community Rehabilitation program is part of ENG 190 Intro to Language & Literature 3 EDU 250 Speech and Language a collaborative transfer agreement between HSP 125 Medication Administration (DL) 1 Development (DL) 3 Alberta colleges and the School of Child and HSP 150 Foundations of Human RSP 261 Residential Support Services 3 Youth Care at the University of Victoria. Services (DL) 2 TRG 263 Aging Disorders & Disabilities 3 Ryerson University HSP 160 Community Linkages (DL) 1 Graduates may receive up to two years RSP 151 Intro to Community (DL) indicates courses available through credit towards a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Rehabilitation (DL) 2 Distributed Learning. Disability Studies. RSP 152 Health Care & Personal Wellness ** 3 ** indicates courses which will be available RSP 153 Observation and through Distributed Learning in 2009/2010. School of Human Services Assessment (DL) 3 RSP 155 Applied Behaviour Analysis (DL) 3 Special Note: The Disability and Community Find out more about other programs offered in this RSP 159 Understanding Developmental Rehabilitation Certifi cate and the Fetal school: Disabilities (DL) 3 Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education • Child and Youth Care p. 41 RSP 161 Practicum Placement I (DL) 2 Certifi cate will transfer directly into the • Early Childhood Education p. 67 RSP 164 Facilitating Inclusion (DL) 3second year of the Disability and Community • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education p. 78 RSP 171 Practicum Placement II (DL) 2 Rehabilitation Diploma. • Special Needs Educational Assistant p. 109 RSP 275 Family Support & Intervention (DL) 3 SOC 150 Multicultural Seminar (DL) 1 GRADUATION 35 Upon successful completion of Year I program requirements, students are awarded a Disability and Community Rehabilitation DIPLOMA Certifi cate. Upon successful completion of Year II Credits Year II requirements, students are awarded a Disability and Community Rehabilitation PSY 170 Human Development Across Diploma. The Lifespan (DL) 3 RSP 230 Practicum Placement III (DL) 3 TRANSFERS RSP 240 Practicum Placement IV (DL) 3 Alberta Colleges RSP 251 Facilitating Person Centered There are some curriculum differences Planning ** 2 between Disability Studies programs RSP 252 Administrative Practices in offered across the province. Transferability Disability Services (DL) 3 of courses will vary from one college to RSP 253 Advanced Studies in another. Students transferring from other Disability (DL) 3 Disability Studies programs taken at other RSP 255 Positive Behaviour post-secondary institutions in Alberta will Supports (DL) 3 have transfer credit evaluated on a course- RSP 257 Supporting Individuals through by-course basis. Inclusive Education (DL) 3 University of Calgary RSP 259 Supported Employment ** 3 Graduates may receive up to two years RSP 262 Leadership in Disability credit toward the University of Calgary’s Services ** 3 Bachelor of Community Rehabilitation RSP 278 Special Issues in Disability (DL) 3 Degree. Elective 3 35

66 lethbridgecollege.ca

Early Childhood Education

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3393 • [email protected] Chair: Wendy Weninger 403.329.7254 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted Students are required to complete Learning through play is central to the into programs outside of normal intakes. practicums in day care centres, preschool healthy development of young children. At Interested applicants are considered on programs and/or kindergartens. Every Lethbridge College, we have over 20 years an individual basis for acceptance into a effort is made to provide placements within of experience showing people how to use program in an alternative or modifi ed format. Lethbridge; however some placements may art, music and play as key elements in early occur in the outlying communities. Students childhood education. Our fl exible one-year ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS who are completing practicum through certifi cate and two-year diploma programs Applicants are required to have an Alberta Distributed Learning may complete these in Early Childhood Education (ECE) will give High School Diploma or equivalent, with a practicums in their own communities or you a comprehensive introduction to child minimum of 60 per cent in English Language nearby areas. growth, behaviour and development, as well Arts (ELA) 30-1 or a minimum 65 per cent in as development through play. You’ll also ELA 30-2 and 60 per cent in Social Science PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT learn about health, nutrition and safety. 30 or 33 (Psychology, Sociology or Social If you have experience working in this fi eld of Studies). Applicants may also be required study, you may be eligible for Prior Learning You can choose from daytime, evening/ to achieve a minimum 60th percentile in Assessment (PLA). Please direct your weekend and distributed learning courses. Reading Comprehension, Sentence Skills inquiries to the ECE program. We encourage you to test your abilities with and Arithmetic sections of placement 98 days of practicum work, focusing on testing or equivalent. Individuals not having YOUR INVESTMENT children from birth to six years old. Try out the academic requirements can apply as Program fees will vary. Fee information new practices in the ECE demonstration Alternate Admission candidates. is available in the online Calendar at program and explore your developing lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link abilities with young children in our fully Applicants are required to have successfully to your program and then click on “Your equipped curriculum lab. completed a one-year Early Childhood Investment”. Education Certifi cate or equivalent from a In fact, your certifi cate or diploma in Early recognized college in order to enter the Early Childhood Education will give you more than Childhood Education Diploma program (Year a practical grounding in child development II). through play. It gives you the knowledge, experience and perspective you need for an NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS enjoyable, successful career working with For full-time study, applicants are required young children who are developing typically to submit a questionnaire with background or have special needs. information of previous work and academic experience. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES • Day Care Centres Applicants may be asked to attend a small • Kindergartens group interview and information session. • Preschool Programs • Family Day Homes HEALTH REQUIREMENTS • Schools Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule • Toy Manufacturers of health requirements (form provided by • Parenting Centres the Early Childhood Education program). • Public Education Agencies Students are responsible for ensuring • Public Libraries that health requirements are kept current • Recreational Facilities throughout the program. Failure to do so • Holiday Resorts may affect work-site based experience. • Cruise Lines PRACTICUM REQUIREMENTS ADMISSIONS Applicants are advised they will be required New students are accepted into the daytime to provide a Criminal Record Check with a Early Childhood Education program for the vulnerable sector search before entering Fall (September) term. Students wishing to the practicum experience component of the enroll for the Winter (January) term may take program. The existence of a criminal record courses in a revised curriculum based on may affect the practicum placement, program course availability. This admission may result completion and employment prospects. The in a three term curriculum for the completion consequences of a prior criminal conviction of the certifi cate. Courses are also open will be examined and discussed on an on an individual basis for part-time study. individual basis if necessary. Students completing the program through part-time study are accepted on a year-round basis.

67 Early Childhood Education Continued

School of Human Services CURRICULUM GRADUATION Upon successful completion of Year I Year I Term I Credits requirements, students are awarded an Find out more about other programs offered in this Early Childhood Education Certiﬁ cate. school: ECE 155 Introduction to Early Childhood 3 Upon successful completion of the Year II • Child and Youth Care p. 41 ECE 160 Observation and Recording 2 requirements, students are awarded an Early • Disability and Community Rehabilitation p. 65 ECE 162 Creative Experiences I 3 Childhood Education Diploma. • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education p. 78 COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships & • Special Needs Educational Assistant p. 109 Communications 3 TRANSFERS ECE 180 Field Placement I (18 days) 3 University of Victoria ENG 150 Composition 3 Lethbridge College’s Early Childhood OR Education program is part of a collaborative ENG 190 Introduction to Language transfer agreement between ﬁ ve Alberta & Literature 3 colleges and the School of Child and Youth PSY 170 Human Development Across Care at the University of Victoria. The Lifespan 3 University of Alberta 20 Negotiations are currently underway with the University of Alberta’s Faculty of Education. Year I Term II University of Calgary Negotiations are currently underway ECE 154 Guiding Children’s Behaviour 3 for Lethbridge College Early Childhood ECE 156 Development through Play 3 Education diploma graduates to receive up ECE 151 Health, Nutrition & Safety 3 to two years credit toward the University ECE 159 Children with Special Needs 3 of Calgary’s Bachelor of Community ECE 181 Field Placement II (31 days) 5 Rehabilitation Degree. PSY 171 Child Growth and Development 3 Athabasca University 20 Diploma graduates may receive up to two years credit toward Athabasca University’s Year II Term I Bachelor of Professional Arts - Human Services degrees. ECE 252 Child and Family 2 Mount Royal College ECE 270 Inclusion of Children with Transfer diploma graduates are eligible for Special Needs 3 the 2nd year of the Bachelor of Applied Child ECE 262 Creative Experiences II 3 Studies degree at Mount Royal College. ECE 264 Pre-school Programming 3 ECE 251 Diversity in ECE 2 ECE 280 Field Placement III (24 days) 4 17

Year II Term II

ECE 253 Family and Community 2 ECE 257 Organization and Administration 3 ECE 260 Infant and Toddler Programming 3 ECE 263 Creative Experiences III 3 ECE 266 Team Building 2 ECE 281 Field Placement IV (25 days) 4 17

68 lethbridgecollege.ca

Engineering Design and Drafting Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3468 • [email protected] Chair: Dennis Sheppard 403.317.3523 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS Students are required to lease a Lethbridge Engineering relies on the design and New students are accepted into the College laptop as part of the e-VOLUTION drafting of drawings, plans, and diagrams. At Engineering Design and Drafting Technology initiative. Laptop fees for students are $625 Lethbridge College, we have over 35 years program for the Fall (September) term. per term plus a refundable $500 deposit. experience teaching effective design and Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted drafting skills. Our practical two-year diploma into programs outside of normal intakes. CURRICULUM program in Engineering Design and Drafting Interested applicants are considered on an Technology will give you the solid foundation individual basis by the Chair for acceptance Year I Term I Credits you will need to build a career in this growing into a program in an alternative or modifi ed fi eld. format. CAD 155 Introductory AutoCAD 5 DRF 153 Introduction to Drafting 4 The program provides you with a ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CPU 150 Computers in Engineering comprehensive understanding of mechanical Applicants are required to have a minimum Technology 2 design & drafting, architectural/structural 50 per cent in Math 30P (Pure) or a minimum ENF 155 Properties of Engineering design & drafting, municipal design & of 65 per cent in Math 30A (Applied), 50 per Materials 5 drafting, piping design & drafting, and cent in Physics 20 or 50 per cent in Science ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 topographical drafting. Fundamentals in 30, 60 per cent in English Language Arts OR these areas are applied with hands-on 30-2 or English Language Arts 30-1. Basic ENG 155 Scientifi c & Technical Writing 3 projects using Computer-Assisted Drafting understanding of computer technology MTH 149 Pre-Calculus (DL) 3 (CAD) technology. such as word processing, fi le copying, and PHY 143 Applied Physics 3 familiarity working in a Windows-based SUR 150 Land Survey 5 Design and drafting expertise is environment is required. 30 accomplished using industry standard software such as AutoCAD. You will also All students applying to the program Year I Term II gain an understanding of engineering may be required to write a math and fundamentals like stress analysis, strength science competency exam at the start CAD 180 CAD Applications 4 of materials, and fl uid mechanics. This of the program. Students whose scores CAD 250 Advanced CAD I 4 background provides a solid basis for entry demonstrate defi ciencies will be advised CON 133 Residential Construction 3 into the exciting and challenging fi eld of to consider spreading their workload over DRF 163 Mechanical Drafting 5 engineering design and drafting technology. a three-year program to allow for remedial DRF 165 Architectural Design courses. & Drafting I 5 Graduates from the program are able to ENF 135 Statics 4 produce and interpret industry-quality ALTERNATE ADMISSION MTH 160 Calculus I 3 engineering designs and plans. Your Applicants are required to achieve a SUR 162 Survey Applications 3 valuable technical knowledge and advanced minimum 60th percentile on the Arithmetic, 31 CAD technology will open the doors to Elementary Algebra, Sentence Skills, a great career. Demand for successful and Reading Comprehension sections graduates from the program is very high. In of placement testing or equivalent. It is Year II Term I the past several years employment rates strongly recommended that 75th percentile have been at 100 per cent. is achieved. DRF 263 Pressure Vessel & Intro to Piping Design 5 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Applicants who lack the required academic DRF 265 Mechanical Design An Engineering Design and Drafting Diploma admission requirements can apply to the and Drafting I 5 will prepare you for design technologist College and University Preparatory Program DRF 267 Topographical Drafting 5 positions in a fi eld that currently has 100% to upgrade for your program. DRF 268 Architectural Design employment in areas that include: & Drafting II 5 PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT ENF 150 Strength of Materials 4 • Civil Engineering Companies If you have experience working in this fi eld of ENF 161 Fluid Mechanics 4 • Mechanical Engineering Companies study, you may be eligible for Prior Learning GEO 255 Geographical Information • Aerospace Companies Assessment (PLA). Please direct your Systems I 3 • Petrochemical Companies inquiries to the Chair. 31 • Manufacturing Companies • Food Processing Companies YOUR INVESTMENT • Architectural Practices Program fees will vary. Fee information • All Levels of Government is available in the online Calendar at lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your Investment”.

69 Engineering Design and Drafting Technology Continued

School of Engineering Technologies Year II Term II TRANSFERS Athabasca University CIV 263 Steel Design and Detailing 4 Graduates receive 60 credits towards the Find out more about other programs offered in this CON 140 Contracts, Speciﬁ cations Bachelor of Science (Post-Diploma) degree. school: & Inspections 4 Lethbridge College • Civil Engineering Technology p. 44 CON 212 Building System Services. 4 Graduates of the Engineering Design and • Geomatics Engineering Technology p. 88 DRF 269 Municipal Design and Drafting 7 Drafting Technology Diploma may earn DRF 270 Advanced Piping Design 3 a second diploma in Civil Engineering DRF 271 Mechanical Design Technology with one additional year of study and Drafting II 5 (course schedule permitting). DRF 273 Architectural Design NAIT and Drafting III 4 Graduates of the Engineering Design and 31 Drafting Technology Diploma program with a minimum grade point average of Year II Term III (OPTIONAL) C+ or 2.3 on standard grading scales will be conditionally accepted into the BTech DRF 244 Practicum 2 (Bachelor of Technology in Technology Management) degree program. Applicants (DL) indicates courses available through for transfer of credit under this Agreement Distributed Learning. shall complete all of the requested application procedures of NAIT including, but not limited to, written statements outlining GRADUATION personal objectives, career goals, letters of Upon successful completion of all program reference, work experience and community requirements, students are awarded an involvement, and such other information Engineering Design and Drafting Technology as may be requested and used by NAIT to Diploma. determine whether the applicant complies with the requirements as set out or intended.

70 lethbridgecollege.ca

English as a Second Language

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.6444 • [email protected] Program Administrator: Philip Harttrup 403.320.6444 Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW Lethbridge College is a great place to study English as a Second Language (ESL). We have over 30 years experience teaching ESL and we teach it on a year-round basis. You can study academic ESL for full or partial terms.

If you would like to attend Lethbridge College, we have excellent services to support your time in Lethbridge. We offer homestay accommodation and on-campus accommodation. Homestay accommodation lets you live with a local Canadian family and experience Canadian culture directly. On-campus accommodation lets you live in a modern college residence building with other students.

Lethbridge is a small, safe city with friendly people. Our College is a very welcoming environment. We hope that you will choose Lethbridge College for your academic ESL studies and your career program studies when you ﬁ nish ESL.

ADMISSIONS New students are accepted into the English as a Second Language program for the Fall (September), Winter (January) or Summer (May) terms, and almost anytime during those terms depending on space availability.

YOUR INVESTMENT Fees vary between programs. For fee information, please contact the English Language Centre at 403.320.6444 or [email protected].

CURRICULUM ESL classes are offered for 20 hours a week. The average class size is 16 students. We offer beginning, intermediate and advanced levels. A variety of 1 credit electives are available in 12 hour units.

71 Environmental Assessment and Restoration

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Terry Kowalchuk 403.320.3232 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS YOUR INVESTMENT The assessment and restoration of the New students are usually accepted into the Program fees will vary. Fee information environment are at the centre of industry Environmental Assessment and Restoration is available in the online Calendar at today. Businesses from manufacturing to two-year diploma program for the Fall term lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link oil and gas need to proactively focus on (September) only, but students wishing to to your program and then click on “Your environmental control, reclamation, impact enroll in January may be accommodated. Investment”. assessment and environmental audits, not Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted only because of their operations but because into programs outside of normal intakes. Environmental Science students will be government and society demand it. Our two- Interested applicants are considered on an responsible for additional fees to cover the year diploma in Environmental Assessment individual basis by the Chair for acceptance cost of fi eld studies. and Restoration offers a unique mix of law, into a program in an alternative or modifi ed technical skills and science to prepare you format. SUPPLIES FOR FIELD STUDIES for a successful career in this fast-growing Students on fi eld studies are expected to sector. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS provide their own equipment and supplies. Applicants to this program are required This includes: warm sleeping bag, back pack You’ll learn how to collect, understand, to have an Alberta High School Diploma or duffl e bag for gear, adequate clothing for interpret and manage environmental or equivalent with successful completion cold/wet weather, hiking boots, binoculars, information. With courses ranging from in each of: English Language Arts (ELA) cooking and eating gear (may be shared), Environmental Chemistry and Hydrogeology 30-1, Chemistry 20, Biology 20 and Math food, fi eld notebook, compass, and hip or to Environmental Law and Contaminant 20 Applied. Applicants who do not have at chest waders. In some cases, a tent may be Management, you’ll be ready to test your least 70 percent in ELA 30-1 and Math 20A required, but if so, notifi cation will be given in new skills in our extensive fi eld studies or equivalent will be required to complete the fi eld studies orientations. components. Hands-on lab and fi eld placement testing in Reading, Sentence experience will show you how resource Skills and Basic Math. Further consideration CURRICULUMCURRICULUM management works in the real world. of the application will incorporate the results of the test. Year I Term I C Creditsredits Your technical skills will include the use of industry-standard software and the latest Students may be admitted without the *BIO*BIO 164 Plant TaxonomTaxonomyy 5 Geographic Information System (GIS) Chemistry requirement, but Chemistry 20 ENGENG 155 ScientiScientifi c and Technical WritingWriting 3 applications. In the end, you’ll be ready to must be completed prior to registration in *GEO*GEO 166 PhPhysicalysical GeologyGeology 5 address emerging issues like regeneration of Year II, Term I. Basic computer literacy in the *BIO*BIO 163 Terrestrial EcoloEcologygy 5 disturbed lands, water quality management, use of the Internet, e-mail, word processing, STSSTS 225555 S Statisticaltatistical Methods 3 and restoring abandoned industrial sites. and fundamental processes of spreadsheets *RRM*RRM 153153 SoilSoil Resources 5 With a comprehensive grounding in law, is required for the student to be successful 2626 technical skills and science, what will you in this program. Students lacking these do with your diploma in Environmental skills are strongly urged to complete a basic YearYear I TermTerm IIII Assessment and Restoration? One thing’s computer literacy course prior to entering this for certain: Your skills will be in high demand! program. *RRM*RRM 158158 Water Resources 5 LAW 161161 Introduction to Natural CAREER OPPORTUNITIES ALTERNATE ADMISSION Resource Law 5 • Environmental Technologist Applicants lacking the academic admission *RRM*RRM 196 Map and Aerial Photo • Environmental Technician requirements will be considered on an Interpretation 5 • Soils Technologist individual basis dependent upon obtained *BIO*BIO 168 ZooloZoologygy 5 • Resource Management Technician skills and experience. They must, however, *BIO*BIO 269 Aquatic EcoloEcologygy 5 • Water Survey Technologist achieve a minimum 65th percentile in 2525 • Watershed Management Coordinator Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic and • Environmental Investigator Elementary Algebra sections of placement • Water Quality Technologist testing or equivalent. • Environmental Assessment Offi cer • Environmental Compliance Offi cer Employers often require that students hold a • Pollution Prevention Offi cer valid Standard First Aid or Wilderness First • Reclamation Technologist Aid Certifi cate and/or a CPR Certifi cate to be eligible for seasonal and/or permanent employment. Students are encouraged to obtain these certifi cates either prior to entering the program or during the fi rst year.

72 lethbridgecollege.ca

YearYear II TermTerm I GRADUATION Athabasca University Upon successful completion of the program, Graduates of the Environmental Assessment CHMCHM 270 Environmental ChemistryChemistry 4 students are awarded an Environmental and Restoration two-year diploma program *RRM*RRM 264 Forest ManagementManagement 5 Assessment and Restoration Diploma. receive 60 credits towards a Bachelor of *RRM*RRM 295 HydrogeologyHydrogeology 5 Science (Post-Diploma) degree. *ENV*ENV 297 Environmental Impact TRANSFERS The Northern Alberta Institute of AAssessmentssessment 4 Interested students can obtain further Technology (NAIT) GEOGEO 165 G Geographiceographic InformationInformation information on these partnerships from Graduates of the Environmental Assessment SySystemsstems 4 the Environmental Science Dean or and Restoration Diploma program with CPLCPL 155155 Natural Resource CareerCareer Environmental Assessment and Restoration a minimum grade point average of C+ Enhancement 3 Chair. or 2.3 on standard grading scales will 2255 be conditionally accepted into the BTech University of Lethbridge (Bachelor of Technology in Technology YearYear II TermTerm IIII Graduates of the two-year diploma in Management) degree program. Applicants Environmental Assessment and Restoration for transfer of credit under this Agreement RRMRRM 281 Water QualityQuality 4 or Renewable Resource Management shall complete all of the requested *ENV*ENV 280 ContaminantContaminant ManagementManagement 5 receive two years credit toward a post- application procedures of NAIT including, but *ENV*ENV 290 SiteSite Restoration & Reclamation 5 diploma Bachelor of Science degree in not limited to, written statements outlining *RRM*RRM 256 RangelandRangeland Habitat Environmental Science from the U of L. personal objectives, career goals, letters of ManaManagementgement 5 Students who obtain Lethbridge College’s reference, work experience and community GEOGEO 272766 Advanced GISGIS 4 Fish and Wildlife Technology Post-Diploma involvement, and such other information LAW 265265 Introduction to Environmental Certifi cate are eligible for a half year extra as may be requested and used by NAIT to Law 3 credit towards the degree. determine whether the applicant complies 26 University of Alberta with the requirements as set out or intended. Graduates of the two-year diploma program in Environmental Assessment * Indicates course with a fi eld studystudy and Restoration or Renewable Resource School of Environmental Sciences ccomponent.omponent. Management receive two years full credit toward a post-diploma Bachelor of Science SSpecialpecial note about fi eld studies: degree in Environmental and Conservation Find out more about other programs offered in this SStudentstudents are ooff-campusff-campus completingcompleting fi eld Sciences, Land Reclamation program. school: sstudiestudies durinduringg most ofof SeptemberSeptember and April. Students must meet the U of A’s entrance • Conservation Enforcement - Due to schedulinschedulingg confl icts, it is extremelextremelyy requirements. Bachelor of Applied Science p. 54 ddififfi cucultlt ttoo ttakeake YYearear I aandnd YYearear II coucoursesrses Lakeland College • Fish and Wildlife Technology p. 82 ssimultaneously.imultaneously. Graduates of Environmental Assessment • Natural Resource Compliance p. 94 SStudentstudents are advised to complete all Year and Restoration receive two years credit • Renewable Resources Management p. 107 I courses bebeforefore proceedinproceedingg to Year II, and toward a Bachelor of Applied Environmental all Year II courses bebeforefore enrollingenrolling in Year III Management degree from Lakeland College. ccoursesourses (for(for related post-diploma certifi cate The fourth year of this degree is a work or dedegreegree programs).programs). In the Fall term, placement. fi eld studies are scheduled in September,September, Royal Roads University while in the Winter term, fi eld studies are Royal Roads University agrees to sscheduledcheduled in April. Field studies schedules facilitate the block transfer of students are dependent on manmanyy variables and maymay from Lethbridge College with appropriate rrequireequire students to participate on weekends prerequisite qualifi cations into the 3rd year or on statutorstatutoryy holidaholidays.ys. All programprogram fi eld of the Bachelor of Science in Environmental sstudiestudies are mandatormandatory.y. Science Degree. Applicants from Lethbridge College who have successfully completed the Environmental Assessment and Restoration Diploma, plus at least one university level math course (either calculus or linear algebra) will be eligible for admission to RRU with full block transfer, provided all other entrance criteria are met and space remains available in the Bachelor of Science program. Entrance to all programs at RRU is on a competitive basis.

73 Exercise Science

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3211 • [email protected] Chair: Gloria Cormican 403.320.3321 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUM As the thirst for physical fi tness continues Applicants are required to have an Alberta throughout North America, so too does the High School Diploma or equivalent, with a Year I Term I Credits need for Personal Trainers to accommodate minimum of 60% in both English Language the growth. They are integral to the health Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 and Biology 30, or PED 150 Exercise and Healthful Living 3 and fi tness industry. equivalencies. Students lacking Biology 30 PED 160 Weight Training & Exercise 3 requirements are required to complete BIO BIO 160 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 Our diploma program for Exercise Science 095 (Biology) in their fi rst term. ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 students and Certifi ed Personal Trainers has PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology (DL) 3 been tailored by Lethbridge College and the NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS BIO 095 Biology 095 ** 5 Alberta Provincial Fitness Unit and provides Applicants are advised they may be 16-21 all required core requisites outlined by the required to provide a Criminal Record Check Canadian Society for Exercise Physiology. before entering the practicum experience ** Required if the student does not have component of the program. Biology 30 or equivalent. You’ll be ready to begin your career as a personal trainer in one of many possible MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Year I Term II areas, knowing your academic work is Although no physical requirements are recognized across the country. placed on applicants for entry to the PED 188 Fitness Leadership 3 program, applicants should ensure through a BIO 155 Human Nutrition 3 CAREER OPPORTUNTIIES medical examination that their cardiovascular BIO 161 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 Your Canadian Society for Exercise system is suitable to undertake strenuous PED 260 Biomechanics Physiology (CSEP) – Certifi ed Personal exercise. Interviews may be requested. & Applied Kinesiology 3 Trainer (CPT) designation (certifi cation) will PED 158 Practicum I 3 prepare you to work in a variety of capacities YOUR INVESTMENT Elective 3 within the fi tness industry including: Program fees will vary. Fee information 19 is available in the online Calendar at • Fitness Clubs lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Year II Term I • Sport Teams to your program and then click on “Your • Professional Corporations Investment”. PED 262 Exercise Physiology 4 • Personal Fitness Care PED 267 Fitness Assessment 4 • Medical Clinics Pursuing certifi cation in some specifi c PED 256 Athletic Injuries and • Schools/Out Reach Programs courses may require an additional fee. Rehabilitation 3 • Physiotherapy Clinics Please contact the program for details. COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships/ • Sport Organizations Communication (DL) 3 • Rehabilitation Agencies Elective 3 • Health/Resort Spas 17 • Recreation Groups • Travel Industry Year II Term II • Community Facilities • Senior Centres PED 252 Current Trends in Fitness 3 • Business Entrepreneur PED 259 Exercise Program Design 3 PED 271 Advanced Conditioning 3 ADMISSIONS BUS 124 Service-Based Small New students are accepted into the Exercise Business Management 3 Science program for the Fall (September) PED 258 Practicum II 3 term. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted Elective 3 into programs outside of normal intakes. 18 Interested applicants are considered on an individual basis for acceptance into a program in an alternative or modifi ed format.

74 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Health Sciences Recommended Electives GRADUATION Students may select from the following list of Upon successful completion of program recommended electives. requirements, students are awarded an Find out more about other programs offered in this school: Contact the program for other options. Exercise Science Diploma. • Massage Therapy p. 91 • Nursing Education in Southwestern BIO 152 Physiology of Aging (DL) 3 *CSEP/CPT Certiﬁ cation will be granted Alberta (NESA) p. 95 BIO 156 Wellness and Health Issues 3 through the Alberta Provincial Fitness Unit • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree p. 99 CPU 151 Intro to Computers (DL) 3 upon successful completion of all CPT • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing p. 102 ENG 150 Composition (DL) 3 course material taught during the two-year • Practical Nursing p. 104 HUM 155 Ethics 3 diploma program. For more information, • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology p. 111 • Unit Clerk p. 113 ORG 254 Public Relations 3 please contact the program. PED 161 Judo Level I 3 PED 162 Leisure Activities and Sports 3 PED 172 Latin/Hip Hop/Swing Dance 3 PED 180 Introduction to Coaching 3 PED 185 Kickboxing and Fitness 3 PED 257 Therapeutic Exercise 3 PSY 177 Psychology of Aging (DL) 3 PSY 255 Psychology of Sports 3 SOC 250 Sociology of Sports 3 SOC 273 Multicultural Issues 3

(DL) indicates courses available through Distributed Learning.

Notes: Graduates will need a current CPR and First Aid Certiﬁ cate in the workplace. It is recommended that these requirements are completed prior to the practicum placement (year one).

75 Fashion Design and Marketing

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3202 Extension 5370 • [email protected] Chair: Vicki Charge 403.320.3202 Extension 5362 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUM Fast-paced and forward-looking: The world New students are accepted into the Fashion of fashion draws creative inspiration from Design and Marketing program for the Fall FASHION DESIGN CERTIFICATE the past to look to a dynamic future. Our (September) and Winter (January) terms. one-year certifi cate in Fashion Design and Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted Year I Term I Credits two-year diploma in Fashion Design and into programs outside of normal intakes. Marketing will prepare you for a successful Interested applicants are considered on ACC 126 Accounting Basics 3 career in this exciting industry! an individual basis for acceptance into a OR program in an alternative or modifi ed format. ACC 170 Financial Accounting I 4 At Lethbridge College, you’ll be able to DES 160 Fundamentals of Design 3 tailor your learning. You choose between ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS DES 250 History of Design 3 specializations in Apparel Design and Certifi cate: Applicants are required to have FDM 155 Textiles and Fabric Design I 3 Production or Marketing and Merchandising. an Alberta High School Diploma with a FDM 187 Visual Merchandising 3 You also choose from a wide variety of minimum 50 per cent in Math 20A (Applied) FDM 201 Fashion Drawing 3 elective courses to prepare you for your or Math 20P (Pure), or equivalent. 18 or 19 chosen career. ALTERNATE ADMISSION/ADVANCE Year I Term II We combine classroom theory and hands- STANDING on practice so you can develop a real- Learners seeking alternate admissions/ BUS 158 Small Business Management 5 world understanding of the entire fashion advance standing to the program should FDM 153 Fashion Design Professional 3 process. You’ll learn how to identify trends contact a Lethbridge College Advisor who FDM 154 Industrial Sewing 2 in the fashion industry, understand new will help them develop an individualized FDM 156 Textiles and Fabric Design II 3 developments in textiles and use industry- learning plan. FDM 250 Fashion History 3 standard computer software. PAT 265 Pattern Drafting I 6 Note: Students are recommended to have 22 We’ll help you apply your new found skills computer experience equivalent to CPU 151 with our work-based practicum where you’ll (Introduction to Computers) prior to entering Choosing Your Electives experience fi rst-hand the fast pace of the the program. When you’re ready for Year II of Fashion fashion industry. As you develop your own Design and Marketing, you can look forward designs and create your own portfolio, Diploma: Students wishing admission to to choosing from a list of elective courses. you’ll be able to take advantage of our the diploma program are required to have You can mix and match from the lists of personalized program structure to make your completed the Fashion Design Certifi cate or electives according to your interests and fashion debut in our annual public fashion equivalent. career goals, provided you fulfi ll the program show! prerequisites when combining lists. Electives YOUR INVESTMENT selected outside of the Fashion Design and Fast-forward to your future: With a Program fees will vary. Fee information Marketing program must be approved by the comprehensive grounding in fashion theory is available in the online Calendar at program. and practice, a work-based practicum, a lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link major public fashion show and a personal to your program and then click on “Your portfolio, you are well on your way. With our Investment”. FASHION DESIGN AND MARKETING fashion graduates working as far away as DIPLOMA Hong Kong, your imagination is the only limit! Year II Term I Credits CAREER OPPORTUNITIES • Fashion Consultant FDM 256 Factory Management 3 • Stylist MKT 155 Retailing 3 • Assistant Designer FDM 162 Surface Design 3 • Production Coordinator PAT 267 Computerized Pattern • Pattern Maker Drafting I 3 • Fashion Merchandiser Approved electives 10 • Retail Manager 22 • Costume Technician • Assistant Buyer

76 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Media & Design YearYear II TermTerm IIII GRADUATION Students must successfully complete 40 FDM 273 Apparel Production 3 credits to be granted the Fashion Design Find out more about other programs offered in this FDM 258258 Fashion Promotion 3 Certiﬁ cate. To qualify for the Fashion Design school: FDM 295295 Practicum 3 and Marketing Diploma, students must • Communication Arts p. 49 FDM 270 Retail BuyingBuying 3 successfully complete the Fashion Design • Interior Design p. 90 Approved electives 1010 Certiﬁ cate (40 credits), 24 credits of Fashion • Multimedia Production p. 92 22 Design and Marketing Diploma core courses, and 20 credits of approved electives for a YearYear II ElectivesElectives total of 84 credits.

StudentsStudents focusingfocusing on MarketingMarketing and TRANSFERS MerchandisingMerchandising should consider takingtaking the University of Alberta followingfollowing electives:electives: Students may receive 33 units of course weight towards the Bachelor of Science in BUSBUS 170 Introduction to ManagementManagement 4 Human Ecology, Textiles and Clothing. In BUSBUS 268 OrganizationalOrganizational Behaviour 5 order to receive the total allowable credits BUSBUS 269 ManagementManagement CommunicationsCommunications 3 stated, students must present all diploma ECNECN 180180 Microeconomics 4 program requirements. ECNECN 253253 Macroeconomics 5 MKTMKT 188 Introduction to MarketingMarketing 5 MKTMKT 250 AdvertisingAdvertising - Essentials 3 MKTMKT 270270 Retail Administration 3 MKTMKT 281 MarketingMarketing LogisticsLogistics 3 STSSTS 225050 S Statisticstatistics 5

StudentsStudents focusingfocusing on Apparel DesignDesign and Production should consider takingtaking the followingfollowing electives:electives:

FDM 254 TailoringTailoring 3 FDM 235235 GarmentGarment CConstructiononstruction 3 FDM 255255 Haute CoutureCouture 3 FDM 251 CostumeCostume MakingMaking 3 PAT 266 Pattern DraftingDrafting II 6 PAT 275 C Computerizedomputerized Pattern DraDraftingfting II 3

77 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education (Available Distance Delivery Only) Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3393 • [email protected] Chair: Wendy Weninger 403.329.7254 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS The existence of a criminal record may There is a growing demand for support Students are accepted into the Fetal Alcohol affect practicum placements, program workers and caregivers who have the Spectrum Disorder Education program for completion and employment prospects. The knowledge and skills to support children, the Fall (September), Winter (January), or consequences of a prior criminal conviction adults and families living with Fetal Alcohol Summer (May) terms. The entire program is will be examined and discussed on an Spectrum Disorder (FASD). This certiﬁ cate is offered through Distributed Learning. individual basis. designed for current professionals and those aspiring towards careers in education, health ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS YOUR INVESTMENT care, disability services, criminal justice and Applicants are required to have an Alberta Program fees will vary. Fee information other human service areas where services to High School Diploma or equivalent with is available in the online Calendar at individuals who were exposed prenatally to credit in English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link alcohol are provided. or ELA 30-2. to your program and then click on “Your Investment”. Course work includes topics on prevention, Applicants lacking academic prerequisites intervention strategies, diagnosis, may seek Alternate Admission, which will behaviour associated with FASD, functional involve a review of education and work assessment, family support, cultural diversity, experience. The Alternate Admission process and case management. Understanding will require that students complete placement how this developmental disability impacts testing for assessment in Reading and a person throughout their life is a primary Sentence Skills. Applicants seeking Alternate focus of the curriculum. During the practicum Admission are strongly encouraged to courses, you will transfer your new found contact the program prior to application. knowledge about FASD into practical and meaningful ways to support individuals, FAST TRACK OPTION families and communities. The practical Applicants with a previous degree/diploma learning experiences can be completed from an accredited post-secondary institution in most Canadian communities and are can be accepted into the Fetal Alcohol supported through seminars and regular Spectrum Disorder Education program instructor contact. with advanced standing. A degree/diploma in Child and Youth Care, Early Childhood Make a difference in your community by Education, Criminal Justice, Social Work, choosing a career supporting individuals Disability and Community Rehabilitation, living with FASD. Special Needs Education Assistant, Nursing, Psychology or Education may be considered CAREER OPPORTUNITIES for this Fast Track Option. Applicants seeking Graduates of our Fetal Alcohol Spectrum this option are strongly encouraged to Disorder Education program are highly contact the program prior to application. valued for their specialized knowledge and skills. Some of the career connections that NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS have been made by our graduates include: Applicants are advised they will be required to provide a current Criminal Record Check • Addictions Support Worker before entering the ﬁ rst practicum course of • Special Education Assistant the program. Depending on the placement • Employment Support Worker location, students may also be required • Mental Health Advocate to obtain an Alberta Children’s Services • Residential Support Worker Intervention Record Check. Students are • Foster Care Liaison responsible for the costs associated with • Child and Youth Care Worker these requirements. Failure to present a • Family Services and Supports current Criminal Record Check or other documents may result in a practicum placement being unavailable to the student.

78 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Human Services CURRICULUM GRADUATION Upon completion of all program Certiﬁ cate Credits requirements, students are awarded a Find out more about other programs offered in this Certiﬁ cate in Fetal Alcohol Spectrum school: COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships Disorder Education. • Child and Youth Care p. 41 & Communication (DL) 3 • Disability and Community Rehabilitation p. 65 ENG 150 Composition (DL) 3 TRANSFERS • Early Childhood Education p. 78 OR The Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder • Special Needs Educational Assistant p. 109 ENG 190 Introduction to Language Education program will transfer directly & Literature 3 into the second year of the Disability and *FAS 150 Introduction to FASD (DL) 1 Community Rehabilitation Diploma program *FAS 151 Prevention of FASD (DL) 1 at Lethbridge College. *FAS 154 Case Management (DL) 2 *FAS 155 Intervention Strategies for FASD (DL) 3 *FAS 156 Brain and Behaviour (DL) 2 FAS 166 Practicum I (DL) 2 *FAS 176 Practicum II (DL) 2 *HSP 125 Medication Administration (DL) 1 HSP 150 Foundations of Human Services (DL) 2 HSP 160 Community Linkages (DL) 1 *RSP 151 Introduction to Community Rehabilitation (DL) 2 *RSP 153 Observation & Assessment (DL) 3 *RSP 155 Applied Behaviour Analysis & Positive Behaviour Support (DL) 3 *RSP 275 Family Support & Intervention (DL) 3 SOC 150 Multicultural Seminar (DL) 1 35 credits

(DL) indicates courses available through Distributed Learning.

* Required courses for students accepted into the Fast Track Option.

79 Fire Service Administration

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW CURRICULUM GRADUATION Firefi ghters on the job in Lethbridge or Credits Upon Successful completion of all program serving with volunteer fi re departments requirements, students will be awarded a throughout southern Alberta will be attracted BUS 166 Business Law 3 Credential of Academic Achievement in Fire to this program in which they will earn BUS 170 Introduction to Management 4 Service Administration. a Credential of Academic Achievement. BUS 178 Information Management When completed, the program will give you and Applications 3 additional knowledge specifi cally honed to BUS 269 Management Communications 3 School of Justice Studies advance to fi re service administration. ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 Find out more about other programs offered in this The courses were chosen in consultation Plus two of the following: school: with the Lethbridge Fire Department and • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 geared to complement the duties fi re ACC 170 Financial Accounting I 4 • Correctional Studies p. 56 administrators handle in their work. CAP 254 Public Relations I 3 • Correctional Studies - CJP 287 Crisis Intervention (DL) 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 You will complete study in fi ve core courses BUS 278 Industrial & Labour Relations 3 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 and select two electives closely related PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology (DL) 3 • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 to your professional duties. It is a perfect PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology (DL) 3 • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 opportunity to gain the skills and knowledge STS 250 Statistics 5 • Police Recruit Training p. 103 you will need to advance within your 22-25 department. (DL) indicates courses available through ADMISSIONS Distributed Learning. Non-Academic Requirements Admission is restricted to First Class Firefi ghters or a person approved by his/her fi re department.

YOUR INVESTMENT Program fees will vary. Fee information is available in the online Calendar at lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your Investment”.

80 lethbridgecollege.ca

Fire Investigation and Prevention

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7246 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.317.3568 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW CURRICULUM GRADUATION Firefi ghters on the job in Lethbridge or Credits Upon Successful completion of all program serving with volunteer fi re departments requirements, learners will be awarded a throughout southern Alberta will be attracted CJP 157 Preliminary Response Credential of Academic Achievement in Fire to this program where they will earn a and Investigation 3 Investigation and Prevention. Credential of Academic Achievement. CJP 255 Notebooks and Reports 3 When completed, the course will give you CJP 283 Criminal Investigative additional knowledge specifi cally honed to Techniques 3 School of Justice Studies your work as a fi re investigator or prevention COM 275 Interviewing Techniques 3 offi cer. LAW 166 Criminal Procedural Law 5 Find out more about other programs offered in this school: The courses were chosen in consultation Plus two of the following: • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 with the Lethbridge Fire Department and • Correctional Studies p. 56 geared to complement the duties fi refi ghters CJP 278 Criminology (DL) 3 • Correctional Studies - handle in their work. CJP 281 Confl ict Management 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 CJP 287 Crisis Intervention (DL) 3 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 You will be enrolled in established classes LAW 264 Courtroom Procedures 3 • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 with students from other justice disciplines, PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology (DL) 3 • Fire Service Administration p. 80 so no registration levels are required. Some SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology (DL) 3 • Police Recruit Training p. 103 of the courses are additionally offered in the 23 credits summer, facilitating your work schedule. (DL) indicates courses available through You will complete study in fi ve core courses Distributed Learning. and select two electives closely related to your professional duties. It is a perfect opportunity to gain the skills and knowledge you will need to advance within your department.

ADMISSIONS Non-Academic Requirements Admission is restricted to First Class Fireﬁ ghters or a person approved by his/her ﬁ re department.

YOUR INVESTMENT Program fees will vary. Fee information is available in the online Calendar at lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your Investment”.

81 Fish and Wildlife Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Terry Kowalchuk 403.320.3232 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Aquaculture Technician Students on fi eld trips are expected to Our intensive one-year post-diploma • Environmental Technician provide their own equipment and supplies. certifi cate program in Fish and Wildlife • Resource Specialist This includes: warm sleeping bag, ground Technology will give you the skills you’ll need • Vegetation Specialist sheet and pad, tent (may be shared with to build a career as a technician in wildlife, • Associate Biologist other students), back pack or duffl e bag for fi sheries and natural resource fi elds. • Assistant Biologist gear, adequate clothing for cold/wet weather, • Habitat Technician hiking boots, binoculars, cooking and eating We’ll complement your degree or diploma gear (may be shared) food, fi eld notebook, in Renewable Resource Management or ADMISSIONS compass, and hip or chest waders. Fieldwork Environmental Science with an emphasis Students may be accepted into the Fish schedules are dependent on many variables on the practical application of physical and Wildlife Technology program in both and may require students to participate on and biological sciences. You’ll learn how the Fall (September) and Winter (January) weekends. All program fi eld trips require technicians apply scientifi c knowledge in the terms. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted mandatory attendance. For additional fi eld. We’ll show you how to use state-of- into programs outside of normal intakes. information concerning supplies, contact Dan the-art software and technology including Interested applicants are considered on an Slezak at 403.320.3302. Geographic Information Systems (GIS) individual basis by the Chair for acceptance applications in wildlife habitat management, into a program in an alternative or modifi ed Global Positioning System (GPS) equipment format. in animal tracking, and the latest habitat modeling software. You will be confi dent in using journals for research. You will learn to ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS professionally present scientifi c reports using Applicants to this program are required to the fi eld data you collect. have a Renewable Resource Management Diploma or equivalent or a related bachelor’s You’ll spend time in the fi eld, demonstrating degree in an area such as Resource that you can apply classroom theory in Management, Biology, Environmental practice. You will gain valuable experience Studies or similar area of study. working on projects for real organizations and agencies. You can also pursue your Students from other institutions should have own interests and take advantage of regular background in ecology, wildlife management, opportunities to join real-world projects run fi shery management, map and aerial photo by the provincial and federal government, interpretation, geology, botany, zoology NGO’s and private industry. and statistics. Applicants are required to have completed the academic requirements By the end of the program, you’ll have with a minimum GPA of 2.50 or equivalent practical experience in capturing, handling or permission of the Fish and Wildlife and radio tracking of fi sh, waterfowl Technology Chair. and wildlife as well as various habitat measurement, assessment and monitoring Employers often require students hold a skills – all through quality course work and valid Standard First Aid or Wilderness First valuable fi eld experience. This program will Aid Certifi cate and / or CPR Certifi cate to enhance your environmental diploma and/ be eligible for seasonal and/or permanent or degree, increasing your marketability. employment. Students are encouraged You’ll realize that it has given you an exciting to obtain these certifi cates either prior to career. entering the program or during the fi rst term.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES YOUR INVESTMENT Our post-diploma certiﬁ cate program will Program fees will vary. Fee information prepare you for a wide range of career is available in the online Calendar at opportunities, including employment as: lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your • Biological Technician Investment”. • Wildlife Technician • Fisheries Technician Students are responsible for the cost of the • Habitat Specialist ﬁ eld trips relating to this program. • Research Technician

82 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Environmental Sciences CURRICULUM GRADUATION Upon successful completion of all program Year I Term I Credits requirements, students are awarded a Certifi cate of Specialization in Fish and Find out more about other programs offered in this school: *RRM 368 Wildlife Conservation Wildlife Technology. • Conservation Enforcement - and Field Techniques 5 Bachelor of Applied Science p. 54 *RRM 369 Fisheries Management TRANSFERS • Environmental Assessment and Restoration p. 72 Techniques 5 Interested students can obtain further • Natural Resource Compliance p. 94 *RRM 389 Fish Habitat Management 5 information on these partnerships from the • Renewable Resources Management p. 107 *RRM 386 Wildlife Habitat Management 5 Fish and Wildlife Technology Chair. ENV 370 Research & Experimental University of Lethbridge Design 3 Graduates of the Fish and Wildlife ENV 350 Integrated Resource Technology post-diploma certifi cate receive Management 3 credit for an additional fi ve courses toward 26 the Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science from the University of Lethbridge. Year I Term II Completion of the certifi cate reduces the post-diploma degree requirement from 20 BIO 350 Comparative Animal Biology 4 courses to 15. *ENV 297 Environmental Impact University of Montana Assessment 4 Graduates of the Renewable Resource *RRM 378 Waterfowl Biology and Management option may receive up to two Management 5 years credit toward a Bachelor of Science RRM 379 Fish Culture 5 degree in Wildlife Biology (Terrestrial or GEO 276 Advanced Geographic Aquatic Biology options) from the University Information Systems 4 of Montana in Missoula, Montana. Credit ENV 355 Environmental Quality 3 depends on academic performance, 25 course selection and approval of course equivalencies by the U of M’s School of * Indicates Field Trips Forestry. Students that obtain Lethbridge College’s Fish and Wildlife Technology post- Special note about fi eld trips: Students are diploma certifi cate may be eligible for extra off-campus completing fi eld courses during credit. most of September and April. In the Fall University of Northern British Columbia term, fi eld trips are in September, while in the Graduates of the Renewable Resource Winter term, fi eld trips are scheduled in April. Management Diploma may receive up to 1.5 years credit toward a Bachelor of Science in Natural Resource Management from the University of Northern British Columbia. Credit depends on academic performance, course selection and approval of course equivalencies by the program leader of Forestry for degree specializations (Forestry, Fisheries, Wildlife and Outdoor Recreation). Students that obtain the Fish and Wildlife Technology post-diploma certifi cate are eligible for extra credit.

83 General Studies

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.394.7338 • [email protected] Chair: Cathy Takeda 403.382.6924 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUM Tell us where you want to go, and we’ll help Students are accepted into the General CCoreore area: a minimum ooff 3 credits fromfrom each you get there! General Studies at Lethbridge Studies program for the Fall (September), ooff the ffollowingollowing areas fromfrom the SchoolSchool ofof College offers you choices – choices about Winter (January) or Summer (May) terms. Liberal Arts and SchoolSchool ofof Natural SciencesSciences what you want to learn and what you want fforor a minimum ooff 30 credits:credits: to do. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to have an Alberta PPersonalersonal SkillsSkills:: General Studies provides learners with a High School Diploma or equivalent with CCMMMM 295 TellinTellingg StoriesStories II 3 broadly based liberal arts foundation in a 60% in English Language Arts (ELA) COCOMM 162 Interpersonal Relations supportive, personalized environment with 30-1 or 30-2 and 50% in Math 20 Pure & CCommunicationsommunications (DL)(DL) 3 enthusiastic, qualifi ed instructors. Let us or Applied. Applicants may be required COCOMM 170 HelpinHelpingg Relationships (DL)(DL) 3 help you develop your interests and skills to take admission placement testing and CCPLPL 150 ServiceService LearningLearning 3 across a wide variety of topics within the are expected to achieve a minimum 60th CCPUPU 151 Introduction to ComputersComputers (DL)(DL) 3 Humanities, Sciences, Social Sciences, percentile in Reading and Sentence Skills, CCPUPU 251 ComputerComputer Applications (DL)(DL) 3 English and Physical Education. By and a minimum 50th percentile in Arithmetic PED 150 Exercise and HealthHealthfulful LivingLiving 3 developing analytical and communication and Elementary Algebra. Assessment may PED 153 TraininTrainingg & Personalized skills, citizenship virtues, and a scientifi c be waived in individual cases. Fitness ((DL)DL) 3 understanding of society, General Studies’ PED 157 Health, Wellness and graduates are well positioned for success in ALTERNATE ADMISSION Fitness ((DL)DL) 3 employment and for lifelong learning. If students complete placement testing and PED 160 WeiWeightght TrainingTraining and Exercise 3 are found to be defi cient in two or more PED 116161 JudoJudo Level I 3 areas (Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic PED 116262 Intro to Leisure Activities Students can pursue either a General or Elementary Algebra) they may be & SSportsports 3 Studies Diploma, choosing from a more accepted in an alternate admission format. PED 170 VolleVolleyballyball 3 eclectic mix of courses to complete their Learners seeking alternate admissions/ PED 172 LatinLatin/Hip/Hip Hop/SwingHop/Swing Dance 3 diploma, or a General Studies Diploma in advance standing to the program should PED 171733 Basketball 3 one of four majors: contact a Lethbridge College Advisor/ PED 174 SSocceroccer 3 • Canadian Studies Program Chair who will help them develop PED 180 Introduction to CoachingCoaching 3 • Cultural Studies an individualized learning plan. PED 181 Resistance & Fitness • English Leadership 3 • Psychology and Sociology YOUR INVESTMENT PED 185 KickboxinKickboxingg & Fitness 3 Program fees will vary. Fee information PED 272 Leadership in PhPhysicalysical General Studies is designed to provide is available in the online Calendar at Education 3 learners with vocational clarity and will lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link PED 276 WeiWeightght TrainingTraining andand prepare you for a career, transfer to another to your program and then click on “Your Exercise II 3 college or university program, or other Investment”. PED 280 Developmental CoachingCoaching 3 learning opportunities. Our applied research PED 228282 JJudoudo Level II 3 and service learning options provide you with GENERAL STUDIES DIPLOMA PRPRSS 155 SSpeechpeech (DL)(DL) 3 the opportunity to gain valuable work-based Students wishing to qualify for a General experience that will enhance your skills and Studies Diploma must successfully complete Social SciencesSciences:: resume. 60 credits according to the following: HHISIS 171700 Western CCivilizationivilization 3 • Core Area: a minimum of 30 credits HHISIS 265 C Canadiananadian HistoryHistory 3 General Studies offers a solid foundation for • Electives: any other post-secondary HHISIS 270 American HistorHistoryy 3 learning for life. With choices ranging from courses to bring total to 60 credits PPSCSC 115050 Local GovernmentGovernment 3 single courses to full diploma programs, • Suggested courses are listed below; other PPSCSC 116161 Introduction to Politics 3 you’ll fi nd that General Studies offers a great approved courses may also be used. PPSCSC 116565 CCanadiananadian GovernmentGovernment 3 building block for your future! PPSCSC 250 Parties & Elections 3 PPSCSC 226060 International Relations 3 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES PPSCSC 280 Political PhilosophPhilosophyy 3 Start here, go anywhere! General Studies PPSYSY 160 Introduction to PsPsychologyychology (DL)(DL) 3 provides the learner with foundational skills PPSYSY 170 Human Development Across that transfer easily to a wide variety of the LiLifespanfespan (DL)(DL) 3 careers and academic programs ranging PPSYSY 171 CChildhild GrowthGrowth & from social scientists to teachers, from Development (DL)(DL) 3 business entrepreneurs to nurses, and much, much more.

84 lethbridgecollege.ca

PSY 177 Psychology of Aging (DL) 3HUM 265 Archeology of Ancient by considering the diversity of the Canadian PSY 179 Adolescent Development 3 Civilizations 3 experience and the linkages between PSY 253 Child Psychopathology 3 HUM 281 Christianity 3 citizens and state institutions. The program PSY 255 Psychology of Sports 3 HUM 285 Buddhism 3 will focus on skill development and lifelong PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology (DL) 3 HUM 291 Film Studies 3 learning by creating a foundation of literacy, PSY 270 Introduction to Personality HUM 295 Anthropology of Gender 3 numeracy, and citizenship skills. Further, the Theory 3 MUS 150 Music Appreciation 3 various methodologies used in liberal arts PSY 275 Introduction to Forensic NAT 155 Native Cultural Awareness 3 disciplines will develop highly valued critical Psychology 3 SPN 150 Introductory Spanish 3 thinking, evaluation, research and analytical PSY 277 Addictions Treatment 3 skills. PSY 280 Social Psychology 3 English: PSY 290 Brain and Behaviour 3 ENG 150 Composition (DL) 3 Canadian Studies Curriculum (60 credits) SOC 153 Introduction to Women’s ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 Year I Term I Credits Studies 3 ENG 165 Intro to Creative Writing 3 SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology (DL) 3 ENG 180 Survey of Canadian Literature 3 ENG 150 Composition 3 SOC 167 Sociology of Aging 3 ENG 185 Writing for Children and PSC 161 Introduction to Politics 3 SOC 170 Introduction to Social Work 3 Young Adults 3 PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology 3 SOC 250 Sociology of Sports 3 ENG 190 Intro to Language & Literature 3 PSC 165 Canadian Government 3 SOC 260 Social Problems 3 ENG 260 Intro to Dramatic Literature 3 PRS 155 Speech 3 SOC 270 Sociology of the Family 3 ENG 285 Children’s Literature (DL) 3 15 SOC 275 Culture & Social Policy Abroad 6 ENG 290 Telling Stories I 3 SOC 276 Sexuality 3 Year I Term II Electives: Sciences: Any other post-secondary courses to bring BIO 151 Environmental Issues 3 BIO 150 Cellular Basis of Life 5 the total to 60 credits. HIS 170 Western Civilization 3 BIO 151 Environmental Issues 3 SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology 3 BIO 152 Physiology of Aging (DL) 3 (DL) indicates courses available through HIS 265 Canadian History 3 BIO 155 Human Nutrition 3 Distributed Learning. ENG 180 Survey of Canadian Literature 3 BIO 156 Wellness & Health Issues 3 15 BIO 157 Diversity of Life 5 General Studies Initiative: Year II Term I BIO 160 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 These pre-program courses may be taken BIO 161 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 for personal development or as an alternate STS 270 Social Science Research BIO 162 Microbiology 4 admission into General Studies. These Methods 3 BIO 270 Forensic Biology 4 courses must be completed by initiative HIS 270 American History 3 CHM 151 Chemistry in Context 3 students, but credits received do not count HUM 155 Ethics 3 MTH 149 Pre-Calculus (DL) 3 towards the General Studies Diploma. Approved Elective 3 MTH 156 Techniques of Calculus 5 Approved Elective 3 MTH 160 Calculus I 3 COL 105 Achieving College Success 3 15 MTH 165 Calculus II 3 COL 120 General Studies Initiative 1 STS 270 Social Science Research ENG 101 Basic Composition 3 Year II Term II Methods 3 RDG 101 Analytical Reading 3 MTH 102 Basic Mathematics 3 PSC 250 Parties and Elections 3 Humanities: PSC 260 International Relations 3 ART 150 Art Explorations 4 GENERAL STUDIES DIPLOMA LIBERAL HUM190 Popular Culture 3 ART 160 Painting I 3 ARTS MAJORS Approved Elective 3 ART 170 Sculpture I 3 • Canadian Studies Approved Elective 3 BLK 151 Blackfoot Language I 3 • Cultural Studies 15 BLK 251 Blackfoot Language II 3 • English DES 153 Basic Design 3 • Psychology and Sociology HUM 150 Logic 3 HUM 155 Ethics 3 CANADIAN STUDIES MAJOR HUM 158 Creative Problem Solving 3 The interdisciplinary major in Canadian HUM 165 Introduction to Archeology 3 Studies provides learners with a broad HUM 180 Intro to World Religions 3 knowledge and understanding of the liberal HUM 190 Popular Culture 3 arts core curriculum as applied to Canada HUM 195 Cultural Anthropology 3 and its place in the world, and citizenship skills. Learners will gain knowledge in the disciplines of history, politics and literature,

85 General Studies Continued

CULTURAL STUDIES MAJOR Year II Term I English Curriculum (60 Credits) Cultural Studies combines elements of social Year I Term I Credit sciences with elements of humanities to ENG 190 Intro to Language & Literature 3 study the culture and meaning of everyday SOC 250 Sociology of Sports 3 ENG 150 Composition 3 life and the social, economic, political, and OR PSC 161 Introduction to Politics 3 linguistic practices of post-industrialized SOC 260 Social Problems 3 PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology 3 societies and how these cultural phenomena OR ENG 190 Introduction to Language relate to matters of gender, race, ideology, SOC 270 Sociology of the Family 3 & Literature 3 power and social class. Culture is seen as OR HUM 150 Logic 3 an inclusive term that includes traditional SOC 276 Sexuality 3 15 “texts” such as books, modern popular STS 270 Social Science Research “texts” such as television shows, music, Methods 3 Year I Term II advertising, and patterns of consumption Approved Elective 3 (shopping, eating, fashion, etc.), and abstract Approved Elective 3 BIO 151 Environmental Issues 3 concepts such as language and beliefs and 15 HIS 170 Western Civilization 3 the surrounding institutions that shape our SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology 3 everyday, popular lives. Cultural Studies is Year II Term II ENG 165 Intro to Creative Writing 3 multidisciplinary in approach embracing a ENG 180 Survey of Canadian Literature 3 number of different disciplines and a variety HUM 281 Christianity 3 15 of methodologies. OR HUM 285 Buddhism 3 Year II Term I Cultural Studies Curriculum (60 credits) HUM 291 Film Studies 3 Year I Term I Credits HUM 295 Anthropology of Gender 3 COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships Approved Elective 3 & Communication 3 ENG 150 Composition 3 Approved Elective 3 ENG 290 Telling Stories I 3 PSC 161 Introduction to Politics 3 15 HIS 265 Canadian History 3 PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology 3 OR HUM 195 Cultural Anthropology 3 HIS 270 American History 3 HUM 180 Introduction to World Religions 3 ENGLISH MAJOR Approved Elective 3 15 Written communication is a key component Approved Elective 3 of all academic inquiry, regardless of 15 Year I Term II discipline. The English major equips students with an array of tools for English Year II Term II BIO 151 Environmental Issues 3 expression, providing them a distinctive HIS 170 Western Civilization 3 advantage in both their present and ENG 285 Children’s Literature 3 SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology 3 future academic endeavours. Written ENG 260 Introduction to Dramatic HUM 190 Popular Culture 3 communication is also a key component in Literature 3 ENG 180 Survey of Canadian Literature 3 the affairs of business, government, law, HUM 291 Film Studies 3 OR education, and science. Therefore, the tools Approved Elective 3 ENG 260 Introduction to Dramatic acquired in the English major are also of Approved Elective 3 Literature 3 considerable value beyond the academy. 15 OR Finally, through the study of various literary ENG 285 Children’s Literature 3 genres and the literature of various historical OR periods, the English major develops the ENG 290 Telling Stories I 3 critical thinking skills and creativity necessary 15 for understanding the global phenomenon that is English culture.

86 lethbridgecollege.ca

PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY MAJOR YearYear II TermTerm II PSCPSC 260260 International Relations 3 The study of psychology and sociology PSYPSY 170 Human Development 3 are core elements of a liberal arts post- PSYPSY 253 CChildhild PsychopathologyPsychopathology 3 PSYPSY 177 PsPsychologyychology ofof AgingAging 3 secondary education. Psychology and STSSTS 272700 SSocialocial ScienceScience Research PSYPSY 179 Adolescent Development 3 sociology courses give students a working Methods 3 PSYPSY 253 CChildhild PsychopathologyPsychopathology 3 knowledge of the major disciplines and SOC 226060 SSocialocial Problems 3 PSYPSY 260 Abnormal PsPsychologyychology 3 methods of inquiry in the social sciences. Approved Elective 3 PSYPSY 270 Introduction to PersonalitPersonalityy Students develop a sense of historical Approved Elective 3 TheoryTheory 3 perspective and deepen their understanding 15 PSYPSY 272755 Introduction to Forensic of their own and other people’s historical and PsychologyPsychology 3 cultural heritage. Students explore a vast GeneralGeneral Studies - Liberal Arts MaMajorsjors PSYPSY 277 Addictions Treatment 3 array of topics, from the intricate workings ApprovedApproved Electives PSYPSY 280 SocialSocial PsychologyPsychology 3 of the human mind to the complex social PSYPSY 229090 Brain and Behaviour 3 interactions at a family and societal level. ART 150 Art Explorations 4 SOC 115353 Introduction to Women’s As part of a foundation for other educational ART 170 SculptureSculpture 3 SStudiestudies 3 disciplines, this major will help students BIOBIO 115050 C Cellularellular Basis ooff LifeLife 5 SOC 167 SociologySociology ofof AgingAging 3 understand topics such as culture, race, BIOBIO 152 PhPhysiologyysiology ofof AgingAging 3 SOC 171700 Introduction to SocialSocial Work 3 religion, sex and gender, deviance and BIOBIO 115555 Human Nutrition 3 SOC 226060 SSocialocial Problems 3 crime, and how individuals within society BIOBIO 115656 Wellness and Health Issues 3 SOC 270 SSociologyociology ofof the FamilyFamily 3 come to understand their roles. BIOBIO 157 DiversitDiversityy ofof LiLifefe 5 SOC 276 SSexualityexuality 3 BLK 151 BlackfootBlackfoot LanguageLanguage I 3 STSSTS 272700 SSocialocial ScienceScience Research PsychologyPsychology and SociologySociology CurriculumCurriculum (60(60 CHMCHM 151 ChemistryChemistry in ContextContext 3 Methods 3 Credits)Credits) COMCOM 162 Interpersonal Relationships Year I Term I C Creditredit & CCommunicationommunication 3 OtherOther post-secondarpost-secondaryy courses, open COMCOM 170 HelpinHelpingg Relationships 3 to GGeneraleneral StudiesStudies students, maymay be ENGENG 150 CCompositionomposition 3 CMMCMM 295 TellingTelling StoriesStories II 3 considered.considered. PSCPSC 161161 Introduction to Politics 3 CPUCPU 151 Introduction to ComputersComputers 3 PSYPSY 160 Introduction to PsPsychologyychology 3 CPUCPU 251 ComputerComputer Applications 3 TRANSFERS SOC 167 SSociologyociology ofof AgingAging 3 DESDES 153 Basic DesignDesign 3 Athabasca University PSYPSY 170 Human Development 3 ENGENG 165 Intro to CCreativereative WritinWritingg 3 Students completing the General Studies 15 ENGENG 180 SSurveyurvey ofof CCanadiananadian Literature 3 Diploma at Lethbridge College may receive ENGENG 190 Introduction to LanLanguageguage two years credit towards a three-year YearYear I TermTerm IIII & Literature 3 Bachelor of General Studies - Arts and ENGENG 226060 Introduction to Dramatic Science or Bachelor of General Studies – BIOBIO 115151 Environmental Issues 3 Literature 3 Applied Studies from Athabasca University. It HISHIS 171700 Western CCivilizationivilization 3 ENGENG 228585 CChildren’shildren’s Literature 3 may be possible to complete the degree on- SOC 160 Introduction to SociologySociology 3 ENGENG 290 TellinTellingg StoriesStories I 3 site at Lethbridge College. Students wishing ENGENG 190 Introduction to LanLanguageguage HISHIS 265 C Canadiananadian HistoryHistory 3 to pursue this degree are strongly advised & Literature 3 HISHIS 270 American HistorHistoryy 3 to work closely with an Academic Advisor PSYPSY 277 Addictions Treatment 3 HUMHUM 150 LogicLogic 3 to plan their educational program prior to 15 HUMHUM 155155 Ethics 3 registering in any courses. HUMHUM 165 Introduction to ArchaeologyArchaeology 3 University of Calgary YearYear II TermTerm I HUMHUM 180 Introduction to World ReligionsReligions 3 Students completing the General Studies HUMHUM 190 Popular CultureCulture 3 Diploma with a major in Canadian Studies SOC 270 SociologySociology ofof the FamilyFamily 3 HUMHUM 195 CulturalCultural AnthropologyAnthropology 3 receive 60 credits towards BA (Canadian PSYPSY 260 Abnormal PsPsychologyychology 3 HUMHUM 265 ArchaeoloArchaeologygy ofof Ancient Studies). PSYPSY 270 Introduction to PersonalitPersonalityy CCivilizationsivilizations 3 Other Colleges and Universities TheorTheoryy 3 HUMHUM 281 ChristianityChristianity 3 Many of the courses offered in General Approved Elective 3 HUMHUM 285285 Buddhism 3 Studies are transferable to a wide variety Approved Elective 3 HUMHUM 291291 Film StudiesStudies 3 of institutions and programs across Alberta, 15 HUMHUM 295 AnthropologyAnthropology ofof GenderGender 3 Canada and internationally. Although MUSMUS 150 Music Appreciation 3 advance credit is ultimately determined by NAT 155155 Native CulturalCultural Awareness 3 the receiving institution, it may be possible PED 180 Introduction to CoachingCoaching 3 for you to start your post-secondary PED 181 Resistance & Fitness Leadership 3 educational program in General Studies PRSPRS 155 SpeechSpeech 3 at Lethbridge College. Please make an PSCPSC 150150 Local GovernmentGovernment 3 appointment to speak with an Academic PSCPSC 165165 CanadianCanadian GovernmentGovernment 3 Advisor at Lethbridge College if you wish to PSCPSC 250250 Parties and Elections 3 pursue this option.

87 Geomatics Engineering Technology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3468 • [email protected] Chair: Dennis Sheppard 403.317.3523 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Survey Engineering Companies PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT (PLA) Geomatics is the practice of gathering • Civil Engineering Companies If you have experience working in this fi eld of and interpreting spatial information • Environmental Consultancies study, you may be eligible for Prior Learning about the physical environment. It brings • Natural Resource Companies Assessment (PLA). Please direct your together surveying and mapping with • All levels of government inquiries to the Chair. new technologies like Global Positioning • Law Enforcement Agencies Systems (GPS) and Geographic Information • Agricultural Companies YOUR INVESTMENT Systems (GIS). Our practical two-year • Aerospace Companies Program fees will vary. Fee information diploma in Geomatics Engineering • Defence Contractors is available in the online Calendar at Technology will prepare you to be a part of • Military Organizations lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link this rapidly growing fi eld – with great jobs to your program and then click on “Your in areas ranging from surveying and land ADMISSIONS Investment”. management to law enforcement and the New students are accepted into the armed forces. Geomatics program in the Fall (September) Students are required to lease a Lethbridge term only. Qualifi ed applicants may be College laptop as part of the e-VOLUTION At Lethbridge College, you’ll work in small admitted into programs outside of normal initiative. Laptop fees for students are $625 classes taught by award-winning industry intakes. Interested applicants are considered per term plus a refundable $500 deposit. experts. Using hands-on exercises, we will on an individual basis by the Chair for introduce you to surveying, mapping and acceptance into a program in an alternative CURRICULUM data collection techniques. You learn how or modifi ed format. to interpret aerial and satellite photographs Year I Term I Credits using industry-standard remote sensing ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS software. You’ll also do fi eldwork using Applicants are required to have a minimum CAD 155 Introductory AutoCAD 5 survey-grade GPS equipment and become 50 per cent in Math 30P (Pure) or a minimum CPU 150 Computers in Engineering an expert in the use of leading-edge GIS of 65 per cent in Math 30A (Applied), 50 per Technology 2 software applications like ArcView. cent in Physics 20 or 50 per cent in Science DRF 153 Introduction to Drafting 4 30, 60 per cent in English Language Arts ENG 154 Writing for Technologists 3 We’ll make certain you have plenty of 30-2 or English Language Arts 30-1. Basic OR opportunity to demonstrate your abilities understanding of computer technology ENG 155 Scientifi c & Technical Writing 3 in the fi eld. You’ll work in small teams such as word processing, copying fi les and GEO 150 Geographical Science 5 on projects that simulate the real-world familiarity working in a Windows-based MTH 149 Pre-Calculus (DL) 3 demands of surveying, mapping and environment is required. PHY 143 Applied Physics 3 interpreting the relationship between different SUR 150 Land Survey 5 aspects of the physical environment. All students applying to the program 30 may be required to write a math and With your diploma in Geomatics Engineering science competency exam at the start Year I Term II Technology, you can take your valuable of the program. Students whose scores combination of technical knowledge, demonstrate defi ciencies will be advised CAD 250 Advanced CAD I 4 interpretative skills and hands-on experience to consider spreading their work load over CON 140 Contracts, Specifi cations into the workplace. Or you can choose to a three-year program to allow for remedial & Inspections 4 continue your studies by transferring into courses. CON 155 Managing the Construction the University of Lethbridge’s degree in Process 4 Geographical Information Science. ALTERNATE ADMISSION GEO 160 Map Interpretation 3 Applicants are required to achieve a GEO 170 Remote Sensing 3 One thing is for sure; with a virtually 100 per minimum 60th percentile on the Arithmetic, GEO 180 Geodesy 2 cent employment rate for our graduates, your Elementary Algebra, Sentence Skills, MTH 160 Calculus I 3 geomatics expertise will be in high demand! and Reading Comprehension sections of STS 180 Engineering Statistics 3 placement testing or equivalent. It is strongly SUR 162 Survey Applications 3 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES recommended that the 75th percentile is 29 Graduates of our diploma program in achieved. Applicants who lack the required Geomatics Engineering Technology academic admission requirements can apply traditionally enjoy a 100 per cent to the College and University Preparatory employment rate. Geomatics practitioners Program to upgrade for your program. are in demand in a wide range of areas, including:

88 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Engineering Technologies YearYear II TermTerm I GRADUATION Upon successful completion of all program CPUCPU 255 Introduction to ProgrammingProgramming 3 requirements, students are awarded a Find out more about other programs offered in this GEOGEO 250 Land PlanninPlanningg 3 Geomatics Engineering Technology Diploma. school: GEOGEO 255 GGeographicaleographical InformationInformation • Civil Engineering Technology p. 44 SySystemsstems I 3 TRANSFERS • Engineering Design and Drafting Technology p. 69 GEOGEO 260 CCartographyartography 4 Lethbridge College MTHMTH 165165 CalculusCalculus II 3 A graduate of the Geomatics Engineering RSRRSR 250 Applied Research I Technology program may gain a second fforor EnEng.g. Tech. 2 diploma in Civil Engineering Technology SURSUR 251 Advanced SurveySurvey I 4 or Engineering, Design and Drafting SURSUR 260 Land SurveySurvey SystemsSystems 2 Technology with one additional year of study SURSUR 263 SurveySurvey CalculationsCalculations & AnalysisAnalysis 4 (course schedule permitting). SURSUR 275 GlobalGlobal PositioningPositioning SystemsSystems 4 University of Lethbridge 32 With a 2+2 agreement with the University of Lethbridge, Lethbridge College graduate YearYear II TermTerm IIII students in the Geomatics Engineering Technology program may obtain a post- CPUCPU 275 Advanced ProgrammingProgramming 4 diploma bachelor’s degree in Geographical GEOGEO 280 Advanced GraphicalGraphical InformationInformation Information Sciences. SySystemsstems 5 Athabasca University GEOGEO 290 Advanced DiDigitalgital Remote Graduates receive 60 credits towards the SSensingensing 5 Bachelor of Science (Post-Diploma) degree. RSRRSR 251 Applied Research II NAIT fforor EnEng.g. Tech. 2 Graduates of the Geomatics Engineering SURSUR 252 Field SafetySafety 2 Technology Diploma program with a SURSUR 261 Advanced SurveySurvey II 5 minimum grade point average of C+ or SURSUR 265 SurveySurvey DraftingDrafting 4 2.3 on standard grading scales will be SURSUR 270 EnEngineeringgineering SurveysSurveys 5 conditionally accepted into the BTech 32 (Bachelor of Technology in Technology Management) degree program. Applicants Year II Term III (O(OPTIONAL)PTIONAL) for transfer of credit under this Agreement shall complete all of the requested FWK 252 Work Experience 2 application procedures of NAIT including, but not limited to, written statements outlining personal objectives, career goals, letters of reference, work experience and community involvement, and such other information as may be requested and used by NAIT to determine whether the applicant complies with the requirements as set out or intended.

89 Interior Design

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3202 Extension 5362 • [email protected] Chair: Vicki Charge 403.320.3202 Extension 5362 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUMCURRICULUM Interior designers create the interior New students are accepted into the Interior environments people inhabit everyday. Our Design program for the Fall (September) Year I Term I C Creditsredits intensive, two-year diploma program in term. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted Interior Design will give you the specialized into programs outside of normal intakes. IDM 150 HistoryHistory ofof Interiors 3 knowledge and skills you need to apply your Interested applicants are considered on IDM 158 Representations I 6 creativity in today’s design industry. an individual basis for acceptance into a IDM 155 Introduction to Interior DesignDesign 3 program in an alternative or modifi ed format. IDM 179 DesignDesign Fundamentals 6 Our practical, hands-on program is IDM 255255 Materials and Finishes 3 structured around the professional ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS IDM 170 Colour,Colour, Materials and LightingLighting 3 standards of the Council for Interior Design Applicants are required to have an Alberta 2424 Accreditation (CIDA). Working in small High School Diploma with a minimum 60% classes with one-to-one instructor support, in Grade 12 Math 30 (Applied or Pure) and YearYear I TermTerm IIII you’ll master various software used English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2. throughout interior design practice. You’ll Alternate Admission applicants are required ENGENG 156 Business WritinWritingg (DL)(DL) 3 work on projects that simulate real-world to complete placement testing. IDM 159 Representations II 3 design problems and gain experience in IDM 167 Interior DetailingDetailing I 6 commercial and residential interior design. In addition to academic requirements, IDM 181 DesignDesign StudioStudio I 6 students need to submit a portfolio of IDM 190 E-Tools forfor Interior DesignDesign I 6 Our design studio courses cover commercial creative work, both visual/graphic and 2424 interior design ranging from retail and written work. A description and details of the offi ce to restaurant design. You’ll balance required portfolio projects will be mailed to YearYear II TermTerm I this commercial design experience with an applicants who meet the basic academic understanding of residential interior design, requirements for application. IDM 285 DesignDesign StudioStudio II 6 including project work focused on space IDM 267 Interior DetailingDetailing II 6 planning, construction fundamentals and YOUR INVESTMENT IDM 290 E-Tools forfor Interior DesignDesign II 3 interior detailing. A required practicum lets Program fees will vary. Fee information 1515 you demonstrate your design skills and is available in the online Calendar at abilities in the workplace or contribute to lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link YearYear II TermTerm II community-based design projects while to your program and then click on “Your gaining valuable industry experience. Investment”. IDM 286 DesignDesign StudioStudio III 6 IDM 287 DesignDesign StudioStudio IV 6 Your Interior Design Diploma opens the door Students are required to lease a Lethbridge IDM 270270 Practicum 3 to a world of exciting opportunities. With a College laptop as part of the e-VOLUTION IDM 271 PortfolioPortfolio 2 comprehensive grounding in design theory initiative. Laptop fees for students are $625 17 and application, you’ll be ready to apply your per term plus a refundable $500 deposit. creativity in both commercial and residential (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough fi elds. You’ll be ready for a successful career Distance Learning.Learning. in design! GRADUATION CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Upon successful completion of all program Our diploma program in Interior Design requirements, students are awarded a will prepare you for the pre-professional Diploma in Interior Design. assistant level. You’ll be able to work with design teams in a wide variety of fi elds. School of Media & Design • Assistant to Interior Designers and Architects • Product Representative Find out more about other programs offered in this • Kitchen & Bath Design school: • Commercial Design • Communication Arts p. 49 • Design Consultant • Fashion Design & Marketing p. 76 • Residential Design • Multimedia Production p. 92

90 lethbridgecollege.ca

Massage Therapy

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3211 • [email protected] Chair: Gloria Cormican 403.320.3321 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUMCURRICULUM The Massage Therapy two-year diploma Applicants are advised they will be required program focuses on the knowledge, skills to provide a Criminal Record Check Year I Term I C Creditsredits and attitudes necessary for employment before entering the practicum experience as a Massage Therapist. This program component of the program. The existence of BIOBIO 145 Introduction to AnatomAnatomyy is designed to facilitate acquisition of a criminal record may affect the practicum & PhPhysiologyysiology 5 knowledge and skills to be a professional in placement, program completion and MASMAS 140 Basic MassaMassagege 5 the holistic health care fi eld. employment prospects. The consequences ENGENG 156 Business WritinWritingg (DL)(DL) 3 of a prior criminal conviction will be CSPCSP 150 Medical TerminologyTerminology 4 The fi eld of massage therapy demands examined and discussed on an individual MASMAS 122 Practicum I 1 considerable personal commitment, basis. The logistics will be discussed with 1818 professionalism and physical and emotional students during program orientation. stamina. The curriculum includes signifi cant YearYear I TermTerm IIII amounts of study and practicum experience. HEALTH REQUIREMENTS Student performance in the practicum Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule MASMAS 130 PatholoPathologygy 3 experience is closely monitored to ensure of health requirements (form provided by MASMAS 145 Advanced MassaMassagege 4 appropriate skill and personal development. the Massage Therapy program). Students MASMAS 121233 Practicum II 2 are responsible for ensuring that health ACCACC 125 Service-BasedService-Based AccountingAccounting Interested students are advised of the requirements are kept current throughout the Procedures 3 demand on their personal and leisure time of program. Failure to do so may affect work- BIOBIO 141466 J Jointsoints and SoftSoft Tissues 3 such an integrated work/study approach. site based experience. MASMAS 144 ContemporaryContemporary Practices o off MassaMassagege 3 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES PRACTICUM EXPERIENCE 1818 You will be prepared for entry-level positions REQUIREMENTS as a massage therapist in a growing number Applicants will be required to have St. John YearYear II TermTerm I of fi elds, including: Ambulance Standard First Aid and CPR (or equivalent) certifi cates prior to the Practicum MASMAS 251 MassaMassagege Techniques I 4 • Hospitals II experience and must remain current for MASMAS 253 Assessment forfor MassageMassage • Sports Medicine Clinics Practicum III and IV. Therapists I 3 • Long-Term Care Facilities MASMAS 254 SpecialSpecial Populations I 5 • Private Health-Care Providers YOUR INVESTMENT MASMAS 225555 Practicum III 2 • Massage Clinics Program fees will vary. Fee information PED 257 Therapeutic Exercise 3 is available in the online Calendar at MASMAS 256 SportsSports MassageMassage 4 ADMISSIONS lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link 21 New students are accepted into the Massage to your program and then click on “Your Therapy two-year diploma program in the Investment”. YearYear II TermTerm II Fall (September) term. All prospective candidates will normally be expected to Other supplies such as linens and oils will MASMAS 257 MassaMassagege Techniques II 3 attend a one-day program orientation prior be specifi ed and students are responsible MASMAS 258 Assessment forfor MassageMassage to program commencement. Qualifi ed for obtaining them. Students are responsible Therapists II 3 applicants may be admitted into programs for laundering their own linens frequently. MASMAS 141499 SeminarSeminar 1 outside of normal intakes. Students will purchase a Lethbridge College BUSBUS 124 Service-BasedService-Based SmallSmall Business Massage Therapy Shirt ($30). The shirts ManagementManagement 3 Interested applicants are considered on an are worn during clinical and outreach MASMAS 225959 Practicum IV 2 individual basis by the Chair for acceptance activities. Students may fi nd it useful to rent MASMAS 260 SpecialSpecial Populations II 4 into a program in an alternative or modifi ed or purchase a massage table. Approximate 1616 format. purchase cost is $600. GRADUATION ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS As part of the program course requirements, Upon successful completion of all program Applicants are required to have an Alberta students are expected to book a massage requirements, students are awarded a High School Diploma or equivalent, with a with a registered massage therapist. This Massage Therapy Diploma. minimum of 60% in the following Grade 12 can cost anywhere from $40 - $100. Please subjects: Biology 30 and English Language take this into account when budgeting for the Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2. Students are also program. required to have a working knowledge of word processing, spreadsheet and data base software.

91 Multimedia Production

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.394.7357 • [email protected] School Chair: Vicki Charge 403.320.3202 Ext. 5362 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUM Interactivity and immediacy are the driving Applicants are required to have English forces behind multimedia and our ‘wired Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 or (May be offered In a different sequence) world’. Our Diploma program in Multimedia equivalent and Social Studies 30 or 33 or Production will give you the grounding you’ll equivalent. Alternate admission applicants Year I Term I Credits need to succeed in the brave new world of are required to take the Reading and converging technologies through practical Sentence Skills portion of placement testing RSR 160 Research & Writing for and hands-on experience. and may be admitted on that basis. New Media 3 DES 155 Graphic Design 4 Working in small teams in classes that are Applicants who enter and complete the CMM 153 Digital Audio 3 just the right size, you’ll blend audio, video, Multimedia Production program without an CMM 156 Digital Video 4 animation, graphics and text in a digital Alberta High School Diploma, or equivalent, CMM 162 Multimedia Principles environment to create multimedia content. may not be eligible for advanced placement and Design 4 You will be given an opportunity to choose in college and university diploma and degree CMM 163 Scripting for Multimedia an area of applied concentration in Video programs under current and future transfer & the Web 4 and Motion Graphics, Web and Interactive agreements. Testing may be waived for 22 Programming, or e-Learning Technologies. applicants who have previously completed diploma or degree programs, as well as Year I Term II Develop your understanding of concepts at those who have previously met admission the foundation of multimedia and learn how requirements similar to our own, either at CMM 165 Using Flash and Web to identify trends in this fast-moving industry. Lethbridge College or other institutions. Standards 5 Our combination of theory with individual DES 156 Web Graphics, Layout, and team project work will show you how Multimedia Production assumes professional and Interface Design 6 interactive technology is changing the way standards for research and writing. All WRI 150 Writing for Interactive Media 3 people think and work, and you’ll be ready to program assignments must be typed. Lack of CAP 158 Communication Process 3 translate this knowledge into problem-solving keyboarding skills could inhibit achievement. OR success in the workplace. COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships PROFESSIONAL SUITABILITY and Communication 3 Your passion for the interactivity and After applying, you will receive instructions RSR 170 Interactive Project excitement of multimedia will get you started. regarding the submission of a 500-word (Core Integration) 3 With our Multimedia Production Diploma, essay, which will refl ect the applicant’s CMM 185 The Principles of Animation 4 your imagination is the only limit! knowledge of the multimedia industry as well 24 as his or her personal motivation for wanting CAREER OPPORTUNITIES to pursue this career path. The essay may Year II Term I Our Multimedia Production Diploma will be submitted via e-mail. After reviewing the prepare you for entry-level positions in a essay, the applicant will be contacted. CMM 282 Professional Portfolio I 2 wide range of fi elds, including: CMM 285 3D Modeling and Animation YOUR INVESTMENT with Maya 5 • Web Designers and Programmers Program fees will vary. Fee information CMM 288 Programming Rich-Media • Video Producers and Animators is available in the online Calendar at Applications 5 • e-Learning Technologies lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link RSR 256 Video Graphics • Entrepreneurship to your program and then click on “Your and Compositing 5 Investment”. CMM 291 Professional Foundations 5 ADMISSIONS 22 New students are accepted into the Multimedia Production program for the Fall Year II Term II (September) term. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted into programs outside of normal CMM 283 Professional Portfolio II 4 intakes. Interested applicants are considered FWK 253 Managed Internship 6 on an individual basis for acceptance into a CMM 292 Proseminar 6 program in an alternative or modifi ed format. CMM 293 Capstone Project 6 22

92 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Media & Design GRADUATION Upon successful completion of all program requirements, students are awarded a Find out more about other programs offered in this Multimedia Production Diploma. school: • Communication Arts p. 49 TRANSFERS • Fashion Design & Marketing p. 76 University of Calgary • Interior Design p. 90 Graduates of the Multimedia diploma may receive up to ﬁ ve full course equivalents (one year) credit toward the completion of a 20-credit Bachelor of Arts in Communication Studies from the University of Calgary. Athabasca University Graduates of Multimedia will receive two years’ credit towards a Bachelor of Professional Arts in Communications from Athabasca University, before completing an additional 60 credits of the university’s 120- credit program.

93 Natural Resource Compliance

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Terry Kowalchuk 403.320.3232 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW skills and experience. They must, however, CURRICULUMCURRICULUM The Environmental Science Diploma in achieve a minimum 65th percentile in Natural Resource Compliance offers learners Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic and Year 1 Term I C Creditsredits an alternative to the Bachelor of Applied Elementary Algebra sections of placement Science in Conservation Enforcement. testing or equivalent. *BIO*BIO 163 Terrestrial EcoloEcologygy 5 Completed in two years, the Diploma offers *BIO*BIO 164 Plant TaxonomTaxonomyy 5 learners a solid foundation in understanding YOUR INVESTMENT ENGENG 155 ScientiScientifi c and Technical WritingWriting 3 the fundamentals of detection and Program fees will vary. Fee information *GEO*GEO 166 PhysicalPhysical GeologyGeology 5 investigation of natural resource violations. is available in the online Calendar at SOC 160 Introduction to SociologySociology 3 Learners completing the Diploma in Natural lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link STSSTS 255255 S Statisticaltatistical Methods 3 Resource Compliance are able to continue to your program and then click on “Your 2424 their education by entering directly into the Investment”. third year of the Bachelor of Applied Science YearYear 1 TermTerm II in Conservation Enforcement. Environmental Science students are responsible for additional fees to cover the *BIO*BIO 168 ZoologyZoology 5 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES cost of fi eld studies. *BIO*BIO 269 Aquatic EcologyEcology 5 • Conservation Offi cer CJPCJP 282282 Evidence and CourtCourt Procedures 5 • Fishery Offi cer FIELD STUDIES SUPPLIES LAW 161161 Introduction to Natural • Park Patrol Offi cer Students on fi eld studies are expected to Resource Law 5 • Park Ranger provide their own equipment and supplies. *RRM*RRM 196 Map and Aerial PhotoPhoto • Environmental Investigator/Inspector This includes: warm sleeping bag, ground Interpretation 5 • Municipal Police Offi cer sheet and pad, tent (may be shared with 2525 • RCMP Offi cer other students), back pack or duffl e bag for • Fish and Wildlife Offi cer gear, adequate clothing for cold/wet weather, YearYear 2 TermTerm I • Wildlife Investigator hiking boots, binoculars, cooking and eating • Pollution Control Offi cer gear (may be shared), food, fi eld notebook, *CJP*CJP 369 Patrol Procedures 5 • Resource Management Offi cer compass, and hip or chest waders. Field PED 251251 SelfSelf DefenceDefence 3 studies schedules are dependent on many *RRM*RRM 153153 SoilSoil Resources 5 ADMISSIONS variables and may require students to *RRM*RRM 256 RangelandRangeland Habitat New students are accepted into the Natural participate on weekends. All program fi eld ManagementManagement 5 Resource Compliance program for the Fall studies require mandatory attendance. *RRM*RRM 258 Principles ofof WildlifeWildlife BiologyBiology 5 term only. RRMRRM 299 Fire ManagementManagement 5 OTHER REQUIRED SUPPLIES 2828 Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted Available from Lethbridge College Bookstore: into programs outside of normal intakes. Lab coat, safety glasses, Douglas protractor, YearYear 2 TermTerm II Interested applicants are considered on an fi eld notebook/surveyors book, 16X hand individual basis by the Chair for acceptance lens, dissection kit, metric triangular scale CJPCJP 267 Natural Resource LegislationLegislation 5 into the program in an alternative or modifi ed with 1:20, 1:25, 1:50, 1:75, 1:100 and 1:125 *ENV*ENV 255255 Land UseUse Practices 3 format. graduations. ENV 275 Environmental SamplingSampling andand Forensics 5 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Available from Sporting Goods/Hardware *RRM*RRM 259 Principles ofof Fisheries ScienceScience 5 Applicants are required to have an Alberta Store: Nexus Type 115 or Silva Ranger *RRM*RRM 264 Forest ManagementManagement 5 High School Diploma or equivalent, including compass (with declination adjustment SOC 226363 Diverse CulturalCultural CommunitiesCommunities 3 a minimum of 60 percent in: English screw), clipboard, fl oppy disks, 100MB or 2626 Language Arts (ELA) 30-1, Chemistry 20, higher USB memory stick, chest waders, Biology 30, Math 30P or Math 30A and scientifi c calculator ($15-$30 range), 12 Social 30. Applicants may be required or more coloured pencils (pencil crayons), GRADUATION to achieve a minimum 65th percentile in binoculars (8X40 or 10X50 magnifi cation). Upon successful completion of the program, Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic and students are awarded a Natural Resource Elementary Algebra sections of placement For additional information concerning Compliance Diploma. testing or equivalent. supplies, contact Dan Slezak at 403.320.3302. School of Environmental Sciences ALTERNATE ADMISSION Applicants lacking the academic admission Find out more about other programs offered in this requirements will be considered on an school: individual basis dependent upon obtained • Conservation Enforcement - Bachelor of Applied Science p. 54 • Environmental Assessment and Restoration p. 72 • Fish and Wildlife Technology p. 82

94 lethbridgecollege.ca

Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta (NESA) Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3348 • [email protected] Chair: Sheila Heinrich (NESA) 403.320.3424 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

Due to the nature of the program, it is ADMISSIONS ADMISSION ROUTES recommended learners contact an Academic All applicants applying to the four-year NESA Admission to the NESA program may be Advisor with initial inquiries. Call BN degree program must apply directly to gained by one of the following admission 403.320.3323 or 1.800.572.0103 ext. 3323 the University of Lethbridge. Please refer to routes: the U of L admissions information. a) Alberta or other Canadian high school PROGRAM OVERVIEW credentials. The nursing profession is one of the All newly-admitted students will register in b) Transfer from recognized colleges or cornerstones of modern health care. and attend courses at Lethbridge College for universities. Lethbridge College and the University the fi rst two years of the program. Students c) Non-matriculated Adult (Mature) of Lethbridge have teamed up to offer a will register in and attend courses at the admission. collaborative program that offers excellent University of Lethbridge for the fi nal two d) Credentials from other countries. opportunities for education. years of the program. If currently studying, applicants should You get a top-quality education in an ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS submit mid-term grades with the instructor’s environment known for producing well- All applicants must complete Alberta’s signature as soon as possible. The following qualifi ed nurses. This is due in part to the English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1, Biology grids are used to determine the applicant’s self¬-directed nature of the program, which 30, Chemistry 30, Mathematics 30 or Pure eligibility for admission. encourages learners to take responsibility for Mathematics 30 and one additional 30-level their own learning under the guidance of an course (not including Special Projects), or experienced faculty member. You will work courses providing equivalent preparation closely with our instructors in small tutorial with a minimum average of 65 per cent and groups, combining theory and practice not less than 50 per cent in any required through problem-based learning. Course- subject. related practicums in hospitals, community health-care agencies and home care NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS agencies will let you apply your new-found All applicants may be invited to an knowledge in the real world. Our exciting interview. An interview will be required Simulated Patient Health Environment for applicants seeking non-matriculated for Research and Education (SPHERE) Adult (Mature) Admission. Successful lab is incorporated throughout the NESA applicants are advised they will be required curriculum. to provide a Criminal Record Check. The existence of a criminal record may affect Through this combination of theory and clinical placements, program completion, hands-on clinical experience, you will professional licensure, and employment develop skills in diagnostic reasoning, prospects. The consequences of a prior innovative clinical practice, leadership and criminal conviction will be examined and technological knowledge. We also place discussed on an individual basis. Successful special emphasis on rural, elderly and applicants must provide a valid Standard aboriginal populations. First Aid Certifi cate and a CPR Health Care Provider Certifi cate. Students are When you complete the degree program, responsible for ensuring that CPR remains you will be eligible to write the Canadian current throughout the program. Failure to do Registered Nurse Examination (CRNE), so may affect clinical placement. giving you the opportunity to be licensed as a Registered Nurse (RN). HEALTH REQUIREMENTS Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule Your natural caring and compassionate of immunization (form provided by the nature combined with a commitment to high Nursing Program). Students are responsible standards and detail makes you an excellent for ensuring that immunizations are kept candidate for the NESA program. Contact us current throughout the program. Failure to do to fi nd out more! so may affect clinical placements.

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Nurses work in a range of healthcare ﬁ elds, from acute care to continuing care and from public health agencies to home care.

95 Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta (NESA) Continued

HOW TO USE THE FOLLOWING GRIDS TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION GRID Example: John is applying to the NESA program through the high If you have completed three or more transferable courses, you will school admission route. He needs to fi nd the fi nal grade he received be considered a Transfer applicant. Transferable courses are three in English 30 (78%), Biology 30 (75%), Math 30 or Pure (75%), credit term courses completed at a university, college or technical Chemistry 30 (90%) and a 5th 30 level course with a fi nal mark (97%) institute. that is to his best advantage. John records his marks where they fi t in the grid and calculates 15% of each mark and 40% of the average of Course Grade Multiply by Total fi ve courses as described below. Rank Factor Chemistry 30 or .15 Course Grade Multiply by Total Transfer Rank Factor English 30 or .15 Chemistry 30 90% .15 13.5 Transfer English 30 78% .15 11.7 Biology 30 or .15 Biology 30 85% .15 12.75 Transfer Pure Math 30 75% .15 11.25 Pure Math 30 or .15 Transfer Other 30 Level 97% Course Transfer GPA .40 Overall Average 85% .40 34.0 of English 30, TOTAL RANK WEIGHT: best three (add Total Column) grades, best fi fth grade (add MATURE STUDENT ADMISSION GRID grades and The non-matriculated adult (mature) admission route is intended divide by 5) for Canadian and International applicants whose credentials do not satisfy the admission criteria of any other admission route. The applicant must be deemed to have potential for success at the post- secondary level that is at least equal to that of applicants meeting the TOTAL RANK WEIGHT: 83.2 criteria for the high school admission route. (add Total Column)

Course Grade Multiply by Total HIGH SCHOOL STUDENT ADMISSION GRID Rank Factor Course Grade Multiply by Total Chemistry 30 or .15 Rank Factor Equivalent Chemistry 30 .15 English 30 or .15 Equivalent English 30 .15 Biology 30 or .15 Biology 30 .15 Equivalent Pure Math 30 .15 Pure Math 30 or .15 Other 30 Level Equivalent Course Related Health .40 Overall Average .40 Experience of English 30, (0-20 points) best three Interview grades, best (0-20 points) ﬁ fth grade (add grades and divide by 5) A letter and resume from the applicant, describing health related experience and a letter of reference from an individual in a health related discipline to the admissions ofﬁ ce is required. Letters should TOTAL RANK WEIGHT: address the applicant’s potential for success in post-secondary (add Total Column) studies, relevance of experience to this potential, and goals for the future. TOTAL RANK WEIGHT: (add Total Column)

96 lethbridgecollege.ca

INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS Applicants whose ﬁ rst language is other than English must provide acceptable evidence of English Language Proﬁ ciency according to the U of L admissions information.

SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS FOR COURSE CREDIT Transfer Credit - NESA Nursing Program A student may transfer up to half of the program requirements (20 term course equivalents) to the University of Lethbridge. The following grid represents transfer credit limits.

Total Term Course Equivalents Total Nursing Courses (including Nursing courses) Upon Admission 13 (39 credit hours) 5 (15 credit hours) Upon Continuation into 3rd Year 7 (21 credit hours) 3 (9 credit hours) Total Transfer Possible 20 (60 credit hours) 8 (24 credit hours)

Please refer to the U of L admissions information.

ACADEMIC STANDARDS During orientation to the program, students receive a handbook outlining all the program policies. It is very important for learners to review and understand these requirements. To be in good standing, a student must maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average as listed below:

Number of Completed Courses GPA All Courses GPA Nursing Courses 1-10 1.70 2.50 11-20 1.85 2.50 21-40 2.00 2.50

PROBATIONARY STUDENT A student shall be placed on academic probation if the term grade point average and/or the cumulative grade point average is below the minimum listed above for all courses or below 2.5 for required nursing courses for one term in the program. Students may be subject to program restrictions while on probation.

ACADEMIC DISQUALIFICATION A student who is on probation for two successive terms will be disqualiﬁ ed from further registration in the program. The student may apply for re-admission after a lapse of one full year. Students dismissed for a second time will not be re-admitted to the program.

STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL CONDUCT The standards of professional conduct for students in the NESA program are published in the Student Handbook. Students are subject to the general rules and regulations of the agencies with which they are afﬁ liated during practice experiences. Students may be required to withdraw for violations of professional conduct. Faculty members who are supervising clinical practice experiences may require a student to leave a clinical setting at any time if, in the opinion of the Faculty member, the student’s practice threatens patient/client safety or is disruptive to patient/client care. The Dean, or the Chair in the case of Years I & II, will review the case in a timely fashion to determine whether, and under what conditions, the student may return to the clinical setting.

97 Nursing Education in Southwestern Alberta (NESA) Continued

YOUR INVESTMENT PSY 170 Human Development Across Year III Term II Program fees will vary. Fee information is The Lifespan 3 available in the online Calendar at www. 24 Nursing 3125 or 3230 or 3020 lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. Please select Nursing 3135 the link to your program and then click on Year II Term II Nursing 3600 “Your Investment”. Students are expected Fine Arts/Humanities elective to travel for practicum placements and are NSG 250 (U of L 2020) Health, Illness responsible for associated costs. and Healing I 3 Year IV Term I OR • Year III and Year IV BN Fees are NSG 255 (U of L 2125) Health, Illness Nursing 3230 or 3020 or 3125 determined by the University of Lethbridge. and Healing II 3 Nursing 4550 Please contact the U of L at 403.329.2649 NSG 279 (U of L 2135) Professional Nursing 4135 for more information. Seminar I 3 Health Science Elective NSG 293 (U of L 2255) Nursing CURRICULUM Practice IV 12 Year IV Term II GLER Social Science Elective 3 Year I Term I Credits GLER Humanities or Fine Arts Nursing 4750 Elective 3 BIO 160 Anatomy and Physiology I 4 24 NSG 150 (U of L 1020) Concepts School of Health Sciences of Health I 3 Special Note: Whenever possible, nursing NSG 163 (U of L 1220) Nursing theory courses are aligned with concurrent Practice I 7 clinical practice experiences. Find out more about other programs offered in this ENG 190 (U of L 1900) Introduction to school: Language & Literature 3 General Requirements • Exercise Science p. 74 PSY 160 (U of L 1000) Introduction to 1. Successful completion of at least 40 • Massage Therapy p. 91 Psychology 3 course equivalents (121.0 credit hours) with • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree p. 99 20 a cumulative grade point average of at least • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing p. 102 2.00 on all courses taken for credit toward • Practical Nursing p. 104 Year I Term II the degree. • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology p. 111 • Unit Clerk p. 113 BIO 161 Anatomy and Physiology II 4 2. Attain a minimum cumulative grade point NSG 155 (U of L 1120) Concepts of average of at least 2.50 on all required Health II 3 Nursing and Health Sciences courses taken NSG 173 (U of L 1320) Nursing for credit toward the program. Practice II 7 BIO 162 Microbiology 4 3. Completion of the General Liberal SOC 160 (U of L 1000) Introduction to Education Requirement (GLER) Sociology 3 21 4. Not more than three Independent Study courses may be taken for credit toward the Year II Term I degree. Residence Requirement: 20 courses including a minimum of 12 in Nursing and NSG 250 (U of L 2020) Health, Illness Health Sciences. and Healing I 3 OR 5. All requirements must be completed within NSG 255 (U of L 2125) Health, Illness seven years of the ﬁ rst Nursing course used and Healing II 3 for credit toward the degree NSG 263 (U of L 2150) Nursing Practice III 12 Year III Term I NSG 290 (U of L 2260) Applied Therapeutics 3 Nursing 3020 or 3125 or 3230 HUM 155 (U of L Philosophy 1000) Ethics 3 Nursing 3255 Nursing 3360 HLSC 3450

98 lethbridgecollege.ca

Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3348 • [email protected] Chair: Sheila Heinrich 403.320.3424 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

Due to the nature of the program, it is (3-credits), Statistics (3-credits), and Faculty members who are supervising recommended learners contact an GLER (3-credits). Although defi ciencies clinical practice experiences may require a Academic Advisor with initial inquiries. Call will be permitted upon admission (with student to leave a clinical setting at any time 403.320.3323 or 1.800.572.0103 ext. 3323. the exception of Human Anatomy and if, in the opinion of the Faculty member, the Physiology), they must be cleared according student’s practice threatens patient/client PROGRAM OVERVIEW to program policies (i.e., by the end of safety or is disruptive to patient/client care. The Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree Semester II for the Microbiology; by the end The Dean, or the Chair in the case of Year I, (BN-AD) program is designed to provide an of Semester III for Statistics; and by the end Terms I & II, will review the case in a timely accelerated course of studies to a Bachelor of the program for the GLER). Pre-admission fashion to determine whether, and under of Nursing for students who have previously completion of the pre-requisites will allow what conditions, the student may return to earned an approved degree in any discipline students to focus on nursing courses only, the clinical setting. or fi eld of study. The program will be offered based on the assumption that support and over six consecutive semesters; students elective courses will have been completed YOUR INVESTMENT will attend from September to August within the fi rst undergraduate degree Program fees will vary. Fee information and will be able to complete in a period program. is available in the online Calendar at of approximately 23 months. Appropriate lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link breaks between and occasionally within Applicants whose fi rst language is not to your program and then click on “Your semesters will be scheduled in order to English must meet the English profi ciency Investment”. Students are expected to provide time for vacation. This degree is requirements for the Nursing Education in travel for practicum placements and are offered in collaboration with the University Southwestern Alberta (NESA) program. All responsible for associated costs. of Lethbridge, with the fi rst two semesters other requirements, such as criminal record occurring at the Lethbridge College campus check and immunizations, remain congruent • Terms III - VI BN-AD fees are determined and the fi nal four semesters occurring at the with those of the NESA program. by the University of Lethbridge. Please University of Lethbridge. When you complete contact the U of L at 403.329.2649 for more the program, you will be eligible to write the ACADEMIC STANDARDS information. Canadian Registered Nursing Examination During orientation to the program, students (CRNE), giving you the opportunity to be receive a handbook outlining all the program CURRICULUM licensed as a Registered Nurse (RN). policies. It is very important for learners to review and understand these requirements. Term I Credits ADMISSIONS All applicants applying to the Bachelor of PROBATIONARY STUDENT NSG 181 (U of L 1020/1120) Nursing – After Degree program must apply A student shall be placed on academic Introduction to Nursing 9 directly to the University of Lethbridge. probation if the term grade point average NSG 182 (U of L 1220/1320) Health Please refer to the U of L admissions and/or the cumulative grade point average is Assessment 9 information. below the minimum for all courses or below NSG 3360 (U of L) Research 2.5 for required nursing courses for one term Methodology 3 Applicants must have a completed in the program. Students may be subject to 21 baccalaureate degree from an institution program restrictions while on probation. recognized by the University of Lethbridge. Term II Alternatively, a student who has completed ACADEMIC DISQUALIFICATION at least 90 credits towards a baccalaureate A student who is on probation for two At the time of Calendar printing, Term degree in another discipline from a university successive terms will be disqualifi ed from II courses were under review. Please recognized by the University of Lethbridge further registration in the program. The check the offi cial online Calendar at will be considered for admission on a student may apply for re-admission after a lethbridgecollege.ca for updated information, competitive Grade Point Average (GPA) lapse of one full year. Students dismissed for then select the link to the program. basis. Candidates whose baccalaureate a second time will not be re-admitted to the degree is not from the University of program. Lethbridge will have an individual School of Health Sciences assessment of completed courses, including STANDARDS OF PROFESSIONAL general liberal education requirements CONDUCT (GLER). Students will be required to clear The standards of professional conduct for Find out more about other programs offered in this GLER course defi ciencies as identifi ed in students in the Bachelor of Nursing – After school: • Exercise Science p. 74 the current Calendar of The University of Degree program are published in the Student • Massage Therapy p. 91 Lethbridge. Handbook. Students are subject to the • Nursing Education in Southwestern general rules and regulations of the agencies Alberta (NESA) p. 95 Applicants will be required to present with which they are affi liated during practice • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing p. 102 evidence of the completion of several experiences. Students may be required • Practical Nursing p. 104 pre-requisite courses: Human Anatomy to withdraw for violations of professional • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology p. 111 and Physiology (6-credits), Microbiology conduct. • Unit Clerk p. 113

99 Ofﬁ ce Administration

Program Offi ce: 403.317.3506 • offi [email protected] Chair: Rita Halma • 403.320.3229 • [email protected] Offi ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS CURRICULUM Offi ce administration is so much more New students are accepted into the Note: Students without keyboarding skills will than answering the telephone! Offi ce Offi ce Administration program in the Fall be requested to take KEY 139 - Introduction and Administrative Assistants need to (September) term only. Qualifi ed applicants to Keyboarding. It cannot be included to have excellent computer skills as well as may be admitted into programs outside meet credit requirements for the certifi cate organizational problem-solving and decision- of normal intakes. Interested applicants or diploma. making skills. At Lethbridge College, we are considered on an individual basis for offer two programs that help you develop acceptance into a program in an alternative OFFICE ADMINISTRATION CERTIFICATE these skills: A one-year Offi ce Administration or modifi ed format. Certifi cate program and a two-year Offi ce Year I Core Credits Administration Diploma program. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Offi ce Administration Certifi cate: Applicants ACC 146 Bookkeeping 5 Our hands-on courses will give you a are required to have an Alberta High School OR practical understanding of topics ranging Diploma or equivalent. ACC 170 Financial Accounting I 4 from accounting/bookkeeping, offi ce COM 146 Effective Speaking 2 procedures and word processing to records ALTERNATE ADMISSION/ADVANCE OR management, document processing and STANDING PRS 155 Speech (DL) 3 desktop publishing. You’ll learn how to Learners seeking alternate admissions/ CPU 135 Introduction to Database 2 use industry-standard software including advance standing to the program should CPU 136 Introduction to Spreadsheet 2 word processing, spreadsheet, database, contact a Lethbridge College Advisor who CPU 137 Introduction to PowerPoint 1 accounting and web design packages. will help them develop an individualized ENG 133 English Techniques 3 learning plan. ENG 145 Effective Writing 3 You work in small classes, many of which OR incorporate group work and simulate a real OFFICE ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 offi ce environment. You can also choose Applicants must have successfully KEY 140 Document Processing I 5 elective courses to prepare you for work in completed the Offi ce Administration KEY 145 Document Processing II 4 medical or legal offi ces. certifi cate program or equivalent. KEY 143 Keyboard Skill Building 1 MTH 135 Offi ce Math Applications 2 With close to 100 per cent of our graduates YOUR INVESTMENT OAA 142 Offi ce Procedures (DL) 5 fi nding employment, the choices are plentiful, Program fees will vary. Fee information OAA 145 Electronic Transcription 3 the work is important and the opportunities is available in the online Calendar at OAA 148 Records Management 2 are yours! lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link ORG 148 Offi ce Dynamics 4 to your program and then click on “Your 43 - 45 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Investment”. Our graduates enjoy close to a 100 per cent employment rate! You can look forward to work in a wide range of offi ce environments OFFICE ADMINISTRATION DIPLOMA including: Year II Core • Legal Offi ces • Medical Offi ces BUS 180 Scheduling Management 3 • Financial Offi ces ACC 245 Computerized Bookkeeping 5 • Educational Offi ces CPU 221 Database Management 3 • Government Offi ces CPU 224 Spreadsheet Business • Commercial Offi ces Applications 3 CPU 249 Desktop Publishing 5 Your Offi ce Administration Certifi cate or FWK 150 Field Work 3 Diploma will also prepare you for many KEY 249 Data Entry 2 career opportunities, including: OAA 240 Meeting and Conference Planning 3 • Receptionist OAA 242 Integrated Offi ce Simulation 3 • Offi ce Assistant Approved Electives 14 • Administrative Assistant 44 • Data Entry Specialist • Executive Secretary • Bookkeeper

100 lethbridgecollege.ca

School of Business Year II Electives (Minimum of 14 credits) Students are strongly encouraged to take the following offi ce-related elective courses to Find out more about other programs offered in this increase employment opportunities: school: • Business Administration p. 37 OAA 220 Notetaking 3 • Computer Information Technology p. 52 OAA 233 Medical Offi ce Procedures 5 • Professional Golf Management p. 105 OAA 237 Legal Offi ce Procedures 5

Students may also choose electives offered by Business Administration with the following course preﬁ xes: ACC, BUS, ECN, FWK, MKT, STS, or TAX.

(DL) indicates courses available through Distributed Learning.

GRADUATION To qualify for an Ofﬁ ce Administration Certiﬁ cate, students must successfully complete 44 credits of core courses.

To qualify for an Offi ce Administration Diploma, students must successfully complete the Offi ce Administration Certifi cate program (44 credits), 30 credits of Offi ce Administration Diploma core courses and 14 credits of approved electives (for a total of 88 credits).

TRANSFERS SAIT Graduates of Lethbridge College’s Ofﬁ ce Administration diploma will be able to transfer to SAIT’s Administrative Information Management (AIM) program with the following conditions: Graduates are eligible for admission to the second year of SAIT’s AIM (Administrative Information Management) diploma program and must complete the following three bridging courses or challenge the requirements for graduation: BCPT 255, OADM 210 and OADM 325. Transfer students must also meet SAIT’s minimum required GPA of 2.3, C+, or 66-69% at time of admission. For more information, please refer to the SAIT website: www.sait.ca

101 Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3310 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

School of Health Sciences PROGRAM OVERVIEW CURRICULUM Are you a Registered Nurse who would Credits like to work in the operating room? Our NSG 390 Professional and Clinical Find out more about other programs offered in this Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing program Standards of Perioperative school: will give you a comprehensive, practical Nursing (DL) 5 • Exercise Science p. 74 introduction to providing patient care in NSG 395 Standards of the Scrub • Massage Therapy p. 91 surgical intervention facilities. and Circulating Role (DL) 2 • Nursing Education in Southwestern NSG 396 Competencies of the Scrub Alberta (NESA) p. 95 You’ll further develop your understanding and Circulating Role 2 • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree p. 99 of the professional and clinical standards of NSG 393 Implementation of Standards • Practical Nursing p. 104 • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology p. 111 Perioperative nursing, the scrub role and the and Competencies (Clinical) 6 • Unit Clerk p. 113 circulating role through self-study. We make NSG 394 Perioperative Practicum sure you balance this understanding with a (144 hours) 3 face-to-face experience in a clinical setting followed by a practicum. (DL) indicates courses available through At the end of the program, you’ll have Distance Learning. a Credential of Academic Achievement in Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing, Important Dates: and you’ll be prepared to offer the best in Lab experiences are set for September and/ Perioperative care to your patients. or April. Clinical experiences are set for September-October and/or April-May. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Perioperative Nurses will be able to work Clinical and lab experiences have an in health care facilities that provide surgical enrollment minimum of six and maximum of areas, including recovery, day surgery and eight to be offered. day procedures.

ADMISSIONS The following must be completed prior to start of the program:

• Proof of Active License to practice as a Registered Nurse in Alberta as granted by CARNA • Valid CPR certiﬁ cation required during all clinical activities

102 lethbridgecollege.ca

Police Recruit Training

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3418 • [email protected] Chair: Martin Thomsen 403.329.7246 • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

School of Justice Studies PROGRAM OVERVIEW CURRICULUMCURRICULUM The Police Recruit Training program was CCreditsredits developed in collaboration with the four Find out more about other programs offered in this police services of southern Alberta and CJPCJP 156156 Law EnforcementEnforcement Firearms 3 school: Lethbridge College to address the specifi c CJPCJP 171 UseUse ofof Force 5 • Commercial Vehicle Enforcement p. 48 education and training needs of their new CJPCJP 173 InvestigativeInvestigative Techniques I 3 • Correctional Studies p. 56 • Correctional Studies - recruits. This program and its individual CJPCJP 186 InvestigativeInvestigative Techniques II 3 Bachelor of Applied Arts p. 58 courses will meet or exceed provincial ENGENG 146 Technical Report WritinWritingg 3 • Criminal Justice for Aboriginal Learners p. 60 standards in the areas of police recruit HUMHUM 250 Police and CommunityCommunity • Criminal Justice Certifi cate p. 61 training and will further enhance the skill sets Relations 3 • Criminal Justice - Policing p. 62 and competencies these offi cers require to LAW 180180 Provincial and Federal StatutesStatutes 3 • Fire Service Administration p. 80 be effective in the policing fi eld. LAW 190190 CCriminalriminal Procedural Law 3 • Fire Investigation and Prevention p. 81 PED 153 Training/PersonalizedTraining/Personalized Fitness 3 ADMISSIONS TRSTRS 158 EmergencyEmergency Vehicle OperationsOperations 3 Admission is normally restricted to those 3232 students who have been hired by a police service or related agency, recommended by GRADUATION a police service or related agency or who Upon successful completion of all program have been approved for admission by a requirements, students are awarded a police service or related agency. Credential of Academic Achievement in Police Recruit Training. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants are required to have an Alberta High School Diploma or equivalent.

NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Applicants not hired by a police service or related agency, nor recommended for training by a police service or related agency, are required to complete an interview with the Chair. The interviewer will assess the applicant’s education and work history and suitability for enrolment into the program.

MEDICAL REQUIREMENTS Although no physical requirements are placed on applicants for entry to the program, applicants are required to take a medical examination to ensure that their cardiovascular system is suitable to undertake strenuous exercise.

YOUR INVESTMENT Program fees will vary. Fee information is available in the online Calendar at lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link to your program and then click on “Your Investment”.

103 Practical Nursing

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3211 • [email protected] Chair of Practical Nursing: Debra Bardock 403.320.3403 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW HEALTH REQUIREMENTS Year 2 Term I The Practical Nursing diploma will train Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule students to the Practical Nurse full scope of health requirements (form provided by NSG 251 Health and Illness (Theory III) 3 of practice as identifi ed by the College of the Practical Nursing program). Students NSG 252 Senior Nursing Skills Licensed Practical Nurses of Alberta. are responsible for ensuring that health (Practice III) 3 requirements are kept current throughout the NSG 253 PN Clinical III 4 The 1830-hour program incorporates program. Failure to do so may affect work- NSG 256 Pathophysiology 3 the concept of team work, collaboration, site based experience. PSY 170 Human Development across leadership, psychosocial issues and lifespan the Lifespan (DL) 3 in a variety of settings - acute care, long-term Applicants must possess the ability to PSY 251 Mental Health Nursing 3 care and community through theory, lab and perform the physical and mental/emotional 19 clinical experiences. duties of the Practical Nursing Program. Applicants may be required to provide a Year 2 Term II The Practical Nursing program consists of physician’s medical report at the request of four semesters plus a two month full scope the program and/or have an assessment at HTH 255 Professional Growth 3 practicum at the completion of the program. the work-site to determine suitability for the NSG 257 Health and Families program. (Theory IV) 4 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES NSG 258 Full Scope of Practice Skills Your Practical Nursing Diploma will prepare YOUR INVESTMENT (Practice IV) 2 you for work in a wide range of health care Program fees will vary. Fee information NSG 259 PN Clinical IV 5 fi elds, from acute-care to long-term care is available in the online Calendar at NSG 267 Community Nursing 3 and from large public health agencies to lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link SOC 167 Sociology of Aging 3 individual home care. to your program and then click on “Your 20 Investment”. Practical Nurses work closely with other Year 2 Term III health care team members and play an CURRICULUM increasing role in primary healthcare, NSG 276 Focused Practicum 2 focusing on illness and injury prevention, Year 1 Term I Credits NSG 277 Comprehensive Practicum 4 health protection and health restoration. 6 BIO 156 Wellness & Health Issues 3 ADMISSIONS BIO 160 Anatomy & Physiology I 4 (DL) indicates courses available through New intakes are in September of each year. ENG 150 English Composition (DL) 3 Distributed Learning. OR ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ENG 190 Intro to Language & Literature 3 Applicants are required to have an Alberta COM 162 Interpersonal Relationships General Requirements High School Diploma or equivalent including: & Communication (DL) 3 All specialized courses in one term must be 60 percent minimum in English Language NSG 145 Health & the Practical Nurse successfully completed to advance to the Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 70 percent in ELA 30-2, (Theory I) 3 next term’s specialty courses. 60 percent Pure Math 20 or 70 percent in NSG 146 Basic Nursing Skills (Practice I) 3 Applied Math 20, 60 percent minimum in NSG 147 PN Clinical I 1 To remain in good standing, students must Biology 30, or equivalents. 20 attain a minimum term grade point average (GPA) of 1.7 in all Arts and Science courses A current CPR Health Care Provider Level Year 1 Term II and a minimum term GPA of 2.3 in all Certifi cate is required prior to clinical. nursing related courses (NSG, HTH). BIO 161 Anatomy & Physiology II 4 NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS NSG 148 Health and Individuals Applicants are advised they will be required (Theory II) 3 GRADUATION to provide a Criminal Record Check before NSG 149 Intermediate Nursing Skills To be eligible to graduate, students must entering the clinical component of the (Practice II) 3 attain a passing overall program grade point program. The existence of a criminal record NSG 154 PN Clinical II 4 average (GPA) of 1.7. may affect the clinical placement, program NSG 159 Pharmacology 3 completion, professional licensure and NSG 167 Health Assessment 4 Upon successful completion of all program employment prospects. The consequences 21 requirements, students are awarded a of a prior criminal conviction will be Diploma in Practical Nursing. Graduates are examined and discussed on an individual eligible for licensure through the College of basis. Licensed Practical Nurses of Alberta upon payment of a fee and successfully passing a national practical nurse examination.

104 lethbridgecollege.ca

Professional Golf Management

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3343 • [email protected] Chair: Rita Halma 403.320.3229 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Suzanne Flannigan 403.320.3213

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Apprentice Professional CERTIFICATE OF SPECIALIZATION Work hard, play hard – golf professionals • Teaching Professional (IN PROFESSIONAL GOLF are in high demand, with the sport as one • Pro Shop Manager MANAGEMENT) of the fastest growing recreational activities in North America. Our Professional Golf ADMISSIONS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Management program will give you the skills New learners are accepted into the Applicants are required to have successfully you need to turn your passion for golf into a Business Administration - Professional completed a two-year diploma in Business rewarding career. Golf Management Diploma or Certifi cate Administration with a major in Professional of Specialization in Professional Golf Golf Management. If not, a Business We offer a two-year diploma in Business Management for the Fall (September) or Administration graduate will be required to Administration - Professional Golf Winter (January) terms. take PGM-160, PGM- 162, PGM-264 and Management, and a post-diploma certifi cate PGM-161 before completing their certifi cate. in Professional Golf Management. Fully Note on Winter Intake: While every effort accredited and endorsed by the Canadian will be made to allow Winter entrants to YOUR INVESTMENT Professional Golf Association (CPGA), our graduate within two years, learners may Program fees will vary. Fee information program is one of only eight in Canada need to take evening, or Summer classes to is available in the online Calendar at and is partnered with Evergreen Golf do so. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Centre to offer students year round golfi ng into programs outside of normal intakes. to your program and then click on “Your accessibility. Our intensive, competitive Interested applicants are considered on Investment”. Membership to Evergreen Golf classes give you a comprehensive grounding an individual basis for acceptance into a Centre is available to all Professional Golf in business, marketing, management, retail program in an alternative or modifi ed format. Management students free of charge. merchandising and sales. You’ll balance this business knowledge with a focus on BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - the game and gain valuable insight into PROFESSIONAL GOLF MANAGEMENT CURRICULUM topics ranging from swing analysis and DIPLOMA player development to turf management and BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION - tournament operations. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS PROFESSIONAL GOLF MANAGEMENT Applicants are required to have an Alberta DIPLOMA All of our PGM instructors are CPGA Class High School Diploma which includes English A Professionals and we have over 10 years Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 50% or ELA 30-2 Faculty Contact: Dave English 403.320.3343 of experience preparing students for careers 50% and Math 30A (Applied) or Math 30P in professional golf management. We’ll (Pure) 50% or equivalent. Year I Term I Credits make sure you’re ready to demonstrate your skills and abilities before sending you ALTERNATE ADMISSION/ADVANCE BUS170 Introduction to Management 4 on a 300-hour practicum. In this real world STANDING BUS 178 Information Management environment, you’ll demonstrate that your Learners seeking alternate admissions/ and Applications 3 golf and business skills go hand-in-hand to advance standing to the program should BUS 269 Management Communications 3 meet your customers’ needs. contact a Lethbridge College Advisor who MKT 188 Introduction to Marketing 5 will help them develop an individualized PGM 152 Golf Skills 2 At the end of the program, you’ll have learning plan. PGM 160 Golf Management I 3 developed a comprehensive understanding PGM 161 Golf Management II 2 of golf as a business, as well as a game. And NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS 22 you’ll make golf more than just your sport; Male applicants must have a Royal you’ll make it your career! Canadian Golfers’ Association (RCGA) Year I Term II certifi ed handicap of 6 or under and must CAREER OPPORTUNITIES submit a signed RCGA handicap card. BUS 166 Business Law 3 Graduates of the Lethbridge College Female applicants require a certifi ed ECN 180 Microeconomics 4 Professional Golf Management program handicap of 14 or under. Applicants may ENG 156 Business Writing (DL) 3 have found employment across Canada – also be required to submit computer score MKT 279 Applied Sales 3 from Vancouver Island to Newfoundland. differentials to confi rm handicap level. A PGM162 Golf Management III 2 Your Professional Golf Management playing test may be required upon request. PRS 155 Speech (DL) 3 qualifi cation will prepare you for a wide 18 variety of golf industry opportunities, All students of the Professional Golf including: Management program will be required to play in a two-day scholarship tournament at • Director of Golf the start of the Fall term. • Head Golf Professional • Associate Professional • General Manager

105 Professional Golf Management Continued

School of Business YearYear I TermTerm IIIIII GRADUATION Upon successful completion of the diploma PGMPGM 140 Internship I ((300300 hours)hours) 3 and post-diploma certiﬁ cate, students may Find out more about other programs offered in this apply for advanced credit of two years school: YearYear II TermTerm I toward the CPGA Apprentice Training • Business Administration p. 37 Program in Club Repairs and Rules of Golf. • Computer Information Technology p. 52 ACCACC 170 Financial AccountingAccounting I 4 Students graduating from this program must • Ofﬁ ce Administration p. 100 BUSBUS 268 OrganizationalOrganizational Behaviour 5 also complete applicable CPGA playing ECNECN 253253 Macroeconomics 5 ability requirements, three CPGA business MKTMKT 288 MarketingMarketing ManagementManagement 5 seminars and three apprenticeship summers PGMPGM 263 GGolfolf ManaManagementgement IV 3 (credit for two summers may be earned for 22 PGM 140 and PGM 240 [Internship I and II] if the students register with the CPGA concurrently) prior to writing their CPGA YearYear II TermTerm IIII Class A exam. Successful completion of all criteria would allow students to write the ACCACC 175 Financial AccountingAccounting II 4 Class A exam. Students who complete the BUSBUS 181 SalesSales SystemsSystems 3 CPGA entry play ability test are required to MKTMKT 277 Merchandise Administration 5 pay CPGA initiation and annual fees. Fee MKTMKT 290 MarketingMarketing Research 5 amounts vary by province. PGMPGM 264 GGolfolf ManaManagementgement V 3 BUSBUS 177 Entrepreneurship 3 TRANSFERS 23 University of Lethbridge Graduates of Lethbridge College’s YearYear II TermTerm IIIIII Business Administration – Professional Golf Management Diploma are eligible to receive PGMPGM 240 Internship II ((300300 hourshours)) 3 two years credit towards the University of Lethbridge’s Bachelor of Management CERTIFICATE OF SPECIALIZATION IN Degree, provided that you have maintained PROFESSIONALPROFESSIONAL GOLF MANAGEMENT a cumulative grade point average of at least (POST-DIPLOMA)(POST-DIPLOMA) 3.0 while in the Lethbridge College diploma program. This arrangement is known as a Year III Term I C Creditsredits 2+2 agreement. It is highly recommended, but not mandatory, that BUS292 and BUSBUS 298 Human Resource ManagementManagement 5 STS250 are included in your Lethbridge PED 155 Applied AnatomyAnatomy and College diploma. Contact the University and/ KinesioloKinesiologygy (DL)(DL) 6 or your Lethbridge College Advisor for further PGMPGM 330 Food and BeveraBeveragege information. Visit www.uleth.ca for more Mana Managementgement I (DL)(DL) 2 information. PGMPGM 340 GGolfolf ManaManagementgement VI 2 WHSWHS 152 Workplace Health and SafetySafety 2 17

YearYear III TermTerm IIII

BUSBUS 176 Financial PlanningPlanning (DL)(DL) 4 MKTMKT 283 AdvertisingAdvertising 5 PGMPGM 320 TurTurff ManaManagementgement (DL)(DL) 2 PGMPGM 335 Food and BeveraBeveragege Mana Managementgement II (DL)(DL) 2 PGMPGM 345 GGolfolf ManaManagementgement VII 2 15

(DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough Distance Learning.Learning.

106 lethbridgecollege.ca

Renewable Resource Management

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.382.6991 • [email protected] Chair: Terry Kowalchuk 403.320.3232 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: Sandy Vanderburgh 403.317.3597

PROGRAM OVERVIEW 20 Applied. Applicants who do not have at In some cases, a tent may be required, but Collecting and interpreting environmental least 70 percent in ELA 30-1 and Math 20A if so, notifi cation will be given in the fi eld information forms the foundation of natural or equivalents will be required to complete studies orientations. resource management. Our rigorous placement testing in Reading, Sentence two-year diploma program in Renewable Skills and basic Math. Further consideration OTHER REQUIRED SUPPLIES Resource Management will provide you with of the application will incorporate the results Available from the Lethbridge College the applied science skills you’ll need to make of the test. Students may be admitted without Bookstore: Lab coat, safety glasses, a career in the sustainable management of the Chemistry requirement, but Chemistry Douglas protractor, fi eld notebook/surveyors natural resources. 20 must be completed prior to registration in book, 16X power hand lens, dissection kit, Year II, Term I. Basic computer literacy in the metric triangular scale with 1:20, 1:25, 1:50, Our intensive blend of theory and hands- use of the Internet, e-mail, word processing, 1:75, 1:100 and 1:125 graduations on practice gives you a comprehensive and fundamental processes of spreadsheets grounding in fi elds ranging from zoology is required for the student to be successful Available from sporting goods/hardware and plant taxonomy to statistics, aerial in this program. Students lacking these store: Nexus Type 115 or Silva Ranger photography interpretation and Geographic skills are strongly urged to complete a basic compass (with declination adjustment Information Systems (GIS). You’ll understand computer literacy course prior to entering this screw), clipboard, fl oppy disks, 100MB or the application of science and be ready program. higher USB memory stick, chest waders, to demonstrate your abilities through scientifi c calculator ($15 - $30 range), 12 extensive fi eldwork each term. In the fi eld ALTERNATE ADMISSION or more colored pencils (pencil crayons), studies, you’ll assess fi sh populations by gill Applicants lacking the academic admission binoculars (8 X 40 or 10 X 50 magnifi cation) netting, use telemetry to measure wildlife requirements will be considered on an For more information concerning supplies, movements, use GIS to interpret grazing individual basis dependent upon obtained contact Dan Slezak at 403.320.3302. patterns and learn how to apply forest skills and experience. They must, however, silvicultural practices, among other things. achieve a minimum 65th percentile in Our diploma program gives you the tools to Reading, Sentence Skills, Arithmetic and CURRICULUCURRICULUMM build a successful career in the sustainable Elementary Algebra sections of placement management of natural resources. testing or equivalent. Year I Term I C Creditsredits

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES Employers often require that students hold a ENENGG 155 S Scienticientifi c & Technical WritinWritingg 3 Our diploma program will prepare you for valid Standard First Aid or Wilderness First *GEO*GEO 166 PhPhysicalysical GeologyGeology 5 work in a wide variety of environmental and Aid Certifi cate and/or a CPR Certifi cate to *BIO*BIO 163 Terrestrial EcoloEcologygy 5 natural resource management areas: be eligible for seasonal and/or permanent *BIO*BIO 164 Plant TaxonomTaxonomyy 5 employment. *RRM*RRM 153153 SoilSoil Resources 5 • Government Agencies STSSTS 225555 S Statisticaltatistical Methods 3 • Private Environmental Organizations (Non- Students are encouraged to obtain these 26 Governmental Organizations) certifi cates either prior to entering the • Environmental Consulting Firms program or during the fi rst term. YearYear I TermTerm IIII • Natural Resource Industries (oil and gas, mining and forestry) YOUR INVESTMENT *BIO*BIO 269 Aquatic EcoloEcologygy 5 Program fees will vary. Fee information *RRM*RRM 196 Map & Aerial Photo ADMISSIONS is available in the online Calendar at Interpretation 5 New students are usually accepted into lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link *BIO*BIO 168 ZooloZoologygy 5 the Renewable Resource Management to your program and then click on “Your LAW 161161 Introduction to Natural two-year diploma program for the Fall term Investment”. Resource Law 5 (September) only, but students wishing to *RRM*RRM 158158 Water Resources 5 enroll in January may be accommodated. Environmental Science students will be 2525 Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted responsible for additional fees to cover the into programs outside of normal intakes. cost of fi eld studies. YearYear II TermTerm I Interested applicants are considered on an individual basis by the Chair for acceptance SUPPLIES FOR FIELD STUDIES *ENV*ENV 255255 Land UseUse Practices 3 into a program in an alternative or modifi ed Students on fi eld studies are expected to ENV 275 Environmental SamplingSampling format. provide their own equipment and supplies. and Forensics 5 This includes: warm sleeping bag, back pack *RRM*RRM 259 Principles ofof FisheryFishery ScienceScience 5 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS or duffl e bag for gear, adequate clothing for *RRM*RRM 264 Forest ManagementManagement 5 Applicants to this option are required to cold/wet weather, hiking boots, binoculars, RRMRRM 298 ConservationConservation BiologyBiology 3 have an Alberta High School Diploma or cooking and eating gear (may be shared), CPLCPL 155155 Natural Resource CareerCareer equivalent with successful completion in food, fi eld notebook, compass, and hip or Enhancement 3 each of: English Language Arts (ELA) chest waders. 24 30-1, Chemistry 20, Biology 20 and Math

107 Renewable Resource Management Continued

YearYear II TermTerm IIII TRANSFERS The Northern Alberta Institute of University of Lethbridge Technology (NAIT) GEOGEO 165 G Geographiceographic InInformationformation Graduates of the two-year diploma Graduates of the Renewable Resource SySystemsstems 4 program in Environmental Assessment Management Diploma program with a *RRM*RRM 256 RangelandRangeland Habitat and Restoration or Renewable Resource minimum grade point average of C+ or ManaManagementgement 5 Management receive two years credit 2.3 on standard grading scales will be *RRM*RRM 258 Principles ofof WildlifeWildlife BiologyBiology 5 toward a post-diploma Bachelor of Science conditionally accepted into the BTech RRMRRM 281 Water QualityQuality 4 Degree in Environmental Science from the (Bachelor of Technology in Technology *RRM*RRM 299 Fire ManagementManagement 5 University of Lethbridge. Students who Management) degree program. Applicants LAW 265265 Introduction to obtain Lethbridge College’s Fish and Wildlife for transfer of credit under this Agreement Environmental Law 3 Technology Post-Diploma Certifi cate are shall complete all of the requested 26 eligible for a half year extra credit toward the application procedures of NAIT including, but degree. not limited to, written statements outlining * Indicates courses with a fi eld studystudy University of Alberta personal objectives, career goals, letters of ccomponentomponent Graduates of the two-year diploma in reference, work experience and community Environmental Assessment and Restoration involvement, and such other information SSpecialpecial note about fi eld studies: StudentsStudents or Renewable Resource Management as may be requested and used by NAIT to are ooff-campusff-campus completincompletingg fi eld studies receive two years full credit toward a Post- determine whether the applicant complies duringduring most ofof SeptemberSeptember and April. Due Diploma Bachelor of Science degree in with the requirements as set out or intended. to schedulingscheduling confl icts it is extremelyextremely Environmental and Conservation Sciences, Royal Roads University difdiffi cucultlt ttoo ttakeake YYearear I aandnd YYearear II coucoursesrses Land Reclamation program. Students must Royal Roads University agrees to ssimultaneously.imultaneously. meet the U of A’s entrance requirements. facilitate the block transfer of students University of Montana from Lethbridge College with appropriate SStudentstudents are advised to complete all Year Graduates of the two-year Renewable prerequisite qualifi cations into the 3rd year I courses bebeforefore proceedinproceedingg to Year II, and Resource Management Diploma program of the Bachelor of Science in Environmental all Year II courses bebeforefore enrollingenrolling in Year III may receive credit toward a Bachelor Science Degree. Applicants from Lethbridge ccoursesourses (for(for related post-diploma certifi cate of Science Degree in Wildlife Biology College who have successfully completed or dedegreegree programs).programs). In the Fall term, fi eld (Terrestrial or Aquatic Biology options) from the Renewable Resource Management sstudiestudies are in September,September, while in the Winter the University of Montana in Missoula, Diploma program plus at least one term, fi eld studies are scheduled in April. Montana. Credit depends on academic university level chemistry course and at Field studies schedules are dependent on performance, course selection and approval least one university level math course mmanyany variables and maymay require students of course equivalencies by the U of M’s (either calculus or linear algebra) will be to participate on weekends or on statutorstatutoryy School of Forestry. eligible for admission to RRU with full block hholidays.olidays. All programprogram fi eld studies are University of Northern British Columbia transfer, provided all other entrance criteria mmandatory.andatory. Graduates of the two-year Renewable are met and space remains available in the Resource Management Diploma program Bachelor of Science program. Entrance to all may receive up to 1.5 years credit toward programs at RRU is on a competitive basis. GRADUATION a Bachelor of Science Degree in Natural Upon successful completion of all program Resource Management at the University School of Environmental Sciences requirements, students are awarded a of Northern British Columbia (UNBC). Renewable Resource Management Diploma. Credit depends on academic performance, course selection and approval of course Find out more about other programs offered in this equivalencies by the UNBC Program Leader school: of Forestry for degree specializations • Conservation Enforcement - (Forestry, Fisheries, Wildlife and Outdoor Bachelor of Applied Science p. 54 Recreation). • Environmental Assessment and Restoration p. 72 Athabasca University • Fish and Wildlife Technology p. 82 Graduates of the two-year Renewable • Natural Resource Compliance p. 94 Resource Management Diploma program receive 30 credits towards a three or four year Bachelor of Management (Post- Diploma) Degree or 60 credits towards a Bachelor of Science (Post-Diploma) Degree.

108 lethbridgecollege.ca

Special Needs Educational Assistant

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3393 • [email protected] Chair: Wendy Weninger 403.329.7254 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW • Respite Care to Parents of Children YOUR INVESTMENT Our innovative and very accessible Special with Special Needs Program fees will vary. Fee information Needs Educational Assistant two-year • Summer Camps and Summer Recreation is available in the online Calendar at diploma program will give you the skills you Programs for Children with Special Needs lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link need to help students with special needs to your program and then click on “Your reach their full educational potential. ADMISSIONS Investment”. Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted If you enjoy working with children and into programs outside of normal intakes. CURRICULUMCURRICULUM adolescents with special needs and would Interested applicants are considered on like to help teachers provide a healthy an individual basis for acceptance into a NOTE:NOTE: Distributed LearningLearning students followfollow learning environment, this is the profession program in an alternative or modifi ed format. termterm scschedule.hedule. for you. You can begin studying for this rewarding career in schools and educational ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Year I Term I C Creditsredits settings full-time and part-time, on-campus Applicants are required to have a High and through distance learning. Classes School Diploma or equivalent, with a EDU 151 Role ofof the SpecialSpecial Needs are available during the day, evening and minimum of 60% in English Language Arts Educational Assistant (DL)(DL) 2 weekends. (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2. Applicants not having ENGENG 150 CompositionComposition (DL)(DL) 3 the admission requirements can apply as OR We give you a comprehensive, practical Alternate Admission candidates. To provide ENGENG 190 Introduction to LanguageLanguage introduction to topics ranging from an the basis for acceptance, one or more of & Literature 3 overview of children with special needs who the following may be requested: offi cial COMCOM 162 Interpersonal Relationships have developmental disabilities, assisting documents to verify academic history, an & CCommunicationommunication (DL)(DL) 3 with language arts/math, applied behavioural interview, an admission placement test or a OR analysis and the role of the Special Needs writing sample. CYCCYC 157157 Foundations ofof CYCCYC Educational Assistant. Other topics covered CCommunicationsommunications 3 are how to work with children who have fetal Applicants are required to have successfully PSYPSY 170 Human Development across alcohol syndrome, speech and language completed a one-year Special Needs The LifespanLifespan (DL)(DL) 3 problems, sensory impairments, behaviour Educational Assistant Certifi cate or CYCCYC 169 Observation,Observation, ReportingReporting disorders, and children with English as a equivalent from a recognized college in & Assessment 3 second language. You’ll also spend time in order to enter the Special Needs Educational OR workplace-based fi eld placements, testing Assistant Diploma program (Year II). RSPRSP 153153 ObservationObservation and your skills and abilities in a real world Assessment (DL)(DL) 3 environment. At the end of the program, NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ECEECE 159 ChildrenChildren with SpecialSpecial you’ll have a valuable combination of theory Applicants are advised that they will be Needs (DL)(DL) 3 and hands-on experience preparing you required to provide a Criminal Record FWK 160 Field Placement I (DL)(DL) 2 to work in a wide range of educational Check and an Alberta Children’s Services 19 settings. Become a Special Needs Intervention Record Check (IR Check) Educational Assistant and experience the before entering the fi eldwork experience YearYear I TermTerm II satisfaction of helping children with a range component of the program. The existence of of exceptionalities overcome obstacles a criminal record may affect work experience and achieve their learning potential within placement, program completion and SOC 150 Multicultural SeminarSeminar (DL)(DL) 1 inclusive classrooms and in specialized employment prospects. The consequences OR rooms. of a prior criminal record will be examined SOC 273273 Multicultural Issues 3 and discussed on an individual basis. On- EDU 155 Math Instructional SupportSupport (DL)(DL) 3 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES campus students are required to complete EDU 156 LanguageLanguage Arts Instructional Your Special Needs expertise will be in high practicums in elementary, junior/middle SSupportupport (DL)(DL) 3 demand and employment opportunities and/or senior high schools. Every effort is HSPHSP 150150 Foundations ofof Human include: made to provide placements in Lethbridge SServiceservices (DL)(DL) 2 or close surrounding towns; however, FASFAS 150 Introduction to FAFASDSD (DL)(DL) 1 • Elementary, Middle and High Schools some placements may occur in outlying HSPHSP 151 FamilyFamily SystemsSystems and • Kindergartens & Preschools communities. Development (DL)(DL) 3 • Recreation and Community Centres Students who are completing practicum FWK 163 Field Placement II (DL)(DL) 2 • Before & After School Programs through distributed learning may complete CYCCYC 163 Behaviour ManagementManagement 2 • School Lunch Programs these practicums in their own communities or ANDAND • Community Support Workers nearby areas. EDU 152 Individual ProgramProgram Plans in • Early Intervention Programs SSchoolschools 1 • Hutterite Colonies OR • Vocational Support Workers RSPRSP 155 Applied Behaviour • Library Assistants AnalysisAnalysis (DL)(DL) 3 • Private Schools 18 to 20

109 Special Needs Educational Assistant Continued

School of Human Services Year II Term I Credits GRADUATION Upon successful completion of all program PSY 250 Educational Psychology (DL) 3 requirements, students are awarded a Find out more about other programs offered in this EDU 266 Sensory Impairments* 3 Special Needs Educational Assistant school: EDU 255 Educational Trends* 2 Diploma. • Child and Youth Care p. 41 CPU 253 Technology in Education * 3 • Disability and Community Rehabilitation p. 65 HTH 250 Health Issues in Education * 3 • Early Childhood Education p. 67 FWK 260 Field Placement III (DL) 3 • Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education p. 78 17

Year II Term II

EDU 250 Speech & Language Development (DL) 3 EDU 252 ESL Instructional Support * 3 EDU 260 Positive Behavioural Supports * 3 FAS 155 Intervention Strategies for FASD (DL) 3 FWK 262 Field Placement IV 3 Elective 3 18

* indicates courses currently under development through Distributed Learning.

Electives Students may select from the following courses. Choices are dependent on scheduling. Other electives may be chosen with permission prior to enrolment and completion of the course.

CYC 175 Therapeutic Interventions 3 CYC 272 Family Violence 3 ECE 270 Inclusion of Children with Special Needs (DL) 3 ENG 285 Children’s Literature (DL) 3 HSP 155 Introduction to Art Therapy 3 NAT 155 Native Cultural Awareness 3 PSY 179 Adolescent Development 3 PSY 253 Child Psychopathology 3 PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology (DL) 3 PSY 277 Addictions 3 SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology (DL) 3 SOC 260 Social Problems 3 SOC 263 Diverse Cultural Communities 3 SOC 270 Sociology of the Family 3 SOC 276 Sexuality 3

(DL) Course available through Distributed Learning

110 lethbridgecollege.ca

Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.320.3211 • [email protected] Chair: Gloria Cormican 403.320.3321 • [email protected] • Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ADMISSIONS Students may be required to relocate to Our population is aging and those with New students are admitted into the complete the fi eld work placements. the skills to work with seniors are in huge Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology demand. If the opportunity to use leisure campus-based program in the Fall YOUR INVESTMENT and recreational activities to enhance the (September) term. Qualifi ed applicants may Program fees will vary. Fee information quality of their lives is appealing to you, our be admitted into programs outside of normal is available in the online Calendar at two-year diploma program in Therapeutic intakes. Interested applicants are considered lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Recreation - Gerontology will prepare you for on an individual basis for acceptance into a to your program and then click on “Your a rewarding career working with the elderly. program in an alternative or modifi ed format. Investment”.

You can study on campus, by Distributed ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Learning or customize your learning to suit Applicants are required to have an Alberta CURRICULUCURRICULUMM your personal needs by using both delivery High School Diploma or equivalent with a methods. You will learn how to plan and minimum 65 per cent in English Language Year I Term I C Creditsredits deliver therapeutic recreation services Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 or equivalent and which include functional intervention, leisure 50 per cent in Biology 30. Students lacking COCOMM 162 Interpersonal Relationships education and recreation participation Biology 30 requirements are required to and CCommunicationsommunications (DL)(DL) 3 programming. This knowledge will be complete BIO-149 Introduction to Physiology CCPUPU 151 Introduction to ComputersComputers (DL)(DL) 3 balanced with a thorough understanding in their fi rst term. ENENGG 150 CCompositionomposition (DL)(DL) 3 of the sociological, physiological and PPSYSY 177 PsPsychologyychology ofof AgingAging (DL)(DL) 3 psychological process of aging. ALTERNATE ADMISSION TRTRGG 155 Introduction to Therapeutic Applicants are required to have a minimum Recreation (DL)(DL) 2 You’ll have the opportunity to apply theory 60th percentile in Reading and 50th HSHSPP 150150 Foundations ofof Human and practice through two 320-hour fi eldwork percentile on Sentence Skills sections of SServiceservices (DL)(DL) 2 placements. Together with your faculty placement testing. Students that lack Biology TRTRGG 164 Leadership TheorTheoryy (DL)(DL) 3 advisors, you can select placements 30 entrance requirement are required to BIBIOO 141499 Introduction to where you will be supervised by a qualifi ed complete BIO-149 Introduction to Physiology Ph Physiologyysiology * (DL)(DL) 2 Therapeutic Recreation professional – and in their fi rst term. 21 students have found placements from Victoria all the way to Newfoundland! NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS * Required ifif the student does not have Applicants will be required to provide a BioloBiologygy 30 or equivalentequivalent At the end of the program, you’ll have Criminal Record Check, Standard First a diploma in Therapeutic Recreation - Aid and CPR (level C) before entering the YYearear I TermTerm IIII Gerontology, a comprehensive, practical fi eldwork experience component of the understanding of therapeutic recreation program. The existence of a criminal record BIBIOO 152 PhPhysiologyysiology ofof AgingAging (DL)(DL) 3 and gerontology and the skills required for may affect work experience placement, COCOMM 170 HelpinHelpingg Relationships (DL)(DL) 3 immediate employment! Get ready for a program completion and employment CCPUPU 251 ComputerComputer Applications (DL)(DL) 3 successful career enhancing the lives of prospects. The consequences of a prior TRTRGG 160 Therapeutic Recreation seniors by coming to Lethbridge College. conviction will be examined and discussed Pro Programgram PlanninPlanningg I (DL)(DL) 3 on an individual basis. SOC 167 SociologySociology ofof AgingAging 3 CAREER OPPORTUNITIES TRTRGG 199 Field Work ((320320 hourshours)) (DL)(DL) 3 Your diploma in Therapeutic Recreation - HEALTH REQUIREMENTS 1188 Gerontology will prepare you to work in many Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule fi elds, including: of health requirements (form provided by YYearear II TermTerm I the Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology • Mental Health Facilities program). Students are responsible for TRTRGG 253 Assessment ((DL)DL) 4 • Adult Day Programs ensuring that health requirements are kept TRTRGG 256 Therapeutic Intervention 3 • Respite Care Facilities current throughout the program. Failure to do TRTRGG 260 Therapeutic Recreation • Special Assessment Units so will affect fi eldwork placements. Pro Programgram PlanninPlanningg II 3 • Long-Term Care Facilities TRTRGG 268 Therapeutic Leisure ProProgramsgrams 9 • Senior Recreation Facilities Note: Campus-based students must 19 • Adult Living Facilities complete fi eld work on a full-time basis • Hospitals from April 1st to May 31st; students may • Acute Care Facilities be required to relocate to complete the • Assisted Living Facilities fi eld work placements. Distributed Learning • Senior Centres students must complete fi eld work on a full- • Friendship Centres time basis. • Group Homes • Senior’s Holiday Resorts • Senior Camps

111 Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology Continued

School of Health Sciences YearYear II TermTerm II TRANSFERS University of Calgary TRGTRG 251 SSeminareminar (DL)(DL) 2 Graduates will be considered for entrance Find out more about other programs offered in this TRGTRG 263 AAgingging Disorders and into U of C’s 10 full course equivalent school: Disabilities (DL)(DL) 3 Bachelor of Community Rehabilitation • Exercise Science p. 74 TRGTRG 264 CCommunityommunity Resources 3 program. • Massage Therapy p. 91 TRGTRG 265 Fitness fforor the AAgingging ((DL)DL) 3 Athabasca University • Nursing Education in Southwestern TRGTRG 270 Administrative Practices (DL)(DL) 3 Diploma graduates may receive a block Alberta (NESA) p. 95 TRGTRG 200 Field Work ((320320 hourshours)) (DL)(DL) 3 transfer of 60 credits (2+2 years) toward • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree p. 99 17 the 120-credit Bachelor of Professional Arts • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing p. 102 • Practical Nursing p. 104 in Human Services Degree at Athabasca • Unit Clerk p. 113 (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough University. Distributed Learning.Learning. Diploma graduates may receive a block transfer of 30 credits towards the three or four year Bachelor of Management (Post- Diploma) programs. GRADUATION University of Regina Upon successful completion of all Diploma graduates receive a block two- requirements, students are awarded a year transfer to the University of Regina’s Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology Bachelor of Kinesiology. A mathematics Diploma. requirement may be required if missing. University of Lethbridge Lethbridge College graduates may apply their diploma to four courses or 12 unspeciﬁ ed credits in the Faculty of Arts and Science at the U of L.

112 lethbridgecollege.ca

Unit Clerk Training

Program Ofﬁ ce: 403.329.7230 • [email protected] Ofﬁ ce of the Dean: 403.320.3464

PROGRAM OVERVIEW ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CURRICULUMCURRICULUM Do you enjoy working with people in a fast- Applicants are required to have an Alberta CCreditsredits paced and team-based environment? Would High School Diploma or equivalent with you like to develop an exciting career helping English Language Arts (ELA) 30-1 or 30-2 at COMCOM 162 Interpersonal Relationships others in a medical setting? Our intensive 60 per cent or 65 per cent respectively. Proof and CommunicationsCommunications (DL)(DL) 3 Unit Clerk Training program will give you the of typing a minimum of 30 words per minute ENGENG 142 EnEnglishglish forfor Allied Health foundation you need to build a career in this is also required. and Wellness 3 important fi eld. CPUCPU 151 Introduction to ComputersComputers (DL)(DL) 3 NON-ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS CSPCSP 150 Medical Terminology/AnatomyTerminology/Anatomy Unit Clerks transcribe and process doctors’ Applicants are advised they will be required and PhysiologyPhysiology 4 orders as well as manage patient records. to provide a Criminal Record Check HTHHTH 121 Hospital Administration 2 The Unit Clerk plays a crucial role in health before entering the practicum experience HTHHTH 125 Patient’s Records/TranscribingRecords/Transcribing care, helping doctors communicate with component of the program. The existence OOrdersrders 3 nurses and ensuring that patients receive of a criminal record may affect practicum HTHHTH 131 Unit ClerkClerk Practicum (3(3 weeks)weeks) 2 the care they need. We’ll give you a practical placement, program completion and HTHHTH 141 Health CareCare BillingBilling 2 introduction to topics ranging from medical employment prospects. The consequences 22 terminology, anatomy and physiology to of a prior criminal conviction will be hospital administration, transcribing orders examined and discussed on an individual (DL)(DL) indicates courses available throughthrough and health care billing. basis. Cost of a Criminal Record Check is Distance Learning.Learning. approximately $55. After only 20 weeks including a three week practicum, you can take your Credential HEALTH REQUIREMENTS GRADUATION of Academic Achievement for Unit Clerk Applicants must provide a specifi c schedule Upon successful completion of all program Training and begin your career in health care of health requirements (form provided requirements, students are eligible for a administration! by the Unit Clerk program). Students Credential of Academic Achievement in Unit are responsible for ensuring that health Clerk Training. CAREER OPPORTUNITIES requirements are kept current throughout the Your Credential of Academic Achievement program. Failure to do so may affect work- for Unit Clerk Training will prepare you for site based experience. School of Health Sciences entry-level positions in a variety of medical environments, including: Applicants must possess the ability to perform the physical and mental/emotional Find out more about other programs offered in this • Hospitals duties of the Unit Clerk Training Program. school: • Doctor’s Practices • Exercise Science p. 74 • Massage Therapy p. 91 • Medical Clinics Applicants may be required to provide a • Nursing Education in Southwestern • Private Health Care Providers physician’s medical report at the request of Alberta (NESA) p. 95 • Long-Term Care Facilities the program and/or have an assessment at • Bachelor of Nursing - After Degree p. 99 • Respite Facilities the work site to determine suitability for the • Perioperative Post-Diploma Nursing p. 102 • Hospice Facilities program. • Practical Nursing p. 104 • Health Care Agencies • Therapeutic Recreation - Gerontology p. 111 YOUR INVESTMENT ADMISSIONS Program fees will vary. Fee information Qualifi ed applicants may be admitted is available in the online Calendar at into programs outside of normal intakes. lethbridgecollege.ca. Please select the link Interested applicants are considered on to your program and then click on “Your an individual basis for acceptance into Investment”. a program in an alternative or modifi ed format. New students are accepted into the Unit Clerk Training program for the Winter (January) term only. Total number of admissions is based on employment demand.

113 114 Course Descriptions 115 by today’s top employers. you get the knowledge and skills required you get the knowledge Our continually updated curricula ensure Our continually updated Course Descriptions

ABOUT THE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 300 - 399 Indicated to the right of each course title is the number of credits Includes courses normally offered In the third year of a college assigned to the course. Any discrepancy between the credits listed program. All courses In this classifi cation are considered to be senior on the following pages and those listed in the specifi c program courses in the College curricula. profi les are not intended. In case of a discrepancy, the program profi le is considered correct. • 300 - 349 Includes courses that normally transfer to technical institutes and colleges. Students wishing to transfer should refer to the Alberta Transfer Guide that lists all course and program transfer agreements between • 350 - 399 Includes courses that normally carry elective or subject post-secondary institutions in Alberta. Northwest Territories and credit at universities. Nunavut. The Guide and other transfer information are available online at www.acat.gov.ab.ca or by contacting: 400 - 499 Includes courses normally offered In the fourth year of a four year Alberta Council on Admissions and Transfer college program. All courses in this classifi cation are considered to 909, 9942 - 108 Street be senior courses in the College curricula. Edmonton, AB T5K 2J5 Ph. 780.422.9021 or 310.0000 toll free • 400 - 449 Includes courses that normally transfer to technical [email protected] institutes and college.

CREDIT COURSE CLASSIFICATION • 450 - 499 Includes courses that normally carry elective or subject Lethbridge College uses a course naming convention to credit at universities. systematically number and classify curriculum. Credit course identifi ers consist of a prefi x made up of three alpha characters designed to identify the discipline content plus three numerical FULL-TIME STATUS values that identify the course classifi cation. Courses are numbered In order to be eligible for student loans, Alberta Student Finance according to the following classifi cation: requires a learner to be qualifi ed as “full-time”. For Lethbridge College that means you must take a minimum 12 credit course load 001 - 099 per term. Includes courses which are upgrading in nature and may serve to meet entrance requirements to colleges or universities. You may also need to have full-time status for other activities or organizations such as athletic participation in the Alberta Colleges 100 - 199 Athletic Conference (ACAC). Includes courses normally offered in the fi rst year of a college program. Once you are registered, you can confi rm your full-time status through the Registrar’s Offi ce as necessary. Our Student Awards and • 100 - 149 Includes courses that normally transfer to technical Financial Aid Offi ce is also happy to help you complete your student institutes, colleges or apprenticeship programs. loan applications and requirements.

• 150 - 199 Includes courses that may transfer to universities for elective or subject credit.

200 - 299 Includes courses normally offered in the second year of a college program.

• 200 - 249 Includes courses that normally transfer to technical institutes or colleges.

• 250 - 299 Includes courses that normally carry elective or subject credit at universities.

116 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ACC 125 - AGR 140

(ACC) ACCOUNTING ACC-245 Computerized Bookkeeping ACC-271 Intermediate Financial (5 credits) Accounting I (5 credits) ACC-125 Service Based Accounting This course uses an integrated accounting This course examines complexities of (3 credits) package to introduce computerized accounting principles for corporate fi nancial This course is an overview of basic bookkeeping to students. Upon completion of presentation. Special emphasis is placed on accounting concepts for a service-based this course, students are able to open and asset management and the various methods business. It covers a basic understanding of close the software package; save, open and used by differing industries. the accounting cycle and reinforces close fi les; use the general, payables, Prerequisites: take ACC-175. theoretical concepts through a basic receivables, payroll, inventory and project understanding of an integrated accounting ledgers; record and correct transactions; and ACC-272 Accounting for Managers software package. understand the PST, HST, and GST and fi le (5 credits) for remittance or refund. Students will be This course provides service and non-profi t ACC-126 Accounting Basics (3 credits) able to create new projects, deal with foreign managers with an overview of both fi nancial This course is an overview of basic currency and import duties, utilize the and managerial concepts. It concentrates on accounting. Topics include an introduction to budgeting allocation, look up and adjust management accounting, including cost journals, ledgers, bank reconciliation, payroll, invoice features, plus plan, design and apply terms, cost behaviour, relevant information petty cash, GST, and other related procedures for converting from a manual to a and cost systems. Students learn the basics accounting transactions. This course is not computerized accounting system. of the accounting cycle, fi nancial statements eligible as an elective in the Business Prerequisites: take ACC-146 or ACC-170. and analysis techniques. The course also Administration program. covers budgets and responsibility ACC-250 Management Accounting I accounting. Please note: This course is ACC-146 Bookkeeping (5 credits) (5 credits) intended for students in the Recreation This course is an introduction to This course covers the basic concepts of Facility Operations and Recreation bookkeeping. It emphasizes GAAP principles management accounting, consisting of the Management programs. to complete procedures and statements fundamentals of accounting for planning and required for the basic accounting cycle for control. Topics include manufacturing ACC-273 Intermediate Financial service and merchandising businesses. statements; cost-volume-profi t relationships; Accounting II (5 credits) Other topics covered include columnar job order and process costing; actual, This course continues the examination of the journals, subsidiary ledgers, special journals, normal, and standard cost systems; fl exible complexities of accounting principles for bank reconciliation, payroll, petty cash, GST budgets; inventory planning, control, and corporate fi nancial presentation. Special and PST. This course is not eligible as an costing; and accounting for payroll. emphasis is placed on liability and equity elective in the Business Administration Prerequisites: take ACC-175. management and the various methods used program. by differing industries. ACC-251 Management Accounting II Prerequisites: take ACC-271. ACC-170 Financial Accounting I (5 credits) (4 credits) This course covers profi t planning, cost ACC-278 Computerized Accounting for This course includes fundamental accounting allocations, joint and by-product costing, Management (4 credits) principles and concepts, the accounting inventory planning, relevant costs and This course is a hands-on approach to cycle, worksheet preparation, accounting for contribution approach, accounting systems, performing accounting functions with pre- sales and purchases of merchandise, cash internal control, and measuring performance, packaged computer software. It includes the control procedures, and valuation of variance and analysis, and absorption versus set-up and ongoing maintenance of the receivables and inventories. Other topics variable costing statements. general ledger, accounts receivable and include fi nancial statement preparation and Prerequisites: take ACC-250. accounts payable. Individual accounting payroll. The foregoing are applied in relation projects simulate real world business to the sole proprietorship with an emphasis ACC-258 Farm Accounting (3 credits) accounting practices. Not available for placed on integrating the basic concepts with This course will build on the competencies supplemental. Equivalent to ACC-276. accounting practice. Equivalent to ACC-171. gained in ACC170 (Financial Accounting I) to Prerequisites: take BUS-178, BUS-185, or provide background specifi c to the operation BUS-266 and one of ACC-146 or ACC-170. ACC-175 Financial Accounting II of farms and ranches. Topics include the (4 credits) cash basis of accounting and its application (AGR) AGRICULTURAL TECHNOLOGY This course covers concepts and principles to income tax purposes and the accrual relating to partnership and corporation basis of accounting and its application to the AGR-140 Agriculture Seminar (1 credit) accounting. Other topics include accounting preparation of fi nancial statements for This course is a discussion series involving for plant and equipment, natural resources, creditors and managerial purposes. The various outside specialists. Topics deal with intangible assets, accounting for current and course includes a project which covers the contemporary problems, issues and long-term liabilities, analysis and preparation of accounting records and opportunities in the fi eld of agriculture. interpretation of fi nancial statements, and fi nancial statements for a simulated farming It includes a written report component. accounting for manufacturing operations. operation. Equivalent to ACC-173. Prerequisites: take ACC-170.

117 Course Descriptions AGR 150 - AGR 261

AGR-150 Safety in the Agricultural AGR-190 Tax Management (4 credits) licensing, opportunity identifi cation, product Industry (2 credits) This course surveys the Canadian income certifi cation standards, sources of project This course provides students with the skills tax system as it relates to the farm development funding, and enterprise necessary to recognize hazards and avoid business. Topics include procedures for fi ling budgeting. A signifi cant portion of the injury in the agricultural workplace. Topics personal farm tax returns and accompanying course will be a major enterprise project. include assessment of workplace risks, fi re schedules, assessments and appeals, Prerequisites: take RRM-153, PLT-152, prevention, fi re extinguisher use, capital gains and exemptions, rollovers, BIO-176, MKT-152. transportation of hazardous goods, proper replacement property, alternate minimum storage of fl ammable products, silo safety, tax, capital cost allowance, application of AGR-258 Sustainable Agriculture movement of agricultural equipment, proper business losses, mandatory inventory (4 credits) trailer towing, transport signage, loading adjustment, income splitting within the farm This course includes theory and practical and securing cargo, and basic review of road family and various techniques to reduce applications for optimizing long-term returns regulations related to movement of taxable income. from agricultural resources, while agricultural products and machinery. Corequisite courses: AGR-190L. maintaining the long-term viability of the resources. It includes use of GPS for AGR-155 Special Agriculture Studies AGR-253 Agriculture Finance (3 credits) precision farming, fundamentals of precision (4 credits) This course focuses on the effi cient use of farming, applications of soil surveys, aerial This course involves study in a specifi c area capital in the farm business. Equipment photos and fi eld mapping, preservation of related to agriculture when warranted and in costing is covered in considerable detail. water resources, maximizing snow demand, or when students desire a course in Time value of money applications are entrapment, water quality, fundamentals of addition to the common offerings. This allows discussed in the context of investment, groundwater, prevention of water for an in-depth study on an individual or estate planning, loans, and buy versus lease contamination, on farm sewage system group basis. Students are required to decisions. Loan terminology is discussed, as fundamentals, and organic farming. Also present a fi nal report as a seminar. The well as the types of loans applicable to farm included is project work which combines fi eld Agricultural Technology Program Leader operations. Equivalent to AGR-283. assessment with management planning to must approve registration in Special develop practical action plans, including Agriculture Studies. Graded alpha or CR/ AGR-254 Agriculture Research Project economic evaluation and application of best NCR, on the agreement of the Program (2 credits) management practices. Major project is the Leader and student. This course is the capstone course in the completion of an Alberta Environmental Farm Agricultural Technology program. It provides Plan for an assigned farm.Equivalent to AGR-168 Agriculture Soil Management learners with the opportunity to further AGR-261. Prerequisites: take AGR-168, (4 credits) develop competencies gained in previous PLT-152, IRR-152. This course covers the following areas of course work. Learners will prepare a Corequisite courses: AGR-258L. study: soil conservation and soil productivity, production and business plan for a new methods of controlling both wind and water agricultural enterprise of interest to AGR-261 Sustainable Agriculture erosion and conserving soil moisture. Other themselves. All projects will be approved and (3 credits) topics include salinity control, minimum supervised by faculty. Projects will be This course includes theory and practical tillage, surface drainage, crop rotations, individual efforts which include research, applications for optimizing long-term returns water holding capacity of soil, and soil data compilation, economic analysis, from agricultural resources, while productivity classifi cation. fi nancial statement preparation, report maintaining the long-term viability of the Equivalent to AGR-172. preparation, and presentation of a business resources. It includes use of GPS for Prerequisites: take RRM-153. report. The presentation will consist of a precision farming, fundamentals of precision Corequisite courses: AGR-168L. multimedia supported oral presentation. farming, applications of soil surveys, aerial Prerequisites: take PLT-152, BIO-175, photos and fi eld mapping, preservation of AGR-185 Farm Accounting I (4 credits) ENG-154, RRM-153. water resources, maximizing snow This course is an introduction to the entrapment, water quality, fundamentals of principles and procedures of accounting, AGR-255 Special Studies (4 credits) groundwater, prevention of water specifi cally as they relate to a farm business. See AGR 155 Special Studies for course contamination, farms sewage system Requirements for an adequate set of description. fundamentals, and organic farming. Also accounting records are presented and included is project work which combines fi eld illustrated. Topics include the accounting AGR-257 Value Added Agricultural assessment with management planning to cycle, recording transactions, general ledger, Production (3 credits) develop practical action plans, including trial balance, income statement, balance This course includes review of the profi t economic evaluation and application of best sheet, closing entries, fi xed asset additions centers in the production, processing and management practices. Major project is the and disposals, depreciation, payroll and bank marketing of agricultural products. The completion of an Alberta Environmental Farm reconciliation. It concludes with preparing emphasis will be on the identifi cation of Plan for an assigned farm. Equivalent to accounting records and fi nancial statements opportunities for producers to gain a greater AGR-258. Prerequisites: take AGR-168, for a simulated farming operation. share of the overall profi ts. Topics include IRR-152, PLT-152. description of successful value chains, direct marketing alternatives, regulations and

118 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions AGR 266 - AHM 129

AGR-266 Soil Fertility (4 credits) AGR-286 Agricultural Business AGR-294 Animal Health (4 credits) This course is a comprehensive discussion Management (4 credits) This course covers the basic causes and of fertilizers and soil fertility pertaining to the This course deals with the overall characteristics of infectious disease with production of agricultural crops. Topics management of the farm business, special reference to proper management and include evaluating fertility techniques, concentrating on the planning, organizing, nutrition as preventative tools. Cattle nutrient forms absorbed by plants, how directing and controlling functions of diseases are covered with an emphasis on fertilizer nutrients are held in the soil and lost management. The various ways of identifi cation, treatment and prevention. A from the plant, the use of green manure, organizing a farm business are discussed; herd health program is introduced, aimed at organic and inorganic soil amendments, and namely, the proprietorship, partnership, co- reducing stress, minimizing treatment and application methods and costing. operation and joint venture structures. Estate improving overall production. Calculations will be done on different blends planning will consider ways the family farm Prerequisites: take BIO-175. Corequisite and nutrients required for different yields. business can be transferred to the next courses: AGR-294L. Prerequisites: take RRM-153. Corequisite generation. The planning function will courses: AGR-266L. concentrate on techniques for effective (AHM) AGRICULTURE & HEAVY planning and decision-making under risk EQUIPMENT TECHNICIAN AGR-270 Agricultural Business Law and uncertainty. A computer spreadsheet (4 credits) program will be used to design and prepare AHM-124 Steering, Suspension & Brakes This course covers the legal aspects of the fi nancial spreadsheet applications. This (11 credits) farm business. Topics include the court course is not available for supplemental. This course is delivered in two parts: 1) a system, contract law, land law, leases, study of steering components, front-end surface rights, expropriation, real estate AGR-287 Monogastric Production alignments, frame types, suspension types, transactions, secured and unsecured credit, (4 credits) and truck and trailer inspections; 2) a study bankruptcy and insolvency. This course focuses primarily on swine and of hydraulic and air brake operation and poultry production in southern Alberta. It repair procedures. Corequisite courses: AGR-280 Animal Nutrition (4 credits) covers overviews of the industry, marketing AHM-124L. This course provides an introduction to the and production requirements, breeding, basics of nutrition including composition of nutrition, management, and environmental AHM-126 Safety and Hand Skills feeds and nutritional requirements of concerns. Costs of production and enterprise (6 credits) animals. Partitioning of nutrients, factors viability will be examined along with industry This course is an introduction to shop affecting feeding effi ciency and how concerns. Labs will be conducted primarily at practice utilizing safe working habits. It production status affects nutritional producer facilities to ensure study of current covers shop safety related to hand tools, requirements are combined with an management practices and equipment. Not power tools, fi res, welding, WHMIS, wire introduction to feed bunk management and available for supplemental or challenge. rope, and other related hazards. Skills such ration balancing. Labs include computer- Prerequisites: take BIO-175. Corequisite as fl aring, soldering, drilling, threading, fi ling, based ration balancing, visits to local feed courses: BIO-259, AGR-287L. measuring and related projects are taught, mills and demonstrations at Agriculture as well as oxy-acetylene heating and cutting, Canada. This course is not available for AGR-289 Beef Cattle Production MIG and arc welding. Corequisite courses: supplemental or challenge. (4 credits) AHM-126L. Prerequisites: take AGR-182. Corequisite This course builds on knowledge acquired in courses: AGR-280L. previous animal science courses. Topics AHM-127 Power Trains (9 credits) focus on the beef-cow/calf calendar, This course covers the theory of operation AGR-285 Farm Accounting II (4 credits) including processes and management and repair of clutches, transmissions, rear This course is a continuation of Farm techniques performed at various stages of axle assemblies and fi nal drives. Hands-on Accounting I. Topics include the cash basis production. Feedlot management is also experience with each component will be of accounting and its application to income emphasized with concerns for improved provided. Corequisite courses: AHM-127L. tax purposes; the accrual basis of accounting production and product quality while meeting and its application to fi nancial statements animal welfare rights and maintaining a AHM-129 Farm and Industrial Equipment prepared for creditors and managerial healthy environment. Prerequisites: take (4 credits) purposes; inventory; worksheet; modifi ed BIO-175. Corequisite courses: AGR-289L. This course is a study of the operation and worksheet; classifi ed balance sheet; adjustment of farm and industrial equipment. statement of changes of fi nancial position; AGR-291 Ruminant Production The theories of bearings, seals, belts and GST; enterprise accounting; labour records (4 credits) chains are an integral part of the course. and T-4 preparation; and setting up a fi ling This course focuses primarily on sheep and Also covered will be maintenance in the system. It concludes with preparation of dairy production in Southern Alberta. An following areas: engines, power trains, fuel accounting records and fi nancial statements overview of the industry, marketing and systems, engine oil systems, engine coolant for a simulated farming operation, using a production requirements are covered in systems, electrical systems and hydraulic computerized accounting program. addition to breeding, nutrition, management, systems. Equivalent to AHM-128. Prerequisites: take AGR-185. and environmental concerns for both Corequisite courses: AHM-129L. species. Labs will be conducted primarily at producer facilities to ensure current management practices and equipment are studied. Prerequisites: take BIO-175.

119 Course Descriptions AHM 130 - AST 145

AHM-130 Electrical and Electronics Students will be introduced to conceptual AST-124 Auto Directional Control (8 credits) and technical development of two- Systems (7 credits) This course covers the study of basic dimensional work through hands-on Students will study suspension, steering and electrical and electronic circuits, the exercises, examples, discussions, critiques alignment systems. Emphasis will be on operation and repair of starters and and projects. Supplies are not included in safety, diagnosis and repair. Students will alternators and the test equipment used in the cost of tuition. A supply list will be begin with shop units and progress to the repair of mobile equipment. Equivalent to provided at the ﬁ rst class. Not available for customer units where practical. Corequisite AHM-133. Corequisite courses: AHM-130L. supplemental. courses: AST-124L.

AHM-131 Diesel Engines (10 credits) ART-170 Sculpture I (3 credits) AST-126 Intro to Trade Practices This course covers the study of two- and This course is an introductory examination of (3 credits) four- stroke gas and diesel engine design the theory and practice of sculpture. Students will study safety, basic materials, and related engine components. Engine Concentration is on the basic introductory shop safety and tools. Basic welding will be systems such as induction, lubrication, processes and principles involved with covered with an emphasis on safety. cooling, exhaust, starting and emissions are three-dimensional forms. A range of basic Students will study and practice entry level included. The lab consists of overhaul sculptural media will be explored, including jobs such as oil changes, service jobs and procedures on diesel engines. Corequisite some of the following: wire, paper, clay, tire service. The focus of the class will be to courses: AHM-131L. plaster, metals, wood, stone, and found prepare students to be productive in an objects. Students will be introduced entry-level position in the industry. AHM-132 Diesel Fuel Systems (7 credits) to conceptual and skills-based development Corequisite courses: AST-126L. This course covers the study of diesel fuel in sculpture through hands-on exercises, systems and their components. Engine tune- examples, discussions, critiques and AST-129 Auto Electrical Systems II up, engine dynamometer testing, and fuel projects. Supplies are not included in the (14 credits) system diagnostics will be included in the lab cost of tuition. A supply list will be provided Students will study automotive electrical component. Corequisite courses: AHM-132L. 9at the fi rst class. Not available for systems and circuits including circuit supplemental. diagrams, circuit protection devices, circuit AHM-135 Mobile Hydraulics (5 credits) operation and fault diagnosis. Students will This course covers the study of hydraulic (AST) AUTOMOTIVE SERVICE be introduced to basic automotive circuits fundamentals, open and closed centre TECHNICIAN and accessories, as well as starting and systems, pumps, actuators, hoses, charging systems. Test equipment will be couplings, valves, motors, oils and test AST-119 Basic Automotive Electrical I studied and used in a practical setting. equipment. Equivalent to AHM-134 (6 credits) Students will analyse circuits on live units Corequisite courses: AHM-135L. Students will study electrical theory, including where possible and perform repairs as electron theory, voltage, current, resistance, required. Prerequisites: take AST-119. (ART) ART EXPLORATIONS circuits, circuit faults and magnetism. Some Corequisite courses: AST-129L. simple automotive circuits will be discussed, ART-150 Art Explorations (4 credits) as will automotive batteries. Diagnostic skills AST-132 Automotive Engines (11 credits) This course is an introductory survey of three will be stressed. Practical work will be The operation of the internal combustion areas: drawing, painting, and mixed media. performed in the shop where possible. engine will be studied, along with current Concentration on the basic introductory Corequisite courses: AST-119L. industry practices for inspection and repair. process involved in each acquaints students Testing and diagnosis will be stressed. A with the understanding of the organization, AST-122 Automotive Industry (2 credits) shop engine will be dismantled, inspected facility, requirements and equipment needed. Students will practice basic computer skills and reassembled, after which students will In addition, hands-on experience in each of while studying the various government perform repairs on live units where possible. these areas will be provided. Students will be departments and agencies related to the Prerequisites: take AST-126. Corequisite introduced to conceptual and skills-based trade. Trade-specifi c business operations will courses: AST-132L. development in art. The emphasis of this be discussed. course will be on learning through examples, AST-145 Performance Projects (4 credits) warm-ups, exercises, discussions, critiques AST-123 Automotive Drivetrains Students will perform applied research into and projects. Supplies are not included in the (12 credits) the extreme applications in the automotive cost of tuition. A supply list will be provided in Students will study the drivetrain in the industry. Students will pick a project of the fi rst class. automobile from the clutch to the brakes, personal interest and research the project including clutch, introduction to manual using all available information. Where ART-160 Painting I (3 credits) transmission, driveline, differential and possible, the product or procedure will be This course introduces the basic principles, brakes. Emphasis will be on safety and performed in the shop and the results techniques and concepts of contemporary diagnosis. Students’ hands-on projects begin compared to the research. The student will painting. Students will have the opportunity with shop units and progress to customer analyse the value of the product or to develop drawing and painting theory and units where practical. Corequisite courses: procedure based on the results of the skill through a range of media, including AST-123L. research and/or the practical testing. forms of watercolour, oil and/or acrylic. Corequisite courses: AST-145L.

120 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ATH 101 - BIO 146

(ATH) ATHLETICS ATH-203 Athletics (3 credits) and the development of laboratory Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one techniques, skills and procedures. ATH-101 Athletics (1 credit) of the College inter-collegiate teams. The Successful completion to the standard set by Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one credits granted are suggested by the Director the program(s) pre-requisite requirement will of the College inter-collegiate teams. The of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate provide opportunity for entry into the credits granted are suggested by the Director College administrator. Where possible, the identifi ed program(s) in the Centre for of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate course is considered for determining the Health, Justice and Human Services. College administrator. Where possible, the eligibility for graduation. It provides course is considered for determining the recognition for the experiences gained and BIO-142 Intro to Medical Microbiology eligibility for graduation. It provides the physical conditioning involved. Graded (4 credits) recognition for the experiences gained and CR/NCR. This course is for students intending to the physical conditioning involved. Graded work in a clinical setting. It provides an CR/NCR. (BIO) BIOLOGY introduction to the major groups of pathogenic micro-organisms, fungi, bacteria, ATH-102 Athletics (2 credits) BIO-075 Biology 075 (5 credits) viruses, prions, chlamydia, rickettsia, Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one This course is an introduction to the protozoans and other parasites that they are of the College inter-collegiate teams. The organization of life. A survey of the modern likely to encounter in a clinical setting. The credits granted are suggested by the Director classifi cation system will familiarize students course covers structure, mechanisms of of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate with the major groups of living organisms transmission and other characteristics of College administrator. Where possible, the and anatomical similarities and differences. organisms concentrating on bacteria and course is considered for determining the Specifi c topics include the processes viruses, and will allow students to develop eligibility for graduation. It provides characteristic of living things, cellular skills of handling, culturing, and recognizing recognition for the experiences gained and structure and function, the organization and these organisms. Not available for the physical conditioning involved. Graded basis of classifi cation (taxonomy), viruses supplemental. Corequisite courses: CR/NCR. and the Kingdoms Monera, Protista, Fungi, BIO-142L. Plantae and Animalia. Not available for ATH-103 Athletics (3 credits) supplemental. BIO-145 Intro to Anatomy & Physiology Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one (5 credits) of the College inter-collegiate teams. The BIO-085 Biology 085 (5 credits) This course is a systematic study of the credits granted are suggested by the Director This course involves the study of ecology, structural basis of the human body. It of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate mitosis, the structure and functioning of includes a study of anatomical terms, body College administrator. Where possible, the DNA, the process of protein synthesis, and organization, basic cell structure and basic course is considered for determining the genetics. The emphasis in ecology will give chemistry and histology of the human body. eligibility for graduation. It provides students an understanding of the biological It includes the study of all body systems, recognition for the experiences gained and world, processes involving energy transfers, including integumentary, respiratory, the physical conditioning involved. Graded biogeochemical cycles, and the impact of digestive, skeletal, muscular, nervous, CR/NCR. humans on their environment. The role of circulatory, lymphatics, urinary, endocrine, DNA and protein synthesis in genetics will be and reproductive. The course features an ATH-201 Athletics (1 credits) examined. Not open to supplemental. This in-depth study of skeletal, muscular, and Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one course requires BIO-075 or equivalent. nervous systems in the lab. Included is study of the College inter-collegiate teams. The of histology, internal anatomy, eye, ear, credits granted are suggested by the Director BIO-095 Biology 095 (5 credits) kidney, arteries, veins, and lymphatics as of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate This course covers biochemistry and human seen on models. Included is one lab studying College administrator. Where possible, the anatomy and physiology. Biochemistry cadavers. Corequisite courses: BIO-145L. course is considered for determining the provides an understanding of the chemical eligibility for graduation. It provides processes within the human body. Human BIO-146 Joints and Soft Tissues recognition for the experiences gained and anatomy and physiology includes the study (3 credits) the physical conditioning involved. Graded of the major organ systems within the human This course studies the articulating surfaces CR/NCR. body. Laboratory work will include of the skeleton, and their ranges of motion. microscopy, dissection and analysis of test The normal range of motion will be critically ATH-202 Athletics (2 credits) results. Not open to supplemental. This compared to disorders and disease involving Note: Limited to those chosen to play on one course requires BIO-085 or equivalent. joints. Students will learn pathologies of the College inter-collegiate teams. The related to joint function, including rotator cuff credits granted are suggested by the Director BIO-141 Biology for Health Sciences injury, whiplash, golfer’s elbow, tennis elbow, of Athletics, and approved by the appropriate (5 credits) carpal tunnel syndrome, herniated discs, hip College administrator. Where possible, the This course is specifi cally for pre-assessed arthoplasty, meniscus injuries of the knee, course is considered for determining the students intending to enter a program within sprained ankle, osteoarthritis and rheumatoid eligibility for graduation. It provides the Centre for Health, Justice and Human arthritis. Emphasis will be placed on muscle recognition for the experiences gained and Services at Lethbridge Community College. origins, insertions and actions, their the physical conditioning involved. Graded It will provide students with a innervations and joints they act upon. CR/NCR. multidimensional, contextual learning Discussion of connective tissue structure and experience for acquisition of pre-requisite ligaments will be included. Prerequisites: content and skills in biology, including take BIO-145. biological concepts, terms, and applications

121 Course Descriptions BIO 149 - BIO 163

BIO-149 Introduction to Physiology BIO-155 Human Nutrition (3 credits) BIO-161 Anatomy and Physiology II (2 credits) This course examines the sources, (4 credits) This course studies the basic anatomy and composition and functions of the This is a continuation of the BIO160 course physiology of the major organ systems of the macromolecules, water, vitamins, and and completes the study of the systems of human body. Not available for supplemental. minerals that are necessary components of the human body. This is a comprehensive the human body. Additionally, the social study of the respiratory systems, circulatory BIO-150 Cellular Basis of Life (5 credits) context and habits of eating and food, system, blood and lymphatic system, urinary This course is a foundational post-secondary nutrition for a healthy lifestyle, sport, and system, nervous system, special senses, biology course and emphasizes biological disease will be discussed, as well as the endocrine system, and electrolytes. It chemistry, the major types of cell structures chemical composition of food. Service includes labs on urinalysis and hematology and functions, metabolism, homeostasis, Learning opportunities may be available. and the identifi cation of internal anatomy, cellular transport mechanisms, energy Not available for supplemental. blood vessels and lymphatics, parts of the transformation pathways, DNA and RNA in brain, cranial nerves, spinal nerves, parts of gene expression. It compares prokaryotes BIO-156 Wellness and Health Issues the kidney, eye, and ear. The labs include and eukaryotes. This course examines body (3 credits) the use of models and dissections. Not form, habitat, life cycle, characteristic This course utilizes a holistic approach to the available for supplemental. Prerequisites: molecules and enzymes in plants. It concepts of wellness and health. Wellness take BIO-160. Corequisite courses: overviews use of cellular and molecular includes physical, emotional, social, BIO-161L. biology in agriculture, biotechnology, intellectual, spiritual and occupational medicine, and its global application. In order dimensions. Concerns and issues dealing BIO-162 Microbiology (4 credits) to be successful in this course, students with personal and community achievement of This course is an introduction to the should have completed Biology 30 or wellness will be examined. Not available for pathogenic micro-organisms of humans with equivalent. Corequisite courses: BIO-150L. supplemental. a major emphasis on bacteriology and aseptic techniques. The primary objective of BIO-151 Environmental Issues (3 credits) BIO-157 Diversity of Life (5 credits) laboratory work is the handling and This course is an introduction to the key This course is a foundational biology course identifi cation of disease-causing bacteria. concepts and principles that govern how and complements BIO150. It emphasizes Discussed are defence mechanisms, nature works, and how they might be applied anatomy and physiology, growth and chemical and cellular immunity and to environmental and resource problems. development of protists, fungi, plants, and anatomical barriers to infection in addition to Concepts are presented in the context of animals. It examines fundamental lineages the details of particular viral, bacterial, current environmental issues facing the of eukaryotes and their biological diversity, fungal, parasitic, and prion diseases/ Earth and its inhabitants. A component of the studies cell specialization, development of infections. Not available for challenge or course includes lifestyle options that may tissues, organs, body systems, nutrition, and supplemental. Corequisite courses: help students become more environmentally homeostasis. In order to be successful in this BIO-162L. responsible and informed citizens of the course, students should have completed planet. Service Learning opportunities may Biology 30 or equivalent. Corequisite BIO-163 Terrestrial Ecology (5 credits) be available. Not available for supplemental. courses: BIO-157L. This course is a study of the interrelationships between living organisms BIO-152 Physiology of Aging (3 credits) BIO-160 Anatomy and Physiology I and their terrestrial environments. Elements This course focuses on the structure and (4 credits) of the physical world, which shape and function of the body relative to basic This course is a comprehensive study of the defi ne ecosystems across the globe, are chemistry, histology, and body systems. The structural basis of selected systems of the emphasized. The distribution and body systems studied are the skeletal, human body. It is used with BIO 161 for a abundance of plants and animals are muscular, respiratory, circulatory, nervous, complete study of the human body. It examined in relation to various urinary, gastrointestinal, integumentary, includes a study of anatomical terms and environmental gradients. A detailed analysis endocrine, and reproductive, with an body organization, basic chemistry of the of population ecology includes an emphasis on diseases and disorders body, histology, skeletal system, muscular investigation of intra- and inter-specifi c associated with aging and cancer. The system, gastrointestinal system, and population regulation. The collection and course includes lab work with identifi cation of reproductive system. The course includes analysis of ecological data is undertaken in bony landmarks on the skeleton, muscles, lab work with the microscopic study of laboratory and fi eld exercises. Not available internal anatomy, heart, brain, nerves, eye, histology, identifi cation of the bony for supplemental. Equivalent to BIO-255. ear, and kidney. The lab includes the use of landmarks of the skeleton, and identifi cation Corequisite courses: BIO-163L. models and dissections. Corequisite of muscles and their origins and insertions on courses: BIO-152L. the skeleton. Not available for supplemental. Corequisite courses: BIO-160L.

122 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions BIO 164 - BUS 124

BIO-164 Plant Taxonomy (5 credits) BIO-175 Animal Science (4 credits) as medicine and human nursing, justice and This course is a survey of the Plant This introductory course is designed to allow policing, prehistory and cultural context, and Kingdom. Both lecture and lab address the students to gain a wider perspective of general public interest. It is not a course in identifi cation and classifi cation of primitive animal husbandry practices and the various criminalistics. This course is a balance of the plants, gymnosperms, and angiosperms, species currently under production in biological sciences of forensic investigation, including deciduous trees and shrubs (both southern Alberta. The course includes a brief including genetics and serology, foliage and winter twig condition), grasses, introduction of physiology, nutrition, anthropology and measurement, physiology, aquatic and wetland plants, and forbs reproduction and current environmental and toxicology and pathology, medicine and (wildfl owers). Emphasis is placed on the welfare issues. Basic production principles, nursing. The laboratory work provides further morphological, anatomical, and physiological demonstrations and hands-on lab work practical knowledge about scientifi c methods taxonomic characteristics. Habitat and plant are included. Equivalent to AGR-182. for advanced laboratory procedures, skills in ecological relationships supplement the Corequisite courses: BIO-175L. identifi cation of human remains, and identifi cation and classifi cation. Keying investigative and analytical techniques of unknown plant samples is studied and BIO-176 Food Science (3 credits) crime investigation. Not available for practiced. Not available for supplemental. This course introduces the preservation and supplemental. Prerequisites: take BIO-160. Equivalent to BIO-154. Corequisite courses: processing techniques associated with food Corequisite courses: BIO-270L. BIO-164L. manufacturing including milk, meats, cereals, vegetables, fruits, beverages and BIO-350 Comparative Animal Biology BIO-165 Introduction to Biotechnology confectionary items. Principles of food (4 credits) (3 credits) packaging, food safety, risks and hazards This course is a survey of the higher animal This introductory course stresses techniques, are identifi ed, with a simultaneous kingdom, focusing on the biology of documentation and instrumentation in introduction of governmental regulation of mammals, reptiles and amphibians. Topics medicine, agriculture, forestry, fi sheries, food and nutritional labeling. covered include reproductive strategies, mining, oceanography, the environment, ethology, evolutionary biology, anatomy, radiation, and nutrition biotechnology. It BIO-262 Animal Physiology (5 credits) physiology and ecology. Select families in introduces legal aspects, commercialization, This course is an introduction to the the animal kingdom will be compared across and impact of biotechnology on humanity. physiology of livestock common to these topics. Not available for supplemental. This course looks at recombinant DNA southern Alberta with all of the major organ Corequisite courses: BIO-350L. technology, gel electrophoresis, forensics systems being studied. A primary focus will and DNA, vaccines, drug development, plant be placed on understanding physiology to (BLK) BLACKFOOT LANGUAGE breeding, cell cloning, water and solid waste improve production. Labs will range from treatment, and scanning: MRI, CT, dissection of digestive tracts, semen BLK-151 Blackfoot Language I (3 credits) ultrasound. In order to be successful in this evaluation and artifi cial insemination, to This is an elementary Blackfoot language course, students should have completed carcass evaluation. Equivalent to BIO-259. course in vocabulary and grammar with Biology 30 or equivalent. Corequisite Prerequisites: take BIO-175. Corequisite instruction in skills of listening, speaking, courses:BIO-165L. courses: BIO-262L. reading and a small amount of writing. The course also takes some Blackfoot culture BIO-166 Introduction to Biotechnology BIO-269 Aquatic Ecology (5 credits) into consideration. Equivalent to NAT-151. (6 credits) This course emphasizes the biotic This course is designed to introduce relationships and abiotic factors affecting BLK-251 Blackfoot Language II (3 credits) students to the concepts of biotechnology as fl oral and faunal communities in aquatic This course will continue with the they relate to working in the biotechnology systems along with the techniques required development of Blackfoot vocabulary and industry. Included are overviews of product to sample respective aquatic fauna. The grammar and build on the foundation development, GLP and cGMP, employer infl uence of chemical and physical provided in Level I. The course will focus on expectations, basic laboratory math and characteristics on system productivity and the relationship of culture to language. statistics, buffer preparation, handling of ecosystem health will also be studied. The Equivalent to NAT-251. Prerequisites: take equipment and reagents (eg., enzymes), identifi cation, structure and life history traits BLK-151. introduction to experimental design, safety of common aquatic organisms from the considerations, ethics at the workplace, and phytoplankton, zooplankton, insect, (BUS) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION introduction to relevant biotech databases crustacean and bivalve groups are the available on the Web. emphasis of lab and fi eld studies. Not BUS-124 Service-Based Small Business available for supplemental. Equivalent to Management (3 credits) BIO-168 Zoology (5 credits) BIO-159. Corequisite courses: BIO-269L. This course is an introduction to the This course surveys the orders and major organization and operation of a small families of mammals and birds with an BIO-270 Forensic Biology (4 credits) business, focusing on the development of a emphasis on evolutionary biology, ecology, This course is designed as an overview of summary business plan which students can distribution, and behaviour. Laboratory and forensic biology for students with a primary use in the operational and fi nancial start of fi eld studies involve bird and mammal interest in the application of biology to the their business. Not available for identifi cation, classifi cation, and an sciences of forensic medicine and crime supplemental. examination of their structural and functional detection. It is an advanced course that adaptations. Not available for supplemental. takes a broad approach to the study of Equivalent to BIO-158. Corequisite courses: human variation and identifi cation, trauma, BIO-168L. and death, from various perspectives such

123 Course Descriptions BUS 158 - BUS 275

BUS-158 Small Business Management BUS-180 Scheduling Management BUS-268 Organizational Behaviour (5 credits) (3 credits) (5 credits) This course is an introduction to the This course familiarizes learners with project The primary intention of this course is to organization and operation of a small management methodology. Students use provide students with a comprehensive business. Topics include patterns of small scheduling software for organizing, tracking understanding of human behaviour in business management, legal problems and and controlling common business projects or organizations. Topics include motivation and governmental control, capital needs and events. Not available for supplemental. individual behaviour; stress and its capital sources, accounting and fi nancial management; perception and personality; controls, the problems of location, the BUS-181 Sales Systems (3 credits) emotions and values; decision-making; inter- business environmental-building site and This course will introduce learners to and intra-group dynamics; communication; related features, personnel and employee software as a tool for incorporating business leadership; power; confl ict; and change in relationships. Not available for supplemental. concepts in retail, primarily in terms of Canadian organizations. In addition to the managing and controlling point of sale and theory component, students will have an BUS-166 Business Law (3 credits) related services and inventory functions. Not opportunity to develop analytical and This course explains how the law governs available for supplemental. Prerequisites: decision-making skills through discussion of and facilitates business enterprise and take BUS-178. cases, simulation exercises, research provides an overview of the key areas projects and reports. The format of the class fundamental to the running of a business BUS-182 Internet Skills (3 credits) uses lectures, discussion, and questions and such as contracts, torts, bailment, insurance, This course focuses on the use of electronic answers. Not available for supplemental. agency, employment, land transfers, tenancy, communications technology and the analysis Prerequisites: take BUS-170. mortgage, partnership and corporate law. and creation of websites. It includes the Not available for supplemental. transfer of data between computer BUS-269 Management Communications applications. Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) BUS-170 Introduction to Management Equivalent to BUS-295, BUS-284. This course provides theory and practice in (4 credits) Prerequisites: take BUS-178. effective communication skills in relating to This course introduces the learner to the four others both on and off the job. Emphasis is basic components of management: planning, BUS-185 Business Computer placed on class participation, including organizing, leading and controlling. Students Applications (3 credits) discussion groups, self-evaluation, and role- will learn the major aspects of each and This course is a modularized introduction to play scenarios. Topics include the apply them to various scenarios and case computer literacy. A general orientation to psychological factors of communicating, studies. computers and some of the most common motivating others, effective listening and business oriented software packages, speaking, helpful group behaviour and BUS-176 Financial Planning (4 credits) including Windows, e-mail, word processing, leadership skills. Not available for This course provides the opportunity to presentations and database management supplemental. critically analyse one’s personal fi nancial will be covered. Not available for position, gather knowledge for competent supplemental. BUS-273 Advanced Spreadsheeting for decision-making regarding the accumulation Accounting (4 credits) and growth of personal wealth, and increase BUS-266 Advanced Spreadsheet This course introduces and applies a awareness relating to the optimum Applications (3 credits) spreadsheet application as it is used to distribution of fi nancial resources. This course covers spreadsheet applications solve common business problems. Logic and used to solve common business problems. A in-depth understanding of macros will form BUS-177 Entrepreneurship (3 credits) hands-on approach is used throughout and integral components of this course. Not This course uses an interactive classroom advanced topics include macros and available for supplemental. environment for students to learn about the spreadsheet integration with other software Prerequisites: take BUS-178, ACC-175. fi eld of entrepreneurship and to assess their programs. Not available for supplemental. own propensity toward it. Not available for BUS-275 International Business supplemental. BUS-267 Database Design (3 credits) (3 credits) This course covers database application This course is an introduction to international BUS-178 Information Management software used to solve business problems. business and a variety of economic and & Applications (3 credits) A hands-on approach is used throughout the fi nance tools, enabling students to analyse This course is a modularized introduction to course to learn a variety of useful database and understand international business computer literacy. A general orientation to design techniques. Not available for events. It offers opportunity to apply computers and the most popular business- supplemental. Prerequisites: take BUS-178, analytical tools in several cases and projects. oriented software packages, including e-mail, BUS-185, or BUS-266. Not available for supplemental. will be covered. Not available for Prerequisites: take ECN-180, BUS-170. supplemental. Equivalent to BUS-173.

124 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions BUS 278 - CAP 161

BUS-278 Industrial & Labour Relations BUS-298 Human Resource Management patterns, external databases, express tools, (3 credits) (5 credits) advanced dimensioning, interface This course places emphasis on the practical This course gives students comprehensive customization, editing the program application of basic skills required to manage knowledge of the various techniques and parameters fi le (ACAD.PGP), creating script either in unionized workplaces or those that activities utilized in acquiring, developing and fi les and importing and exporting fi les. Not might be faced with a certifi cation maintaining an effective workforce. Topics available for supplemental. application. Lectures, readings, case include designing and analyzing jobs; human Prerequisites: take CAD-155. studies, simulations, and assignments will resource planning; recruitment and selection; serve to acquaint students with the orientation and training; career development; CAD-255 Advanced CAD II (3 credits) structure and functioning of the Canadian performance appraisal; fi nancial This course provides students with advanced industrial relations system, basic compensation; employee benefi ts and applications using industry standard CAD employment law concepts, the union services; labour-employee relations; software. The emphasis will be on the certifi cation process, negotiation and collective bargaining and contract application of CAD software for advanced administration of collective agreements, administration; and occupational health and CAD projects and advanced customization strikes and dispute resolution. Not safety. Topics will be discussed in light of techniques. Topics include: implementation available for supplemental. various environmental challenges such as of drafting offi ce standards, introduction of government policies, demographic trends, advanced customized programming for CAD BUS-284 Advanced Internet Skills and organizational trends. In addition to software, fi le management, productivity (3 credits) theory presented through readings, lectures techniques, and advanced 3-dimensional This course provides a thorough coverage of and videos, specifi c applications will be applications. This course will focus on Internet software, such as communication analyzed through cases, videos, projects and advanced CAD projects for Engineering tools, conferencing and development research activities. Not available for Design and Drafting Technology students. software. The student will gain advanced supplemental. Not available for supplemental. skills using the Internet. Not available for Prerequisites: take CAD-250. supplemental. Equivalent to BUS-182. (CAD) COMPUTER ASSISTED DRAFTING Prerequisites: take BUS-178 or BUS-185. (CAP) COMMUNICATION ARTS CAD-155 Introductory AutoCAD BUS-285 Advanced Small Business (5 credits) CAP-152 Mass Communication (3 credits) Management (3 credits) This course will introduce the student to the This course is an overview of the history, This course teaches the specifi cs of the fundamentals of a CAD system and deal functions, roles and effects of mass management of a small business. It covers with the use of CAD in the production of communications from the earliest to the most evaluation of a business opportunity and the engineering drawings. Topics include control current methods. Communication media organizing, buying, franchising, fi nancing and commands, viewing commands, graphic such as newspaper, magazine, radio, marketing of a business. It discusses the creation commands, graphic editing television and computers are studied. management of fi nances, operations, commands, command modifi ers, keyboard personnel, taxes, growth and transfer. Not modifi ers, symbol creation, layers and CAP-156 Introduction to Advertising available for supplemental. Prerequisites: plotting skills. Learned knowledge and (3 credits) take BUS-177, MKT-188, ACC-170. developed skills will be applied to This course is an introduction to the comprehensive drawing projects. Not philosophy and principles of advertising with BUS-291 Writing a Business Plan available for supplemental. Equivalent to an emphasis on the electronic and print (3 credits) CAD-150. Corequisite courses: CPU-150. media. This course teaches how to prepare a workable business plan, the key to starting CAD-180 CAD Applications (4 credits) CAP-158 Communication Process a successful new venture. This is an This course provides students with advanced (3 credits) application course, which allows students to applications using various industry standard This course is an introduction to the develop and write their own business plans CAD application software packages. Topics sociology and psychology of communication. after conducting a feasibility study. The may include: implementation of drafting It deals with theory of communication, course structure is fl exible to allow for offi ce standards, fi le management, intrapersonal, interpersonal and socio- emphasis on areas as requested by the productivity techniques, and specialized cultural systems and relationships of students. Each student will complete a software applications. This course will focus communications to numerous scientifi c working business plan. Not available for on incorporating application software for disciplines. It includes discussion groups and supplemental. Prerequisites: take BUS-285. advanced CAD projects for Engineering practical exercises in communication. Design and Drafting Technology students. BUS-292 Business Finance (5 credits) Not available for supplemental. CAP-161 Producing and Script Writing This course covers the time value of money, Prerequisites: take CAD-155. Corequisite (3 credits) bond and dividend valuation, and analysis of courses: CAD-250. This course covers the skills used by cash fl ows with regard to capital budgeting television or multimedia producers from idea and leasing. Topics are examined with CAD-250 Advanced CAD I (4 credits) development through the fi nished program regard to risk and international setting. This course is designed to provide students including: storyboarding and script writing, Prerequisites: take ACC-175. with effi ciency tools and customization marketing a program idea and the program techniques for advanced AutoCAD itself, program budgeting, casting applications. Topics include 3D drawing, and staffi ng. Equivalent to WRI-150. plotting, creating custom line types and hatch Prerequisites: take CPU-170.

125 Course Descriptions CAP 165 - CAP 267

CAP-165 Media Tech Visual I (4 credits) CAP-191 Campus Media I (6 credits) CAP-256 Broadcast Presentation This course introduces students to the care This course is a practicum for Ad/PR (3 credits) and use of video and still digital cameras students in the campus radio station and the This course covers broadcast production and related software. Emphasis is placed on campus newspaper. It covers reporting, from in front of a television camera and developing skills to produce visual images writing, commercial production and behind a radio microphone. It includes used in the media and includes content and advertising layout. Not available for standard announcing, interviewing and composition, dealing with variable lighting supplemental. Prerequisites: take CPU-190, hosting techniques for both radio and conditions, space and motion, controlling WRI-174. television. Equivalent to CAP-196. depth of fi eld and image editing. Prerequisites: take CAP-171, CAP-175, CAP-252 Broadcast Journalism I PRS-173. CAP-170 Communication Law (3 credits) (5 credits) This is an introduction to law as it affects the This course covers the reporting component CAP-257 New Media for Journalists mass media in Canada. The course will of broadcast journalism. Students are (4 credits) cover the federal, provincial and international assigned to sports events, city council, This course examines techniques and laws and regulations that apply. Emphasis school board public meetings, and assorted systems necessary to help journalists excel will be placed on developing an breaking news events. Students must in both traditional and new media. Students understanding of free speech and freedom of conduct interviews, gather information, and will work with different software to enhance the press, how that has evolved to apply to report for CRLC Radio and SHAW TV. desktop-style publications, to expand on the media world and the effects of Canadian Writing, performance and production skills digital transfer of information and to laws and regulations on freedom of are emphasized with ongoing critiques. Not capitalize on opportunities linking journalism expression in a democracy. Topics will available for supplemental. Prerequisites: and the internet. Equivalent to CAP-272. include constitutional guarantees of free take WRI-174. Prerequisites: take CPU-190. speech, court systems, defamation, contempt of court, privacy, freedom of CAP-253 Broadcast Journalism II CAP-262 Editing I (4 credits) information, confi dentiality, secrecy including (5 credits) This course is an introduction to copy trade secrets, CRTC and advertising This course emphasizes the generation of reading, headline writing, the functions and regulations, obscenity, censorship, news for radio and television. Students cover responsibilities of the copy desk and injunctions, publication bans, copyright and councils, boards, commissions, special practical experience in handling copy for ethics. events, sports and business. They write and The Endeavour, the student newspaper. Not produce stories for CRLC Radio and Shaw available for supplemental. Prerequisites: CAP-171 Media Tech Audio (2 credits) TV. Student work is critiqued. This course take WRI-174. This course introduces students to the also deals with job search methods. Not equipment used in a typical radio station. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: CAP-263 Editing II (4 credits) Students will learn how to work with hand- take CAP-252. Corequisite courses: This course is a continuation of CAP 262 held recorders (mini-disc), a radio mixing CAP-285. focusing on management issues handled board and a newswire service. This course by editors. Not available for supplemental. will utilize both theory and extensive hands- CAP-254 Public Relations I (3 credits) Prerequisites: take CAP-262. on work. Equivalent to CAP-125. This course covers the philosophy and practice of public relations and the CAP-266 Campus Newspaper I (6 credits) CAP-173 Intro to Computer Fundamentals beginning skills of practical public relations This course covers publishing the campus (3 credits) application. The public, tools, techniques and newspaper, The Endeavour. It includes news This course is a foundation to all of the media involved in PR are discussed. writing and editing techniques in an on-the- Communication Arts fi elds of study. It is an job training atmosphere. Not available for introduction to the use of computers and CAP-255 Sales Practice (3 credits) supplemental. Prerequisites: take CPU-190, software relevant to the media. The This course is a study of how the advertising WRI-174. software involves word processing, desktop sales person can be a consultant and publishing, electronic publishing, graphics, adviser to clients. It covers methods of CAP-267 Campus Newspaper II (6 credits) manipulation and insertion, database, selling an abstract product - time and space - This course is a continuation of CAP 266 spreadsheets and presentation tools. through the use of rating books and rate Campus Newspaper I. Not available for cards. Information fl ows from sales to supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAP-266. CAP-175 Media Tech Visual II (4 credits) fi nished products are developed. Equivalent Corequisite courses: CAP-299. Students will develop advanced video and to MKT-279. still digital camera skills and techniques for production of images used in television, the internet and print publications. The course will have an emphasis on content used in the various media. Prerequisites: take CAP-165. Corequisite courses: CAP-175L.

126 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CAP 273 - CHM 085

CAP-273 Program Production I (2 credits) Students will also learn the art of tape to CAP-291 Campus Media II (6 credits) This course involves the production of public tape linear editing. They will use these skills This course is a continuation of CAP 191, affairs programs for both radio and to create material to be broadcast on LCTV Campus Media I. Not available for television. Students receive both theory and news. In addition, students will learn how to supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAP-191. practical hands-on training in all phases of create a basic website and integrate all producing programs for CRLC Radio and media by compressing and uploading videos, CAP-299 Practicum (4 credits) SHAW TV. The course requires extensive photos, audio and text. Prerequisites: take This course is offered to students for three personal interaction with the emphasis on CAP-175. Corequisite courses: CAP-275, weeks during the second year. They are teamwork. Students will work with broadcast WRI-250. assigned to a media company in or near mixers, portable recorders (mini disc and Lethbridge, working under the supervision of cassette), video cameras, TV editing CAP-280 Marketing & PR in Multimedia a member of the media. They are expected equipment, BURLI and SAW Plus audio (3 credits) to perform the duties of an entry-level editing programs. Course work requires off- This course covers marketing and promotion employee of the business. Not available for campus assignments including projects in of multimedia products. Topics include: supplemental. Equivalent to CAP-210. the SHAW TV studios. Not available for sales, advertising, use of traditional media supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAP-168. and public relations techniques. (CHM) CHEMISTRY Corequisite courses: CAP-252, CAP-250. CAP-281 Visual Communications CHM-075 Chemistry 075 (5 credits) CAP-274 Public Relations II (3 credits) (3 credits) This course is an introduction to the study of This course covers practice of the theories This course involves preparing visual matter. Topics include the basic structure of learned in CAP 254, public relations case materials for use in a public relations and/or matter, the organization of the Periodic Table studies and practical tasks performed by advertising setting. It covers preparation and of the Elements, the structure of the atom, public relations practitioners. News releases, design requirements for logos, displays, the formation of ions, chemical bonding, press kits, special event planning, and report posters, PowerPoint presentations, slidetape IUPAC nomenclature, chemical formulas, writing are stressed, within the context of presentations, script writing and simple A/V chemical reactions, isotopes, mole concepts, working with a community-based and multimedia productions. It moves from molar mass, and mole relationships. organization. Prerequisites: take CAP-254. traditional design and preparation methods Laboratory work emphasizes proper to today’s varied computer and multimedia techniques, the methodology of scientifi c CAP-275 Broadcast Production I programs. Not available for supplemental. problem solving, interpretation of data, and (7 credits) Prerequisites: take CPU-190. laboratory report writing. Not open to This course covers the theory and practical supplemental. This course requires MTH-060 applications of operation of CRLC Radio and CAP-282 Magazine Design (4 credits) or equivalent or placement testing at the assigned production projects for Shaw TV. This course covers editorial content design MTH-060 level. Students will be involved in music selection, of a general-issue magazine. Students will preparation of program logs, commercial learn how to lay out features using CHM-085 Chemistry 085 (5 credits) writing and production, announcing, and photographs, other illustrations and This course is a continuation of Chemistry reporting for both radio and television. typefaces. They will receive instruction in 075, and integrates the theoretical study of Students are assigned mandatory rotating story starts and turns, departmental features chemistry with laboratory experiments and shifts on CRLC Radio and at Shaw TV. and cover design. The students will employ assignments. Specifi c topics of study include Assignments include work off campus. Not their magazine design skills in their fi nal term the diversity of matter, chemical bonding, available for supplemental. Equivalent to in the production of a full-sized glossy gases, solution chemistry including acids and CAP-250, CAP-202. Prerequisites: take magazine. Equivalent to CAP-271. bases, and quantitative relationships in CPU-190. Prerequisites: take CPU-190. chemical changes. Laboratory work emphasizes proper techniques, the CAP-276 Print Journalism I (4 credits) CAP-283 Program Production II (2 credits) methodology of scientifi c problem solving, This course covers in-depth reporting skills This course is a continuation of CAP 273, interpretation of data, and laboratory report and practise in covering more diffi cult beat Program Production I. Not available for writing. Not open to supplemental. NOTE: areas, in rewriting and in investigative supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAP-250, Students whose last science course is reporting. Actual news coverage takes place CAP-252. Corequisite courses: CAP-253, Science 10 should register in CHM-075. on and off campus. Areas of interest will CAP-251. branch out into specialized areas such as politics, science and business. Not available CAP-285 Broadcast Production II for supplemental. Equivalent to CAP-260. (7 credits) Prerequisites: take WRI-174. This course is a continuation of CAP 275, Broadcast Production I. Not open to CAP-278 Digital Media Production supplemental. Equivalent to CAP-251, (4 credits) CAP-203. Prerequisites: take CAP-275. Students will develop skills in utilizing digital media to tell stories to audiences on both CAP-286 Print Journalism II (4 credits) television and the web. Digital Media This course covers in-depth reporting and Production delves into the world of video specialized writing. Equivalent to CAP-270. compositing, motion and chroma keying in Prerequisites: take CAP-276. both standard and high defi nition.

127 Course Descriptions CHM 095 - CIT 255

CHM-095 Chemistry 095 (5 credits) interpretation of key chemical parameters CIT-157 HTML and Web Publishing This course is a continuation of Chemistry within soils, water and air. Not available for (3 credits) 085 and requires previous successful supplemental. Corequisite courses: This course will provide students with the completion of Chemistry 085, or Chemistry CHM-270L. knowledge and skills to be profi cient in 20, or equivalent. Specifi c topics of study the area of World Wide Web publishing. include thermochemical changes; (CIT) COMPUTER INFORMATION Students will learn HTML and be introduced electrochemical changes; organic chemistry TECHNOLOGY to SGML as authoring and mark-up and related chemical changes; and languages. Students will develop skills at equilibrium with a focus upon acid-base CIT-151 Introduction to Games Design writing JAVA applets, Perl Scripts and forms systems. Laboratory work integrates (3 credits) handling CGI for use in web publishing. Not theoretical concepts with experimentation, This course is for non-computer available for supplemental. with emphasis placed upon proper programmers who are interested in games technique, the methodology of scientifi c design elements. The course provides CIT-158 Introduction to Networking problem solving, the interpretation of students with an overview of the game (4 credits) collected data and report writing. Not open to development process (GDP) before moving This course will provide an introduction to supplemental. on to implementing custom modules in a network technology including terminology, role-playing game. Students will work on a hardware, software, wiring and line features. CHM-141 Chemistry for Health Sciences small game modifi cation where they will Students will receive both theory and (5 credits) script dialogue and cut-scenes and in-game practical experience with basic network This course is specifi cally for pre-assessed events. Students will set up and populate technology. They will establish simple peer- students intending to enter a program within game levels with characters and monsters of to-peer networks. Not available for the Centre for Health, Justice and Human their own creation. Theory is supplemented supplemental. Prerequisites: take MTH-152. Services at Lethbridge Community College. by practical examples in the lab. Not Corequisite courses: CIT-158L. It will provide students with a multi- available for supplemental. dimensional, contextual learning experience CIT-163 Database Management Systems for acquisition of pre-requisite content and CIT-152 Computer Hardware Maintenance (4 credits) skills in chemistry including concepts, terms, (3 credits) This course covers knowledge and skills in and applications and the development of This course provides an introduction to relational database development and laboratory techniques, skills and procedures. computer hardware including safety, management. Emphasis will be placed on Successful completion to the standard set by maintenance and repair. Students will learn designing, developing, loading, modifying, the program(s) pre-requisite requirement will how to trouble-shoot PC hardware problems. and querying a database environment using provide opportunity for entry into the This involves working safely with a PC in a host language. Other topics covered identifi ed program(s) in the Centre for order to modify hardware components and include discussion and application of data Health, Justice and Human Services. install and confi gure a basic operating structures, models of hierarchical, network, system. Not available for supplemental. and relational databases, discussion of CHM-151 Chemistry in Context (3 credits) storage devices, data administration and This course is designed for non-chemistry CIT-154 Programming in C (5 credits) data analysis, design and implementation. majors. Students will become chemistry This course is an introduction to C Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to literate while applying chemical principles to programming covering basic to intermediate CIT-262. broader social issues. Topics include: the air components and features of the language. we breathe, the ozone layer, global warming, Theory is supplemented by practical CIT-255 Server Network Administration energy, water, acid rain, nuclear fi ssion and examples in the lab concentrating on (3 credits) fusion, plastics and polymers, organic business-oriented functions. Structured, top- This course provides the student with the molecules in drugs and in the environment, down, modular design is reinforced. Students knowledge and skills of addressing problems nutrition and future developments. will be able to write stand-alone applications in client/server network administration. The and intermediate-sized routines, which form course will focus on the development and CHM-270 Environmental Chemistry part of a larger application. Not available for maintenance of software applications (4 credits) supplemental. Equivalent to CIT-153. distributed among several computers, This course includes background theory and including requirements for analysis, design, practice relevant to solutes and solution CIT-156 Programming With C++ (4 credits) implementation and testing. It will discuss chemistry; nutrient and contaminant vectors; Students will learn to build reusable objects client/server implementations, static analysis nutrient cycling; fl uxes of chemical species making use of encapsulation, polymorphism techniques, system safety, security, and and energy and methods of monitoring and inheritance in the C++ programming integrity. Not available for supplemental. chemical profi les with the objective of language. Throughout the course, the Prerequisites: take CIT-158. Corequisite achieving optimum sustainable productivity. emphasis will be on using object-oriented courses: CIT-255L. Content also includes the chemical analysis approaches to solving problems. Not of contaminants such as heavy metals, available for supplemental. Equivalent to specifi c inorganics, hydrocarbons, and CIT-254. Prerequisites: take CIT-154, salinization. Practical experience is gained in MTH-152. the characterization, monitoring and

128 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CIT 259 - CIV 240

CIT-259 Advanced Internet Systems algorithms and advanced programming Human factors and ethical issues will be (3 credits) concepts will be discussed. Not available for stressed. Not available for supplemental. This course is a capstone course where supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIT-156. Equivalent to CIT-250. Prerequisites: take students will augment networking, CIT-275. programming and database development CIT-270 IT Integration Seminar (2 credits) techniques with security practices and This course prepares the student for the IT CIT-277 Games Programming (3 credits) technologies to protect the LAN and WAN Field Work experience and integrates issues This course provides students with an network resources from various threats in information technology workplaces. Topics overview of the game development process associated with the integration of the covered may include resume writing, job before moving on to learn the fundamental Internet. Not available for supplemental. search, IT workplace professionalism, and skills required to program a game Prerequisites: take CIT-157, CIT-158, legal and ethical issues in information modifi cation (MOD) using a common game CIT-163, CIT-255. technology. Not available for challenge or engine. Projects cover weapons supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIT-152, programming, user interface additions, CIT-260 Algorithms and Problem Solving CIT-156, CIT-157, CIT-158, CIT-163, player alternations and game- client events. (3 credits) ENG-156. Theory is supplemented by practical This course provides students with an examples in the lab. Students will work on intensive orientation to many traditional CIT-271 IT Field Work (3 credits) small game modifi cations culminating in a computer science algorithms. Emphasis will This course is a fi eld work experience in an fi nal project which students will design using be given to solution effi ciency. Students are approved information technology corporate the GDP and implementing a custom MOD expected to enter this course literate in the setting to provide in-depth work experience with a new game style. Not available for languages of its prerequisites. All lectures in the profession. Not available for challenge supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIT-266. will be language neutral. All labs will be or supplemental. Prerequisites: take problem-solving exercises. Not available for CIT-152, CIT-156, CIT-157, CIT-158, (CIV) CIVIL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIT-156. CIT-163, ENG-156. CIV-218 Highways (4 credits) CIT-261 Operating Systems (4 credits) CIT-274 Assembly Language This course is a review of fi rst-year surveying This course covers the activities performed Programming (3 credits) with emphasis on new topics such as by operating systems, including hardware Topics include architecture of a roadway classifi cation, geometric design interfacing, process creation and scheduling, microprocessor, instruction set and controls for horizontal and vertical alignment, deadlocks, memory management and addressing modes, macros and procedures, organization of highway projects and system security. In the lab, students will gain use of interrupts to interface to hardware and construction contracts, co-ordination of experience with various personal computer interface to operating systems, including inspection services and survey control. operating systems. Not available for network operating systems, link assembly Emphasis is on computations for circular supplemental. Equivalent to CIT-251. programs to high-level languages. curves, vertical parabolic curves, Corequisite courses: CIT-261L. Architectures of a wide variety of machines triangulation and coordinates, construction will be discussed. Not available for surveys, survey records, earthwork, and CIT-264 Advanced Database Mgmt supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIT-154, measurements for contract pay quantities. Systems: Oracle (3 credits) CIT-158, MTH-152. Not available for challenge. Prerequisites: This course prepares students to build forms take CPU-248, ENF-161, ENF-168, and reports using Oracle as a web-centric CIT-275 Intro to Systems Design I SUR-162. Corequisite courses: CIV-218L. solution to accessing data in a multi-user (5 credits) environment. Not available for supplemental. This course involves systems development CIV-237 Work Experience (2 credits) Equivalent to CIT-263. Prerequisites: take through the use of structured analysis In this course, students are placed in a CIT-163. methods within the framework of an position equivalent to an “Engineering established life cycle. The initiation of a Technologist in Training” setting on a day-to- CIT-265 E-Commerce Administration project, preliminary investigation, systems day basis. Students are required to (4 credits) requirements, fact-fi nding techniques, data- participate as part of the engineering project This course focuses on the back end of fl ow concepts and diagrams, cost/benefi t team and complete tasks as specifi ed by e-commerce. This administration course analysis, design of input/output and controls, their supervisor. The settings for the builds skills in the area of web server on-line system design considerations, placement will provide more challenging management, server side languages and system testing and implementation, work tasks with opportunities for problem- software environments available for hardware and software selection will be solution. Attendance is mandatory. advanced database enabled web-based covered. Not available for supplemental. solutions. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to CIT-150. Prerequisites: take CIV-240 Major Report (1 credits) Prerequisites: take CIT-156, CIT-157, CIT-163. This course is an introduction to the CIT-158, CIT-163. processes involved in the research, CIT-276 Systems Design II (5 credits) compilation, preparation and presentation of CIT-266 Object Program Systems This course builds on the concepts and skills a major technical report. Not available for Applications (4 credits) acquired in CIT275. Students will work in a supplemental. Prerequisites: take ENG-154. The course will expand on the topics functional team environment using the introduced in CIT 154 and CIT 156. Object- systems development life cycle to analyze, oriented languages will be used to implement design and implement a live system.

129 Course Descriptions CIV 247 - CJP 157

CIV-247 Irrigation Structures (4 credits) Not available for supplemental or challenge. CJP-102 Criminal Justice Seminar II This course covers the fundamentals Equivalent to CIV-249. Corequisite courses: (1 credit) required for the design, construction, ENF-150. This course is designed to meet the supervision and inspection of hydraulic and individual and group needs of students in the timber systems. Four different types of CIV-263 Steel Design and Detailing Criminal Justice Certifi cate program. Content hydraulic structures will be designed and (4 credits) relates to adjustment to college, personal students will draw a chute drop structure with This course covers the fundamentals growth, problem solving and self-esteem. specifi cations, design calculations and cost required for designing the structural Also includes preparation for summer and/or estimates. The students will also design and members and connections for steel permanent employment, and the personal draw a timber bridge in accordance with CSA structures. Aspects of engineering inspection and educational steps needed to acquire and CWC Standards. Not available for of steel structures are reviewed. Students these goals. Not available for challenge supplemental. Prerequisites: take ENF-161. design and draw a commercial building in or supplemental. Corequisite courses: ENF-150. accordance with CSA and CISC Standards. Students produce a complete set of CJP-152 Criminal Justice Practicum I CIV-249 Timber Design and Detailing AutoCAD working drawings with (3 credits) (3 credits) specifi cations and design calculations. Not This course is a practicum to broaden This course covers the fundamentals available for supplemental. Prerequisites: knowledge of the operational workings of a required for designing and inspecting timber take ENF-150 or ENF-152. Corequisite variety of criminal justice agencies. Students structures. Students design and draw a courses: CIV-263L. will develop the necessary skills, knowledge commercial building in accordance with CSA and attitudes for working within the criminal and CWC Standards. Students produce a CIV-266 Reinforced Concrete Design justice system. Although every effort will be complete set of working drawings with (4 credits) made to facilitate students’ schedules, each specifi cations and design calculations. Not This course covers the fundamentals applicant for practicum must be aware of the available for supplemental or challenge. required for designing and inspecting possibility of having to work a variety of Equivalent to CIV-258. Corequisite courses: reinforced concrete structures. Students shifts, including weekends, evenings and ENF-152. design and draw a reinforced concrete offi ce midnights. Students who apply for this building in accordance with CSA Standards. course will be required to undergo a security CIV-253 Water Resources (4 credits) Students provide a complete set of working check. Not available for supplemental. This course covers basic theoretical drawings with specifi cations and design background in hydrology with an emphasis calculations. Not available for supplemental. CJP-156 Law Enforcement Firearms on design fl ood estimation techniques. Prerequisites: take ENF-150 or ENF-152. (3 credits) Topics include map studies of drainage Corequisite courses: CIV-266L. This course emphasizes fi rearm handling basins and rivers, precipitation measurement and usage by law enforcement personnel. and analysis, statistical and empirical CIV-274 Infrastructure Servicing Topics addressed include safety, analysis of stream fl ow data to develop (4 credits) maintenance, lawful use of force and the design fl ood estimates, mass curve analysis This course covers applied technology fundamentals of shooting. Policy and for reservoir planning, and stream fl ow fundamentals required for the design, procedure with respect to dispatching wildlife measurement. Not available for challenge or construction, supervision and inspection of will be covered. Learners will participate in supplemental. Prerequisites: take CPU-150, municipal servicing such as site and lot fi eld training sessions in order to SUR-162. grading, storm and sanitary sewers, water demonstrate hands-on profi ciency relating to distribution and residential surface the classroom theory. Equivalent to CJP-154. CIV-257 Environmental Engineering improvements. Many aspects will integrate (5 credits) computer technology with design functions. CJP-157 Preliminary Response This course covers the broad scope of water Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) resource topics as they relate directly to the Prerequisites: take CPU-248, CIV-253, This course is the fi rst of three that environment. Some topics presented are ENF-161. emphasizes the investigative nature of the water and waste water characteristics, water criminal justice fi eld. Learners will describe and waste water treatment, solid waste (CJP) CRIMINAL JUSTICE the roles and responsibilities as a fi rst disposal, water distribution systems and responder to a variety of crime scenes or sewage collection system design. Not CJP-101 Criminal Justice Seminar I emergency situations. The appropriate available for challenge or supplemental. (1 credit) means to preserve, collect and package Prerequisites: take ENF-161. This course is designed to meet the various types of evidence will be examined. individual and group needs of students in Equivalent to CJP-170. CIV-258 Timber Design and Detailing the Criminal Justice Certifi cate program. (4 credits) Content relates to adjustment to college, This course covers the fundamentals personal growth, problem-solving, and self- required for designing and inspecting timber esteem. It includes preparation for summer structures. Students will design a commercial and/or permanent employment, and the building in accordance with CSA, CWC personal and educational steps needed standards and the Alberta Building Codes. to acquire these goals. Not available for challenge or supplemental.

130 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CJP 158 - CJP 178

CJP-158 Criminal Justice Seminar III CJP-167 Security Emergency Planning Learners are exposed to and learn coping (3 credits) (3 credits) strategies for TASER and Oleoresin This course is designed to meet the This course covers thorough and detailed Capsicum (pepper spray) assaults. individual and group needs of students in the planning and procedures to cope with all Equivalent to CJP-271. Criminal Justice Certifi cate program. Content types of emergencies and unusual events relates to adjustment to college, personal that can threaten the integrity of a facility or CJP-173 Investigative Techniques I growth, problem-solving, and self-esteem. It its personnel. The emphasis is on analysis (3 credits) also includes preparation for permanent and actual preparation of plans for This is an introductory level police employment, and the personal and designated facilities and institutions. investigative techniques course provided to educational steps needed to acquire these front-line police offi cers, which focuses on goals. CJP-168 Security Investigation (3 credits) the day-to-day practical applications of the This course will give students an overview of Criminal Code and various other statutes, CJP-160 Intro Criminal Justice System an investigation from a security offi cer’s including the Traffi c Safety Act. Police (3 credits) perspective, including examination of specifi c offi cers learn and apply the fundamental This course is a study of Canada’s criminal statutes relevant to security. Topics will skills associated with laser and radar justice system in the sequence as seen by include crime scene analysis, security principles, Level 1 accident investigation, an offender who experiences it. The structure investigation and methods of recording impaired driving investigation, evidence and and jurisdictions of the three levels of incidences culminating in the presentation of court preparation and includes providing government involved are examined, together evidence in criminal/civil proceedings. evidence in a mock trial. Police offi cers also with the development, role and functions of learn how to properly conduct interviews, the police and other agencies, the courts, CJP-169 Security Management (3 credits) interrogations and take cautioned sentencing philosophies, correctional This course covers the viability and success statements. Emphasis is placed on learning institutions, community corrections and of a security operation, depending greatly on the techniques and strategies associated diversion. Also considered are discretion, the quality of the management process. with the hard skills of the regular and day-to- limitations of authority and the decision Particular attention is given to organizational day investigational techniques. Equivalent to points throughout the system. structure, the role of the manager and all the CJP-355. traditional organizational responsibilities that CJP-161 Ethics & Interpersonal Skills must be carried out. Emphasis is given to the CJP-175 Interviewing (3 credits) (3 credits) growing role of accountability and liability in This course covers basic interviewing This course provides foundational knowledge establishing standards of performance. techniques and focuses on the structure and and skill in the area of ethics and skills functions of various types of interviews. The relating to criminal justice professions. Topics CJP-170 Criminalistics (3 credits) emphasis is on interpersonal relationships, emphasized will include self-awareness, This course includes extensive laboratory feedback, barriers to effectiveness, professionalism and ethics, attitudes and and practical exercises to provide a working paraphrasing as well as obtaining statements their dynamics, and emotional and stress knowledge in the identifi cation, collection, from complainants, victims and witnesses. management. In addition, verbal and non- preservation, and evaluation of physical Role-playing is employed extensively. verbal communication will be a key evidence for forensic purposes. It includes component of this course. taking fi ngerprints, dusting and lifting latent CJP-176 Security Surveys (3 credits) prints, iodine fuming, casting impressions; This course covers all phases and CJP-163 Human Relations for Commercial physical matching of tool marks, documents, considerations necessary to carry out Vehicle Enforcement (3 credits) glass fractures, hair, fi bres, soil, paint and thorough and effective surveys of all aspects In this course, students will examine the ballistics utilizing various microscopes; of the operations of a facility. Learning is various dynamics of human behaviour that evidence gathering employing metal reinforced by practical assignments to be specifi cally relate to the duties of detectors, vacuum sweepers and night completed by students in detailed reports. Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cers. scopes. The forensic laboratory is also Students will learn about and practice studied. Equivalent to CJP-157. CJP-178 Individuals With Special Needs various theories and skills about (3 credits) professionalism, ethics, dress and CJP-171 Use of Force (5 credits) This course presents foundational deportment, and communication principles. This course is based on the Alberta information for justice related applications on Association of Chiefs of Police Use of Force a wide range of conditions and disabilities CJP-164 Loss Prevention (3 credits) model. Police recruits are taught the correct and the community supports that are This course is an overview of the loss and effective methods for securing scenes available for individuals with special needs. prevention fi eld including the methods and and situations that may be threatening or Whether the person is a victim or suspect, procedures to control the internal and hostile in nature. This offi cer safety training learners will propose best practices for external loss of assets. Methods of course includes training in tactical interacting with the individual and working prevention and techniques of detection are communications, dealing with multiple cooperatively with other community support emphasized. assailants, building and room clearance, agencies. Mental health conditions, FASD, rapid deployment, vehicle stops, searches developmental disabilities, brain injuries, and the correct use of police issue batons addictions and medical conditions that may and handcuffs. affect a person’s behaviour will be discussed.

131 Course Descriptions CJP 180 - CJP 263

CJP-180 Law, Youth & Young Offenders CJP-191 Alternative Dispute Resolution CJP-256 Criminal Investigation (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) This course covers introduction to, and This course covers the defi nition and control This introductory course examines history of, criminal investigations, preliminary, of crime by young offenders through an alternative dispute resolution, providing an continuing and follow-up investigations, investigation of the evolution of law as it is overview of confl ict resolution and alternative sources of information, and the non-legal applied to young people in Canada. The sentencing methods for young offenders and aspects of offences against people and emphasis is on a detailed analysis of Bill adults. The course’s main focus involves property, victimless crimes, etc. Equivalent C-7: Youth Criminal Justice Act, including an training in mediation and family group to CJP-284. exploration of the roles of police, courts, conferencing (FGC) as well as other correctional agencies, and community in methods of confl ict resolution. Police offi cer CJP-257 Investigative Techniques dealing with youth crime. An overview of discretion is an integral part of implementing (3 credits) historical and current explorations for the all methods of confl ict resolution. Mediation This course covers introduction to major criminal behaviour of young people is and FGC provide a community-based theoretical concepts and approaches to included. response to criminal and discipline serious crimes. Included are investigative behaviours. FGC is also appropriate for use techniques of safe attacks, search CJP-183 Diversity Issues in CJ (3 credits) with young offenders under the age of 12 techniques (ground, building and vehicle), This course examines multiculturalism and who can’t be charged criminally or under the line-ups, organized crime (gangs), polygraph its relationship to the criminal justice system Youth Criminal Justice Act. Not available for use, counterfeit detection, hostage taking, in Canada. Among the issues discussed are supplemental. Equivalent to CJP-291. barricaded person situations and child the recognition, acceptance, and affi rmation abuse. Not available for supplemental. of ethnic, racial and religious diversity within CJP-250 Enforcement Techniques Equivalent to CJP-283. the framework of Canada’s policy of (3 credits) multiculturalism. Particular emphasis is This course provides an understanding of the CJP-260 Specifi c Crimes (3 credits) placed on Aboriginal history and cultural legal and moral requirements for the care, This course is an in-depth analysis of traditions. Special attention is focused on custody and control of prisoners and the use selected Criminal Code offences, including the application of these issues to policing, of various forms of restraints. It provides an the statutory provisions, elements of the corrections, and other aspects of the criminal analysis of selected sections of Part III of the offence and relevant case law. Offences justice system. Learners will have the Criminal Code pertaining to weapons and the covered include theft and theft-related opportunity to develop the sensitivities and Firearms Act. Instruction is provided in offences, breaking and entering and skills which will assist them in understanding practical skills and techniques for the care, committing an indictable offence, false and working with different cultures, and to be control and safe handling of fi rearms. pretences, fraud, forgery, uttering, responsive to the needs and expectations of Equivalent to CJP-182. fraudulently obtaining food and lodging, culturally diverse communities. instruments for the purpose of forgery, CJP-252 Criminal Justice Practicum II possession of stolen property, public (3 credits) mischief, causing a disturbance, assault, CJP-186 Investigative Techniques II This practicum course provides second-year assaulting a peace offi cer, sexual offences, (3 credits) Criminal Justice students the opportunity to homicide, robbery, extortion and arson. This is an intermediate level police experience the daily operations of a specifi c Prerequisites: take LAW-175. investigative techniques course provided to police department and to assist them in front-line police offi cers that focuses on the making an educated career choice. Students CJP-261 Selected Statutes (3 credits) day-to-day practical applications of common will develop the skills, knowledge and This course examines key provisions of a investigative practices. Police offi cers learn attitudes necessary to become successful selection of both federal and provincial and apply the fundamental skills associated police offi cers. Although every effort will be statutes most commonly encountered by with confl ict mediation, alternate dispute made to facilitate the student’s schedule, those employed in the criminal justice resolution and restorative justice. In addition each applicant for practicum must be aware system. Included is a review of related to miscarriages of justice, persons at risk, of the possibility of having to work a variety regulations, orders-in-council and ministerial domestic violence and sexual assault, police of shifts, including weekends, evenings orders. Students complete a series of offi cers are also instructed in matters of and midnights. Students who apply for this assignments in each of these areas. crime scene assessment, forensic evidence, course will be required to undergo a security drug investigation, methamphetamine labs, check. Not available for supplemental. CJP-263 Traffi c Enforcement (3 credits) biohazardous and explosive materials, This course examines the federal and organized crime, parole and probation and CJP-255 Notebooks and Reports provincial laws related to traffi c enforcement. the Serious Habitual Offender (3 credits) The law and practical application of Comprehensive Action Plan. This course presents the writing and enforcement tools such as speed-measuring reporting skills especially unique to the devices, screening devices and instruments criminal justice system. Emphasis will be are examined. Investigations into, and placed on accuracy in compiling notes, reporting of, motor vehicle accidents are reports and statements and the completion conducted. In addition, methods on how to of police documents through situational enforce traffi c laws and control the fl ow of assignments. Equivalent to CJP-165. traffi c are studied.

132 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CJP 267 - CMM 121

CJP-267 Natural Resource Legislation community justice forums, youth justice legislation established to protect the (5 credits) committees, and “circles” while working with environment against degradation or damage. This course covers the study of statutes, community partners. Compliance options and alternatives are regulations and relevant case law pertaining presented in dealing with violations. The to fi sheries, parks, wildlife, and the CJP-282 Evidence and Court Procedures principles of administrative law form a major environment, including the historical and (5 credits) part of this course. constitutional aspects of this legislation. This course covers the Canada Evidence Overview of native hunting and fi shing rights Act, the Alberta Evidence Act, and Rules of CJP-359 Conservation Law Investigation are part of the course. Prerequisites: take Evidence. Court forms from a criminal justice (5 credits) LAW-161. perspective are compiled. The focus of the This course is a thorough examination of the course is to prepare and provide the investigative function of the natural resource CJP-268 Police Administration (3 credits) opportunity for the learner to testify in court. offi cer. Topics include searching and This course covers the basic organizational recoding information from the violation concepts (formal and informal), operating CJP-283 Criminal Investigative scene, the collection and preservation of principles, and administrative procedures of Techniques (3 credits) evidence, investigative leads to locate police services. Also explored are This course covers the introduction to and witnesses and the proper use and care of the management skills, communication and history of criminal investigations and focuses offi cer’s fi eld notebook. A comprehensive human resource management, with on the preliminary, continuing and follow-up sample investigation report is a requirement emphasis on proactive-consultative style of investigations. Methods of obtaining of the course. Laboratory exercises include management. The Alberta Police Act and evidence and the development of theories interviewing and interrogation techniques, relevant regulations, along with the Alberta using a problem solving model is a major surveillance, intelligence and covert Police Offi cer’s Collective Bargaining Act are component of this course. Equivalent to operations. Corequisite courses: CJP-359L. reviewed. Equivalent to CJP-292. CJP-257. CJP-369 Patrol Procedures (5 credits) CJP-278 Criminology (3 credits) CJP-284 Criminal Investigative Theory This course provides students with the skills This course is an introduction to the major (3 credits) and abilities necessary to conduct effective theoretical concepts, both historical and This course integrates the major theoretical and effi cient enforcement patrols. Areas of modern, which provide explanations of concepts and approaches to major crime study include responsibilities and techniques, crime, criminals, and criminality. The investigation. Emphasis is placed on dealing with complaints, planning, conducting relationships with other sciences, and investigations unique to specifi c crimes such and evaluating patrols, compliance checks, between theory and practice, are included. as arson, child abuse, terrorism, and gang searches, profi ling resource users, basic Scientifi c foundations for a modern criminal activities. Equivalent to CJP-256. maintenance, use and care of specialized policy are discussed. Prerequisites: take CJP-283. enforcement tools and equipment, communication methods, and organized CJP-280 Commercial Vehicle CJP-287 Crisis Intervention (3 credits) resource crime. This course provides 12 Enforcement (3 credits) This capstone course links and applies many weeks of classroom instruction, extensive Commercial vehicle enforcement is a of the theoretical concepts and skills applied lab activities and a fi eld trip. specialized fi eld of traffi c enforcement. acquired in previous courses. It will provide Corequisite courses: CJP-369L. Offi cers who conduct commercial vehicle learners with an understanding of the enforcement play a critical role in ensuring mechanics involved in a crisis situation CJP-379 Case Management (3 credits) highway safety and protecting our highway including areas such as victimology, human This course focuses on the integration of a infrastructure. In this course, you will learn interaction and human behaviour. Skills and wide variety of concepts, skills and about the roles and duties of a Commercial techniques for safe and effective intervention procedures in the context of a complex Vehicle Enforcement Offi cer. In addition to and mediation using exercises, simulation investigation or case. Learners, working in examining the role and function of an Offi cer, and refl ections are emphasized. teams, will be actively involved in we will cover key legislation and topics investigating a broad range of incidents relating to commercial vehicle enforcement CJP-292 Police Organizations and will take the cases from occurrence or such as vehicle safety inspections, driver (3 credits) complaint through to disclosure to Crown and vehicle licensing requirements, This course will examine the roles, functions, Counsel. Prerequisites: take CJP-282, dangerous goods, weights and dimensions and implementation of change that ensures CJP-267, CJP-359. and more. If you are interested in a career as an effi cient and effective police service from a Commercial Vehicle Enforcement Offi cer, the perspective of administration. This will (CMM) MULTIMEDIA or want to enhance your traffi c enforcement involve the organizational structure, roles of knowledge, this course is a must. police, police culture, leadership and the CMM-121 Basic Television and Audio Police Act in relation to the operation of a (2 credits) CJP-281 Confl ict Management (3 credits) police service. Equivalent to CJP-268. This course is an introduction to television Confl ict Management is an introductory and audio equipment and its proper use and course that examines and focuses on CJP-357 Environmental Compliance care. A basic approach to troubleshooting is strategies and practical applications for a Techniques (3 credits) included. Not available for supplemental. variety of confl ict situations. Offi cer discretion This course examines the role of is an integral part of implementing confl ict environmental inspectors and investigators management practices such as mediation, in ensuring public and private industrial operations comply with environmental

133 Course Descriptions CMM 152 - CMM 293

CMM-152 Infl uence of Communication blocks of designing and delivering interactive required by the advertising and fi lm (3 credits) content, you’ll explore the pre-built industries. Prerequisites: take CMM-185. This course is an overview of the history, functionality of authoring applications. functions, roles and effects of mass CMM-288 Programming Rich-Media communication and how they converge in CMM-165 Using Flash and Web Standards Applications (5 credits) the new media. Also covered is the infl uence (5 credits) As a multimedia programmer, it is up to you of Canadian law in the acquisition and The network is the computer! Learning to to make the various digital media in your delivery of information through the new use interactive applications together with projects as interactive as possible. In this media. Topics may include civil and criminal industry standards, such as XML, CSS and course, you will learn to take greater control libel, contempt of court, shield laws, Javascript to access, format and display data of media assets and script your projects to obscenity, censorship, copyright, privacy, on the network will set you apart as a true make the user experience highly interactive. government secrecy, regulatory bodies and producer on the next-generation WWW. You’ll be introduced to object-oriented agencies, constitutional provisions for Prerequisites: take CMM-163. programming practices, and learn to write freedom of expression and ethics. Not programs that are simpler to understand and available for supplemental. CMM-185 The Principles of Animation easier to maintain. You’ll also learn more (4 credits) about the importance of documentation, CMM-153 Digital Audio (3 credits) You will learn and apply the principles and making your elegant code accessible and We live in a world of sound. In this course, methods of classical animation, and its more reusable by others in the production chain. you will learn to capture, edit and mix the recent 2D and 3D digital variants. Using Equivalent to CMM-277. Prerequisites: take sound bites that make up the audio texture motion studies, solid body interactions, CMM-165. of the real world, and add sound to the cyclical movement, and adding synchronized virtual spaces you create and recreate in the audio and ambient effects, you will explore CMM-291 Professional Foundations multimedia world. Equivalent to CMM-155. and apply the techniques the pros use to (5 credits) Corequisite courses: CMM-153L. bring animated characters and inanimate This course is intended to give you a deeper objects to life. Equivalent to CMM-275. understanding and appreciation of the CMM-156 Digital Video (4 credits) interrelated professional activities involved in Whether you are simply capturing and CMM-282 Professional Portfolio I multimedia production in general, as well as combining sequences from the life around (2 credits) provide you with a conceptual point of entry you, or using video graphics techniques to In this seminar course, you will research and into the special discipline you have chosen design at the speed of light, you will need evaluate current best practices for designing as an area of applied concentration. to edit your footage and take control of the and producing a professional portfolio. In process to bring your video project to life. addition to taking part in discussions, group CMM-292 Proseminar (6 credits) The concepts you learn and the editing presentations and critiques, you will develop The proseminar course is designed to give fundamentals you master in this course will and submit a treatment and outline for your you an opportunity to collaborate with your give you a solid foundation in using digital own digital portfolio. co-learners and the Program Team to video creatively and effectively in your integrate advanced topics and the most multimedia presentations. Corequisite CMM-283 Professional Portfolio II current industry practices with workplace courses: CMM-156L. (4 credits) learning and other activities in the fi nal As you create your professional e-portfolio, semester. You will take part in planning and CMM-162 Multimedia Principles & Design you will not only be showcasing your work, hosting web events, inviting key people in (4 credits) but perhaps more importantly, documenting the industry to engage with you in discussing Successful multimedia projects require the underlying learning, and establishing current industry issues and directions or teamwork and planning. Through research, your status as a lifelong learner and collaborate with you in evaluating observation and hands-on practice, you will committed professional. By organizing your technologies and experimenting with learn important lessons about how e-portfolio and making it accessible on your solutions. Prerequisites: take CMM-291. multimedia production teams conceive, Internet domain, you will reinforce the fact organize and manage projects, and what that you are, indeed, a professional, proven professional practices are followed to prepared to learn and grow with the industry. CMM-293 Capstone Project (6 credits) ensure success. Equivalent to CMM-161. Prerequisites: take CMM-282. Although your instructors will be very much Corequisite courses: CMM-162L. involved with organizing and supporting this CMM-285 3D Modeling & Animation/Maya fi nal project, the real goal is to give you a CMM-163 Scripting for Multimedia & Web (5 credits) chance to extend your knowledge in (4 credits) Building on your knowledge of basic multimedia, and your chosen area of applied The computer program is your willing animation principles and practices, you will concentration, through a signifi cant servant, and it only has one question: “What use the industry’s standard software tools for achievement in independent learning. This next?”. In this basic programming course, modeling and animating in 3D. You will learn capstone project lets you demonstrate your you will learn various ways to answer that to apply advanced techniques to develop individual commitment to, and preparation question and tell your multimedia animated characters and 3D environments, for, life-long learning. Prerequisites: take applications and web pages what to display, create mechanical simulations and CMM-291. and how to behave. Using the basic building incorporate the kinds of special effects

134 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CMM 295 - COM 146

CMM-295 Telling Stories II (3 credits) soups, vegetables, starches, food costing, COL-105 Achieving College Success CMM295: Telling Stories II will give you the controls and procedures. All exams are (3 credits) requisite skills to share your story with the written through T.L.M., a computer-based This course provides a comprehensive world. This course will allow students to bring testing platform. Prerequisites: take examination of the skills and attitudes their story ideas to fruition by introducing COC-127. needed to succeed in post-secondary them to the production and delivery of video. programs. Specifi c study skills are presented Using the narrative script developed in COC-134 Sweet and Savoury Techniques and the implications these skills have to ENG290: Telling Stories I, students will (22.5 credits) other areas of life are considered. Topics develop skills in visual composition, lighting, This 16-week course focuses on two distinct include goal setting, motivation, personal audio, editing, titling and compression areas: bakeshop production and responsibility, time management, memory schemes for various delivery methods. A understanding techniques for producing and concentration, study reading, note- four-minute short fi lm will serve as the fi nal savoury food items. In the bakeshop, taking, and test-taking. Equivalent to project and will be made accessible through students will cover baking ingredients, yeast COL-101. a variety of formats: video sharing websites, goods, pastries and cakes. In the savoury CD, and cell phones. Prerequisites: take lab, students will cover seasoning, sauces, COL-106 Leadership for FNMI Students ENG-290. boning and fi lleting, appetizers, buffets, and (3 credits) cooking techniques for meat fi sh and poultry. This course provides FNMI students with (COC) CULINARY CAREERS Prerequisites: take COC-127. mentorship/leadership skills that will allow them to serve in leadership roles in the COC-127 Culinary Careers Introduction (COL) COLLEGE PREPARATION college and community. The course (3 credits) promotes meaningful involvement for This course is a prerequisite required by all COL-004 GED Preparation (2 credits) students through fostering student students entering Culinary Careers. Students This course is designed to help students connections, creating a greater capacity for will gain basic knowledge, skills and attitudes earn the General Education Development student leadership, and developing effective toward sanitation, safety, kitchen equipment Tests (G.E.D.), accepted by many employers communication skills. Students will and knife safety. as an alternative to a high school diploma. participate in community-based activities and Students will review their knowledge of social events, evaluate their roles, responsibilities COC-131 Nutrition for Cooks (1 credit) studies, science, written skills, literature and and effectiveness as interconnected This course introduces nutritional concepts the arts, and mathematics. Particular members of local, national and global that focus on healthy eating and living styles. attention will be given to reading and communities, and appreciate the value of Students will learn to identify the various mathematical skills. The cost of the testing is volunteering in the community as a types of restricted diets and understand included in the course registration fees. complement to a successful career. consumers’ allergies and nutritional requirements. Prerequisites: take COC-127. COL-100 Orientation College Learning COL-120 General Studies Initiative (5 credits) (1 credit) COC-132 Industry Work Placement This one-month course prepares students for This General Studies course is designed for (2 credits) entry into college or university so that they students in the Initiative Program. Students Students spend a minimum of 480 hours in a can make a successful transition into the will pursue a mixture of self-guided and paid industry position in a full-service academic world prior to beginning their teacher-directed activities. Students will restaurant, hotel, golf course, private club or formal program of study. Orientation to participate in seminars and peer activities institutional operation, where opportunities College Learning presents the tools and that leave them better prepared to face the exist to gain additional experience in attitudes students need to be confi dent, challenges of student life. preparing a wide variety of quality food independent learners at Lethbridge College items. This course is noted for its varied or elsewhere. Students have opportunity to (COM) COMMUNICATION selection of industry partners that annually develop proven learning and study methods visit the campus to interview students during and to explore related life skills that will COM-137 Communication Skills Hospitality Recruitment Day. Graded credit enhance success, not only in the academic (1 credit) or no credit (CR/NCR). Not available for world but in the workplace and in private life This is a 16-hour course for students supplemental. Prerequisites: take COC-127. as well. This course is strongly enrolled in the Culinary Careers Diploma. recommended for beginning students. The course focuses on communication skills COC-133 Restaurant & Production Skills Equivalent to COL-050. necessary for attaining, maintaining and (22.5 credits) advancing in a career in the food service and This 16-week course offers students the COL-103 Intro to Learning Strategies hospitality industry. Prerequisites: take opportunity to develop skills fundamental to (1 credit) COC-127. the cooking trade. Emphasis is placed on This course is an introduction to specifi c practical skills that enable students to learning strategies students require to COM-146 Effective Speaking (2 credits) perform multiple tasks in an organized and succeed in post-secondary programs. This course covers practical application expedious fashion, mirroring industry Students will explore a core set of chiefl y given to oral communication in the areas of environments. Learners are encouraged to academic learning strategies such as note- interpersonal and nonverbal communication, develop team skills and customer interaction taking, memory, study reading, test- taking public speaking, assertiveness, and interview techniques demanded by modern restaurant and time management. skills. Not available for supplemental. operations. Theory modules focus on Equivalent to SPH-146. breakfast, beverages, salads, sandwiches,

135 Course Descriptions COM 146 - COM 460

COM-153 Professional Communication COM-162 Interpersonal Relationships & COM-254 Correctional Report Writing (2 credits) Communication (3 credits) (3 credits) This course involves the basic skills and This course is designed to improve students’ This course addresses the specifi c knowledge required to facilitate the self-concepts and provide them with the requirements of report structure and content successful completion of the application skills to successfully relate with others on a in the correctional fi eld. Reports utilized in process of public safety organizations such personal, social and business basis. both community and institutional corrections as police agencies, traffi c enforcement Designed for personal growth and attitude (federal and provincial) will be addressed, agencies, and other law enforcement change, this course provides opportunities as well as those required for work with young agencies. The emphasis is on preparing for to develop communication skills, recognition offenders. The interpretation of, need for, a range of employment interviews, proper and understanding of self concept, skills in and use of statistics in management problem completion of forms required for employment enhancing interpersonal relationships, solving are examined, together with the and career planning. procedures for goal-setting and techniques preparation and interpretation of information for decision-making. Not available for in the form of graphs and tables. Electronic COM-155 Customer and Team Relations supplemental. reporting will also be addressed. Not (3 credits) available for supplemental. Equivalent to Effective relations with both customers and COM-170 Helping Relationships CJP-254. Prerequisites: take ENG-176. team members are essential for (3 credits) organizations to be successful. This course This course covers techniques of COM-263 Interpersonal Skills (3 credits) equips students with customer service skills interpersonal communication through This course covers the interpersonal skills that will result in a Service Best certifi cate. introduction to the helping relationships needed to handle sensitive situations Team relation exercises will help equip process. In the process, the client is an encountered when dealing with the public in students to function in work settings. interactive participant; the direction of the the renewable resources conservation fi eld. interaction is provided by the client . Topics Emphasis is placed on verbal judo and COM-158 Leadership Communication include problem-solving, decision-making, technical communications. Students further Skill (3 credits) confl ict resolution, characteristics of a helper, enhance their verbal and written This course will provide learners an and the helping process. Hands-on helping communication skills through various opportunity to explore their personal skills are developed in order to communicate exercises. communication style and to develop the more effectively with clients. Not available for interpersonal skills needed for effective supplemental. Prerequisites: take COM-162. COM-275 Interviewing Techniques relationships in the workplace. The (3 credits) importance of understanding group COM-175 Applied English & This course covers basic interviewing dynamics, leadership styles, confl ict Communication in CJ (3 credits) techniques and focuses on the structure and resolution strategies, and team development Learners will be introduced to the theory of functions of various types of interviews. The models will be reinforced using business pre-employment testing and interviews, with emphasis is on interpersonal relationships, scenarios. Learners will also gain knowledge emphasis on the Behavioural Descriptive rapport building, barriers to effective on how to facilitate a successful meeting, as Interview (BDI). Learners will apply these communication, paraphrasing as well as well as prepare for behaviour descriptive theories through practical classroom obtaining statements from complainants, interview questions. Each learner will be interview exercises and will also develop victims and witnesses. Role-playing is exposed to public speaking by doing an application letter and resume writing skills. employed extensively. This will include individual presentation to their peers. Equivalent to COM-177. Prerequisites: take scenarios involving persons with special ENG-175. needs and persons from diverse cultural COM-159 Applied Interpersonal groups. Communication (4 credits) COM-177 Applied English & Healthy communication is an essential skill Communication (2 credits) COM-460 Reports and Investigations for justice professionals. This course This course will focus on technical writing: (3 credits) requires learners to focus on self-awareness clear, concise, and chronological writing for The ability to communicate in writing is an and self-esteem before moving into the the public safety industry. Assignments will essential skill for the correctional interpersonal area of verbal and non-verbal be integrated with other criminal justice professional. Students will demonstrate communication. These concepts are the classes’ assignments. Writing for competency in the completion of a variety of foundation of practical applications of the employment (portfolio, resume, cover letter, reports, including pre-sentence and parole interviewing techniques, skills, and strategies and application form) will be refi ned. investigations, community assessment, required to gain information from offenders Equivalent to COM-175. institutional reports, temporary absence and effect personal change. A study of the plans, incident reports and internal ethical context for this work is key. investigations. Technical competency is an expectation and content of reports must be appropriate. Students must demonstrate an understanding of the purpose of the reports, their routing and possible outcomes. This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) course. Not available for supplemental.

136 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CON 133 - COR 150

(CON) CONSTRUCTION planning, network scheduling techniques, CON-250 Detailed Estimating (4 credits) setting objectives, measuring progress and This is the senior estimating course. It offers CON-133 Residential Construction monitoring costs, Total Quality Management, in-depth application of the concepts and (3 credits) teamwork and partnering. Not available for techniques set out in Estimating This course covers the principles and supplemental or challenge. Fundamentals. This will include the practices of light construction. The various preparation of a responsive tender, phases of residential construction are CON-209 Business Management in employing estimating software and covered in a logical sequence. The main Construction (3 credits) incorporating a contract document for a topics include the building site, footings and This course covers the fundamentals of selected civil or commercial project. All foundations, framing practices for fl oors, business organizations and management items of cost impact will be considered. Not walls, partitions and roofs. The Alberta in the construction industry. Topics may available for supplemental. Equivalent Building Code is an integral part of the include conditions and requirements, legal to CON-255, CON-217, CON-224. course. Not available for supplemental. structuring, corporate organization, policies Prerequisites: take CON-223. Corequisite Equivalent to CON-130. Corequisite courses: and procedures, budgeting and accounting, courses: CON-250L. DRF-165, CON-133L. cost control, contract documents and trade agreements, ACTS, claims, negotiations, CON-252 Heavy Construction (4 credits) CON-140 Contracts, Specifi cations and bank and surety relationships, effective This course is a practical overview of Inspections (4 credits ) supervision and the directing of a profi table construction problems and building This course is an introduction to the organization. Not available for supplemental. techniques. The construction process will be Canadian legal system, the basic described from start to fi nish for a components and requirements of building CON-212 Building System Services commercial/industrial building project. Not contracts, types of contracts used in the (4 credits) available for supplemental. Equivalent to construction industry and their applications, This course deals with the fundamental CON-225, CON-221. Prerequisites: take duties, rights and obligations of the concepts of the design and implementation ENF-135. Corequisite courses: ENF-152. contracting parties, general conditions of the of the mechanical and electrical systems for contract and the various statutes that affect both residential and light commercial CON-255 Construction Estimating the construction industry as a whole. The buildings. Methods for the design, installation (5 credits) lab gives students a hands-on approach to and operation of water supply, plumbing and This course covers estimating types, uses contract management. Topics include storm drainage, electrical supply, heating and limitations, indecii, variables and organization of the contract documents and air conditioning will be studied. Not modifi ers. The course also covers the (contract, specifi cations, drawings, and available for supplemental. Prerequisites: components of a detailed estimate, and the addendum), control of the tendering process, take DRF-250, ENF-161. tendering process. Estimating software will revisions to the contract, measurement be incorporated throughout the course. Not and payment, change orders, claims and CON-223 Estimating Fundamentals available for supplemental. Equivalent to disputes, documentation and administration (4 credits) CON-250, CON-217, CON-224. of the contract and the role of the inspector. This course covers the fundamentals of Prerequisites: take CON-140, CON-150. Not available for challenge or supplemental. estimating types, uses and limitations; Corequisite courses: CON-140L. conceptual, area/volume and system (COR) CORRECTIONS estimates, indecii, variables and modifi ers. CON-150 Codes, Details and Drawings This course also addresses formatting the COR-150 Introduction to Corrections (3 credits) detailed estimate including methods and (3 credits) The structuring of the Alberta Building Code measurements; pricing the take off; burdens This course examines correctional systems (accessing, interpreting and employing the and indirects; risk of margins; summarizing in Canada. It covers the history of content) is closely examined through study and tendering. Not available for corrections, the role of corrections in and practical exercise. The proper detailing supplemental. Equivalent to CON-216. contemporary society, and the of systems and assemblies are examined Prerequisites: take CON-140, CON-150. interrelationships between the various through sketch and label exercises and components (including community-based identifi cation on the “as build drawings.” The CON-225 Heavy Construction II (3 credits) corrections, correctional centres, and methodology and conventions employed in This course is a continuation of the building parole). Correctional treatment and after care the drafting of project drawings are examined techniques introduced in Heavy are reviewed. Emphasis is placed on the through a variety of blueprint reading and Construction I. Topics include structural formal and informal relationships that interpreting exercises. Not available for frames and enclosing fl ooring, roofi ng, exist in correctional organizations and the supplemental or challenge. Prerequisites: partitioning and supplying interior fi nishes relationships between staff and inmates in take CAD-155. to a commercial-industrial structure. Not correctional centres. Equivalent to COR-152, available for supplemental. Equivalent CJP-150. CON-155 Managing the Construction to CON-252, CON-221. Prerequisites: take Process (4 credits) CON-222. This course examines the management principles and techniques as applied to effective on-site control of construction works. Transferable concepts include responsibilities, effective management and leadership, decision and actions, project

137 Course Descriptions COR 152 - COR 374

COR-152 Fundamentals of Corrections reviewed. Not available for supplemental. COR-350 Crime-Related Victimology (2 credits) Equivalent to CJP-262. (3 credits) This course examines correctional systems This course focuses on the victims of crime. in Canada. It covers the history of COR-277 Corrections Administration It covers the nature of victimization, the corrections, the role of corrections in (3 credits) effects of victimization, and the treatment of contemporary society, and the This course is an overview of a variety of victims in the criminal justice system. Victim- interrelationships between the various correctional institutions and operational offender mediation programs are components (including community structures with particular emphasis on investigated, as is the connection between corrections and correctional institutions). supervision and the human element. early victimization and criminal behaviour. Correctional treatment and Motivation theory, organizational behaviour, aftercare are reviewed. Emphasis is placed manpower development, labour relations COR-355 Violence and Criminal on the formal and informal relationships that and personnel evaluation are studied. Also Behaviour (3 credits) exist in correctional organizations, including considered are the traditional management Students explore the roots and the roles of both staff and inmates. tasks within such an organization, the manifestations of violence in Canadian Equivalent to COR-150, CJP-150. importance of change and control and how society, and the implication of violence in the system is infl uenced by governmental corrections. The management of violent COR-153 Career Development Strategies priorities. Equivalent to CJP-277. offenders, on an individual basis and in (1 credit) gangs, is the primary focus of this course. In this course, students will assess their COR-279 Correctional Casework & Techniques for diffusing violent behaviour backgrounds and skills and prepare Counselling (3 credits) are also learned and applied in practice. professional resumes and cover letters. In This course is an examination of the Equivalent to PSY-355. addition, they will be exposed to the styles of principles, ethics, and values associated with interviewing used in Justice professions, and effective casework processes in corrections. begin the development of their Employment Case studies are employed to give students COR-360 Aboriginal Peoples (3 credits) Portfolio. direct and practical experience in the In this course, students explore the historical casework processes used in correctional and sociological reasons why aboriginal COR-154 Suicide Prevention (1 credit) organizations and agencies. An overview of peoples make up a disproportionate This interactive course meets professional counselling techniques employed within percentage of the correctional population training requirements by helping participants corrections and young offenders is included. in Canada. The nature and types of recognize risk and learn how to intervene to Equivalent to CJP-279. correctional programming for First Nations prevent the immediate risk of suicide. people will be surveyed, with particular Learners will be sensitized to their own COR-285 Correctional Methods (3 credits) emphasis on healing traditions within attitudes towards suicide and identify the This course is an examination of the correctional environments. The delivery of intervention needs of a person at risk. They principles, ethics, and values associated with community programs in aboriginal will develop their skills through observation effective casework processes in corrections. communities is also addressed. The and supervised simulation experiences in Case studies are employed to give students development of a program for aboriginal large and small groups. direct and practical experience in the offenders in the community or institutions is a casework processes used in correctional requirement of this course. COR-253 Correctional Classifi cation organizations and agencies. An overview of (3 credits) counselling techniques employed within COR-374 Professional Correctional This course addresses the central process of corrections and young offenders is included. Worker (3 credits) correctional classifi cation, which involves Equivalent to CJP-285. The purpose of this course is to provide assigning housing, programs and the level of correctional staff with the tools to face the supervision required by offenders. The COR-287 Crisis Resolution (3 credits) daily complexities of their workplace. Among implications of classifi cation for case Upon completing this course, learners will the subjects addressed are adaptation to management, security and control, and the recognize that crises are turning points in change, stress management, workload and management of risk are included. Not offenders’ lives which involve both threats time management, the achievement of available for supplemental. Equivalent to and opportunities. Included in the course personal balance, self-assessment and CJP-253. content are a brief overview of key areas of personal care, the development and offender victimology, the non-violent de- maintenance of a fi t and healthy lifestyle, COR-262 Drugs in Corrections (3 credits) escalation of crises, and the process of emotional intelligence and career planning. A This course covers the role that addictive validation and importance of relationships in signifi cant element of the course is the substances and addiction plays within the terms of facilitating personal change in completion of a personal self-management correctional population. Drug recognition and offenders. Learners will learn how to assist plan. the physiological effects of drugs and offenders in the management of their alcohol intoxication and the identifi cation of behaviour and emotions and will apply the symptoms of drug and alcohol intoxication steps of resolution-based crisis intervention and addiction are studied. The identifi cation in real-life role-play situations. and management of offenders who are abusers or addicts of drugs or alcohol is

138 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions COR 378 - COR 470

COR-378 Women in Corrections development, and employee assistance correcting offenders behaviour and carrying (3 credits) programs. This is a Directed Field out discipline appropriately. This is a Directed This course is divided into two parts: the Study (DFS) course. Not available for Field Study (DFS) course. Not available for female offender and the roles of women as supplemental. supplemental. correctional professionals. It addresses the special needs of female offenders and COR-455 Comparative Corrections COR-461 Specialized Offender Study current initiatives to address them. The (3 credits) (3 credits) course explains the challenges women face Knowledge of other correctional systems is This course examines the different needs of working in predominately male environments essential to understanding the values and different groups of offenders. Students will and the effects and infl uences which women restrictions of our own. Students will demonstrate signifi cant knowledge of a have as professionals. demonstrate competency in this area by specifi c identifi able group of offenders completing a comprehensive paper through program involvement. Alternatively, COR-380 Transforming Justice (3 credits) comparing correctional practices in at least students may select a particular offender This course is designed to encourage the three other countries with those in Canada. group and conduct research to enhance their student to think through issues related to Students will be required to demonstrate knowledge. A comprehensive report is a crime and its impact on the whole competency in reviewing literature, collecting requirement of this course in either case. community. A survey of history is included, and analyzing data, and written Prior approval of the work site supervisor covering the evolution of beliefs that have communication. Initial outlines of proposed and DFS Co-ordinator is required. This is a shaped criminal justice and the correction of studies require approval of faculty Directed Field Study (DFS) course. Not offenders. The experience of being human is supervisor. available for supplemental. reviewed from a holistic perspective, and personal change and institutional COR-456 Correctional Technology COR-466 Applied Correctional Methods transformation are examined as they relate (3 credits) (3 credits) to crime and justice in the community. This course tests students’ knowledge of, In this course, students apply and Peacemaking, restorative and transformative and competence in, institutional technology, demonstrate competency in the skills justice are explored in relation to current tactical technology and information systems. necessary to be effective correctional thinking within the criminal justice system Institutional technology includes door and professionals. These include an and are presented as important ideas behind key control systems, sensing devices, understanding of the goals and objectives of correctional practice today. emergency alarms, body alarms, scanners, the agency and their application; cameras and other security devices. Tactical competency in the essential tasks of the COR-385 Issues & Trends in Corrections technology includes the use of weapons agency; and application of skills specifi c to (3 credits) (lethal and non-lethal), security hardware, the agency. This is a Directed Field Study In this course, learners will explore current and other technical aids to security (DFS) course. Not available for and emerging issues associated with the Information technology includes inmate supplemental. incarceration and treatment of offenders management information systems, around the world, and the impact of these organizational software programs, and the COR-467 Management Offender issues on staff and the management of operation of associated hardware. This is a Movement (3 credits) offenders. Directed Field Study (DFS) course. Not The movement of offenders to and from available for supplemental. institutions for court, medical, or COR-387 Crisis Management (3 credits) compassionate reasons is an integral aspect This course covers the management of COR-457 Community Involvement of correctional operation. Students must crises situations, with emphasis on early (3 credits) demonstrate an awareness of security issues identifi cation of potential crises, prevention, In this fourth-year course, students learn and relative to offender escorts, including security control and resolution. The emphasis is on demonstrate skills and abilities in ratings; competence in the application of correctional events such as riots and establishing and fostering positive restraining devices; and sensitivity to issues hostage situations, although the content has community relations related to the fi eld of relating to offenders appearing in public application within a wider context such as corrections. Students will demonstrate under escort. Demonstrated competency in policing and security. ongoing involvement and leadership, or the supervision of work crews and camps administer within an associated community, may also be considered. This is a Directed COR-450 Community/Institutional educational or public program. An evaluation Field Study (DFS) course. Not available for Resources (3 credits) of the program is an essential part of this supplemental. In this course, students learn about the course. This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) resources available to support offenders in course. Not available for supplemental. COR-470 Administrative Methods the community or the institution (depending (3 credits) on the work setting). Students will COR-460 Offender Supervision (3 credits) In this course, students acquire, demonstrate demonstrate an awareness and This course covers tasks and situations and apply knowledge relevant to the understanding of the resources available for related to offender supervision in a variety of placement agency or organization including changing behaviour; promoting personal correctional environments. Students learn mission statement, organizational structure, development and growth; recreation, and and demonstrate competency in interviewing administrative responsibilities of key personal health. In terms of staff, students offenders, observing and assessing their positions, policy, procedures and directives. will demonstrate an awareness and behaviour, and documenting their This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) course. understanding of resources available for observation; directing and controlling Not available for supplemental. personal health and wellness, promotion and offenders singly and/or in groups; and

139 Course Descriptions COR 470 - CPU 155

COR-471 Program Management (CPL) CAREER PLANNING CPU-136 Introduction to Spreadsheet (3 credits) (2 credits) In this course, students will be directly CPL-150 Community Service Learning This introductory level course will provide involved with the day-to-day management (3 credits) students with hands-on training in the basic and supervision of correctional programs. This course will provide opportunities for operations of Microsoft Excel. Topics Review and application of policy will be students to participate in Service Learning, covered include creating and formatting essential topics of this course. This is a a program that connects the curriculum to worksheets and charts, writing formulas, Directed Field Study (DFS) course. Not volunteerism within the community. Students performing what-if analysis, and other built-in available for supplemental. are matched with community service projects functions. related to their classroom studies. While COR-472 Program Development meeting actual community needs, students CPU-137 Introduction to PowerPoint (3 credits) gain valuable hands-on experiences which (1 credit) In this course, students will demonstrate the enhance their educational goals. In addition The student will learn the basic functions and ability to initiate and develop a program to the academic reinforcement, Service capabilities of Microsoft PowerPoint to create related to the goals of the agency. Learning strengthens student leadership offi ce presentations. Competence will be demonstrated through skills and offers opportunities to better development of a plan, determination of understand such values as human diversity, CPU-150 Computers in Engineering resources required, organization, completion social justice, and engaged citizenship. Technology (2 credits) of the initial objective, and assessment of This course is an applied computer course results. This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) CPL-155 Natural Resource Careers focusing on the application of databases and course. Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) spreadsheets to engineering applications This course provides an overview of and problems. Not available for COR-473 Mentorship in Correctional employment skills required by the supplemental. Equivalent to ENF-148, Settings (3 credits) environmental industry. Topics include job CPU-152. Mentorship offers senior students the market research, networking, resume writing opportunity to learn and demonstrate skills and entrepreneurship. Students will prepare CPU-151 Introduction to Computers necessary to develop junior personnel within a portfolio identifying their training skills. Not (3.00 cr.) the agency. Students in this course must available for supplemental. This course is an introduction to personal demonstrate effective supervision and computers, requiring little or no previous leadership skills including training and (CPU) COMPUTERS knowledge of computer use and application. coaching of junior staff, evaluation career Students review the components and counselling and mentoring. This is a Directed CPU-051 Computer Skills (3 credits) operation of microcomputers and gain a Field Study (DFS) course. Not available for This course teaches students the computer working knowledge of the operating system, supplemental. skills required to successfully meet the word processing, spreadsheet, and other requirements of college courses in the use of software applications. The course forms the COR-474 Safety in the Correctional basic word processing, fi le management, basis for computer applications and Environment. (3 credits) internet and library research, e-mail, and subsequent courses in the respective This course explains the risks inherent in Web-CT. Not open to supplemental. program areas. The course will be taught in correctional work. Students must the lab and the commons area in the demonstrate knowledge of the purpose and CPU-101 Computer Basics (2 credits) Instructional Building. Some scheduled application of institutional safety systems This course is designed for post-secondary class times may be replaced by time in the and responses to violations. These include students who have little to no computer commons. This will be fl exible and codes, emergency procedures, fi re experience and who need to learn to use the determined during the term. responses, inmate and staff evacuation electronic resources routinely required of LC procedures, industrial hazards and the students. The course will teach students how CPU-155 Commercial Vehicle control of dangerous contraband. This is a to use LC Online, WebCT, e-mail, the Enforcement Computer Applications Directed Field Study (DFS) course. Not internet, and library databases, and how to (3 credits) available for supplemental. use basic word processing functions. In this course, students will learn word Equivalent to CPU-008. processing, spreadsheet, e-mail and Internet COR-475 Critical Incident Management skills and accessing mainframe applications (3 credits) CPU-135 Introduction to Database that are specifi c to Alberta Infrastructure and In this course, students will learn about and (2 credits) Transportation. This course will be taught demonstrate an ability to apply the principles This introductory level course will provide using Windows NT operating system. of critical incident management, including students with hands-on training in the basic assessing situations, defi ning problems, operations of Microsoft Access. Topics deploying resources and resolving situations. covered include creating tables, entering This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) course. data, creating basic relationships, queries Not available for supplemental. and reports.

140 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CPU 170 - CUL 206

CPU-170 Production Software I (2 credits) and actually using the program to edit a This course is not subject to supplemental. This course is an introduction to the use of newsletter, design a three-fold brochure, Equivalent to CSP-155. Prerequisites: take computers and software relevant to the track automobile experts, prepare and CSP-150, CSP-160. media. Students learn operation of both PC present reports, or perform some basic data and Macintosh computers on a system analysis. Students are introduced to CSP-150 Medical Terminology/Anatomy & including e-mail, internet, word processing, integrated applications. Not available for Physiology (4 credits) spreadsheets, presentation tools, desktop challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: This course covers the study of prefi xes, publishing, audio editing, graphics and fi le take CPU-151. suffi xes and word roots from which most management essentials. Note: Limited to medical terms are derived, taught in Communication Arts students. Equivalent to CPU-253 Technology in Education combination with anatomy and physiology, CAP-174. (3 credits) to understand the structure and function of This course provides learners with an organs and systems in the human body. CPU-190 Production Software II exposure to and analysis of educational This course is not subject to supplemental. (2 credits) software. Assistive technology in educational This course covers the study and practice in settings, including K - Grade 12 information CSP-160 Surgical Instrument Processing advertising and editorial layout for the print technology curriculum are covered. Not (6 credits) media and advanced production available for supplemental or challenge. This course equips students with a thorough technologies for radio. Prerequisites: take knowledge of the complexities, precautions, CPU-170. CPU-254 Basic Desktop Publishing and techniques associated with microbiology, (3 credits) infection control, disinfection, and CPU-221 Database Management This course will introduce learners to desktop sterilization technology. Students will develop (3 credits) publishing and apply it in the preparation of the skills necessary to perform the technical This course develops database management typical business pamphlets, brochures or functions related to the care, handling, skills at an advanced level using MS Access. similar documents. Not available for disassembly, and assembly of medical Prerequisites: take CPU-135, OAA-148. supplemental. equipment and surgical instruments. This course is not subject to supplemental. CPU-224 Spreadsheet Business CPU-255 Introduction to Programming Applications (3 credits) (3 credits) (CUL) CULINARY CAREERS Students will develop advanced level This course is an introduction to spreadsheet skills to solve business math programming for graphical software CUL-200 Introduction to Menu Design problems using MS Excel. Prerequisites: packages. Emphasis is on the creation of (4 credits) take CPU-136, MTH-135. simple routines to build an understanding of This course allows students to prepare and the structure of languages and for application cut a selection of meat, fi sh, poultry, game CPU-248 Computer Applications in Civil in survey data processing and graphical and seafood for dining room service; Engineering (3 credits) software packages. Not available for describe and explain the principles of basic This course emphasizes the use of software supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAD-250. dining room sanitation and safety; describe currently available for civil engineering. The common types of menus and explain the major focus will be applications of industry CPU-275 Advanced Programming categories within the menu structure; create relevant design software. Students will also (4 credits) luncheon and evening menus. build on spreadsheet and database skills to This course examines advanced concepts in be used later in the program. Presentation programming for graphical software CUL-206 Luncheon a la Carte & Buffets software and presentation techniques are packages. Emphasis will be placed on more (14 credits) also a component of the course. Not complex routines for automating data This course allows students to describe, available for supplemental. Equivalent to transfer from raw survey data to graphical identify and prepare a selection of typical CIV-248. Prerequisites: take CPU-150, software packages. Not available for foods for buffets and lunch a la carte; CAD-155. supplemental. Prerequisites: take CPU-255. describe the typical control mechanisms as they apply to kitchen management; establish CPU-249 Desktop Publishing (CSP) CENTRAL STERILE PROCESSING selling prices and analyse menu dynamics. (5 credits) It covers basic concepts of managing and This course covers the theory and CSP-140 CSP Practicum (4 credits) motivating employees, writing job applications of desktop publishing. Emphasis This course is an eight-week, full-time work descriptions, recruiting methods, preparing is on the fundamentals, formatting, and experience at Chinook Regional Hospital. a job description, maintaining employee special applications as they relate to offi ce Students will spend fi ve weeks in the Central records, calculating related costs, obtaining work and the production of documents for Processing Department, two weeks in the food and labour costs, using proven publication. Not available for supplemental. Surgical Suite and one week in the Day employee evaluation methods, selecting Prerequisites: take KEY-140, CPU-151. Procedures Department. Emphasis is on the staff, and training requirements for hotel and development of skills necessary to perform restaurant staff. CPU-251 Computer Applications the technical functions related to the (3 credits) decontamination, assembly, function testing, This course covers projects requiring the use care, handling and sterilization of surgical of spreadsheet, word processing, database instruments and equipment. Students will and/or presentation software. It bridges the have the opportunity to apply classroom gap between merely knowing the various theory with the practical experience gained in tasks a certain type of software can perform the practicum setting. Graded CR/NCR.

141 Course Descriptions CUL 206 - CYC 183

CUL-211 Evening Dining a la Carte distinction will be highlighted throughout the CYC-179 Child & Youth Care Foundations (8 credits) course. Students will learn measurement (2 credits) This course allows students to manage an and assessment techniques relevant to This course covers the social policies and evening dining restaurant and practice determining and addressing the needs of legislation pertinent to working in the Child cooking a variety of modern dishes on line; youth. Not available for supplemental. and Youth Care profession, with a particular understand purchasing and inventory emphasis on the Child Welfare Act. It controls, basic purchasing criteria, receiving, CYC-172 Family Violence (3 credits) examines the role of the child and youth care storing and issuing; prepare for customer This course covers family violence, child worker in a variety of residential and service and understand the concepts physical, emotional, and sexual abuse, community-based services, and the ethical involved with serving guests. identifi cation of abuse, legal issues, reporting codes which guide Child and Youth Care laws and techniques for working with victims. practice. Not available for challenge or CUL-216 Gala Banquets and Ice Carving Focus is placed on societal attitudes, family supplemental. Equivalent to CYC-173. (2 credits) dynamics and counselling strategies with the Corequisite courses: HSP-150. This course allows students to practice ice- abused child. Not available for supplemental. carving techniques, and understand and Equivalent to CYC-272. CYC-180 Counselling Techniques I practice the techniques used to prepare and (4 credits) execute a gala dinner for 150 to 250 guests. CYC-175 Therapeutic Interventions This course, by building on the techniques of (3 credits) effective interpersonal communication, CUL-220 Skills Assessment & Hot Salon This course covers treatment interventions introduces students to the dynamics of the (2 credits) and approaches to child management that professional helping relationship. The micro- This course allows students to plan, order are preventative, manage immediate skills approach will be utilized to develop and prepare a complete meal for 20 or more behaviour and allow intervention from a the fundamental counselling skills necessary guests using modern culinary techniques positive frame of reference. The focus is on for the student to function successfully in and evaluate skills gained in fi ne cuisine. the therapeutic milieu, residential treatment, the helping environment. Not available for confl ict resolution and child management challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: (CYC) CHILD AND YOUTH CARE approaches. Not available for challenge or take COM-162 or CYC-157. Corequisite supplemental. Prerequisites: take CYC-179, courses: CYC-178. CYC-157 Foundations of CYC HSP-150, and COM-162 or CYC-157. Communication (3 credits) CYC-182 Outdoor Educational Experience This course is designed to improve the self- CYC-178 CYC Clinical Practice I (1 credit) concept and self-awareness of students and (4 credits) Students in the fi rst year of the program are to provide them with skills to relate effectively This fi rst fi eld experience involves the required to take this course prior to entering with team members, clients, and others. progressive development of skills in the second year. Students will be involved in Designed for personal growth and attitudinal observation, interviewing, assessment, experiential, adventure-based and multi- changes, this course provides opportunities program planning, and execution of planned disciplinary activities for education and to develop communication skills and the activities under supervision. Placements personal development in and through the fi rst stages of helping relationship skills to provide experience in agencies that provide outdoors. Not available for challenge or enhance interpersonal and helping services to children and youth (schools, supplemental. relationships. Not available for supplemental. community youth programs, group homes and treatment centres). The course includes CYC-183 Therapeutic Activities in CYC CYC-163 Behaviour Management an integration seminar component that (3 credits) (2 credits) provides students with an opportunity to This course will provide students with This course gives students an understanding apply information and skills from course work experience, knowledge and skill of techniques of learning theory and and discuss, analyse, and consolidate how development in therapeutic and recreational behaviour modifi cation in work with children their experiences can improve their future activities for children and youth. Activity and adolescents. Students will learn professional practices. Attendance in the areas will include a wide range of physical, behavioural programming and its application seminar portion is mandatory. Not available creative and cultural activities. Not available to a variety of treatment settings. Not for challenge or supplemental. Equivalent to for supplemental. Corequisite courses: available for supplemental. Prerequisites: CYC-176. Prerequisites: take CYC-169, CYC-182. take CYC-169. CYC-179, HSP-150, and COM-162 or CYC-157. Corequisite courses: CYC-163, CYC-169 Observation, Reporting & CYC-175, CYC-180, CYC-193, CYC-194. Assessment (3 credits) The course will cover the importance of observing and recording behaviour and signifi cant information in a clear, concise and comprehensive manner utilizing the ecological perspective. A distinction will be made between observation and interpretation or impression, and the importance of this

142 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions CYC 193 - DCE 245

CYC-193 Group Process (3 credits) Students are expected to play a signifi cant how their experiences can improve their This course is an introduction to the role in each subsequent work experience. future professional practices. Attendance processes and skills necessary for becoming Students are required to attend integration at the seminar portion of the course is an effective group member as well as leader seminars to apply information and skills from mandatory. Not available for challenge or of group processes in a variety of settings. course work and to discuss, analyse, and supplemental. Prerequisites: take CYC-251, Some of these include, but are not limited to, consolidate how their experiences can CYC-256, CYC-280. Corequisite courses: psycho-education or special topic groups for improve their future professional practices. CYC-269. children, youth and families. Areas to be Attendance at the seminar portion of the covered include examination of students’ course is mandatory. Not available for CYC-272 Family Violence (3 credits) own style of relating within groups, challenge or supplemental. Equivalent to This course covers family violence, child communication skills, leadership, decision- CYC-258. Prerequisites: take CYC-180, physical, emotional, and sexual abuse, making, problem-solving and group CYC-178. Corequisite courses: CYC-251, identifi cation of abuse, legal issues, reporting facilitation and attending to these CYC-280. laws and techniques for working with victims. components for participants in group Focus is placed on societal attitudes, family processes they lead. Not available for CYC-263 Professional Practice in CYC dynamics and counselling strategies with the challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: (3 credits) abused child. Not available for take CYC-169, CYC-182, and COM-162 or This course is designed to provide students supplemental. Equivalent to CYC-172. CYC-157. Corequisite course: CYC-194. with an expanded understanding of a variety of topics relating to the practice of child and CYC-278 Crisis Intervention (3 credits) CYC-194 Activity Leadership (3 credits) youth care. Collectively the presentations will This course covers specifi c knowledge This course focuses on the leadership of enable students to examine the knowledge regarding crises experienced by young therapeutic activities (including physical, and skills they have acquired to this point in people and their families. Emphasis is on creative, and cultural activities) in the Child the program in the context of exploring crisis intervention theories and the and Youth Care fi eld. Students will be able to special practice issues. Not available for acquisition of basic skills required to design, implement and evaluate effective supplemental. Corequisite courses: intervene effectively in crisis situations. Not therapeutic activities while applying CYC-263L. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: developmental, ecological and strength take CYC-180. Corequisite courses: based perspectives. Students will examine CYC-269 Case Management and CYC-256, CYC-280. their personal leadership and teaching Evaluation (3 credits) behaviours and be provided the opportunity This course is designed to provide students CYC-280 Counselling Techniques II to demonstrate leadership and program with knowledge and application of case (4 credits) design in practicum placements. Not management and evaluation procedures for This course covers interviewing and available for challenge or supplemental. the human services. Students learn to counselling interventions and topics pertinent Prerequisites: take CYC-169, CYC-182, and develop short- and long-term treatment to the Child and Youth Care profession. COM-162 or CYC-157. Corequisite courses: plans, and are exposed to a variety of Areas of concentration include development CYC-193. intervention strategies, which form the basis of advanced listening skills, use of solution- of effective case management in the child, focused therapeutic techniques from a CYC-251 Family Support & Intervention and youth care profession. The course will strength-oriented perspective, and an (3 credits) focus on developing students’ knowledge, examination of specifi c topics related to This course provides students with an skills, and specifi c procedures within a therapeutic interventions in human services. understanding of family dynamics as it holistic/ecological model of practice. Not Not available for challenge or supplemental. applies to themselves and their clients. The available for challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: take CYC-180, CYC-163, course examines the practice of family Prerequisites: take CYC-251, CYC-256, CYC-175, CYC-178. Corequisite courses: support and intervention as it pertains to CYC-280. Corequisite courses: CYC-271. CYC-256. child and youth care practice on both a theoretical and experiential level. Not CYC-271 CYC Clinical Practice III (DCE) CONSERVATION ENFORCEMENT available for challenge or supplemental. (9 credits) Prerequisites: take CYC-179, CYC-180, This course is a further development of skills DCE-245 DFS Orientation (1 credit) HSP-150, HSP-151. Corequisite courses: in the area of observing, assessing, program This is an orientation to Directed Field CYC-256. planning, case management and evaluation Studies (DFS) designed to give students of treatment and activity programs for the knowledge and skills to enter the DFS CYC-256 CYC Clinical Practice II vulnerable children and youth. The focus of component of the Bachelor of Applied (6 credits) the practicum is on helping relationships, Science Conservation Enforcement program. This course is a further development of skills professional relationships with staff and Topics covered in this course include DFS in the area of observing, assessing, program supervisors and workplace skills. Practical and work-based learning, what it is and how planning and evaluation of treatment and experiences are offered in residential and it enhances continued learning opportunities, activity programs for vulnerable children community-based treatment programs for refl ective learning as demonstrated by and youth. The focus of the practicum is on children, youth and families. Students are Directed Field Studies Reports (DFSR), and helping relationships and professional expected to play a signifi cant role in each keys to a successful placement. relationships with staff and supervisors. subsequent work experience. Students are Practical experiences are offered in required to attend integration seminars to residential and community-based treatment apply information and skills from course work programs for children, youth and families. and to discuss, analyse, and consolidate

143 Course Descriptions DCE 350 - DCE 476

DCE-350 Administrative Procedures Classroom learning is reinforced in hands-on DCE-465 Public Safety (3 credits) (5 credits) labs and fi eld trips. Prerequisites: take Students will acquire the skills and This course provides students with the RRM-258. Corequisite courses: DCE-389L. knowledge necessary to recognize and knowledge and skills to effectively enter the respond to public safety incidents. Students government workforce. Organizational DCE-390 Issues in Resource Enforcement will be expected to actively participate in the structure and administrative procedures (3 credits) planning and delivery of Occupational Health common to governmental agencies and This course presents students a series of and Safety Standards, hazard recognition private organizations involved in the short, topical presentations that deal with and mitigation or be directly involved in management of natural resources are contemporary problems or issues unique to public safety programs, which may include presented. Topics include supervision, the discipline of conservation enforcement. responding to incidents such as vehicle management principles, work planning, risk Students are expected to critically analyse accidents, searches, mountain rescues, management, employee programs and the and evaluate media articles, research water rescues, fi re suppression, hazardous relationships between management and reviews in the resource fi eld, describe material spills, and environmental unions. concepts associated with dialogue, contamination. discussion and mediation in the DCE-352 Parks and Protected Areas communication process, as well as examine DCE-470 Habitat Protection (3 credits) (5 credits) and assess various technological Students will acquire the skills and This course provides the knowledge and advancements in the fi eld. knowledge necessary to interpret skills to enable students to prepare environmental legislation designed for operational work plans, prepare budget and DCE-455 Field Enforcement (5 credits) habitat protection. Students will utilize perform cost-benefi t analysis for the This key course in Directed Field Studies approved techniques to identify and management of parks and districts. This will provides students the opportunity to learn investigate disturbances, and identify and include the ability to identify the various and demonstrate the skills necessary to evaluate incidents of non-compliance and functions and duties of park operations and perform practical fi eld enforcement functions develop appropriate courses of action. districts, understand and develop practices common to conservation enforcement of natural resource management which agencies. Upon successful completion, DCE-475 Problem Wildlife Techniques allows proper use of those resources in students will be able to meet agency and (5 credits) conjunction with adequate protection, identify academic standards for interpreting and Wildlife damage to crops, property, livestock and deal with problems inherent with the use applying legislation, conducting regulatory as well as wildlife-human confl icts are very of park resources by visitors. Projects are patrols, performing competently within complex and politically sensitive issues. This an integral part of this course. Corequisite agency policies, procedures, directives and course will develop competency in wildlife courses: DCE-352L. guidelines, and completing and issuing control and preventative techniques. A large various enforcement documents. component of this course will deal with DCE-377 Environmental Law (3 credits) issues such as public safety, crisis This survey course will have students assess DCE-456 Investigations (5 credits) management, policies and procedures, the environmental issues of our day, how This course covers provincial, federal, and depredation investigation and incident governments and people assess issues, international legislation enacted to protect planning. establish policy and create legislation. and manage wildlife populations and the Students will examine Canadian legal habitat. Students will learn to interprete DCE-476 Commercial Fisheries (3 credits) institutions that shape environmental law by and apply this legislation. Illegal harvest, Provincial and federal legislation has been examining specifi c court and administrative traffi cking, public safety violations, powers of enacted to protect and manage fi sh law decisions and focusing on the legislative arrest, search and seizure and forensic populations. Commercial fi shing, with proper and common law processes and remedies analysis of evidence will be examined in an regulation and enforcement, is regarded as available to respond to violations, claims and agency specifi c setting. an acceptable use of this renewable investigations. Students will also become resource. Fishery regulations are viewed conversant on a particular environmental law DCE-460 Community Involvement as tools of management and are a prime issue by writing a term paper on an issue of (3 credits) example of a resource-based enforcement their choice. In this course students will learn and program. This course may look at issues demonstrate skills and abilities in related to both inland and saltwater fi sheries, DCE-389 Problem Wildlife Management establishing and fostering positive depending on the students’ placement (5 credits) community relations. Essential to the location. This course covers the investigation and success of conservation enforcement fi eld control of wildlife damage to crops and the personnel, students will evaluate, develop predation of livestock. Controlling wildlife and foster community support. Students will nuisances and problems are an ongoing duty create and deliver educational/public for enforcement offi cers and agricultural fi eld involvement programs that complement their personnel. Methods of prevention and duties and benefi t management and control used in the fi eld by resource protection of natural resources. management agencies are covered.

144 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions DCE 480 - DEV 003

DCE-480 Administrative Techniques DCE-495 Independent Study (3 credits) DES-160 Fundamentals of Fashion (3 credits) This course is a self-directed learning Design (3 credits) Students will acquire, demonstrate and apply experience in which students pursue a This course is an in-depth study of the knowledge relevant to the placement research topic encompassing one or more of elements and principles of design as they agency/organization including organizational the goals of conservation law enforcement. relate to the fashion industry, with a focus on structure, administrative responsibilities, Topic selection must be relevant to the roles developing different means of policies, procedures, directives and and responsibilities of a conservation law communication such as drawing, writing, and mandates. enforcement professional. Students are presentation techniques. Additional required to demonstrate abilities in reviewing emphasis will be placed on colour theory, DCE-485 Program Management (5 credits) literature, collecting, and analysing fi eld data, consumer research and target markets. Not Students will be directly involved with the and advanced written communication skills. available for supplemental. day-to-day management and supervision Initial outlines of proposed studies require involved in the delivery of conservation approval by the faculty supervisor. DES-250 History of Design (3 credits) enforcement programs. Review and This course offers a theoretical exploration of implementation of policy will be essential DCE-496 Independent Study (5 credits) the designing process. It encompasses topics of this course. This course is a self-directed learning historical and factual knowledge of the experience in which students pursue a changes that occurred during the last two DCE-486 Advanced Enforcement Planning research topic encompassing one, or more centuries in architecture, clothing, interior (5 credits) of the goals of conservation law design, industrial design and furniture as well This course covers the advanced enforcement. Topic selection must be as graphic design and photography. enforcement planning strategies used to relevant to the roles and responsibilities of a make the best use of available manpower conservation law enforcement professional. (DEV) DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES and budget allocations to fulfi l both the Students are required to demonstrate agency mandate and specifi c district/park abilities in reviewing literature, collecting, DEV-001 Developmental Studies (1 credit) issues. It examines “needs” assessment, and analysing fi eld data, and advanced These academic support courses provide planning, prioritizing district activities and written communication skills. Initial outlines supplemental instruction to learners employee supervision. The course will of proposed studies require approval by the registered in College and University develop problem-solving and critical-thinking faculty supervisor. Preparation courses for which students may skills for supervisory positions. be under-prepared or otherwise at-risk. (DES) DESIGN These courses focus on developing a DCE-487 Mentorship (3 credits) learner’s ability to be self-directed, This course challenges senior students and DES-153 Basic Design (3 credits) independent learners using learning agency supervisors to learn and This course introduces the basic elements strategies appropriate to their learning style demonstrate skills necessary in developing and principles of design. Included is an and subject demands. junior personnel within the agency. Students introduction to colour. Students will explore must demonstrate effective supervision and basic principles and concepts that relate to a DEV-002 Developmental Studies leadership skills including recruiting and range of design areas. The emphasis of this (2 credits) interviewing methods, position descriptions, course will be on learning through examples, These academic support courses provide work plans, personnel evaluations, positive warm-ups, exercises, discussions, critiques supplemental instruction to learners and timely feedback, career counselling and and projects. Supplies are not included in the registered in College and University mentoring. cost of tuition. A supply list will be provided at Preparation courses for which students may the fi rst class. Not available for be under-prepared or otherwise at-risk. DCE-490 Senior Enforcement Project supplemental. These courses focus on developing a (3 credits) learner’s ability to be self-directed, This course offers students a self-directed DES-155 Graphic Design (4 credits) independent learners using learning learning experience in which students Developing an awareness of the strategies appropriate to their learning style research and report on key issues relevant to relationships between image, type and and subject demands. one or more of the goals of conservation law graphic elements is critical to graphic design. enforcement through a series of briefi ng In this course, you will use digital tools to DEV-003 Developmental Studies notes. Topic selection must be relevant to the explore methods of improving visual (3 credits) needs of the placement agency and location. communication in interactive media. These academic support courses provide Equivalent to CMM-150. supplemental instruction to learners DCE-491 Senior Enforcement Project registered in College and University (5 credits) DES-156 Web Graphics, Layout & Preparation courses for which students may This course offers students a self-directed Interface Design (6 credits) be under-prepared or otherwise at-risk. learning experience in which students Here you will extend and apply your ability to These courses focus on developing a research and report on key issues relevant to communicate visually into web page and site learner’s ability to be self-directed, one or more of the goals of conservation law design, print layout, motion graphics, and independent learners using learning enforcement through a series of briefi ng designing for virtual reality and interactive strategies appropriate to their learning style notes. Topic selection must be relevant to the environments. You will also explore the and subject demands. needs of the placement agency and location. challenges of designing for the new generation of networked appliances, such as cell phones, pocket PCs and PDAs.

145 Course Descriptions DEV 004 - DRF 265

DEV-004 Developmental Studies DRF-153 Introduction to Drafting DRF-250 Architectural Design & (4 credits) (4 credits) Drafting II (6 credits) These academic support courses provide This introductory course will develop basic This course gives students an understanding supplemental instruction to learners skills in the use of manual drafting equipment of topics related to the design of commercial registered in College and University and standard drafting practices. Topics building methods, materials and planning Preparation courses for which students may include use of equipment, lettering, line work, calculations. Commercial drawings will be be under-prepared or otherwise at-risk. geometric construction, orthographic prepared using the Building Code, design These courses focus on developing a projection, dimensioning and pictorial computations, and a variety of architectural learner’s ability to be self-directed, drawing. Not available for supplemental. resource materials. An understanding of independent learners using learning Equivalent to DRF-152. commercial building plans is gained through strategies appropriate to their learning style the preparation of drawings. Not available for and subject demands. DRF-163 Mechanical Drafting (5 credits) challenge or supplemental. Equivalent to This course is a continuation of DRF 153, DRF-268. Prerequisites: take DRF-165, DEV-005 Developmental Studies Introduction to Drafting. Pictorial drawing and CAD-250. (5 credits) dimensioning is reviewed and a more in- These academic support courses provide depth study of these subjects is undertaken. DRF-263 Pressure Vessel & Intro to supplemental instruction to learners New topics will include auxiliary views, Piping Design (5 credits) registered in College and University manufacturing processes and section views. This course is an introduction to pressure Preparation courses for which students may Prerequisites: take DRF-153. vessel and piping design. Drawings and be under-prepared or otherwise at-risk. designs are prepared according to practices These courses focus on developing a DRF-165 Architectural Design & Drafting I related to the petrochemical industry. Subject learner’s ability to be self-directed, (5 credits) content will include: pressure vessel and independent learners using learning This course introduces the student to piping design symbols and terminology, strategies appropriate to their learning style architectural drafting through the study of pressure vessel designs and drawings, and and subject demands. symbols and conventional practices used on pressure vessel design calculations residential blueprints. Design calculations conforming to ASME Section VIII code DEV-102 Developmental Studies and application of the Alberta Building Code requirements. Process piping design will (2 credits) are used extensively. The student will include designs and drawings such as These courses are designed for post- prepare a set of construction drawings for a isometric, mechanical fl ow, instrumentation, secondary learners who have specialized single family residence, including a main sections, details, and hoop strength learning needs not directly addressed in fl oor plan, a foundation plan, a building calculations. This course will involve three class course content - typically learners who section, and elevations. Not available for dimensional and isometric CAD drawings as have English as a second language, supplemental. Prerequisites: take CAD-155, they apply to a petrochemical facility design students with learning disabilities, and DRF-153. Corequisite courses: CAD-250, model. Prerequisites: take DRF-163, students who are on probation. After an initial CON-133. CAD-250. assessment, an individualized program is developed to address these needs in a way DRF-224 Advanced Drafting (3 credits) DRF-265 Mechanical Design & Drafting I that increases learner confi dence and This course focuses primarily on the skills (5 credits) develops appropriate learning strategies for needed to produce illustrative drawings for This course is a continuation of DRF 163, success in the student’s program of studies. the purpose of communicating design ideas. Mechanical Drafting. Topics will include It introduces and provides practical tolerancing, welding terminology, strength of DEV-103 Developmental Studies experience in four main areas: 3D Surface fi llet welds in tension, weldment drawings, (3 credits) Modelling, 3D Rendering, Exploded thread nomenclature, strength of thread These courses are designed for post- Assembly Drawing and 2-point Perspective calculations, detail, and general assembly secondary learners who have specialized Drawing. Prerequisites: take CAD-250, drawings. There will be a fi nal design project, learning needs not directly addressed in DRF-165. done in design groups of three students, class course content - typically learners who encompassing all of the materials covered in have English as a second language, DRF-244 Practicum (2 credits) this course. Not available for supplemental. students with learning disabilities, and This course is a practicum for the full Prerequisites: take CAD-250, DRF-163. students who are on probation. After an initial spectrum of engineering disciplines covered assessment, an individualized program is in the Engineering Design and Drafting developed to address these needs in a way Technology program. Field placement puts that increases learner confi dence and students in actual engineering offi ce develops appropriate learning strategies for practices on a day-to-day basis. Students success in the student’s program of studies. are required to participate as part of an engineering team and to complete actual (DRF) DRAFTING work assignments as specifi ed by the engineering supervisor or their appointee. Attendance is mandatory. Not available for supplemental or challenge.

146 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions DRF 267 - ECE 160

DRF-267 Topographical Drafting DRF-271 Mechanical Design & Drafting II ECE-155 Intro to Early Childhood (5 credits) (5 credits) Education (3 credits) This course covers the fundamentals of This course deals with the design and This course covers the goals and essential topographic mapping and includes topics selection of various machine components components for successful preschool such as: map projection methods, map and machine drive systems. It will also experiences. The historical, social and reference grids, map symbols, interpretation introduce students to the fundamentals of psychological infl uences that have shaped of topographic features, marginal map parametric 3D models and CAD/CAM. early childhood theory and practice through information, datum planes, and representing Students will apply design process the years are also examined. Students will relief on maps. Other topics include the procedures in the preparation of working gain an insight into the role of the early determination of scale, distance, area and drawings for a given machine design childhood worker and will examine their own direction on maps. Students are introduced problem. Not available for challenge or personal philosophy for early childhood work, to aerial photographic compilation and supplemental. Prerequisites: take DRF-265, in light of current appropriate child care interpretation. The exercises and drawing CAD-250, ENF-150. practices. Not available for supplemental. projects are applied to related engineering applications. Prerequisites: take CAD-250, DRF-273 Architectural Design & ECE-156 Development Through Play SUR-162. Drafting III (4 credits) (3 credits) This course is a continuation of Architectural This course is an introduction to play as a DRF-268 Architectural Design & Drafting II Design & Drafting II and will focus on natural but integral factor of the child’s (5 credits) advanced commercial building design. intellectual, physical, social, emotional, This course gives students an understanding Students will prepare commercial drawings language and creative development. of topics related to the design of commercial such as sections as well as interior and Students will learn how to organize building methods, materials and planning exterior elevations. Designs will involve use meaningful play experiences for the optimum calculations. Commercial drawings will be of the Building Code. The course will also growth of individual children in a variety of prepared using the Building Code, design provide an opportunity for students to settings. Choice of appropriate play computations, and a variety of architectural prepare 3D presentation drawings for their materials, equipment, and the physical resource materials. An understanding of projects using CAD software. Prerequisites: arrangements of both indoor and outdoor commercial building plans is gained through take DRF-268. space is also considered. Not available for the preparation of drawings. Not available for supplemental. Corequisite courses: challenge or supplemental. Equivalent to (ECE) EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PSY-171, ECE-156L. DRF-250. Prerequisites: take CAD-180, CAD-250, DRF-165. ECE-151 Health, Safety and Nutrition ECE-159 Children With Special Needs (3 credits) (3 credits) DRF-269 Municipal Design and Drafting This course provides content specifi cally This course is an introduction to children with (7 credits) focused on the wellness of young special needs. It presents an overview of the In this course, students study typical children and those who care for them in early various developmental disabilities and their municipal construction plans to learn primary childhood education programs. The course characteristics. Early intervention, individual municipal design practices and how content focuses on basic principles of health planning and the needs of the family will be information should be interpreted and and well-being, nutrition through discussed. Not available for supplemental. recorded by the draftsperson. The course will implementation of the Canada Food Guide, Equivalent to RSP-157. Corequisite courses: deal with an overview of residential and safety issues pertaining to early PSY-170. subdivision design and drafting for site childhood. Not available for supplemental. grading, storm, water, sanitary, roadways, Equivalent to ECE-158. ECE-160 Observation and Recording sidewalks, pavement, quantity estimates and (2 credits) costing. The course project is to prepare a ECE-154 Guiding Children’s Behaviour Students develop the skill of observing and set of working designs and drawings for a (3 credits) recording the behaviours of young municipal subdivision. Not available for In this course, students will learn how to children. Students examine the concept of supplemental. Prerequisites: take DRF-267, effectively guide young children’s behaviour behaviour, the rationale for observation and ENF-161. using positive child guidance strategies. a variety of observation techniques. The Students will learn the importance of the process of recording observations and the DRF-270 Advanced Piping Design early childhood education professional sources of error in records will be examined (3 credits) developing rapport with young children and in detail. Students will be required to This course will focus on gas plant layout supporting the development of positive self- complete practical assignments in fi eld and design, 3-dimensional modeling (using esteem. Students will refl ect on their own placement and other ECE settings. Not industry standards), general arrangement experiences with young children and use available for supplemental. drawings, elevation and detail drawing, their developing knowledge of child growth pump sizing calculations, hoop strength and development to understand why calculations, and pipe selection criterion. Not children behave in the ways they do. Not available for supplemental. Prerequisites: available for supplemental. Prerequisites: take DRF-263. take COM-162. Corequisite courses: PSY-171, ECE-154L.

147 Course Descriptions ECE 162 - ECE 264

ECE-162 Creative Experiences I Not available for challenge or supplemental. scheduling and suitable activities. Not (3 credits) Prerequisites: take ECE-180, ECE-162. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: This fi rst-year course is one of three that Corequisite courses: ECE-156, PSY-171. take PSY-171. places emphasis on developmentally appropriate activities for young children. The ECE-251 Diversity in ECE (2 credits) ECE-262 Creative Experiences II content of creative experience courses will This course will examine the anti-bias (3 credits) provide knowledge of the young child’s curriculum including gender, age, race, This course is the second of three courses growth and abilities (physically, creatively, culture and class. Effective cross-cultural that places emphasis on developmentally intellectually, socially and emotionally). This communication strategies will be explored. appropriate activities for young children. The information will be applied to skills and Not available for supplemental. content of creative experience courses will attitudes when planning, implementing, provide knowledge of the young child’s guiding and evaluating activities offered for ECE-252 Child and Family (2 credits) growth and abilities physically, creatively, individual children and groups. The focus is This course increases understanding and intellectually, socially and emotionally. This on the integration of language arts awareness of young children and their information will be applied to skills and experiences through children’s literature and families. It examines the historical and attitudes when planning, implementing, creative arts experiences into an early societal infl uences on the family as well as guiding and evaluating activities offered for childhood curriculum. Not available for the critical issues confronting families. The individual children and groups. The focus will supplemental. Corequisite courses: dual role of the program and caregiver in be on the integration of music, gross motor ECE-162L. relation to the family is examined. Not and creative movement experiences into an available for supplemental. Prerequisites: early childhood curriculum. Not available for ECE-180 Field Placement I (3 credits) take ECE-155, PSY-170. supplemental. Prerequisites: take ECE-162. Students are placed in a variety of settings in the community such as child-care centers, ECE-253 Family and Community ECE-263 Creative Experiences III kindergartens and playschools. Students will (2 credits) (3 credits) use their developing skill in observing and This course is a more in-depth study of the This course is the third of three courses that recording children’s behaviour. Appropriate needs of families with a focus on building places emphasis on developmentally interaction skills will also develop during this skills for working with young children and appropriate activities for young children. The fi rst fi eld placement as students begin to their families. It examines the sociological content of creative experience courses will integrate classroom knowledge with practical factors that impact family life as well as the provide knowledge of the young child’s experience in the fi eld. The fi eld placement is importance of family involvement within the growth and abilities physically, creatively, under the guidance of experienced early program and the value of parent education to intellectually, socially, and emotionally. This childhood professionals with the co-operation enhance and support parents in their role as information will be applied to skills and of the coordinator/operator involved. primary caregivers. Awareness and attitudes when planning, implementing, Students are expected to demonstrate knowledge of community agencies that guiding and evaluating activities offered for personal and professional attitudes and support families are also stressed. Not individual children and groups. The focus will behaviours necessary for functioning as available for supplemental. Prerequisites: be on the integration of science and fi eld effective early childhood professionals with take ECE-252. trips, math and cooking experiences into an young children. Not available for early childhood curriculum. Not available for supplemental. Corequisite courses: ECE-257 Organization & Administration supplemental. Prerequisites: take ECE-162. ECE-155, COM-162, PSY-170. (3 credits) Corequisite courses: ECE-263L. This course covers a variety of types of ECE ECE-181 Field Placement II (5 credits) programs. This information is examined ECE-264 Pre-School Programming Students are placed in a variety of settings in together with legal and professional (3 credits) the community such as child-care centers, procedures necessary for the initiation and This course covers the major objectives and kindergartens and playschools. Students will the operation of a centre. Optimum use of current philosophy underlying an plan, implement, and evaluate space, equipment, personnel and resources individualized, child-centred, play-oriented developmentally appropriate activities and are considered in the creation of centres, program. Techniques of program planning play areas for young children. Students which serve the child’s developmental and curriculum development appropriate to continue to develop skill in recording needs. Not available for supplemental. the needs of the child in areas such as observations of children’s development and Prerequisites: take ECE-264. cognitive, social, emotional, physical and refi ne their developing interaction skills. The creative development are examined. fi eld placement is under the guidance of ECE-260 Infant and Toddler Programming Students are introduced to the legal experienced early childhood professionals (3 credits) requirements and the professional with the co-operation of the co-ordinator/ This course covers meeting the individual procedures necessary for implementing operator involved. Students are expected to and group needs of infants and toddlers. various programs. Optimum use of space, demonstrate personal and professional It reviews developmental needs of young equipment, personnel and resources are attitudes and behaviours necessary for children (birth to 36 months) and examines considered. Not available for supplemental. functioning as effective early childhood how to plan and establish an environment Prerequisites: take ECE-156, PSY-171. professionals with young children and their suitable to this age group. This includes families. examining the adult role, routines,

148 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ECE 266 - EDU 252

ECE-266 Team Building (2 credits) the co-operation of the coordinator/operator emphasized. Not available for supplemental. This course focuses on the principles of involved. Students are expected to effective teamwork in the workplace and demonstrate personal and professional EDU-155 Math Instructional Support examines group processes. Relationships attitudes and behaviours necessary for (3 credits) with adults, particularly co-workers, parents functioning as effective early childhood This course provides instruction for children and community personnel are addressed. professionals with young children. Not who are having challenges in math. The Not available for supplemental. available for challenge or supplemental. special needs assistant will learn Prerequisites: take COM-162. Prerequisites: take ECE-262, ECE-264, instructional techniques and how to adapt ECE-280. Corequisite courses: ECE-263. the curriculum to meet the learning needs of ECE-270 Inclusion of Children with the student under the supervision of the Special Needs (3 credits) (ECN) ECONOMICS classroom teacher. Not available for This course emphasizes the inclusion of supplemental. Corequisite courses: children with special needs. It examines the ECN-180 Microeconomics (4 credits) EDU-155L. importance of adult attitudes, play-based Microeconomics is the study of the decisions assessment and interdisciplinary services. made by individual households, fi rms, and EDU-156 Language Arts Instructional Strategies for adapting learning industries in the production and consumption Support (3 credits) environments to address the special needs of goods and services. It includes This course provides instruction for children of children with delays while maintaining the comprehensive coverage of supply and having challenges in the area of language integrity of developmentally appropriate demand and the factors which impact these. arts. The special needs assistant will learn practice will be presented. Not available for Equivalent to ECN-181. instructional techniques and how to adapt supplemental. the curriculum to meet the learning needs of ECN-253 Macroeconomics (5 credits) the students under the supervision of the ECE-280 Field Placement III (4 credits) Macroeconomics is an overview of economic classroom teacher. Not available for In this course students are placed in a life, considering the total size, shape and supplemental. Corequisite courses: variety of settings in the community such as functioning of economic experience rather EDU-156L. child-care centres, kindergartens and than the workings of individual fi rms. It playschools. Students will plan, implement, includes topics of national interest such as EDU-158 Physical & Medical Impairments and evaluate developmentally appropriate infl ation, employment, fi scal policy, monetary (2 credits) activities and play areas for young children. policy, and international trade. It is Educational issues and techniques in Students will demonstrate skills, knowledge recommended that ECN180 be completed supporting students with physical and and attitudes necessary for working with before ECN253. medical disabilities will be examined. The families. Students will develop a basic need for assistive devices and technology record-keeping system for an early childhood (EDU) EDUCATION will be discussed. Not available for education environment and implement this supplemental. Prerequisites: take ECE-159. system. The fi eld placement experience is EDU-151 Role of the Special Needs under the guidance of experienced early Educational Assistant (2 credits) EDU-250 Speech & Language childhood professionals with the cooperation This course is an introduction to the Development (3 credits) of the coordinator/operator involved. professional behaviours and attitudes that This course provides an in-depth study of the Students are expected to demonstrate are required by the Educational Assistant in development of speech, language and personal and professional attitudes and the school system. Emphasis will be on the communication skills in children. Speech, behaviours necessary for functioning as government’s special education standards in language and communication disorders that effective early childhood professionals. Not the schools, the coding classifi cation for affect children are discussed. Students will available for supplemental. Prerequisites: students with disabilities, the philosophy and learn specifi c techniques and intervention take ECE-181, ECE-154. practice of inclusion, the legal end ethical strategies to support children with special issues concerning children with disabilities needs in the classroom. Not available for ECE-281 Field Placement IV (4 credits) and the roles and responsibilities of the supplemental or challenge. Equivalent to In this course students are placed in a Educational Assistant in supporting students EDU-157. variety of settings in the community such as with disabilities under the guidance of the child-care centres, kindergartens and teacher. Not available for supplemental. EDU-252 ESL Instructional Support playschools. Students will plan, implement, Equivalent to EDU-150, EDU-140. (3 credits) and evaluate developmentally appropriate This course will provide theories associated activities and play areas for young children. EDU-152 Individual Program Plans in with English as a second language Appropriate fi eld trips for the children in the Schools (1 credit) acquisition in children/adolescents. Students fi eld placement program will be planned, This course will focus on the Individual will learn techniques for assisting children implemented and evaluated. Students will Program Plan development, implementation who are ESL to speak or to listen as well as begin the process of self-evaluation of their and evaluation from a supportive develop vocabulary/grammatical and attitudes and skills in working with children perspective. Students will have an phonological development. The role of the and families. The record-keeping system opportunity to assess information, analyze Special Needs Educational Assistant developed in Field Placement III will be and write Individual Program Plans and in classrooms with children whose fi rst evaluated, changes will be implemented and develop assisting plans to support specifi c language is not English will be emphasized. the system will be used throughout the fi eld curriculum and learning needs. The role of Not available for supplemental or challenge. placement. The fi eld placement experience the Special Needs Educational Assistant is under the guidance of professionals with in the Individual Program Planning will be

149 Course Descriptions EDU 255 - ENF 168

EDU-255 Educational Trends (2 credits) ENF-150 Strength of Materials (4 credits) moisture-density relationships and in-situ This course will cover traditional and non- This course studies the strength of materials, density methods. Not available for traditional classroom methods. The those properties of a material that enable it supplemental. Corequisite courses: techniques and strategies arising from each to resist the action of external forces and the ENF-157L. method will provide the knowledge and resulting internal stresses of deformation. It fl exibility necessary to respond to children provides students with the fundamentals ENF-161 Fluid Mechanics (4 credits) with diverse needs using educationally required for further study in structural design. This course covers the fundamental sound practices. In addition, alternative Topics include stress and strain, concepts of delivering water in pipes or deliveries of education for children and youth connections, bending and shearing stresses, channels. It includes properties of fl uids, will be explored, such as home schooling, direct stresses, thermal stresses, design pressure, water fl ow in pipes and channels, virtual learning, adaptive behaviour properties, shearing forces and bending energy losses and hydraulic gradient. Other classrooms and other new trends in moments, fl exure and defl ection in beams topics include the basic principles of fl ow educational programs with emphasis on the and columns. Not available for challenge or to enable students to go on to specifi c impact of these approaches to the supplemental. Prerequisites: take MTH-149, applications of water resource study. Not educational assisting fi eld. Not available for ENF-135. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: supplemental or challenge. take MTH-149. Corequisite courses: ENF-152 Strength of Material Analysis ENF-161L. EDU-260 Positive Behavioral Supports (5 credits) (3 credits) This course studies the strength of materials, ENF-165 Asphalt Technology (2 credits) Learners will increase their skills in those properties of a material that enable it This course covers the skills necessary for behavioural management techniques and to resist the action of external forces and the employment as a materials inspector in the practical strategies to manage children with resulting internal stresses of deformation. It paving contracting industry. Topics include behavioural diffi culties which affect their provides students with the mathematical properties and physical characteristics of ability to reach their potential within a school fundamentals required for further study in bituminous materials, types of pavements, environment. Not available for supplemental structural design. Topics include stress and paving, aggregate and design of asphalt or challenge. Prerequisites: take RSP-155 or strain, connections, bending and shearing concrete, production, construction and CYC-163. stresses, direct stresses, thermal stresses, maintenance of asphalt. The course is design properties, shearing forces and offered in an eight-week format. Not EDU-266 Sensory Impairments (3 credits) bending moments, fl exure and defl ection in available for supplemental. Prerequisites: This course is a blend of theory and practice, beams and columns. Not available for take ENF-157. Corequisite courses: examining educational issues and challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: ENF-165L. techniques in supporting children with visual take ENF-135, MTH-160, PHY-143. and hearing impairments. The use of ENF-168 Construction Materials augmentative communication systems such ENF-155 Properties of Engineering (4 credits) as sign language and picture exchange Material (5 credits) This course covers the fundamentals of system and amplifi cation systems will be This course will introduce students to various concrete and hot mix asphalt materials as discussed. Not available for supplemental or engineering materials, including plastics, they relate to the civil engineering industry. challenge. Equivalent to EDU-159. concrete, wood and metals. Students will be The main topics of discussion will include provided with an understanding of the CSA and ASTM Standards for quality control (ENF) ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS structure, behaviour, properties, processing of ingredients, manufacturing processes and and application of these materials. fi nal product requirements for both materials. ENF-135 Statics (4 credits) Laboratory work will be used to reinforce and Other topics to be discussed include This introductory course deals with statics, supplement theoretical concepts. Not methods of mix design procedures, the study of forces acting on structural available for supplemental. Corequisite transportation, inspection, and placement of members such as trusses and beams. It courses: ENF-155L. fi nished materials as well as road provides students with the fundamentals maintenance management. Not available for required for further study in structural design. ENF-157 Soils (5 credits) challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: It deals with applied physics and problem- This course is an introduction to soil take ENF-157. Corequisite courses: solving. Topics include forces and their mechanics. Topics include a geologic ENF-168L. effects, resultants of coplanar force systems, overview and rock classifi cation. It looks at equilibrium of coplanar force systems, the origin and characteristics of soils analysis of structures, centroids and centre deposits: composition, terminology and of gravity, and moments of inertia. Not analytical calculations. Methods of available for challenge or supplemental. conducting subsurface site investigations, Prerequisites: take PHY-143. Corequisite compaction on earthen works, fundamentals courses: ENF-135L. of groundwater fl ow and drainage may also be discussed. Laboratory projects may include identifi cation of rock and soil types, soil structure, index properties, classifi cation tests and systems, grain size analysis,

150 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ENF 169 - ENG 154

ENF-169 Concrete Technology (2 credits) including a major research paper. Students business communication skills that will This course covers the fundamentals of will use a variety of print and non-print media enrich their business vocabulary and that will concrete, concrete ingredients, design and as a basis for writing. Not available for complete the study of English grammar the proportioning of concrete mixes, properties supplemental. This course requires ENG-080 students began in English 133. The focus of plastic and hardened concrete, concrete or ENG-085, or equivalent. will be on Canadian spelling and word construction practices, and special types of usage. The students will apply their previous concrete. The laboratory will give practical ENG-095 English 095 (5 credits) knowledge by creating several different types experiences in working with concrete and to This course covers practice in writing short of business documents that could be perform the common quality control tests essays (750 words), and in analyzing and applicable to any offi ce environment. Not used in the industry. Not available for interpreting poetry, the short story, the available for supplemental. Prerequisites: challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: modern play, the Shakespearean play and/or take ENG-133. take ENF-157. Corequisite courses: the novel. Personal evaluation and criticism ENF-169L. are encouraged. Not available for ENG-146 Technical Report Writing supplemental. This course requires ENG-085 (3 credits) (ENG) ENGLISH or ENG-090 or equivalents. This course will focus on the essential technical writing skills that specifi cally relate ENG-063 English Basics (5 credits) ENG-101 Basic Composition (3 credits) to the duties of Enforcement Offi cers. An This integrated language skills course is This course is designed for students who emphasis will be placed on report writing, designed to develop the writing and reading have successfully completed Grade 12 data collection, communication memos and skills required for workforce literacy and/or English but who want or need to review the appropriate use of grammar including further course work in the College and fundamentals of writing before continuing syntax and semantics associated with University Preparation program. The course with program-level composition courses. The properly written documents. will focus on reading a variety of employment course will review basic writing concerns related text, completing various writing with an emphasis on revision and editing to ENG-150 Composition (3 credits) assignments, and correcting errors in basic produce logical, accurate writing. Sentence This fi rst-year composition course provides grammar, spelling, and punctuation. Not structure, paragraph structure and essay students with a solid grounding in the available for supplemental. writing will provide the focus of the course. concepts and strategies of academic writing. Not available for supplemental. As they read and analyze texts from a range ENG-070 English 070 (5 credits) of disciplines, students will learn to write The main focus of this course is on writing ENG-133 English Techniques (3 credits) discourse that refl ects the expectations of effective paragraphs and essays by studying This course will provide extensive their specifi c fi elds of study. The course will writing techniques, sentence structure, discussion, practice and testing on spelling, focus on processes that help students grammar and mechanics using a variety of punctuation, sentence structure and develop their thinking with evidence and print and non-print media. Not available for grammar, including parts of speech, present their ideas in a clear prose style. Not supplemental. sentence types and patterns, verbals, available for supplemental. modifi ers, parallelism, and other topics. ENG-080 English 080 (5 credits) Students must master these fundamentals of ENG-154 Writing for Technologists The focus of this course is on the skills English in order to succeed in the Offi ce (3 credits) required to write effective essays. Students Assistant fi eld. The focus will be on Students will develop communication skills will have the opportunity to use different print Canadian spelling and word usage. necessary for writing various types of and non-print materials to increase their Completion of English 133 is a prerequisite documents encountered in industry. This skills in writing clear, accurate, and effective for enrolment in English 145 in the Winter includes correspondence such as e-mail, ideas in a variety of essay types, including a semester. Not available for supplemental. memos and letters. Students will also research essay. Not available for develop analytical and research skills supplemental. This course requires ENG-070 ENG-142 English for Allied Health necessary for writing summaries, informal or equivalent. (3 credits) reports such as progress and incident This course covers general writing skills reports, and formal research reports. ENG-085 English 085 (5 credits) required for a career in Allied Health Resumes and cover letters will also be This course is an introduction to the study of Services. Students will develop the ability to covered. Not available for supplemental. literature: poetry, fi ction and drama. The write memos, business letters, short reports, Equivalent to ENG-143. course is strongly literature oriented with summaries, resumes and cover letters. They language activities growing out of the literary will review effective interview skills and be selections studied. Not available for introduced to basic library research and supplemental. online research skills. Not available for supplemental. ENG-090 English 090 (5 credits) This course enables students to achieve the ENG-145 Effective Writing (3 credits) writing requirements for entrance to many In business, you must be able to post-secondary programs. The focus of the communicate effectively to be a valuable course is on revising and editing to clearly employee. Specifi cally, you must be able to and effectively express ideas in a variety of write clearly, concisely, and accurately. academic and practical writing tasks, Written assignments will refl ect current

151 Course Descriptions ENG 155 - ENG 260

ENG-155 Scientifi c & Technical Writing applicants to write and pass an English ENG-185 Writing for Children and Young (3.00 cr.) entrance exam emphasizing grammar, Adults (3 credits) This course prepares students for writing in spelling and word usage. Not available for This writing course may appeal to any would- the environmental science fi eld. Students will supplemental. be-writer in the greater community who develop research skills and become familiar wishes to take a three-credit course in with scientifi c and technical journals, ENG-176 English Composition II creative writing for children and young indexes, and abstracts. Students will also (3 credits) adults. The focus is on writing traditional learn to write scientifi c and technical This course emphasizes the need for literature (folktales, myths, fables, legends reports (following the CBE style manual), effective written communication in the law and hero tales, folk epics), alphabet/counting summaries, descriptive/informative abstracts, enforcement fi eld. Clear, concise and books, wordless books, picture books, light business letters, memos, and a mailable accurate writing is stressed, including verse, juvenile and young adult fi ction and resume and cover letter. Not available for mastery of basic grammar. The course non-fi ction. In order to be successful in this supplemental. Corequisite courses: BIO-163. provides thorough review, practice, and course, students should have completed feedback on writing skills. It covers general Grade 12 English or equivalent. ENG-156 Business Writing (3 credits) writing skills necessary for careers in the Students will master the technical skills Criminal Justice system. Specifi cally, the required for effective business writing. content is a reinforcement of grammar and ENG-190 Intro to Language & Literature Assignments will cover topics from basic spelling skills, as a continual preparation for (3 credits) business letters to informal and short police applicant exams and essay writing This course introduces students to English business reports. Students who are skills. Some assignments closely follow studies at the post-secondary level. The accounting majors may receive advance current law enforcement agencies’ English course focuses on exploring language in credit toward their Certifi ed General testing procedures. Other written written texts, particularly short prose fi ction Accountant, Certifi ed Management assignments refl ect business communication and non-fi ction, as well as poetry. Students Accountant, or Charter Accountant (CA) skills required by practitioners in the law will increase their awareness of different designation upon successful completion of enforcement fi eld. The course introduces uses of language and rhetorical strategies as ENG-156. Not available for supplemental. library research techniques, enabling they respond to and interpret literature, students to access and work with the analyse readings, and develop their own ENG-165 Intro to Creative Writing professional literature in the Criminal Justice essays, including an academic research (3 credits) fi eld. Business letters and application forms paper.,Not available for supplemental. This course is an elective for students or applicable for law enforcement positions would-be-writers in the greater community comprise the remainder of the course ENG-260 Intro to Dramatic Literature who wish to develop their creative potential content. Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) beyond the confi nes of traditional non-fi ction Prerequisites: take ENG-175. This course is an introduction to dramatic genres such as the essay and freelance literature and its development in the article. The focus is on the genres of poetry, ENG-180 Survey of Canadian Literature European tradition. Starting with Ancient fi ction, and drama/creative non-fi ction. Class (3 credits) Greece and moving forward to the present time is divided between lecture/discussion This course introduces students to the day, this course surveys the theatre of the and workshop analysis of student works. Canadian literary tradition through a Ancient Classics through to the movements Students will be expected to complete set sampling of major authors and their works in of the modern and postmodern stage. Plays assignments within each of the three chosen the three main literary genres of poetry, are read both as literary works that establish genres and will be encouraged to attend fi ction and drama. Some early works will be meaning independent of production and as local readings sponsored by the Canada considered; however, emphasis will be on works meant for theatrical production. In Council, where they will have the opportunity the signifi cant works of the twentieth and consideration of the latter, the history of each to meet and discuss the work of professional twenty-fi rst centuries. Works are chosen play’s production is examined, along with the creative writers. Service Learning opportunity primarily from English-Canadian authors. social contexts in which each play fi rst may be available. Not available for Works and authors will be discussed in the appeared. Consideration is also given to how supplemental. Equivalent to HUM-152. context of major trends in Canadian each play fi ts into the major genres of drama literature, such as the development of and how each uses or misuses the traditional ENG-175 English Composition I Modern and Post-Modern styles of writing. In elements of drama. Film versions and live (3 credits) addition, some major themes and concerns productions of various plays supplement the This course prepares learners for success in predominant in Canadian literature will be student’s understanding and experience of a career in the criminal justice fi eld by considered. Students will read assigned the plays discussed in class. developing effective written communication poems, short stories, novels and plays. In skills. The course provides thorough review, addition, they will be required to seek out practice, and feedback on clear, concise and and read considerable critical commentary effective writing. A heavy emphasis will be and other resource materials. Students will placed on grammar and writing skills. Class write tests on each course unit, as well as format and assignments closely follow essays of literary analysis and interpretation. current law enforcement English testing Service Learning opportunity may be procedures, since several agencies require available. Not available for supplemental.

152 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ENG 285 - ENV 370

ENG-285 Children’s Literature (3 credits) same in Canada. The provincial and federal ENV-350 Integrated Resource This course introduces the student to the legislations that govern, control and infl uence Management (3 credits) historical development and evolution of those land use practices also constitute part Integrated resource management requires children’s literature, examining both fi ctional of the course. Not available for an adaptive, coordinated, interagency genres such as folklore, fantasy and realistic supplemental. Equivalent to ENV-250. approach to comprehensive environmental works, poetic genres including nursery and resource management. It requires rhymes, nonsense verse, traditional rhyme ENV-275 Environmental Sampling & public participation and shared decision- and free verse. Classical and contemporary Forensics (5 credits) making to promote balance. This course works such as picture books, fairy tales and This course involves the proper collection, examines the complex and often competing adventure books will be included in the preservation and handling of environmental uses of natural resources. It will involve selection of texts for the course. Themes of samples that are used to support the the basic concepts of IRM, sustainable self and society, multiculturalism, alienation enforcement of environmental regulations. development, public process, resource and family will be examined in both a Crime scene security, quality assurance, planning structure, and alternative dispute national and international context. The quality control and the continuity of evidence resolution. This section will involve a stages of child development as they relate to are included in the course. Various methods resource-based research project and children’s literary genres will also be of assessment will be used to analyse presentation. Students will select any explored. Not available for supplemental. biological, physical and chemical samples. management area that demonstrates the Prerequisites: take ENG-150 or ENG-190. Not available for supplemental. Corequisite concepts of IRM and SD, research the area courses: ENV-275L. with respect to resource uses, examine ENG-290 Telling Stories I (3 credits) issues and confl icts and management Everyone has a story to tell, but not ENV-280 Contaminant Management processes or mechanisms used to achieve everyone has the requisite skills of a (5 credits) balanced management in that area. storyteller. Before you can tell your story This course is an introduction to the effectively, you need to learn how others fundamentals of managing a variety of ENV-355 Environmental Quality have told their stories. ENG290: Telling contaminated sites. Topics include causes of (3 credits) Stories I is dedicated to exploring the theory contamination and chemical analysis and This course will provide a global of narrative and its practice in select novels, identifi cation of contaminants. Site environmental perspective on topics affecting short stories and fi lms. The narratives assessment techniques such as site environmental health. It will focus on studied are organized around a particular mapping and sampling are undertaken in biological impacts on soil, water and air. theme such as identity, progress, and ritual. relation to human health and safety Topics covered will include pollution, air The course examines how the theory of precautions. Not available for supplemental. quality, global environment change, bio- narrative is in conversation with the practice Corequisite courses: ENV-280L. indicators, global forest decline, carbon of narrative encountered in the theme- sequestration, industry impacts, and organized sample of literature and fi lm and ENV-290 Site Restoration & Reclamation alternate energy. The objective is to give encourages students to locate their own (5 credits) students a global perspective on the creative practices in this conversation. This course will discuss preventative and environment, changes that have occured The course culminates with each student control methods associated with the and solutions to these changes. Corequisite proposing an original screenplay arising operational phases of resource projects such courses: ENV-355L. out of their discoveries of narrative and its as mining and logging, including road evolution. This 3-credit course is drainage design. Reclamation, restoration ENV-370 Research & Experimental Design complemented by a second 3-credit course, and rehabilitation methods used during post- (3 credits) CMM295: Telling Stories II, where the operational and decommissioning of This course will introduce students to the student’s original screenplay is produced in resource projects will also be discussed. concepts and components of research the form of a four-minute short fi lm. Performance measurements, monitoring and planning and experimental design as it Prerequisites: take any one of ENG-190, reporting techniques will be investigated. Not applies to resource management. Students HUM-190, CAP-161, or WRI-150. available for supplemental. Corequisite will incorporate data collection techniques courses: ENV-290L. into the scientifi c process to organize, (ENV) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES conduct and report proper results. The ENV-297 Environment Impact Assessment course will focus on sampling design as it ENV-255 Land Use Practices (3 credits) (4 credits) pertains to the fi eld of resource This course examines the common practices This course is an introduction to the management, and the reporting of properly of the following land uses in Canada: environmental impact assessment (EIA) and tested data. Prerequisites: take STS-255. agriculture, forest resource extraction, oil and auditing processes in Canada. Topics include natural gas extraction, mining and recreation. the history of EIAs and audits and the Students learn about the impacts these relevant legislation from several provinces practices have had on the natural resources and the federal government. The methods and the modern efforts to reduce the and techniques used to collect data to impacts, conserve the resources, strive undertake EIAs and audits are included in toward sustainable development and remedy the laboratory component in the course. Not the deleterious effects of natural resource available for supplemental. Corequisite development in Canada. Students also learn courses: ENV-297L. about the principles of multiple land use practices and the successful application of

153 Course Descriptions ESL 015 - ESL 043

(ESL)ENGLISH AS A SECOND ESL-022 Communicating in English workplace. This course offers more ESL LANGUAGE (1 credit) studies at this level over a longer timeframe. This elective course focuses on successful The course is compulsory for funded ESL-015 Canadian Culture Activities ESL communication through speaking and students. Corequisite courses: ESL-034, (1 credit) listening for students whose fi rst language is ESL-044, ESL-054, ESL-064, ESL-074, This elective course is offered in a 12-hour other than English. Classes will include ESL-084, ESL-094. unit and will vary according to student conversational English, slang and listening. It requests and instructor interest. It could is offered in a 12-hour unit. ESL-033 ESL 3A (14 credits) include games in English, ESL and sports, Students who have very limited oral English visits to local sites and attending local events ESL-023 ESL and the Computer skills and weak or no literacy skills in their as a group. (1 credit) fi rst language are placed in this course. This elective course is offered in a 12-hour Emphasis is placed on listening and ESL-016 ESL Note-taking (1 credit) unit and focuses on various elements of speaking, with attention being paid to This elective course is offered in a 12-hour Computer Assisted Language Learning questioning, discussing, and inferring. unit and will involve preparation for listening (CALL) for self-study and enhanced learning. Materials are functional and are used for to Canadian speakers with a focus on both oral and simple writing activities. A understanding both content and style. ESL-024 PowerPoint for ESL Students variety of classroom and community-based (1 credit) activities encourage real language usage. ESL-017 Career Opportunities for ESL Students in this 12-hour elective will learn Not subject to challenge or supplemental. (1 credit) PowerPoint skills for giving presentations in Corequisite courses: ESL-028. This elective course is offered in a 12-hour English. unit to students registered in the ESL ESL-034 ESL 3B (20 credits) program at the advanced level who wish to ESL-026 TOEFL Preparation Level I Students who have very limited oral English learn more about other programs offered by (1 credit) skills and weak or no literacy skills in their LC. This elective course is offered in a 12-hour fi rst language are placed in this course. unit and is intended for students interested in Emphasis is placed on listening and ESL-018 Community Activities for ESL successfully passing the TOEFL exam. It will speaking, with attention being paid to (1 credit) focus on test-taking skills and understanding questioning, discussing, and inferring. This elective course is offered in a 12-hour the TOEFL format. Materials are functional and are used for unit and is designed for non-native speakers both oral and simple writing activities. A of English to discover more about the ESL-027 TOEFL Preparation Level II variety of classroom and community-based community in which they live while practicing (1 credit) activities encourage real language usage. their English skills. This elective course is offered in a 12-hour This course offers more ESL studies at this unit and is intended for students interested level over a longer timeframe. Not subject to ESL-019 ESL Writing Workshop (1 credit) in gaining more skills in how to successfully challenge or supplemental. Corequisite This elective course is offered in a 12-hour pass the TOEFL exam. It will focus on courses: ESL-029. unit to students requiring additional additional test-taking skills and mastery of assistance with their skills in writing English. TOEFL content. Prerequisites: take ESL-026. ESL-043 ESL 4A (14 credits) Focus will range from personal writing to pre- The primary goal of this mid-level beginning academic content. ESL-028 Study and Work Success I course is to provide basic vocabulary and (3 credits) structure to enable students to more readily ESL-020 Speak Publicly in English This course is offered to ESL students 5 understand and respond to some questions (1 credit) hours per week and runs concurrently with and instructions, to communicate regarding This elective course is offered in a 12-hour the ESL Credit program. Students will learn basics for life in Canada and to provide a unit and will teach students how to speak study skills which will assist them in being framework for further ESL studies. with confi dence publicly while retaining successful students. They will also learn how Classroom activities include Total Physical audience interest. to fi nd and retain jobs in the Canadian Response, mimes, games, music, workplace. The course is compulsory for storytelling, role-playing, survey taking, fi eld ESL-021 Pronunciation for ESL Student funded students. Corequisite courses: trips and information quests into the (1 credit) ESL-033, ESL-043, ESL-053, ESL-063, community. Not subject to challenge or This elective course focuses on correct ESL-073, ESL-083, ESL-093. supplemental. Corequisite courses: pronunciation for students whose fi rst ESL-028. language is other than English. It is offered in ESL-029 Study and Work Success II a 12-hour unit. (5 credits) This course is offered to ESL students 5 hours per week and runs concurrently with the ESL Credit program. Students will learn study skills which will assist them in being successful students. They will also learn how to fi nd and retain jobs in the Canadian

154 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ESL 044 - ESL 093

ESL-044 ESL 4B (20 credits) ESL-064 ESL 6B (20 credits) several types of essays. They are expected The primary goal of this mid-level beginning At this level, classes are divided into skill to complete assignments in each of these course is to provide basic vocabulary and areas that are taught by different instructors. areas, giving particular attention to correct structure to enable students to more readily Grammar emphasizes basic structures as usage and thorough comprehension. This is understand and respond to some questions well as some variations and their semantic done in an environment where they can and instructions, to communicate regarding differences. Reading follows a core, skill- comfortably explore their own areas of basics for life in Canada, and to provide a oriented text; some simple authentic and particular weakness. The course is intensive, framework for further ESL studies. interest-related materials are also utilized. requiring completion of several major Classroom activities include Total Physical Writing is based on learning basic projects including some which take students Response, mimes, games, music, techniques, creativity and communication. into the community, as well as many more storytelling, role-playing, survey taking, fi eld Speaking and listening include aural daily assignments than at the lower levels. trips and information quests into the discrimination skills, pronunciation and a Corequisite courses: ESL-028. community. This course offers more ESL wide variety of conversation activities. This studies at this level over a longer timeframe. course offers more ESL studies at this level ESL-084 ESL 8B (20 credits) Not subject to challenge or supplemental. over a longer timeframe. Not subject to This course is designed for students with a Corequisite courses: ESL-029. challenge or supplemental. Corequisite very advanced knowledge of English as a courses: ESL-029. Second Language, yet lack the fi ne-tuning ESL-053 ESL 5A (14 credits) necessary for ease in successful This course is designed for students who ESL-073 ESL 7A (14 credits) communicative use of the language. have a higher level of literacy in their fi rst The four skill areas - reading, writing, Students in this course encounter in-depth language, or previous ESL. They must also speaking/listening and grammar - are taught analysis of various written forms such as have some knowledge of English, as this more with a view of Academic Upgrading scientifi c writing, the novel, poetry and course builds on the basics presented in the than in the lower levels, as many students several types of essays. They are expected beginner levels. While communication is still from this level will continue their studies. The to complete assignments in each of these at the core of the course, more emphasis is reading component follows a skill approach areas, giving particular attention to correct placed on the written language. The and includes specifi c instruction in spelling; usage and thorough comprehension. This is curriculum follows a functional-notional writing is both academic and job-oriented; done in an environment where they can syllabus, with a strong life-skills component. grammar includes a comprehensive review comfortably explore their own areas of Not subject to challenge or supplemental. and focuses on subtle semantic variations; particular weakness. The course is intensive, Corequisite courses: ESL-028. and speaking/listening encourages both requiring completion of several major formal and informal communication on a projects including some which take students ESL-054 ESL 5B (20 credits) variety of up-to-date topics. Not subject to into the community, as well as many more This course is designed for students who challenge or supplemental. Corequisite daily assignments than at the lower levels. have a higher level of literacy in their fi rst courses: ESL-028. This course offers more ESL studies at this language, or previous ESL. They must also level over a longer timeframe. Not subject to have some knowledge of English, as this ESL-074 ESL 7B (20 credits) challenge or supplemental. Corequisite course builds on the basics presented in the The four skill areas - reading, writing, courses: ESL-029. beginner levels. While communication is still speaking/listening and grammar - are taught at the core of the course, more emphasis is more with a view of academic upgrading ESL-093 ESL 9A (14 credits) placed on the written language. The than in the lower levels, as many students This is the most advanced course in ESL curriculum follows a functional-notional from this level will continue their studies. The offered by the English Language Centre. syllabus, with a strong life-skills component. reading component follows a skill approach, Students will study intensive reading, writing, This course offers more ESL studies at this and includes specifi c instruction in spelling; grammar, speaking and listening, with level over a longer timeframe. Not subject to writing is both academic and job-oriented; particular attention to the essay, oral challenge or supplemental. Corequisite grammar includes a comprehensive review presentations, discussions and vocabulary courses: ESL-029. and focuses on subtle semantic variations; expansion. Focus will be on preparation for and speaking/listening encourages both academic studies in post-secondary ESL-063 ESL 6A (14 credits) formal and informal communication on a programs for English speakers. Not subject At this level, classes are divided into skill variety of up-to-date topics. This course to challenge or supplemental. Corequisite areas that are taught by different instructors. offers more ESL studies at this level over a courses: ESL-028. Grammar emphasizes basic structures as longer timeframe. Not subject to challenge or well as some variations and their semantic supplemental. Corequisite courses: differences. Reading follows a core, skill- ESL-029. oriented text; some simple authentic and interest-related materials are also utilized. ESL-083 ESL 8A (14 credits) Writing is based on learning basic This course is designed for students with a techniques, creativity and communication. very advanced knowledge of English as a Speaking and listening include aural Second Language, yet lack the fi ne-tuning discrimination skills, pronunciation and a necessary for ease in successful wide variety of conversation activities. Not communicative use of the language. subject to challenge or supplemental. Students in this course encounter in-depth Corequisite courses: ESL-028. analysis of various written forms such as scientifi c writing, the novel, poetry and

155 Course Descriptions ESL 094 - FAS 166

ESL-094 ESL 9B (20 credits) introduced that are essential in assisting the parents with a new baby will be explored. This is the most advanced course in ESL diagnostic team in the collection and The challenge and techniques of developing offered by the English Language Centre. documentation of pertinent information. An creative, effective and appropriate Students will study intensive reading, writing, extensive review of the primary, secondary interventions throughout the lifespan will be grammar, speaking and listening, with and physical disabilities associated with addressed. Not available for supplemental. particular attention to the essay, oral FASD will be presented with an emphasis on Prerequisites: take FAS-150. presentations, discussions and vocabulary the importance of early diagnosis to guide expansion. Focus will be on preparation for intervention through the developmental FAS-156 Brain and Behaviour (2 credits) academic studies in post-secondary process. Not available for supplemental. This course examines how the brain is programs for English-speakers. This course directly affected by prenatal alcohol offers more ESL studies at this level over a FAS-151 Prevention of FASD exposure. The effects of neurological longer timeframe. Not subject to challenge or (1 credit) damage and impairment will be examined in supplemental. Corequisite courses: This course examines primary, secondary relation to specifi c behaviour patterns that ESL-029. and tertiary levels of prevention for Fetal are often associated with Fetal Alcohol Alcohol Spectrum Disorder. A brief overview Spectrum Disorder. The student will study (ETS) TECHNOLOGY STUDIES of alcohol addiction will be conducted. the impact of prenatal alcohol exposure on Examination of regional, provincial and various neurodevelopmental areas, including ETS-151 Intro to Technology Studies national initiatives will be undertaken as well attention, memory, cognition, language and (4 credits) as refl ection on the personal role the student impulsivity. Not available for supplemental. This course covers the impact of technology can take in prevention of this condition. Not Prerequisites: take FAS-150. on society, environmental issues, sustainable available for supplemental. Prerequisites: development, workplace safety, historical take FAS-150. FAS-165 Practicum in FASD (3 credits) perspective and future trends. The purpose of this practicum is to provide FAS-154 Case Management with FASD students with an opportunity to apply (FAD) FIRST AID (2 credits) FASD and addiction theory in a variety of During this course, students will be environments including, but not limited to, FAD-150 Safety Oriented First Aid/CPR introduced to several strategies needed for private homes, group homes, schools, foster (2 credits) the effective planning and supporting of care and early intervention programs. This course covers comprehensive training individuals living with FASD. Topics will Students will use proven intervention in artifi cial respiration, treatment for choking, include case management procedures, strategies while working in a variety of control of bleeding, treatment and prevention evaluation processes and the development settings. Students will be expected to of shock, immobilization of broken bones, of treatment/support plans from a successfully apply information learned within recognition and treatment of heart attack and multidisciplinary team perspective. Emphasis the classroom to develop effective and stroke and two-person CPR (Basic Rescuer will be placed on establishing natural and appropriate intervention strategies in a Level). Standard First Aid and CPR-C long-term supports for children, youth and variety of supervised environments. An certifi cation is recognized by Alberta adults with FASD. Not available for emphasis will be placed on connecting the Occupational Health and Safety and is supplemental. Prerequisites: take FAS-155. client to existing services and supports within awarded upon successful completion of the the community. Practicum placement will be course. Other components of the course are FAS-155 Intervention Strategies supported by four integration seminars. directly related to program requirements, eg. (3 credits) Equivalent to FAS-166. WHMIS, sports injuries, and/or enhanced This course provides the students with the modules in general fi rst aid. opportunity to identify and explore research- FAS-166 Practicum I (2 credits) based intervention strategies proven This course is the fi rst practicum experience (FAS) FETAL ALCOHOL SPECTRUM successful in community programs dealing for Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder DISORDER with pregnant women who have addictions to Education students. In this supervised alcohol and/or drugs, women who have practicum placement, students will have an FAS-150 Introduction to FASD (1 credit) given birth to a child with FASD, and opportunity to interact with children, adults This course provides students with an individuals affected by FASD. Emphasis will and/or families affected by Fetal Alcohol introduction to the challenges faced by be placed on the diagnosis of FASD as a Spectrum Disorder. During this practicum, professionals seeking to assess and protective factor, promoting the creation of students will develop an awareness of the diagnose clients who have been prenatally an environment that supports the strengths supports available to those living with FASD. exposed to alcohol and other drugs. of those with FASD and developing support Students will demonstrate skills in Students will discuss the prevalence of interventions for the barriers affected understanding diagnosis, brain functioning FASD within the community and province. individuals typically encounter. The and behaviour and will begin to utilize The psychology of addictions and the use of complexities of assessing the varying various intervention strategies. Not available alcohol and drugs within the region will be capabilities of FASD-affected individuals, for supplemental. Equivalent to FAS-165. reviewed. The concepts of harm reduction including intelligence, behaviour, learning, Prerequisites: take FAS-150, FAS-155. theory will be incorporated into case language, fi ne motor skills and social ability scenarios. The role of the student in the will be detailed. The need to evaluate diagnostic process is presented with skills parenting and coping skills in FASD-affected

156 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions FAS 176 - FDM 256

FAS-176 Practicum II (2 credits) FDM-156 Textiles and Fabric Design II FDM-250 Fashion History (3 credits) This course provides students with the (3 credits) This course offers an overview of the opportunity to progressively demonstrate Fashion sense will develop with this basic evolution of fashion since ancient times. skills in the area of observation, assessment, study of textiles, their strengths and There is a strong emphasis on fashion behavioral support, prevention and family weaknesses, care and maintenance, as well terminology, costume details, fashion cycles, support. Students will focus on as fabric choices for the various garment environmental infl uences as well as a study understanding case management and designs. Also included is a study of weaves, of renowned fashion designers. Not available connecting the persons supported to prints and patterns, both modern and classic. for supplemental. Prerequisites: take supports in the community. Students are Prerequisites: take FDM-155. Corequisite DES-250. expected to successfully demonstrate courses: FDM-156L. effective and appropriate intervention FDM-251 Costume Making (3 credits) strategies. Placements may occur within FDM-162 Surface Design (3 credits) This course is an introduction to basic disability services, the education system, This course analyzes the techniques used in modern costume designs used in the theatre early intervention, addictions, advocacy, the surface design of both woven and knitted industry. Students become competent with health or justice. Not available for challenge fabrics. Various types of experimental and the methods and designs of the time. The or supplemental. Prerequisites: take industrial surface embellishments, direct course covers the period from the 17th FAS-166, FAS-156. Corequisite courses: dyeing and fi nishing processes are included. century to the present. Students will FAS-154. Not available for supplemental. Note: Some complete numerous samples and use their of the assigned projects use chemicals that sewing and pattern drafting skills to (FDM) FASHION DESIGN AND may be hazardous during pregnancy. complete a fi nal project. Not available for MARKETING Therefore, it is recommended that women supplemental. Prerequisites: take FDM-154, who either are pregnant or are planning to PAT-265. FDM-152 Foundations of Fashion Design become pregnant during this course should (3 credits) consider selecting a different option. FDM-254 Tailoring (3 credits) This course is a comprehensive study of the Prerequisites: take FDM-101, FDM-155. This course examines the basic skills elements and principles of design, colour involved in construction of a tailored jacket, theory, fi gure/body type analysis, and the FDM-187 Visual Merchandising an essential garment in most fashion psychology of fashion. Additional emphasis (3 credits) collections. Students will complete samples will be placed on drawing, writing for fashion, This course explores the importance of demonstrating tailoring techniques. Using target markets and developing a fashion line. visual merchandising techniques in today’s their tailored jacket blocks, students will Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to competitive retail environment. Students will design and create an industry-standard FDM-140. gain a fi rm foundation for combining pattern and sew a lined tailored jacket, which traditional visual merchandising techniques includes two-piece set-in sleeves, collar, FDM-153 Fashion Design Professional with the newest innovations. Through topics lapel and welt pocket. Specialty fabrics may (3 credits) and assignments, students will learn visual be used. Not available for supplemental. This course explores various methods of and sensory techniques, creative thinking, Prerequisites: take PAT-266, FDM-235. presenting designs and merchandise, design principles, the importance of colour focusing on illustrations, presentation boards and lighting, layout and general display FDM-255 Haute Couture (3 credits) and fashion writing. Careers in the fashion techniques. This course examines techniques used in the industry are researched and resumes, cover fi nishing of garments in detail and by hand. letters and interviews are geared toward FDM-201 Fashion Drawing (3 credits) The practices learned are ideally suited to those careers. Not available for This course is a study of collation of custom wear and haute couture. Some supplemental. Prerequisites: take FDM-152, important colour theories and their uses in theory of the haute couture industry is FDM-201. the fashion industry. Students will learn the examined. Sewing projects are more elements and principles of line and shape. complex and are constructed using an FDM-154 Industrial Sewing (2 credits) Also included is an introduction to the industrial pattern. Not available for In this course, students learn to effi ciently fashion fi gure and basic textile rendition. supplemental. Prerequisites: take FDM-235, use and care for all equipment in the sewing PAT-266. lab. They will apply these skills in the FDM-235 Garment Construction assembly of a skirt and assigned samples. (3 credits) FDM-256 Factory Management (3 credits) Corequisite courses: FDM-154L. In this course students will develop and This course is an overview of pre-production, apply knowledge, skills and sewing production, and post-production methods FDM-155 Textiles and Fabric Design I techniques in completing assigned samples used in the apparel industry. Strong (3 credits) that demonstrate garment construction in emphasis is placed on developing Fashion sense will develop with this basic accordance with industry standards. After organizational and managerial skills study of textiles, their strengths and incorporating current trend analysis, they will necessary for the operation of an apparel weaknesses, care and maintenance, as well apply those skills in completing a selection of plant. Other areas of study include factory as fabric choices for the various garment garments constructed from their own industry layout, fl oor management, timed production, designs. Also included is a study of textile standard patterns. Specialty fabrics may be costing, production and quality control, and fi bres and yarns. Corequisite courses: used. Lining and underlining must be personnel management. FDM-155L. demonstrated in at least one project. Prerequisites: take FDM-154, PAT-266.

157 Course Descriptions FDM 258 - FWK 253

FDM-258 Fashion Promotion (3 credits) FWK-150 Field Work (3 credits) FWK-163 Field Placement II (2 credits) This course is an introduction to the This course covers on-the-job learning This is a focused practicum designed for planning, co-ordination, development and experience for students, designed to exposure to a specifi c near-code child or execution necessary to produce a successful combine work experience with academic coded child in an individual or small-group fashion event. Public relations skills, written preparation. Field work affords students the assignment. Students in this practicum will and oral communications will be emphasized opportunity to become involved in a chosen refi ne their observation and recording skills leading to the production of an actual event work experience which utilizes the and focus on the academic skills needed by as a group project. Not available for knowledge and skills they are acquiring in the child they are supporting, always using supplemental. Prerequisites: take FDM-187. class and to receive academic credit for the reporting protocol to the teacher. They the work experience by reporting on it. Not will learn the balance between individual FDM-270 Retail Buying (3 credits) available for supplemental. assignments and full-classroom assistance. This course provides students with a Students will be placed in schools in the thorough understanding of the retail buyer’s FWK-155 CMT Practicum (4 credits) community and surrounding areas. role and responsibilities in a merchandising This course is an eight-week, full-time work Integration seminars will give students environment. Topics and assignments experience at various labs in the Lethbridge opportunities to discuss and analyze include merchandise planning, purchasing area. Emphasis is on development of the experiences in their placement settings. Not within a domestic market, vendor skills necessary to perform the technical available for supplemental or challenge. negotiations and relationships, pricing, functions related to duties of a cellular Prerequisites: take FWK-160. budgeting, inventory management and molecular technician. Students will have the applied research for a variety of retail opportunity to apply classroom theory and FWK-250 Field Work (3 credits) formats. Emphasis is also placed on the lab techniques with practical experience. This course is an on-the-job learning importance of the consumer in the buyer’s Prerequisites: take BIO-150, BIO-166. experience for students, designed to decision-making process, foreign market encourage them to recognize and describe and internet wholesale purchasing, and FWK-160 Field Placement I (2 credits) (in a report) the link between their work merchandise sourcing. Not available for This course is a general practicum designed experience and their academic training. supplemental. Prerequisites: take MKT-155. for exposure to a variety of children with Field Work affords students the opportunity near-code or coded academic diffi culties. to become involved in a chosen work FDM-273 Apparel Production (3 credits) Students in this practicum focus on adjusting experience which utilizes the knowledge This course offers students the opportunity to to a professional school environment with and skills they are currently acquiring at the practice skills needed in planning and reporting protocols to the teacher college and receive academic credit for it. implementing apparel production. Strong emphasized. Students will use their Students presently enrolled in the Business emphasis is placed on methods of organizing developing skills to make objective Administration Program who have already factory layout, fl oor management, production observations while helping in the classroom acquired relevant and appropriate standards, costing, production and quality and refl ect on their helping skills. Learning to experience related to their career goals and control, and personnel management. Not record in an objective manner is an important the program may receive credit for Field available for supplemental. Prerequisites: part of this practicum. Students are expected Work. Not available for supplemental. take FDM-154, FDM-256. to act and behave in a professional manner Equivalent to HOS-250. within the school environment. Students will FDM-295 Practicum (3 credits) be placed in schools in the community and FWK-252 Work Experience (2 credits) This course is a summary of skills acquired surrounding areas. Integration seminars will This course is a practicum to expose the from core courses. This practicum is a give students opportunities to discuss and geomatics student to the broad spectrum structure of learning experiences including analyze experiences in their placement of geomatics. Students are provided an written assignments and placement with a settings. Not available for supplemental or opportunity to work and perform duties fashion industry-related vendor. Students are challenge. Corequisite courses: EDU-151, associated to their fi eld of study. Not not guaranteed that they will obtain a RSP-153, ECE-159. available for supplemental. placement within the city. The assignments will introduce students to a practical FWK-161 Field Placement II (4 credits) FWK-253 Managed Internship (6 credits) application of professional, merchandising, Equivalent to FWK-162. Throughout your program, you’ve been fashion design, sales, and resume and learning about industry standards, interview skills. Not available for FWK-162 Field Placement II (3 credits) professional practices and real world supplemental. Prerequisites: take FDM-153. Learners will complete their fi eld placement problem-solving, and now you want a taste! in a school setting for the purpose of The internship is designed to give you that (FWK) FIELDWORK observation and the opportunity for the exposure to the workplace, while providing practical application of skills, knowledge support and mentoring, and helping you FWK-125 Automotive Field Work (1 credit) and attitudes gained through courses. Not integrate 120 hours of workplace learning One week will be spent in an automotive available for supplemental or challenge. with the theoretical and applied learning in shop setting with a work-site based Equivalent to FWK-161. Prerequisites: take your fi nal semester course work. experience host. The student will be exposed FWK-160. Prerequisites: take CMM-291. to industry demands and conditions. Graduates will prepare a complete resume, application and cover letter.

158 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions FWK 255 - GEO 180

FWK-255 International Development information learned in all of their classes. GEO-165 Geographic Information Studies Fieldwork (12 credits) Some specialization is available in the Systems (4 credits) The International Development Studies practicum, depending on the practicum site. This course is an introduction to the basic Fieldwork course provides the learner with Students will locate, summarize and utilize functions of a geographic information the opportunity to work on an international scholastically sound educational resources system (GIS), the hardware and software development project in a developing country under the direction of the classroom teacher. components of a GIS and explores GIS and contribute to Canada’s international Integration seminars will give students applications in the resource management development goals. The fi eldwork experience opportunities to discuss and analyze fi elds. The lab component uses the ArcGIS will contribute to the learner’s personal and experiences in their placement settings. Not program and its extensions to provide professional growth. The project will allow available for supplemental or challenge. students with practical experience with the the learner to develop skills in appropriate Prerequisites: take FWK-260. most popular GIS software. Students gather technologies regarding water and sanitation; both spatial and attribute data using GPS will provide the opportunity to share basic FWK-272 Corrections Practicum I technology, enter it into the computer, knowledge and practices of public health and (3 credits) organize and manipulate it and then analyse hygiene, and will provide the opportunity to This course involves the fi rst-hand it for spatial relationships. Not available for live and work at the village level in one of the observation of correctional practitioners at supplemental. Equivalent to RRM-276. poorest regions of the developing world. The work in selected correctional settings. Prerequisites: take RRM-196. Corequisite learner should have the fundamental skill set Placements will be in one-week blocks, or courses: GEO-165L. for one or more of the following competency extended throughout the term, depending on sectors: water and sanitation, public health, the location. Ongoing contact between the GEO-166 Physical Geology (5 credits) and communications and small business faculty supervisor and the student, together Geology is the scientifi c study of the Earth. enterprise. The primary objective of the with written reports, will ensure that a high Physical geology is the division of geology course offering is to provide the learner with degree of professional development occurs. concerned with Earth materials, changes in the opportunity to experience the many Equivalent to CJP-272. the surface and interior of the Earth, and the challenges faced in the poorest regions in dynamic forces that cause those changes. In the developing world and return to Canada FWK-273 Corrections Practicum II the weekly lab exercises, students will learn with a fact-based understanding of the (3 credits) to identify the common rocks and minerals realities of these challenges. Pre-requisites: This course involves the fi rst-hand and to analyse bedrock structures and Must have successfully completed two observation of correctional practitioners at surfi cial landforms through the use of maps semesters as a full-time student in a diploma work in selected correctional settings. and airphotos. Field trips will afford students or degree program with a GPA of 2.75 or Placements will be in one-week blocks, or the opportunities to study southern Alberta better. Must participate in two weekend extended throughout the term, depending on examples of geological features in their fi eld workshops to be held in October and the location. Ongoing contact between the settings. Not available for supplemental. November (pre-placement requirement) prior faculty supervisor and the students, together Equivalent to RRM-266. Corequisite courses: to the placement in South Africa. with written reports, will ensure that a high GEO-166L. degree of professional development occurs. FWK-260 Field Placement III (3 credits) Equivalent to CJP-273. GEO-170 Remote Sensing (3 credits) In this practicum, students will be placed in a This course covers the use of aerial variety of schools, including alternate (GEO) GEOGRAPHY photographs for the identifi cation and schools in the community and surrounding interpretation of landforms and features. A areas. This further narrowing of focus is GEO-150 Geographical Science (5 credits) full range of data products will be used designed to further expose students to This course will focus on the study of the including black and white, colour and infrared academic strategies and experience with a physical Earth as it relates to the recognition photos and various satellite imagery. In coded student. Students will focus on of landforms, vegetation, water, soils and addition, basic photogrammetric principles research and application of strategies human features on the Earth’s surface. It will will be discussed and applied. Not available tailored to a child with a specifi c code under also introduce the use of remote sensing in for challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: the guidance of a classroom teacher. the identifi cation of these features. Not take GEO-150. Experiences in the computer room, duties available for challenge or supplemental. outside of the classroom and alternate Corequisite courses: GEO-150L. GEO-180 Geodesy (2 credits) classrooms/schools will be explored. This course will study the concepts and Integration seminars will give students GEO-160 Map Interpretation (3 credits) methods concerned with the determination opportunities to discuss and analyze This course covers the fundamentals of of the size and shape of the Earth and the experiences in their placement settings. Not topographic maps for the purposes of exact positions of points on its surface. available for supplemental or challenge. portraying, interpreting and measuring map Topics of discussion include horizontal and Prerequisites: take FWK-162 or FWK-163. data. Such topics as map projection vertical datum, gravitation and centrifugal methods, map reference grids, map location forces, measurements of gravity and FWK-262 Field Placement IV (3 credits) grids, interpretation of topographic features, reduction of gravity, gravity anomalies, In this fi nal practicum, students will be placed map symbology and marginal map separation of the geode and ellipsoid, in a variety of schools, including alternate information will be discussed and applied. defl ection of the vertical; orthometric and schools in the community and surrounding Not available for challenge or supplemental. dynamic heights. Not available for areas. They will be expected to demonstrate Prerequisites: take GEO-150. supplemental. Equivalent to GEO-270. the knowledge, skills and attitudes necessary Corequisite courses: GEO-160, GEO-170, as an Educational Assistant by applying the SUR-162.

159 Course Descriptions GEO 250 - HSP 125

GEO-250 Land Planning (3 credits) GEO-280 Advanced Graphical Information newspapers, news magazines and news This course examines the planning process Systems (5 credits) broadcasts. Service Learning opportunity as it relates to the development of land. This course is an advanced applications may be available. Not available for Topics include land planning policy and course, incorporating current software and supplemental. Prerequisites: take any one of regulations, land development concepts, techniques in the GIS fi eld. Students will HIS-165, HIS-170, PSC-150, PSC-161, or subdivision design and the requirements for study the theoretical aspects of various GIS PSC-165. subdivision plans. Not available for applications and then apply the theory in the supplemental. Corequisite courses: form of applied GIS projects. This course is HIS-270 American History (3 credits) SUR-260. not available for supplemental. Prerequisites: This course provides students with take CON-155, GEO-255. intermediate level instruction in American GEO-255 Geographic Information history. Students will engage in formal Systems I (3 credits) GEO-290 Advanced Digital Remote research projects, culminating in a research This course is an introduction to the Sensing (5 credits) paper examining the historical antecedents concepts and applications of Geographic This will be a course in digital image analysis of a current issue in American society. Information Systems (GIS). Topics include of aerial and satellite data for earth Students will be introduced to the major background, database development and observation and studies of environmental philosophical, cultural, economic and political applications, graphics, practical applications, and land use change at a variety of spatial landmarks of American history including prefi le development and maintenance. Students scales. Topics will include data integration, Columbian society, European contact, will use a geographic information system to classifi cation, and predictive modeling. colonial North America, the revolutionary manipulate and modify data and graphics. Practical exercises will focus on the use of period, the Constitution and the founding of Not available for challenge or supplemental. industry standard digital image analysis the federation, western conquest and Prerequisites: take CAD-155, CPU-150. software and applications. Prerequisites: settlement, the Civil War, industrialization, Corequisite courses: GEO-255L. take GEO-170. ascendancy to a world power, WWI, the Depression, WWII, the Cold War, the civil GEO-256 Geographic Information (HIS) HISTORY rights movement, and globalization. Students Systems II (2 credits) are expected to use a variety of research This course covers fi eld application and HIS-170 Western Civilization (3 credits) and learning tools including extensive use of analysis of geo-data using the latest This course provides students with an the course text, on-line course support, collection technology and digital mapping introduction to the history of western WebCT resources, scholarly historical and and Geographic Information Systems (GIS). civilization including the important social science resources, newspapers, news Field work will include Global Positioning philosophical, religious, military, political and magazines and news broadcasts. Not Systems (GPS) data collection, raster and economic foundations of ancient, medieval available for supplemental. Prerequisites: vector map creation and spatial and attribute and modern western societies. Students will take any one of HIS-165, HIS-170, HIS-265, data analysis. Prerequisites: take GEO-255. engage in formal research projects, based PSC-161, or PSC-165. on the course material, culminating in a GEO-260 Cartography (4 credits) research paper that analyzes the historical (HSP) HUMAN SERVICE PRACTICE This course examines the creation of maps. antecedents of a topic of their choosing. Not The content includes concepts and available for supplemental. Equivalent to HSP-125 Medication Administration properties of maps; classifi cations of maps; HIS-260. (1 credit) theory of distortions; map projections This course is an introduction to the including conical, polyconic, cylindrical and HIS-265 Canadian History (3 credits) fundamental knowledge and skills required perspective and the UTM, 3TM and 10TM This course provides students with of paraprofessionals to safely administer projections. Not available for supplemental. intermediate level instruction in Canadian medications to individuals receiving services Prerequisites: take GEO-160. history. Students will engage in formal in non-medical community programs. The research projects, culminating in a research rights of medication administration, value GEO-276 Advanced GIS (4 credits) paper examining the historical antecedents and expectations of documentation, and This course reviews and expands upon the of a current issue in Canadian society. procedure for administering oral, PRN, eye, principles of GIS covered in the introductory Students will be introduced to the major skin, ear, and nose medications, inhalers, GIS course (GEO 165) and introduces the philosophical, cultural, economic, and suppositories, and enemas will be covered. new topics of data quality assessment, GIS political landmarks of Canadian history Case scenarios and role-playing will provide development and implementation, advanced including pre-conquest society, European situations that require students to problem- analysis techniques, environmental modeling contact, colonial North America, becoming a solve immediate responses, documentation and specialized environmental applications. nation, expansion and settlement, WWI, the and follow-up actions. While this is not a The weekly labs support these topics and Depression, WWII, the Cold War, prosperity, pharmacology course, students will gain an prepare the students for the fi nal project, an regionalism, and Quebec nationalism, and understanding of the types of medication environmental analysis project of their own globalization. Students are expected to use a packaging and common medication creation using the ArcGIS program and its variety of research and learning tools administration abbreviations and become extensions. Not available for supplemental. including extensive use of the course text, familiar with common drug classifi cations. Prerequisites: take GEO-165. Corequisite on-line support, WebCT resources, scholarly, Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to courses: GEO-276L. historical and social science resources, RSP-125.

160 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions HSP 150 - HUM 158

HSP-150 Foundations of Human Services HTH-125 Patients’ Records (3 credits) (HUM) HUMANITIES (2 credits) This course covers the basic concepts of the This course explores the roles and Unit Clerk’s responsibility regarding the HUM-150 Logic (3 credits) responsibilities of the human service worker processing of physicians’ orders by providing This is designed as a course in logical self- in a variety of helping professions. Topics will the information of basic medical records and defence. In everyday life we are faced with include ethical decision making practices, charts, chart forms, supplies and the problem of making judgements. We must advocacy for vulnerable populations, legal requisitions, medical terminology and learn how to evaluate what we have read or and human rights, and the importance of common abbreviations and the importance of been told if we are to make reasonable respectful interactions. Learners will written communication and documentation of decisions. Once students have learned to discuss how their personal values and physicians’ orders. This course is not subject recognize inappropriate evidence or beliefs affect professional relationships. Not to supplemental. excessive claims, they will be more able to available for supplemental. ensure they do not inadvertently add to the HTH-131 Unit Clerk Practicum (2 credits) confusion surrounding many issues by HSP-151 Family Systems and This course is a three-week practicum, thinking, speaking or writing in an illogical Development (3 credits) consisting of 120 hours of work experience in fashion. This course is an introduction to the family as a hospital setting. The experience will allow a dynamic system. The stages of family participants to practice their newly learned HUM-155 Ethics (3 credits) development are presented and discussed. skills in a Unit Clerk setting. During the HUM155: Ethics is a philosophy course that An examination of family dynamics and practicum experience, students will be focuses on ethical theories and moral issues within families are covered. Not assigned rotations that may include a variety issues. The course has two aspects: one available for supplemental. Equivalent to of shifts such as days, evening or nights. The emphasizes meta-ethical thinking, or thinking CYC-151. rotation may also include weekends. This about the nature of ethics itself, and one course is not subject to supplemental. This emphasizes ethical thinking, or thinking HSP-155 Introduction to Art Therapy course is graded CR/NCR. about what to do in a particular situation. The (3 credits) course is both theoretical and practical. The This course will provide a comprehensive HTH-141 Health Care Billing (2 credits) course has implications that will impact upon background into the history and evolution This course covers the information required students as persons in their private or public of art therapy. Students will be involved in for unit clerks to work in a medical offi ce lives. Service Learning opportunity may be several art experientials in order to environment. Topics covered include basic available. appreciate how the creative process can be Alberta Health Care billing, third party and used as a rehabilitative tool when working direct billing, business functions related to HUM-158 Creative Problem-Solving with various populations. Not available for the medical offi ce, booking and scheduling, (3 credits) supplemental. and a look at the different branches of This course is an introduction to the process medicine and related specialties. Not of creative problem-solving and personal HSP-160 Community Linkages (1 credit) available for challenge or supplemental. and group development through creative The focus of this course is to explore the behaviour. Concentration is on using wide range of community agencies and HTH-250 Health Issues in Education methods and strategies of the creative support services available to individuals with (3 credits) process as a means to promote personal disabilities and their families. The role of the This course will provide students with an development and resolve problems support worker in advocating for individuals overview concerning the promotion of health individually and in small groups. Applications is emphasized, as is the importance of and safety, the prevention of illness, as well will focus on innovation, management and building the community’s capacity to support as the maintenance and quality care of business change, including marketing. people throughout their lifespan. Not children with diverse needs in schools. Not Students will be introduced to conceptual available for supplemental. available for supplemental or challenge. and skills based development through hands-on activities such as case studies, (HTH) HEALTH HTH-255 Professional Growth (3 credits) journals or portfolios, graphic organizers, The focus of this seminar course will be on videos and visual presentations, puzzles, HTH-121 Hospital Administration ‘interdisciplinary health care team members games, projects, discussions and (2 credits) as partners’. The more advanced roles for presentations. Not available for This course covers a basic understanding of the practical nurse in leadership and supplemental. the hospital and how various units and delegation, case management, consultation systems work within a hospital setting. and referrals will be the major themes. Topics include hospital organization, nursing Diffi cult working relationships and important organization, safety, emergencies and ethical/legal issues related to licensure and security, body mechanics and ergonomics, practical nursing practice will be explored. telephone and reception and time and stress Students will engage in activities to promote management. Not available for employment opportunities. Prerequisites: supplemental. take NSG-251, NSG-252, NSG-253, NSG-256, PSY-170, PSY-251. Corequisite courses: NSG-257, NSG-258, NSG-259, NSG-267.

161 Course Descriptions HUM 165 - HUM 291

HUM-165 Introduction to Archaeology the study of humanity, asks a fundamental HUM-281 Christianity (3 credits) (3 credits) question: If we are all human beings, then This humanities course introduces students HUM165 is the introductory course to the why do we seem to be so different from each to the Christian religion. It surveys the past history, methods, techniques and practice of other? This course will help students 2000 years in the life of the Christian Church archaeology. Archaeologists study the past increase their knowledge and understanding from the time of Jesus of Nazareth to the primarily through the material remains left by of the peoples with whom they share the present. The aim is to show how the the occupants of a site. It is through the Earth. It surveys approaches used by Christian Church, in all its present-day identifi cation and interpretation of this anthropologists to study humanity in all its diversity, emerged from humble beginnings, evidence that we gain an understanding of variety and probes some of their how Christianity developed and adapted to our human heritage. Lectures presented explanations for diverse human cultural changing circumstances, how it met and throughout the course focus on methods practices. The course considers how responded to internal challenge and crisis, archaeologists use to locate and excavate anthropology helps us understand and how debates and differences led to sites, analytical techniques used to process contemporary global problems such as disagreements and divisions. It is a story full the data they collect, and interpretive population growth, hunger, economic of great individuals, powerful ideas, methodologies. Examples discussed in class globalization and ethnic confl ict. Not persecutions, political power-plays, heresies, incorporate both historical and pre-historical available for supplemental. corruption, revolution and creativity. Not cross-cultural archaeology. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: HUM-250 Police and Community take any one of HUM-155, HUM-160, HUM- HUM-180 Introduction to World Religions Relations (3 credits) 180, HUM-195, or HIS-170. (3 credits) This is an intermediate human relations This humanities course will explore the major course provided to front-line police offi cers, HUM-285 Buddhism (3 credits) religious traditions of the world with regards which focuses on the identifi cation and This course is a comprehensive introduction to their historical evolution and philosophical understanding of the complexities of a to the history, thought, and practices of the framework. Major religious fi gures, signifi cant culturally diverse work environment. Police Buddhist tradition. Students will learn about events and religious literature from recruits will learn to recognize personal the origins of Buddhism, its spread, and its Hinduism, Buddhism, Judaism, Christianity biases that may impact their work as a law subsequent growth through sectarian and Islam will be studied in depth, with enforcement offi cer. Through lecture and developments. Although a historical reference also to the rich religious traditions fi eld trips, police offi cers learn strategies for approach is used in structuring the material, China, Japan, India, and North America. The customer service, bias-free policing, self- emphasis will be placed on the doctrines and goal of this course is not to examine the regulation and personal stress management teachings of Buddhism, with particular religious traditions in terms of right or wrong, enabling them to be more effective in an attention to those unifying elements which but rather to be able to gain an increasingly multicultural community. transcend the tradition’s diversity. The study understanding and hopefully an appreciation of Buddhist symbolism, art, mythology, and of each tradition on its own merits based on HUM-265 Archaeology of Ancient meditative practices will enhance our historical, political and social context. Service Civilizations (3 credits) understanding of the pervasive, ongoing, and Learning opportunity may be available. Not This course surveys the development of profound infl uence of Buddhist culture in the available for supplemental. ancient civilizations to familiarize students world. Available for challenge or with the rich and varied cultures of the supplemental. Prerequisites: take any one of HUM-190 Popular Culture (3 credits) human past in order to increase awareness HUM-155, HUM-160, HUM-180, HUM-195, This humanities course serves as an of the debt we, in the 21st century, owe to or HIS-170. introduction to cultural theory via a brief past diverse cultural developments. survey of Western popular culture. Students Consequently, the course will trace the HUM-291 Film Studies (3 credits) will analyse, according to cultural theory and development of urbanism and civilization This humanities course will explore fi lm, concepts, various aspects of the popular subsequent to the emergence of agriculture, specifi cally the “art” of watching fi lm, and culture of the past century, with examples and will familiarize students with the examine fi lm with respect to a variety of drawn from the mass media and a wide representative cities, archaeological aspects: fi lm history, cinematography, mise- variety of cultural texts. The course will follow evidence, technological developments, and en-scene, editing, story, thematic elements, the evolution of popular culture and the cultural characteristics of those civilizations. fi lm genres, auterism, adaptations and fi lm dialectical nature of idea exchange, by In particular, students will focus on the social theory. The student will be engaged in fi lm on examining American popular culture and organization, physical remains, arts, and a variety of levels over the semester, from the infl uence it has had on the Canadian history of the ancient states in Mesopotamia, fi lm critic to director, developing a sense of experience. Egypt, the Far East, the Middle East, South video literacy and fi lm appreciation. The and Southeast Asia, Greece, Rome, Africa, class will consist of lectures, the viewing of HUM-195 Cultural Anthropology and the Americas. Not available for fi lms, group discussion, and fi nal class (3 credits) supplemental. Prerequisites: take any one of projects. The breadth of the course demands This humanities/social science course HIS-170, HUM-165, HUM-180, or HUM-195. that students view some assigned fi lms explores the wonderful diversity of human outside of class time. Not available for cultures around the globe. It takes the view supplemental. Prerequisites: take any one of that we can learn more about ourselves by HUM-155, HUM-190, HUM-195, or ENG- learning more about others. Anthropology, 190.

162 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions HUM 295 - IDM 286

HUM-295 Anthropology of Gender communications skill, integral to the design IDM-255 Materials and Finishes (3 credits) (3 credits) process. Other appropriate media will be Students will gain an overview of interior This humanities/social science course introduced. Not available for supplemental. materials, elements, fi nishes and fi nishing examines the roles of women and men in a Equivalent to IDM-156. Prerequisites: take techniques. Research and critical analysis cross-cultural perspective that highlights IDM-158. components and a hands-on approach will variations in gender roles and interpersonal be emphasized. Not available for relations around the world. The aim is to IDM-167 Interior Detailing I (6 credits) supplemental. introduce students to the anthropological This course is an introduction to manual study of gender, to help them acquire drafting. It covers the detailing of IDM-267 Interior Detailing II (6 credits) language and tools to think critically about components relating to buildings and their This course covers the design and detailing gender, to explore historical changes in furnishings, with projects focusing on the of components for commercial interiors (i.e. gender roles and relations and to refl ect development of working drawings and restaurants, offi ces and retail environments) critically on gender in modern industrial and related documents. Not available for with projects related to Design Studios II, III, post-industrial nations. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to IDM-166. and IV. Not available for supplemental. supplemental. Prerequisites: take any one of Prerequisites: take IDM-167. HUM-155, HUM-180, HUM-190, HUM-195, IDM-170 Colour, Materials and Lighting SOC-153, or SOC-160. (3 credits) IDM-270 Practicum (3 credits) This course is an in-depth study of colour This is a summary course utilizing skills HUM-350 Ethics and Correctional Issues theory and application as it relates to interior acquired from core courses. This practicum (3 credits) design. Topics include technical information, will be a structure of learning experiences Students will address historical and current psychological and behavioural aspects, and containing assignments and placement with correctional issues from an ethical application of textiles for residential and a design-related employer. The placement perspective, developing in the process a commercial use, lighting as an integral part will be a competition for positions; a limited strong ethical foundation for decision- of the design process, principles of vision, number of positions will be available. making. Instruction will focus on guiding perception, and lighting, technical aspects of Students are not guaranteed a placement. students to become more aware of issues light sources and fi xtures, psychological The course will introduce students to a and the implications of their actions, in the effects of lighting. The interrelationships practical application of professional interior increasingly complex correctional between colour, textiles, and lighting will be design, resume and interview skills. Not environment. studied. Not available for supplemental. available for supplemental. Prerequisites: take IDM-150, IDM-155, IDM-158, IDM-159, (IDM) INTERIOR DESIGN IDM-179 Design Fundamentals (6 credits) IDM-167, IDM-170, IDM-179, IDM-181, IDM- This course is an introduction to the 190, IDM-255. IDM-150 History of Interiors (3 credits) elements, principles and processes of This course is a historical survey of Western design and two- and three-dimensional IDM-271 Portfolio (2 credits) art, architecture and interior environments problem-solving necessary to understand Existing drawings and design work will be considered in the setting of physical, socio- the design of human environments. Not used to develop a professional quality design economic, political and cultural available for supplemental. portfolio in digital and/or material format. Not environments. Not available for available for supplemental. supplemental. IDM-181 Design Studio I (6 credits) Students will be introduced to and learn to IDM-285 Design Studio II (6 credits) IDM-155 Intro to Interior Design (3 credits) apply residential design theory through Students will be introduced to and apply The broad aims of the course will be to practical projects utilizing basic design commercial design theories related to cafe expose students to a series of design topics, problem-solving processes which include and restaurant design. Extensive portfolio concerns and issues as they relate to human consideration of the physical, functional and work will be expected that combines the behaviour and to develop design psychological needs of various inhabitants. principles of colour, light, interior detailing, assessment and awareness. Not available Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to materials, design fundamentals, textiles and for supplemental. IDM-180. Prerequisites: take IDM-179. drafting. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to IDM-280. Prerequisites: take IDM-158 Representations I (6 credits) IDM-190 E-Tools for Interior Design I IDM-179, IDM-181. This course introduces drawing as a means (6 credits) of communication. Focus is on the In this course, students will be introduced to IDM-286 Design Studio III (6 credits) development of freehand skills with various and become profi cient with various software This course is an examination of functional media. Students will gain sensitivity and used throughout interior design practice. requirements and aesthetic considerations expertise with line, play of light, shade and Emphasis will be on AutoCAD, software for in designing offi ce environments. It involves shadow, proportion and basic perspective. millwork design and software from leading planning and designing an offi ce Not available for supplemental. Equivalent design manufacturers. Not available for environment from programming to to IDM-154. supplemental. presentation drawings, based on a specifi ed client/company profi le. Not available for IDM-159 Representations II (3 credits) supplemental. Equivalent to IDM-283. The skills introduced in Representation I will Prerequisites: take IDM-179, IDM-285. be further developed, practiced and refi ned, with particular emphasis on the application of drawing representation as a

163 Course Descriptions IDM 287 - IRR 152

IDM-287 Design Studio IV (6 credits) information may be obtained from their IND-450 Corrections Independent Study This course is an examination of functional Program Chair. Not available for challenge or (3 credits) requirements and aesthetic considerations supplemental. This course is a self-directed learning in designing retail and/or hospitality experience in which students pursue a environments. It involves planning and IND-251 Independent Study (1 credit) research topic encompassing one or more of designing a retail or hotel/resort environment Independent study is a learning experience the goals of corrections. Topic selections or the like, from programming to presentation where students pursue a topic related to their must be relevant to the roles and drawings, based on a specifi ed client profi le. program or proposed career. Students are responsibilities of a corrections professional. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to responsible for developing an outline of the Students will be required to demonstrate IDM-284. Prerequisites: take IDM-179, IDM- project they wish to undertake. Further competency in reviewing literature, collecting 285. information may be obtained from their and analyzing data and written Program Chair. Not available for challenge or communication. Initial outlines of proposed IDM-290 E-Tools for Interior Design II supplemental. studies require approval of faculty supervisor. (3 credits) This is a Directed Field Study (DFS) course. This course continues from and builds on IND-252 Independent Study (2 credits) Not available for supplemental. software skills acquired in E-Tools for Interior Independent study is a learning experience Design I. Emphasis will be on three- where students pursue a topic related to their IND-460 Senior Corrections Project dimensional drawing, modeling, and program or proposed career. Students are (3 credits) rendering of interior spaces and responsible for developing an outline of the This course is a directed learning experience components. Not available for supplemental. project they wish to undertake. Further in which the student pursues an applied Prerequisites: take IDM-190. information may be obtained from their project encompassing one or more of the Program Chair. Not available for challenge or goals of corrections and/or the correctional (IND) INDEPENDENT STUDY supplemental. institution where they are working. The topic selections should be relevant to the student’s IND-151 Independent Study (1 credit) IND-253 Independent Study (3 credits) placement agency and location. The Independent study is a learning experience Independent study is a learning experience Directed Field Study Co-ordinator must in which students pursue a topic related to where students pursue a topic related to their approve all projects at the outline phase. The their program or proposed career. Students program or proposed career. Students are fi nal paper must be more than 5,000 words are responsible for developing an outline of responsible for developing an outline of the (20-30 pages) in length. This is a Directed the project they wish to undertake. Further project they wish to undertake. Further Field Study. Not available for supplemental. information may be obtained from their information may be obtained from their Program Chair. Not available for challenge or Program Chair. Not available for challenge or (IRR) IRRIGATION TECHNOLOGY supplemental. supplemental. IRR-152 Introduction to Irrigation IND-152 Independent Study (2 credits) IND-261 Independent Study (1 credit) (3 credits) Independent study is a learning experience Independent study is a learning experience This course provides the background in which students pursue a topic related to where students pursue a topic related to their required to understand irrigated agriculture their program or proposed career. Students program or proposed career. Students are in Western Canada. Topics include the are responsible for developing an outline of responsible for developing an outline of the importance of irrigation in various economies the project they wish to undertake. Further project they wish to undertake. Further with particular emphasis of the Alberta information may be obtained from their information may be obtained from their economy, a discussion of the government’s Program Chair. Not available for challenge or Program Chair. Not available for challenge or role in irrigation funding, study of the major supplemental. supplemental. water storage and distribution works in Alberta and Irrigation District operations, and IND-153 Independent Study (3 credits) IND-263 Independent Study (3 credits) water resource issues including tenure and Independent study is a learning experience Independent study is a learning experience resource allocation. Interprovincial and in which students pursue a topic related to where students pursue a topic related to their international water rights will be studied. their program or proposed career. Students program or proposed career. Students are The course also includes an introduction to are responsible for developing an outline of responsible for developing an outline of the surface, sprinkler, and micro irrigation the project they wish to undertake. Further project they wish to undertake. Further systems and a study of the costs and returns information may be obtained from their information may be obtained from their of irrigated farming in Alberta. A research Program Chair. Not available for challenge or Program Chair. Not available for challenge or paper is a major course requirement. supplemental. supplemental. Equivalent to AGR-193.

IND-162 Independent Study (2 credits) Independent study is a learning experience in which students pursue a topic related to their program or proposed career. Students are responsible for developing an outline of the project they wish to undertake. Further

164 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions IRR 252 - LAW 170

IRR-252 Sprinkler Systems & Irrigation KEY-140 Document Processing I (LAW) LAW Management (4 credits) (5 credits) This course covers the purchasing, The emphasis of this course is on developing LAW-161 Intro to Natural Resource Law operation, maintenance and management of production speed and accuracy. Proper (5 credits) sideroll and pivot sprinkler systems in formatting of business documents is This course introduces students to the Western Canada. System outcomes include covered, including letters, tables, Canadian legal system and sources of basic hydraulics, pipeline installation, memorandums and reports using Microsoft natural resource law. It examines the calculation of total dynamic head, pump Word. Please note: Students must be evolution and creation of law with a direct selection, energy use calculations, system capable of keyboarding at a minimum of 30 focus on the role of resource law set-up, purchasing, and maintenance. words per minute. Not available for enforcement in resource management. The Management outcomes provide the learner supplemental. fundamental principles of the Canadian with skills required to actively manage judicial system, trials, sentencing, appeals irrigations in Western Canada including crop KEY-143 Keyboard Skill Building and the Canadian Charter of Rights and water requirements, soil moisture (1 credit) Freedoms will also be reviewed. Selected measurement and irrigation scheduling by Students will use an individualized provincial and federal natural resource laws both predictive and monitoring methods. diagnostic/prescriptive method as a means that regulate air, contaminated land, fi sheries Prerequisites: take RRM-153, AGR-168, to build employable keyboarding speed and and wildlife will be addressed. Provincial and PLT-152, IRR-152. Corequisite courses: accuracy. federal court procedure, offi cer authorities, IRR-252L. and common defences will be examined. Not KEY-145 Document Processing II available for supplemental. (IST) INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (4 credits) This course covers advanced level LAW-165 Criminal Law (3 credits) IST-250 International Study Tour keyboarding, business documents, two-page This course covers the history of criminal (3 credits) letters and memos, boxed tables, braced- law, history and structure of the Criminal Learners taking this course will prepare for, heading boxed tables, manuscripts with Code, the Constitution Act including the and participate in, a study tour. The learner footnotes and endnotes and repetitive Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, will have the opportunity to enhance documents. Not available for supplemental. sources of interpretation, criminal research and presentation skills, obtain or Equivalent to KEY-141. Prerequisites: take responsibility and common law and statute improve upon their awareness of world KEY-140. law defence practices. Not available for cultures, and gain a greater knowledge of supplemental. many aspects of international business in the KEY-249 Data Entry (2 credits) global marketplace. (As the program offering This course covers data input methods LAW-166 Criminal Procedural Law the course will set screening criteria, only including skill development (speed and (5 credits) eligible students will be permitted to enrol.) accuracy) for alphabetic and numeric input. This course briefl y examines the evolution of Not available for challenge or supplemental. Actual projects involving various business law and the history and development of the applications are handled. Prerequisites: take Criminal Code. Emphasis is placed on (KEY) KEYBOARDING KEY-143, KEY-145. gaining familiarity with statute law, including interpreting, understanding, and applying KEY-050 Keyboarding Fundamentals (LAR) LANGUAGE ARTS criminal procedural requirements. The (3 credits) Charter of Rights and Freedoms is examined This course teaches the fundamentals of LAR-043 Language Arts I (5 credits) with emphasis on arrest and search. touch-typing. It develops the keyboarding This course is designed to introduce basic skills required for students to successfully literacy skills in reading, writing, speaking LAW-170 Correctional Law (3 credits) complete class assignments which must be and listening, using adult appropriate This course covers general aspects of word-processed. materials with a life skills focus. Not open to Canadian law as it applies to the fi eld of supplemental. corrections, as well as acts and regulations KEY-139 Introductory Keyboarding specifi c to corrections. Expectations of (5 credits) LAR-048 Language Arts II (5 credits) correctional staff in light of the Charter of This course covers the fundamentals of This course is designed to introduce Rights and the Criminal Code are reviewed, touch-typing. It develops skills required for intermediate literacy skills in reading, writing, together with the application of common typing business and personal letters, tables, speaking and listening, using adult case law to corrections. Specifi c legislation memorandums and reports. It cannot be appropriate materials with a life skills focus. covered includes the Corrections and included as part of the credit requirement for Not open to supplemental. Conditional Release Act, the Prison and the one-year and two-year Offi ce Reformatories Act, Provincial Corrections Administration programs. Not available for LAR-055 Language Arts III (5 credits) Act, FOIP and victim-related legislation. challenge or supplemental. This course is designed to introduce Current legal issues in corrections will be advanced literacy skills in reading, writing, explored. Not available for supplemental. speaking and listening, using adult Prerequisites: take LAW-165. appropriate materials with a life skills focus. Not open to supplemental.

165 Course Descriptions LAW 172 - MAS 130

LAW-172 Law for Corrections (4 credits) applications of federal legislation such as the Alberta Environmental Protection and This course covers the historical foundations Immigration Act, Human Rights, Criminal Enhancement Act (EPEA), The Canadian of Canadian law and the process by which Code, Controlled Drugs and Substances Act Environmental Protection Act (CEPA), the laws are developed. Included are the and the Youth Justice Act. Additional topics Fisheries Act and the Canadian principles and purpose of sentencing as well will include training in occupational health Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) will as the sentencing instruments available to and safety related issues, including WHMIS, provide the regulatory framework for land the court such as Discharges (with WCB claims, investigations and reports. use planning and mitigation. Not available for probation), Conditional Sentence Orders, supplemental. and Incarceration. Early release from LAW-190 Criminal Procedural Law incarceration, both federal and provincial, via (3 credits) (MAN) MANUFACTURING Parole and Temporary Absence are studied This is a course in Canadian law for front-line through the Correctional & Conditional Police offi cers, which focuses on the MAN-241 Food Processing I (4 credits) Release Act, The Prison & Reformatories Act complexities of the Canadian Charter of This course covers the fundamental and the Alberta Corrections Act. Study of the Rights and Freedoms as it pertains to and manufacturing issues specifi c to the food Criminal Code is highlighted throughout this infl uences case law, common law and industry. Topics may include basics of food course with particular attention to search and various sources of statute law. Police offi cers microbiology and microbiology trouble- seizure, use of force and Judicial Interim are instructed in the interpretation and use of shooting, fundamentals of industrial hygiene, Release via Recognizance Orders and statute law, powers of arrest and detention, food handling, plant sanitation and pest Peace Bonds. The Charter of Rights and search and seizure and legal processes control. Not available for supplemental. Freedoms and Freedom of Information and used to compel/direct individuals who are in Privacy Act (FOIP) are studied from the lawful custody. Police offi cers are also (MAS) MASSAGE THERAPY perspective of victim-related legislation. educated in the processes required to obtain Current legal issues in corrections will be warrants for arrest and search warrants of MAS-122 Practicum I (1 credit) explored with students expected to make various types. Emphasis is placed on the This course reinforces the basic information written and classroom presentations. Not Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, taught in massage theory classes. The in- available for supplemental. Criminal Code, Freedom of Information and house clinic provides a professional setting Privacy Act, Provincial Offences Procedures in which to practice basic knowledge and LAW-175 Procedural Law (3 credits) Act, Youth Justice Act, Firearms Act, Police techniques, covering areas of draping, This course involves a brief look at statute, Act and the Law Enforcement Review Board. bolstering, positioning and turning clients. case and common law pertaining to search Equivalent to LAW-350. Introduction to record-keeping, fi ling systems warrants. It also examines the law pertaining and journal entries are taught. FOIP and to the processing of charges through the LAW-254 Applied Law (3 credits) other confi dentiality concerns are covered. courts, including the procedure for getting This course encompasses the practical Body mechanics and personal safety issues witnesses to court with subpoenas. A large application of previously obtained justice are addressed and monitored for both portion of the course involves examination of knowledge and training to situations likely to student and client. Students will begin to citizen and peace offi cer powers of arrest be encountered in a preliminary develop an ethical professionalism. All time and release procedures. Prerequisites: take investigation. Emphasis will be placed on will be spent on campus. LAW-165. critical thinking, problem solving, and communicating. MAS-123 Practicum II (2 credits) LAW-176 Criminal Offences (3 credits) This course reinforces the basic information This course provides an in-depth analysis of LAW-264 Courtroom Procedures gathered in the advanced massage course federal offences including the statutory (3 credits) and builds upon the basics. Students will provisions, elements of the offence and This course examines the Canada Evidence learn correct terminology, identify relevant case law. Offences include theft, Act and Rules of Evidence pertaining to musculature and locate skeletal landmarks. break and enter, false pretences, fraud, testifying in criminal court. This course Knowledge will show assessments and possession of stolen property, mischief, exposes the learner to the roles of the treatment while rendering services to the causing a disturbance, assaults, robbery, prosecutor, defence counsel, investigator general public. Students develop skills in and drug offences including impairment. and witness in a mock court setting. pathology, anatomy and physiology, while Prerequisites: take LAW-254. utilizing advanced techniques in massage. LAW-180 Provincial & Federal Statutes Prerequisites: take MAS-122. (3 credits) LAW-265 Intro to Environmental Law This course focuses on the application of (3 credits) MAS-130 Pathology (3 credits) commonly used provincial and federal This course includes sources of This course provides students with the statutes. Police recruits will learn the environmental law, Canadian and global understanding of pathology as it relates to technical applications of provincial legislation environmental issues, the legal system and basic structure and functioning of body such as the Gaming and Liquor Act, environmental protection, division of powers systems. In detail study, the course Residential Tenancy Act, Environmental and common law and the environment. The examines pathology as it relates to massage Protection Enforcement Act, Youth Tobacco regulatory framework of environmental law and painful tissues.Students will learn which Act, Traffi c Safety Act and Mental Health Act. will be discussed using provincial and federal pathologies they can and cannot affect with Police Offi cers also learn the technical acts and legislation. An overview of massage. Prerequisites: take BIO-145. environmental legislation including the

166 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions MAS 140 - MAS 260

MAS-140 Basic Massage (5 credits) techniques. Pathologies will be assessed, MAS-257 Massage Techniques II This course introduces students to practical contraindications will be addressed, as well (3 credits) massage techniques and theory. It includes as the special tests for each part of the body. This course focuses on applying advanced physiological, psychological and mechanical This course will deal with the lower massage and hydrotherapy techniques to effects of massage, indications and extremities of the body: foot and ankle, lower clients in a spa and esthetic practice setting. contraindications and introduction to strokes. leg, knee, hip and lumbar spine. Students will address the physiological Work involves hands-on practice. At the end Interpretation of the information, effects of several techniques including of the course, students will be able to development of a care/treatment plan and paraffi n dips, wraps, mud applications and competently perform a full body massage. documentation for communication with other skin exfoliation. Instruction in Corequisite courses: MAS-140L, BIO-145. health care professionals will be addressed. contraindications, technical protocols and Equivalent to MAS-126. Prerequisites: treatment modifi cations will be provided. MAS-144 Contemporary Practices take MAS-140. Corequisite courses: MAS- Upon completion of the course, the student (3 credits) 253L. will be able to successfully incorporate a Students will develop an understanding of variety of spa and esthetic techniques into a and broaden their knowledge of issues such MAS-254 Special Populations I (5 credits) traditional massage treatment. Equivalent to as professionalism, boundaries, Special Populations I is designed to begin MAS-142. Prerequisites: take MAS-251. communication with clients and allied health integrating complex dysfunctions and Corequisite courses: MAS-257L. disciplines, healthy work environments pathologies students will encounter in their versus unhealthy work environments, ethics, practices with appropriate treatment MAS-258 Assessment for Massage II informed consent and other contemporary protocols. The special populations covered (3 credits) issues massage therapists face in today’s will be either pathology based (for example, This course will continue and build upon the competitive marketplace. asthma) or mechanically based (for example, skills acquired in Assessment for Massage hyperlordosis), and each module will take Therapists I. Students will review the MAS-145 Advanced Massage (4 credits) students through the process the orthopedic assessment procedures and then This course reviews the basics and moves dysfunction/pathology takes and the focus on the upper extremities. This will on to explore greater depth of massage treatment protocol that would be include assessment and care/treatment treatment techniques and advanced strokes implemented. It is expected that students will plans of the wrist and hand, elbow, shoulder dealing with acute to chronic pathologies. It integrate techniques covered in previous and cervical spine. Equivalent to MAS-128. involves hands-on practice. Prerequisites: courses and also begin to show acquired Prerequisites: take MAS-253. Corequisite take MAS-140. Corequisite courses: MAS- knowledge skills. Body mechanics and courses: MAS-258L. 145L. massage techniques used in these situations will be covered. Not available for MAS-259 Practicum IV (2 credits) MAS-149 Massage Seminar (1 credit) supplemental. Equivalent to MAS-121. In this fi nal practicum, students will apply This course involves lecture/seminars of a Prerequisites: take MAS-140. Corequisite therapeutic massage techniques to clients in specialized nature as it relates to the fi eld courses: MAS-254L. a clinical setting and will present assessment of massage. It may include such topics as data and treatment plans for individual refl exology, sports, and craniosacral therapy. MAS-255 Practicum III (2 credits) clients. Practicum placement and ad hoc In this practicum, the individual will events will take place. Prerequisites: take MAS-251 Massage Techniques I demonstrate skills, competency and MAS-255. (4 credits) confi dence in contraindications, This course focuses on exposing the student communications and self-care, as well as MAS-260 Special Populations II (4 credits) to a variety of therapeutic techniques that assessments and the treatment thereof. This course continues where Special treat deep tissue pathologies. Various Practicum placement off-site will take place Populations I left off. More complex advanced techniques including here, as will many ad-hoc events. pathologies will be covered as well as the neuromuscular therapy, ice massage, trigger Equivalent to MAS-124. Prerequisites: take manifestation of multiple pathologies and point therapy and cross fi ber frictioning will MAS-123. how to approach the treatment of the be addressed. Upon completion of the increasingly complex client. The focus is on course, it is expected that the student will MAS-256 Sports Massage (4 credits) therapeutic massage for clients with special have a strong understanding of the This course explores the theory and practice needs such as chronic disease conditions anatomical and physiological mechanisms of of sports massage, including its history and and disabilities, seniors, and post-surgical common soft tissue injuries and be able to the role of the sports massage therapist. The clients. Prerequisites: take MAS-254. apply the advanced techniques taught to indications and contraindications to different Corequisite courses: MAS-260L. successfully treat a variety of conditions. sports are addressed as well as specifi c Equivalent to MAS-141. Prerequisites: take techniques, positioning, and pre and post MAS-140. Corequisite courses: MAS-251L. event massage. Prerequisites: take BIO-145, BIO-146. Corequisite courses: MAS-256L. MAS-253 Assessment for Massage I (3 credits) Instruction will be given to equip students with the skills to effectively interview a client and perform a basic physical assessment. Students will learn gait, palpation, joint, nerve and muscle testing assessment

167 Course Descriptions MGT 251 - MKT 158

(MGT) MANAGEMENT MGT-265 Broadcast Management Issues (MKT) MARKETING (2 credits) MGT-251 Events & Conference This course is a practical approach to the MKT-152 Commodity Marketing Management (4 credits) legal, regulatory and management issues (3 credits) This is a course in events and conference involved in radio and television operations. This course is an overview of the alternatives management including planning, meetings, Topics include Canadian legal pitfalls such available in the marketing of grains, oilseeds trade show exhibits, special events, as defamation, contempt, privacy, copyright and livestock. Topics include priced and un- development of marketing plans, and censorship relevant to broadcasting. The priced marketing strategies, futures organization of convention sales, selling to course will also deal with labour and contracts, put and call options, the associations, corporations and other regulatory concerns as well as practical mechanics of futures trading, hedging and markets. Advertising, negotiations and management issues that relate to personnel the interpretation of market information contracts, admission systems and other and other administrative functions. Not through fundamental analysis and technical services as well as convention billing and available for supplemental. Equivalent to charting techniques. Students use the DTN post convention review will be covered. CAP-269. Prerequisites: take CAP-152. System to chart commodity prices over the Upon completion students are eligible to course of the term. Equivalent to AGR-279. write the American Hotel and Lodging MGT-269 Management Issues in Association Certifi cation Exam. Advertising/Pr (5 credits) MKT-155 Retailing (3 credits) This course investigates the variety of duties This course is an introduction to retailing, the MGT-255 Special Events Management required of today’s managers in the public economic signifi cance of retailing, and the (3 credits) relations and advertising industries. It offers growing diversity of retail formats. Students This course is an introduction to an overview of management issues including will be introduced to management concepts, responsibilities of event co-ordination budgeting, position descriptions, staff traditional, non-traditional and non-store through creation of a detailed plan from motivation, production of annual reports and based retailing, globalization, international established objectives and strategies, prospecti, government lobbying, fundraising, retailing, customer buying behaviour, retail implementing policies and procedures, volunteer management, entrepreneurship market strategy as well as other aspects of training, motivating and leading staff and and visionary leadership. Students will contemporary retailing. Not available for volunteers, monitoring and evaluating the develop an annual report, prepare a supplemental. event and making necessary adjustments. fundraising strategy and organize offi ce staff Please note: This course is intended for and strategies according to institutional MKT-156 Merchandising (5 credits) students in the Recreation Facility goals. Not available for supplemental. This course is an introduction to retailing and Operations and Recreation Management Prerequisites: take CAP-262. examines trends such as the franchise programs. explosion, the swing of malls back into the MGT-370 Correctional Management downtown cores, department stores, the MGT-256 Restaurant & Lounge (3 credits) national chains, small independent retailers Management (5 credits) This course is a comprehensive exploration and their problems, store organization, the Students will be taught the basics of of management theory as applied within buying function and pricing, as well as other operating controls and service procedures corrections. Management functions are aspects of contemporary retailing. for managing today’s fast-paced food examined, including mission statements and industry. This course covers dining room organizational values, policy and procedures, MKT-158 Media Marketing Fundamentals safety, purchasing, inventory, managerial organizational development, formal and (3 credits) controls, and practical customer service. It informal organizational structures, monitoring This overview course will introduce learners entails the physical mechanics of tending and evaluating staff performance, employee to fundamental concepts of marketing and bar, including handling spirits and beer, and discipline, and labour relations. The market research and how they relate to the introduces wine service. Along with the correctional subculture is also addressed. practices of public relations and advertising technical training, there is practical training in sales. Students will be offered a working the Garden Court Restaurant. MGT-375 Correctional Leadership knowledge of basic marketing theories and (3 credits) concepts, marketing research principles and MGT-261 Strategic Planning (3 credits) This course addresses current theory and marketing situational analysis. Students will This course covers the theory and practical practice in correctional leadership. Among examine buyer behaviour, market steps in the development of strategic plans. the topics included are customer service identifi cation and segmentation, market Topics include mission statements, SWOT (including CAPRA), public involvement in research, data acquisition and analysis, and analysis, strategy development, and plan corrections, meeting leadership, project communicating research results. This course evaluation. Please note: This course is management, coaching and motivational is designed particularly for learners in the intended for students in the Recreation techniques, training and facilitation practices, Communication Arts program. Not available Facility Operations and Recreation and public relations. for supplemental. Management programs.

168 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions MKT 160 - MKT 288

MKT-160 Marketing/Research Essentials international marketing, marketing tools in selling which justifi es its study, even by those (5 credits) international marketing, and building who never expect to become salesmen, This overview course will introduce students international marketing strategy. Topics such because it is the art of handling people and to fundamental concepts of marketing and as free trade versus protectionism and trade selling ideas to them. The course uses market research. Learners will be offered a with Pacifi c Rim countries are discussed. cases, research, presentation, micro sales working knowledge of basic marketing Prerequisites: take MKT-188. situations and class discussion and theories and concepts, marketing research involvement. Not available for supplemental. principles and marketing situational analysis. MKT-270 Retail Administration (3 credits) Equivalent to CAP-255. Prerequisites: take Using case studies and fi nal marketing Retail administration is particularly important MKT-188 or MKT-156. research project, learners will examine buyer in retailing as employees play a major role in behaviour, market identifi cation, market performing critical business functions. This MKT-281 Marketing Logistics (3 credits) segmentation, pricing, logistics, market course provides students with a thorough This course covers aspects of inventory, research through primary and secondary understanding of the fashion industry’s warehousing, transportation, purchasing, data sources, data acquisition and analysis uniqueness in regards to management skills packaging, and materials handling all within and fi nally communicating research results. and effectiveness, factors affecting a framework of the marketing decisions in This course is designed particularly for managerial ethics, interpersonal these areas necessary to enhance customer students in the Advertising/Public Relations communication skills, dealing with confl ict, service in supply chain management. Field program. Not available for supplemental. problem solving, planning and goal setting. studies are utilized to provide practical Other aspects include developing a examples of how these things really work. MKT-188 Introduction to Marketing promotion strategy, strategic advantage and Prerequisites: take MKT-188. (5 credits) organization structure. Prerequisites: take This course covers the nature and scope of MKT-155. MKT-283 Advertising (5 credits) marketing management’s role in the This course covers advertising as an integral economy, marketing research, consumer MKT-275 E-Commerce (3 credits) element of the marketing mix. Topics of motivation, behaviour and buying patterns, Learners taking this course will discover, study include the media, their particular the industrial market, product planning and analyse and evaluate the electronic advantages and limitations to the advertiser, development, the distribution channels commerce methods used by businesses. the problems of originating and placing (emphasis on retailers and wholesalers), the The course will take a marketing perspective advertising, budgeting and control of price system, personal selling and and examine the Internet as a tool for advertising expense, and implications of the advertising. The case study method is used managers/owners. The evolution of the social responsibility of advertisers. Not to analyse the problems and concepts Internet will be studied as a method of available for supplemental. Equivalent to concerned with the distribution of goods from forecasting future changes. The course will BUS-283. Prerequisites: take MKT-188 or producers to consumers. Student knowledge be centred around discussing e-commerce MKT-156. is applied to a practical analysis of case strategies for marketing, sales, material. Not available for supplemental. communication, purchasing, logistics and MKT-284 Marketing of Services (3 credits) support activities. Students will have access This course is an introduction to marketing MKT-250 Advertising - Essentials to the Internet for learning and assignment as it pertains to services. Specifi c topics (3 credits) purposes, but there will not be technical include analyzing potential customer groups, This course examines advertising, including computer lab instruction. Not available for product life cycles, pricing considerations, the vocabulary to produce, create, and supplemental. Prerequisites: take MKT-188. distribution of products and the development write advertising; using advertising visual of a marketing plan. Please note: This elements; a small and large business use MKT-277 Merchandise Administration course is intended for students in the of advertising using specialized media, (5 credits) Recreation Facility Operations and marketing and advertising research. Not This course analyses the Canadian retail Recreation Management programs. available for supplemental. Equivalent to market by classifying retail structures, Equivalent to ORG-284. BIS-104. considering its idiosyncrasies and understanding the retail customer. Students MKT-288 Marketing Management MKT-260 International Marketing are prompted to develop a retail strategy (5 credits) (3 credits) following a strategic planning process that This course covers the nature and scope of This course is an understanding of marketing can be applied to a retail location decision, marketing management’s role in the strategy from a multinational or international how store space should be designed, and economy, marketing research, consumer point of view, focusing on the world as the optimum ways to present merchandise motivation, behaviour buying patterns, the potential marketplace rather than local or for sale, including inventory management, industrial market, product planning and domestic economy. Foreign nations are pricing, selling, and customer service. development, distribution channels viewed both as sources of new potential Prerequisites: take MKT-188 or MKT-156. (emphasis on retailers and wholesalers), the sales and as sources of competition in the price system, personal selling and domestic market. The same basic marketing MKT-279 Applied Sales (3 credits) advertising. The case study method is used inputs and strategies can be used as This course covers the ability to handle to analyse the problems and concepts successfully in widely different markets, people, the basis of leadership in all concerned with the distribution of goods from provided they are adjusted in terms of endeavors. This ability is little more than producers to consumers. Student knowledge environmental and cultural differences. The salesmanship under another name. It is is applied to a practical analysis of case course broadly covers the environment for the universal application of the principle of material. Prerequisites: take MKT-188.

169 Course Descriptions MKT 290 - MTH 145

MKT-290 Marketing Research (5 credits) MTH-064 Real World Math II (5 credits) MTH-102 Basic Mathematics (3 credits) This course covers the basic research This course will prepare students to handle This course is for students who need to concepts and stages in the research process real-life mathematics applications, thereby upgrade their math skills before continuing a and how they relate to decisions about showing the importance of math in daily life. non-mathematical program. It reviews whole conducting specifi c projects. Students Concepts covered focus on work-related numbers, the metric system, fractions, conduct hands-on research studies for a issues such as calculating gross and net pay, decimals, percent and ratio, introductory variety of projects, giving practical income tax deductions, balancing chequing algebra, and basic graphing. Not available experience in designing surveys, conducting and savings accounts, borrowing money, for supplemental. focus groups, observation research, using credit, calculating transportation costs, interview research and Internet research. and costs of independent living. MTH-135 Offi ce Math Applications Projects vary from term to term as available. (2 credits) Prerequisites: take MKT-188. MTH-075 Mathematics (5 credits) This course will develop the mathematical This course requires a minimum score of 60 skills needed by an offi ce assistant. This (MTH) MATH percent in MTH 060 or 070 or equivalent or will be accomplished by presenting basic placement testing. Studies cover the basic principles of mathematics and immediately MTH-043 Math Fundamentals I (5 credits) techniques of algebra from operations on applying them to the solution of business and This course covers reading and writing rational numbers through equations and personal fi nancial problems. The applied numbers, understanding of whole-number inequalities, factoring and algebraic fractions. functional approach of this course zeros concepts; addition, subtraction, multiplication It includes basic geometry and trigonometry. in on the real world and gets students to and division of whole numbers; and appreciate the math function in business. Not measurement skills. Decimals, graphing and MTH-085 Mathematics (5 credits) available for supplemental. some computations with decimals are This course requires a minimum score of 60 introduced. Effective problem-solving percent in MTH 075 or 080 or equivalent or MTH-141 Math for Health Sciences processes with practical applications are placement testing. This course is a (5 credits) developed. continuation of algebra and geometry from This course is specifi cally for pre-assessed MTH075 and includes factoring, systems of students intending to enter a program within MTH-048 Math Fundamentals II (5 credits) equations, quadratic equations, operations the Centre for Health Justice and Human This course covers whole number concepts, with radicals, rational expressions, rational Services at Lethbridge College. It will provide problem-solving strategies, computation exponents, graphing, and trigonometry on students with a multidimensional, contextual skills with whole numbers, decimals, oblique triangles. learning experience for acquisition of pre- computation with decimals, equivalents, and requisite content and skills in mathematics graphing. MTH-090 Mathematics (5 credits) including concepts, terms, expressions, This course requires successful completion applications, equation, and problem-solving. MTH-054 Mathematics Foundations of MTH- 085 or equivalent, or placement Successful completion to the standard set (5 credits) testing. This course covers radicals and by the program(s) pre-requisite requirement This course covers the mathematical skills exponents, trigonometry, polynomials and will provide opportunity for entry into the necessary to undertake pre-algebra and functions, relations and graphing. identifi ed program(s) in the Centre for Health algebra courses in mathematics. Topics Justice and Human Services. include operations with whole numbers, MTH-095 Mathematics (5 credits) integers, decimals, fractions, rational This course requires a minimum grade of C MTH-145 Mathematical Transitions expressions and percents; metric in MTH- 085 or successful completion of (5 credits) measurement; geometry; and problem- MTH-090 or equivalent, or placement testing. This course is specifi cally for pre-assessed solving strategies. Topics include functions; transformations; students intending to enter a program within polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, and the Centre for Applied Management or the MTH-055 Math Fundamentals III (5 credits) trigonometric functions and analysis; conic Centre for Agriculture, Trades & This course covers whole numbers, integers, sections, sequences, series and Technologies. This transitional course is rational numbers, decimals and fractions, combinations. focused on the review and development of percent and rates, metric measurement, specifi c Math 30 Pure and Math 30 Applied geometry, graphing, equivalents, and use of MTH-097 Introduction to Calculus concepts and skills required for success in the calculator. Effective problem solving (5 credits) each of the identifi ed program areas. strategies are developed. This course is an introduction to differential Successful completion to the standards set and integral calculus with practical by the program(s) pre-requisite requirements MTH-060 Mathematics (5 credits) applications to distance, velocity and will provide opportunity for entry into This course covers preparation for acceleration, maxima and minima, programs in the identifi ed academic centres. introductory algebra and includes solution of sequences and limits, related rates, the simple linear equations and inequalities, integral as an area, and volumes by basic manipulation with exponents. revolution. Recent successful completion of MTH095, or MTH30 (Pure), or equivalent is required.

170 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions MTH 145 - NSG 154

MTH-149 Pre-Calculus (3 credits) Equivalent to MTH-180. Prerequisites: take meeting basic health needs. Maintaining This course is a quick, but extensive, review MTH-160. client and worker safety in the health care of high school algebra and trigonometry that environment is highlighted. Corequisite technology students need to be successful in MTH-351 Math for Games Programming courses: NSG-145, NSG-147, BIO-160. Engineering calculus courses. Topics will (3 credits) include arithmetic and basic algebra review In this course, students will learn NSG-147 Practical Nursing Clinical I without a calculator, algebraic equations, mathematical skills that apply to game (1 credit) functions and graphs, trigonometry, vectors, programming, including fundamentals of The clinical experience will allow students to exponential and logarithmic functions, and mathematics, algebra, physics simulations, apply theory and skills from semester one basic geometry. Equivalent to MTH-146. rendering and lighting, optimization, matrices courses in the Practical Nursing program. and vectors. In addition, problem-solving Primary placement will be in a long-term MTH-152 Mathematics for CIT (3 credits) skills are fundamental skills in game care facility and require students to assist This course covers the basic mathematical programming and will be reinforced through clients in meeting basic health needs within calculations required for data processing. labs and assignments. Not available for the scope of practice for the practical nurse. Topics covered include binary, octal, supplemental. Prerequisites: take MTH-152. Corequisite courses: NSG-145, NSG-146, hexadecimal arithmetic, sets, logic, Boolean BIO-160. algebra, solution of equations by Gaussian (MUS) MUSIC row reduction and matrix calculations. Not NSG-148 Health and Individuals available for supplemental. MUS-150 Music Appreciation (3 credits) (3 credits) This course is a general introduction to the Course focus will be on health and MTH-156 Techniques of Calculus art music of the western world. Students will individuals and the role of the practical (5 credits) develop listening skills, a musical vocabulary, nurse. Students will develop an This course covers functions, limits, and some knowledge of prominent understanding of common personal and derivatives, and extreme problems, defi nite composers and their works in a historical environmental factors that threaten health integral, differentiation and integration of context. Not available for supplemental. and wellness, as well as the body’s rational functions. Not available for protective responses to such conditions. The supplemental examination. (NAT) NATIVE AWARENESS potential for healthy responses to becoming pathological will be explored. Prerequisites: MTH-160 Calculus I (3 credits) NAT-155 Native Cultural Awareness take NSG-145, NSG-146, NSG-147, BIO- This is a technical math course specifi cally (3 credits) 160. Corequisite courses: NSG-167, NSG- suited to engineering technologists. This This introductory course is designed for 149, NSG-159, BIO-161, NSG-154. course introduces probability and descriptive students considering a career in human statistics and provides a basic understanding services or any other occupation in which NSG-149 Intermediate Nursing Skills of differential calculus and its applications. they will be interacting with Native people. It (3 credits) Topics may include basic probability, is intended to increase the student’s general Students will develop and enhance existing frequency distributions, descriptive statistics, understanding of and sensitivity toward knowledge and skills related to fundamental evaluating limits, discontinuous and Native peoples and cultures. An overview will principles of medication administration in continuous functions, the defi nition of familiarize students with major Native events conjunction with clinical nursing skills needed derivative, rules for taking derivatives of and issues, which will help students gain a to support clients in meeting more complex certain types of functions including algebraic, better understanding of Native/non-Native health needs. Prerequisites: take NSG-145, trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential relations. The broad scope of the subject NSG-146, NSG-147, BIO-160. Corequisite functions, and application questions matter in this course will be enhanced courses: NSG-167, NSG-148, NSG-159, including optimization and rates of change. whenever possible by guest speakers. BIO-161, NSG-154. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to MTH-154. (NSG) NURSING NSG-150 Concepts of Health I (3 credits) This course provides an introduction to MTH-165 Calculus II (3 credits) NSG-145 Health and the Practical Nurse concepts of health and wellness for This is a technical math course specifi cally (3 credits) individuals and families, the role of the nurse, suited to engineering technologists. It Course focus will be on the “client as and the use of group process strategies to includes a basic understanding of Integral partner” and on the role of the practical support self-directed learning. Corequisite calculus and its applications along with an nurse. Roles, responsibilities, codes of ethics courses: NSG-163. introduction to differential equations and and governing acts of legislation will be Taylor series. Topics may include the introduced. Major theories, principles and NSG-154 Practical Nursing Clinical II defi nition of integration and the fundamental models that guide nursing practice will be (4 credits) theorem of calculus, rules for integrating explored, as well as health determinants and The clinical experience will allow students to functions including algebraic, trigonometric, cultural infl uences on health beliefs and apply theory and skills from semesters one logarithmic and exponential functions, and lifestyle. Corequisite courses: NSG-146, and two to increasingly complex situations, applications of integration including centers NSG-147. allowing students to focus on holistic health of mass, work, fl uid pressure, areas and assessment and practice in a variety of volumes. Topics in differential equations may NSG-146 Basic Nursing Skills (3 credits) settings. Prerequisites: take NSG-145, include slope fi elds, exponential growth and Students will develop theoretical principles NSG-146, NSG-147, BIO-160, COM-162, decay, trajectories and fl uid fl ow. Not and basic nursing skills needed to support ENG-150. Corequisite courses:NSG-148, available for supplemental or challenge. clients with activities of daily living and in NSG-149, NSG-159, NSG-167, BIO-161.

171 Course Descriptions NSG 155 - NSG 259

NSG-155 Concepts of Health II (3 credits) NSG-182 Health Assessment NSG-255 Health, Illness and Healing II This course provides an introduction to the (9 credits) (3 credits) concepts of community and population This nursing practice course provides the This course focuses on the experiences of health, adult learning principles and foundation for developing therapeutic child-bearing and child-rearing strategies, the relationship of evidence to relationships and introduces the concepts of families with varied cultural backgrounds in nursing practice, and strategies for individual health assessment and basic nursing diverse geographical settings. It integrates contributions to effective group process. This skills. It offers intensive practice in the lab concepts of health promotion, illness course continues to explore concepts of environment in preparation for clinical prevention, epidemiology, pathophysiology, health and wellness for individuals and practice in the following semester. and therapeutics. Prerequisites: take NSG- families. Prerequisites: take NSG-150. Corequisite courses: NSG-181. 150, NSG-163, BIO-160, BIO-161, ENG-190, Corequisite courses: NSG-173. NSG-155, NSG-173, BIO-162, PSY-160, NSG-250 Health, Illness and Healing I SOC-160. NSG-159 Pharmacology (3 credits) (3 credits) The students will apply theoretical and This course provides an introduction to acute NSG-256 Pathophysiology (3 credits) practical knowledge of therapeutic drugs, and chronic health challenges for adults Students will have the opportunity to gain their effects on the body, and nursing with varied cultural backgrounds in diverse knowledge and understanding of physical responsibilities related to medication geographical settings. It integrates concepts pathology that threatens health status. The administration. Prerequisites: take BIO-160. of gerontology, health promotion, illness course will provide a sound theoretical base Corequisite courses: BIO-161. prevention, epidemiology, pathophysiology, for students within a variety of health care and therapeutics. Prerequisites: take settings. Prerequisites: take NSG-159, NSG- NSG-163 Nursing Practice I (7.00 cr.) NSG-150, NSG-163, BIO-160, BIO-161, 167, BIO-160, BIO-161. Corequisite courses: This ﬁ rst nursing practice course provides ENG-190, NSG-155, NSG-173, BIO-162, NSG-251, NSG-252. the foundation for developing therapeutic PSY-160, SOC-160. and caring relationships with clients and NSG-257 Health and Families (4 credits) introduces concepts of health assessment NSG-251 Health and Illness (3 credits) Course focus will be on health and families and basic nursing skills. Practice occurs in Course focus will be on health and illness and the role of the practical nurse in the context of healthy or stable individuals and the role of the practical nurse in promoting health and wellness during child- across the lifespan in different cultural promoting health in clients with common bearing and rearing years. Major theory contexts and settings. acute and chronic health challenges. includes ante-partum, intra-partum, and post- Students will participate in this process- partum nursing process and practice. Care of NSG-167 Health Assessment (4 credits) oriented course to further develop critical newborns, infants, children and teens in Students will develop knowledge of the core thinking skills needed to determine nursing health and illness is explored. The special principles and skills needed for holistic assessment and management priorities challenges of the ‘Sandwich Generation’ will health assessment through opportunities for based on health data. Prerequisites: take be discussed. Prerequisites: take NSG-251, theoretical and practical application. NSG-167, NSG-148, NSG-149, NSG-159, NSG-252, NSG-253, NSG-256, PSY-170, Prerequisites: take NSG-145, NSG-146, BIO-161. Corequisite courses: NSG-252, PSY-251. Corequisite courses: NSG-258, NSG-147, BIO-160. Corequisite courses: NSG-253, NSG-256. NSG-259, NSG-267. NSG-148, NSG-149, NSG-159, BIO-161, NSG-154, NSG-167L. NSG-252 Senior Nursing Skills (3 credits) NSG-258 Full Scope of PN Skills Students will continue to establish (2 credits) NSG-173 Nursing Practice II (7 credits) competency in nursing and medication Students will continue to build on senior This course includes physical health administration skills that are more commonly nursing skills, as well as in advanced assessment techniques and the practice of used in acute and complex settings, while medication administration expertise. Theory basic nursing skills. Practice occurs in the reinforcing theories and practical applications and practice will be provided to enable context of healthy or stable individuals and learned in semesters one and two. students to reach competence in their full families across the lifespan in different Prerequisites: take NSG-148, NSG-149, scope of practice. Prerequisites: take cultural contexts and settings. Prerequisites: NSG-159, NSG-154, NSG-167, BIO-161. NSG-251, NSG-252, NSG-256, NSG-253, take NSG-163, BIO-160. Corequisite courses: NSG-251, PSY-170, PSY-170, PSY-251. Corequisite courses: NSG-256, NSG-253, PSY-251. NSG-257, NSG-259, NSG-267. NSG-181 Introduction to Nursing (9 credits) NSG-253 Practical Nursing Clinical III NSG-259 Practical Nursing Clinical IV This course provides an introduction to the (4 credits) (5 credits) concepts of health and wellness in all The clinical experience will allow students to The clinical experience will allow students to individuals, groups and populations, the role apply theory and skills from semesters one, apply theory and skills developed throughout of the nurse and the use of group process two, and three when caring for clients the program to establish competency in full strategies to support self directed learning. experiencing common acute and chronic scope of practice skills in a variety of The theory base for development of health challenges in a variety of settings. settings. Prerequisites: take NSG-251, NSG- therapeutic communication, basic nursing Prerequisites: take NSG-148, NSG-149, 252, NSG-253, NSG-256, PSY-170, PSY- skills and health assessment will also be NSG-154, NSG-159, NSG-167, BIO-161. 251. Corequisite courses: NSG-257, NSG- incorporated. Corequisite courses: NSG-182. Corequisite courses: NSG-251, NSG-252, 267, NSG-258, HTH-255. NSG-256, PSY-170, PSY-251.

172 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions NSG 263 - OAA 142

NSG-263 Nursing Practice III (12 credits) NSG-290 Applied Therapeutics (3 credits) preparation and maintenance of the sterile This course teaches increasingly complex This course provides an introduction to fi eld will be examined. The care and handling nursing skills and provision of basic nursing integrative therapeutic modalities including: of instruments and equipment for safety and care for clients with acute and chronic health conventional (i.e., allopathic), alternative and cost effectiveness will also be discussed. A challenges across the lifespan, including complementary therapies used in health care nursing assessment and framework for the child-bearing and child-rearing families. and the pathophysiologic, psychologic, development of a perioperative nursing care Prerequisites: take NSG-150, NSG-163, energetic, and spiritual basis for these plan will be introduced. Surgical procedures BIO-160, BIO-161, ENG-190, NSG-155, therapies. The nurse’s role in promoting will be discussed in relation to anatomy, NSG-173, BIO-162, PSY-160, SOC-160. quality of life through appropriate use of physiology, pathophysiology, required various treatment modalities and dealing with equipment and supplies, wound healing, and NSG-267 Community Nursing (3 credits) implications and effects is explored. the anesthetic’s effect on various types of The focus of this course is on developing Prerequisites: take NSG-155. patients. Patient focused care and nursing knowledge and skills needed to collaborative relationships are stressed as a provide care to a variety of individuals, NSG-293 Nursing Practice IV (12 credits) means to providing a safe and supportive families and groups in the community who In this course, students provide nursing care environment for improved patient outcomes. are at various positions on the age and for clients with acute and chronic health health continuum. Students will explore the challenges across the lifespan, including NSG-396 Competencies Scrub/Circulating determinants of health and concepts of child-bearing and child-rearing families. (2 credits) holistic care that support health promotion Prerequisites: take NSG-150, NSG-163, The focus of this course is to explore the and disease prevention. Prerequisites: take BIO-160, BIO-161, ENG-190, NSG-155, perioperative role of both the scrub and NSG-251, NSG-252, NSG-253, NSG-256, NSG-173, BIO-162, PSY-160, SOC-160, circulating nurse as identifi ed in the ORNAC PSY-170, PSY-251. Corequisite courses: NSG-263, NSG-290. Competencies. Students will apply the NSG-257, NSG-258, NSG-259. knowledge learned in previous courses in a NSG-390 Standards of Perioperative non-threatening practice environment, under NSG-276 Focused Practicum (2 credits) Nursing (5 credits) the direction of a clinical educator. The basic The practicum placement is an opportunity This course introduces the student to the skills required to perform the roles of the for the student to choose an area of specialty of perioperative nursing and scrub and circulating nurse, as learned in the specialization within which to explore explores the perioperative experience of the previous course, are demonstrated and professional inclusion. Level of clinical patient and roles of the surgical team. practiced to assist in developing competency performance will encompass full scope of in basic skills before implementing them in practice skills in this preceptored placement. NSG-393 Implementation of Standards the perioperative environment. This is the Prerequisites: take HTH-255, NSG-257, (6 credits) fi rst opportunity for hands-on experience with NSG-258, NSG-259, NSG-267. This course builds on knowledge from the responsibilities related to care of the previous courses and students are given the perioperative patient, and provides NSG-277 Comprehensive Practicum opportunity to apply their skills and experience in handling the supplies and (4 credits) knowledge to the surgical setting under the equipment found in this surgical The practicum placement is an opportunity direction and supervision of a clinical environment. for students to apply knowledge, skills and instructor. Students must successfully attitudes gained throughout their educational complete all pre-requisite courses in order to (OAA) OFFICE ADMINISTRATION experience. Transition from student to enrol in the clinical experience. Prerequisites: graduate will occur under the guidance of a take NSG-390, NSG-391, NSG-392. OAA-142 Offi ce Procedures (5 credits) preceptor and may occur in a variety of In this course, students will learn to make settings. Level of clinical performance will NSG-394 Perioperative Practicum decisions, organize information, schedule encompass full scope of practice skills. (3 credits) appointments, use proper telephone Prerequisites: take HTH-255, NSG-257, Under supervision of a preceptor, students technique, coordinate business conferences, NSG-258, NSG-259, NSG-267. will have the opportunity to apply the skills handle procedures for travel arrangements, and knowledge learned from previous create and format special documents, NSG-279 Professional Seminar I courses during a 144 hour, 18-day working prepare resumes and portfolios, learn (3 credits) experience. Students will have the procedures for incoming and outgoing mail This course is an exploration and opportunity to gain basic knowledge of and e-mail and gain an understanding of examination of professional nursing practice recovery room nursing. This practicum may time management and offi ce ergonomics. concepts and issues. The focus will be on occur at alternative sites. Prerequisites: take Presentation of material provides practical historical and contemporary roles as well as NSG-390, NSG-391, NSG-392, NSG-393. experience simulating on-the-job situations. the ethical and legal responsibilities of the Not available for supplemental. registered nurse within the context of the NSG-395 Standards Scrub & Circulating Prerequisites: take KEY-140. nursing profession and the health care (2 credits) system. Topics include the application of The focus of this course is to explore the theory to practice, multidisciplinary health perioperative role of both the scrub and care team issues, professional association circulating nurse as identifi ed in the ORNAC and union roles. Prerequisites: take NSG- Standards. Students will build on previous 263 and NSG-250 or NSG-255. knowledge and relate it to the perioperative roles and responsibilities. The principles of aseptic technique as they apply to the

173 Course Descriptions OAA 145 - ORG 262

OAA-145 Electronic Transcription knowledge, accuracy and professionalism. common problems. The skills and (3 credits) This course will focus on general fi le knowledge covered in this course are In this course, students will learn the management within a law fi rm with a specifi c common to all type of business operations, technical skill of transcribing documents. examination of six areas of practice as from multimedia to retail to construction to They will learn how to co-ordinate the skills follows: Criminal Law, Civil Litigation, Family e-commerce sites. of listening, following directions, and and Matrimonial, Wills and Estates, strengthening their English language skills by Conveyancing, and Corporate. Please note: ORG-253 Service Planning & Evaluation practicing punctuation, spelling, grammar, Students must be familiar with Microsoft (4 credits) vocabulary, editing and proofreading. Word. Not available for supplemental. This course addresses the theoretical and Students will learn to use reference books logistical aspects of delivering recreation quickly and effi ciently and to develop a fi rst- OAA-240 Meeting & Conference Planning programs. Specifi c topics include need time correct technique in completing their (3 credits) assessment, goals and objectives, service documents. Not available for supplemental. The focus of this course will be to provide delivery formats, establishment of fees, Prerequisites: take KEY-140. opportunities for students to apply hands-on liability and risk management, and service administrative and organizational skills to the evaluation. Please note: This course is OAA-148 Records Management (2 credits) planning, organizing, and implementing of intended for students in the Recreation This course is designed to prepare students successful meetings and conferences. The Facility Operations and Recreation to maintain records in the offi ce. Students emphasis will be on identifying priorities, Management programs. will practice alphabetic, subject, numeric and assigning time lines, developing a master geographic classifi cation systems and plan and preparing all necessary documents. ORG-254 Public Relations (3 credits) electronic fi le management. Not available for Not available for supplemental. This course deals with the development and supplemental. Equivalent to OAA-140. Prerequisites: take BUS-180. delivery of an effective public relations strategy for an organization. The course OAA-220 Notetaking (3 credits) OAA-242 Integrated Offi ce Simulation addresses the development and This course teaches an alphabetical speed (3 credits) maintenance of public support. Specifi c writing system to enable students to take This capstone real-world simulation provides topics include reputation building, strategies, minutes, messages, class notes, etc. the student with the opportunity to integrate key publics, advertising, media relations, accurately and quickly. It can also be used prior skills and learning to advanced handling of complaints, public designation, as a speed builder refresher for those problem-solving situations which are developing news releases, and use of audio- students who have already acquired a typical of actual business offi ce situations. visual equipment. Please note: This course speedwriting system. Not available for Prerequisites: take CPU-224, CPU-249. is intended for students in the Recreation supplemental. Prerequisites: take KEY-140. Corequisite courses: CPU-221. Facility Operations and Recreation Management programs. OAA-233 Medical Offi ce Procedures (ORG) ORGANIZATION (5 credits) ORG-262 Organizational Fund Raising This course covers the knowledge and skills ORG-148 Offi ce Dynamics (4 credits) (3 credits) required to work in a medical offi ce In this course, students will learn the This course covers the practical aspects of environment. The course content provides importance of making a positive contribution fund raising for community organizations. theory as well as hands-on practice in order to the organization through the development Specifi c topics include planned giving, to competently perform business functions of team- working skills, problem-solving and campaign planning, direct mail, and related to the medical offi ce. Topics to be confl ict resolution. The students will also operation of special events. Please note: covered include medical terminology; Alberta recognize the qualities needed to be This course is intended for students in the Health Care billing and out-of-province effective administrative assistants and their Recreation Facility Operations and billing; communication skills; legal aspects; place in the organizational structure of the Recreation Management programs. records management; record keeping; and a business. look at the different branches of medicine. Please note: Students must be familiar with ORG-251 Entrepreneurship/Small Microsoft Word. Not available for Business Management (3 credits) supplemental. This course is designed to introduce students to the organization and management of OAA-237 Legal Offi ce Procedures small businesses, whether an independent (5 credits) operation or a component of a larger This course is intended for administrative organization. Topics will include small assistants who wish to work in the legal fi eld. business management, legal requirements, Their function is vital to the successful law starting a business, contracting of services, practice. The role demands a high degree of fi nancial requirements, personnel issues and

174 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ORG 270 - PED 155

ORG-270 Organizational Administration PAT-275 Computer Pattern Drafting II (PED) PHYSICAL EDUCATION (4 credits) (3 credits) This course addresses administration theory This course introduces students to advanced PED-123 Academic Success Athletics I and practice as it relates to the effective applications and customization techniques (3 credits) operation and management of organizations. applicable to computerized pattern drafting. This course is designed to examine and Specifi c concepts include: planning, This will include the use of three-dimensional apply the skills, attitudes and priorities organizing, leading and controlling, as well techniques. Not available for supplemental. necessary to succeed as a student athlete. as an examination of board operations. Prerequisites: take PAT-267. Students will understand the complexities of Please note: This course is intended for managing post-secondary learning, fi eld students in the Recreation Facility (PCA) PERSONAL CARE AIDE experiences and physical conditioning in Operations and Recreation Management order to achieve academic success. NOTE: programs. PCA-147 Household Management Students with credit in ATH-103 will not (4 credits) receive credit for PED-123. ORG-299 Management Practicum This course covers the necessary skills of (3 credits) household management, time management, PED-133 Academic Success Athletics II Practitioners working in a recreation and money management, household cleaning (3 credits) parks setting in a management capacity will and scheduling, laundering, menu planning, This course provides recognition for receive ongoing contact and input from an meal preparation, food shopping and advanced learning and experiences gained experienced mentor. Written reports and a community awareness, leisure recreation and the physical conditioning involved. site visitation by the mentor will be required services, community services e.g. handibus NOTE: Students with credit in ATH-103 will to ensure a suffi cient level of professional and supports. The addition of a Food Safe not receive credit for PED-133. development. Please note: This course is course will provide for sanitation and food Prerequisites: take PED-123. intended for students in the Recreation handling awareness. Not available for Facility Operations and Recreation supplemental. Equivalent to PCA-146. PED-150 Exercise and Healthful Living Management programs. (3 credits) PCA-148 Practicum (3 credits) This course introduces students to physical (PAT) PATTERN MAKING This course is full-time work experience for fi tness training principles and wellness 240 hours (6 weeks) in an institution or theory. Components of lifetime wellness will PAT-265 Pattern Drafting I (6 credits) community setting to practice and further be emphasized through laboratory This course is the theoretical study of basic develop skills acquired in the program to experiences. Not available for supplemental. principles of fl at pattern-making using the meet the needs of the client. Graded CR/ two-dimensional method of apparel design. NCR. Not available for supplemental. PED-153 Training/Personalized Fitness Students will also study standard and custom Prerequisites: take COM-162, ENG-142, (3 credits) sizing and fi tting with an emphasis on FAD-150, PCA-147, PCA-164, PCA-165, This course serves as a preparation for accuracy. Not available for supplemental. PSY-140. subsequent physical activity courses or for Equivalent to FDM-265. Corequisite courses: physically demanding professions. The PAT-265L. PCA-164 Health Maintenance I (5 credits) student will be challenged to improve his/ This course is an introduction to the general her overall fi tness level through a variety of PAT-266 Pattern Drafting II (6 credits) practice of health maintenance and health fi tness training activities. There is an This course applies the theory of two- care needs of all people. The concepts of emphasis on wellness and lifestyle dimensional drafting to full-scale projects. good physical and mental health are modifi cations, as well as team building in an Students will develop original ideas introduced and fundamental procedures to enjoyable exercise climate. Not available for encompassing different types of apparel. maintain health including nutrition, asepsis, supplemental. An introduction to draping on a three- simple pharmacology and activation are dimensional form is also covered. Not discussed. Some basic nursing theory is PED-155 Applied Anatomy & Kinesiology available for supplemental. Equivalent to introduced. Students are instructed in (6 credits) FDM-266. Prerequisites: take PAT-265. methods of providing assistance for personal This course is an introduction to human care with an emphasis on its safe delivery. anatomy and physiology. It also introduces PAT-267 Computer Pattern Drafting I The role of the personal care/home care students to biomechanics. Not available for (3 credits) worker with the health care system is supplemental. Corequisite courses: PED- This course is a basic introduction to discussed with emphasis on being a team 155L. computerized pattern drafting and its member. Not available for supplemental. applications. Computerized pattern drafting Equivalent to PCA-160. systems are used to develop block patterns as well as to alter stock patterns. Concepts PCA-165 Health Maintenance II (4 credits) of basic computer grading are included. This course enables students to practice the Emphasis is on use for garment and sewn skills learned in Health Maintenance I in both product manufacturers. Not available for laboratory and clinical environments. Graded supplemental. Prerequisites: take PAT-265. CR/NCR. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to PCA-162. Prerequisites: take PCA-164.

175 Course Descriptions PED 157 - PED 185

PED-157 Health, Wellness and Fitness PED-165 Applied Lifestyle Fitness I sessions. Development of basic skills, (3 credits) (1 credit) strategies, offensive and defensive team This course is designed for students This course provides practical strategies and play, and rules will be emphasized. Through planning to enter the fi eld of Corrections. The applications for maintaining and improving participation, students will fi ne-tune their primary goal of this course is to enhance the physical fi tness and healthy lifestyles relating technical skills and develop their teaching learner’s awareness of lifestyle activities and to the justice fi eld. Through lectures, practical and coaching skills. Successful completion practices which will enable them to remain experience and evaluation, learners will of this course will provide students an healthy throughout their careers. Topics to be address lifestyle, health and wellness opportunity to receive certifi cation with the covered will include wellness and exercise, modifi cations. National Coaching Certifi cation Program components of fi tness, nutrition, weight (NCCP). Not available for supplemental. management, stress management, and PED-170 Volleyball (3 credits) Service Learning opportunity may be cardiovascular health. Physical wellness will This course introduces students to the available. be achieved through a variety of fi tness fundamentals of volleyball, as well as activities. Knowledge gained will be planning and conducting principles, which PED-180 Introduction to Coaching incorporated into a personalized exercise are used in training sessions. Development (3 credits) program. Exposure to relevant employment of basic skills, strategies, offensive and This course examines the theoretical aspects testing will be included. defensive team play, and rules will be of coaching which can be applied to any emphasized. Successful completion of this sport. Topics include introduction to PED-158 Practicum I (3 credits) course will provide students an opportunity to coaching, ethical coaching, practice This fi rst year practicum course provides the receive certifi cation with the National planning, nutrition, teaching and learning, student with an on-site learning experience, Coaching Certifi cation Program (NCCP). sport program design, and mental working closely with a supervisor within the Service learning opportunity may be preparation. Successful completion of this fi tness, sport and/or wellness industry. The available. course will provide students an opportunity to learner will observe, participate and evaluate achieve “trained” status with the National applied skills, content and personal PED-172 Latin/Hip Hop/Swing Dance Coaching Certifi cation Program (NCCP). Not experiences. Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) available for supplemental. This course focuses on the development of PED-160 Weight Training and Exercise introductory skills, fundamental steps, PED-181 Resistance/Fitness Leadership (3 credits) patterns and techniques of dances (such as (3 credits) This course focuses on developing Merengue, Salsa, and Cumbia), variations of This course focuses on developing personalized fi tness through weight training. the Swing/Jive and other selected social professional accreditation through the Students will learn how to use free weights, dances. The Hip Hop portion of the course Alberta Fitness Leadership Association machines and other forms of resistance will focus on the development of skills, (AFLCA) in two areas: Fitness Theory training. They will develop their individual exploration of movement fundamentals and Component (20 hours) and Resistance training program through areas of the creation of dance choreographies. The Training Leader Specialty (28 hours). The progressive resistance methods, fl exibility, historical background of each dance style training theory from these two components nutrition, safe and functional strength training will also be taught. Not available for will provide the learner with specialty skills techniques and exercise routines. Not supplemental. and knowledge to give personal training available for supplemental. advice and instruction in a resistance/ PED-173 Basketball (3 credits) weightroom environment. Successful PED-161 Judo Level I (3 credits) This course introduces students to the completion of the practical component, This self-defence course will emphasize fundamentals of basketball, as well as Heartsaver CPR, and provincial exams will Judo instruction in dealing with evasion from planning and conducting principles used in certify the student as a fi tness leader by the attacks and various control techniques while training sessions. Development of basic Alberta Provincial Fitness Unit. Service standing or on the ground. The student will skills, strategies, physical conditioning, Learning opportunity may be available. Not learn a safe approach to basic throws, offensive and defensive team play and the available for supplemental. Prerequisites: breakfalls, grappling techniques, improved rules will be emphasized. Through take PED-160. physical fi tness and combative awareness. participation, students will fi ne-tune their Not available for supplemental. technical skills and develop their teaching PED-185 Kickboxing and Fitness and coaching skills. Successful completion of (3 credits) PED-162 Leisure Activities & Sports this course will provide students an This course introduces students to (3 credits) opportunity to receive certifi cation with the combative body movements including This course focuses on a variety of indoor National Coaching Certifi cation Program punches, kicks, elbows, knees, and self- and outdoor activities that will be used as a (NCCP). Not available for supplemental. defence skills. Students will develop means of improving students’ personal Service Learning opportunity may be cardiovascular and muscular conditioning, fi tness levels. Students will gain an available. fl exibility, agility and mental toughness in appreciation and understanding of the this growing sport and fi tness modality. Not importance of physical activity, sports skills PED-174 Soccer (3 credits) available for challenge or supplemental. and other lifestyle behaviours related to This course introduces students to the fi tness topics. Not available for fundamentals of soccer, as well as planning supplemental. and conducting principles used in training

176 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions PED 188 - PED 264

PED-188 Fitness Leadership (3 credits) PED-253 Applied Lifestyle Fitness II PED-259 Exercise Program Design This course focuses on developing (1 credit) (3 credits) professional accreditation through the This course is a continuation of Applied This theoretical course will develop students’ Alberta Fitness Leadership Association Lifestyle Fitness I. Learners will continue to exercise prescription skills. Training (AFLCA) in two areas: (1) Resistance carry out personalized exercise programs principles, exercise physiology and exercise Training Leader Specialty (25 hours), and (2) and implement lifestyle, health and wellness psychology will be applied to designing Group Exercise Leader Specialty (20 hours). modifi cations. Prerequisites: take PED-165. personalized and group exercise programs. The technical skills taught in these two Students will explore various exercise components will provide the learner with PED-255 Exercise Physiology (3 credits) options to ensure client needs and goals are specialty knowledge in the resistance/ This course develops the student’s met. Exercise guidelines for general and weightroom environment, and various group understanding of how the body’s special populations will be utilized by exercise modules. Successful completion of physiological systems function during students in their assignments. the practical component through in-class exercise and how these systems adapt to Documentation, professionalism and practicum hours, Heart-saver CPR, and physical training. The infl uences of monitoring will also be discussed. Not Provincial exams will certify the student as a environment, nutrition, age and gender on available for supplemental. Prerequisites: fi tness leader by the Alberta Provincial exercise performance will also be discussed. take BIO-160, BIO-161. Fitness Unit. Not available for supplemental. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent Prerequisites: take PED-150, PED-160. to PED-262. Prerequisites: take BIO-160, PED-260 Biomechanics/Applied BIO-161. Kinesiology (3 credits) PED-250 Defence and Tactics (3 credits) This course will introduce students to the This course provides instruction in defence PED-256 Athletic Injury/Rehabilitation study of biomechanics and its application to and control tactics and restraining (3 credits) human movement analysis. Topics include techniques relating to the correctional This course will introduce students to angular and linear kinematics and kinetics of environment. Students will be required to concepts of therapeutic modalities for fi tness movement, equilibrium and fl uid mechanics. maintain physical fi tness as a necessary and sport-related injuries, assessment This course will develop students’ knowledge condition for application of tactics. Obstacle techniques, and functional rehabilitation of identifying and correcting faults in sport course training and testing will be provided. procedures. Taping and basic massage will and exercise movement for the purpose of Not available for supplemental. also be covered. Not available for performance improvement and safety. Not supplemental. Service Learning opportunity available for supplemental. Prerequisites: PED-251 Self Defence and Fitness may be available. Prerequisites: take BIO- take BIO-160. (3 credits) 160. This course is designed to introduce self- PED-262 Exercise Physiology (4 credits) defence tactics to the Criminal Justice PED-257 Therapeutic Exercise (3 credits) This course develops the student’s Policing students and Conservation This course will discuss principles of understanding of how the body’s Enforcement students. A variety of control therapeutic exercise to treat the injured physiological systems function during tactics that may be necessary in various physically active person, to facilitate exercise and how these systems adapt to community enforcement agencies will be enhanced recovery and to ensure a safe physical training. The infl uences of taught. A fi tness component will be return to activity. This course will incorporate environment, nutrition, age and gender on incorporated into the self-defence training lecture, demonstration and laboratory exercise performance will also be discussed. (i.e. obstacle course training, running and experience to instruct principles of Equivalent to PED-255. Prerequisites: take resistance training). Not available for therapeutic exercise. Students will be taught BIO-160, BIO-161. supplemental. different types of stretches and the rationale for stretching. Therapeutic exercise PED-264 Applied Lifestyle Fitness III PED-252 Current Trends in Fitness principles and practices related to (1 credit) (3 credits) patient treatment will include stretching, Based on the knowledge acquired through This course will develop the student’s proprioceptive neuromuscular facilitation, Applied Lifestyle Fitness I and II, learners will understanding of how the fi tness industry is and exercise equipment. Students will be required to apply appropriate health and infl uenced by trends and will provide develop detailed programs related to each fi tness skills to maintain or increase an students with the tools to stay informed as stretch/therapeutic exercise. Equivalent to overall physical fi tness level that will allow the trends change. Topics include past and PED-135. Prerequisites: take BIO-145, BIO- the learner to work toward meeting or current trends, client centered approach to 146. Corequisite courses: PED-257L. achieving the standards of pre-employment personal training, body-mind-spirit image and fi tness tests in the justice fi eld. exercise adherence. Job related issues such PED-258 Practicum II (3 credits) Prerequisites: take PED-253. as professionalism, liability, ethics and the This second-year course is a continuation of client referral process will also be covered. the practicum experience the student The student’s creative, analytical and completed in Practicum I. The learner will research skills will be challenged through apply skills, knowledge and techniques various assignments, class discussions and through various fi tness modules acquired debates. The student will also gain practical from several second-year courses relating to experience with many of the current trends exercise prescription and individual/team found in the fi tness industry today. Not program design for the fi tness and sports available for supplemental. Prerequisites: industry. Not available for supplemental. take PED-181. Prerequisites: take PED-158.

177 Course Descriptions PED 265 - PGM 335

PED-265 Fitness Assessment (3 credits) The course will build on the topics introduced PGM-162 Golf Management III (2.00 cr.) This course will develop students’ fi tness in PED160. Prerequisites: take PED-160. This course is an introduction to assessment skills as required by the understanding the golf swing and applying it Canadian Society of Exercise Physiology PED-280 Developmental Coaching effectively through the use of a standardized Certifi ed Personal Trainer certifi cation. (3 credits) method to the many different golf swings that Fitness assessment protocols designed for This course examines the theoretical aspects instructors encounter. special populations such as older adults will of coaching which can be applied to any also be covered. Not available for sport. Topics include developing athletic PGM-240 Internship II (3 credits) supplemental. Equivalent to PED-267. abilities, injury prevention and recovery, This course provides the opportunity to Prerequisites: take BIO-160. Corequisite coaching and leading effectively, psychology practice many of the theoretical concepts courses: PED-256. of performance, managing confl ict, doping studied in the fi rst year of the Professional prevention, and the long-term athlete Golf Management program. Emphasis is PED-267 Fitness Assessment (4 credits) developmental model. Successful completion given to the areas of study listed under the This course will develop the student’s fi tness of this course will provide students an content, in particular: club fi tting, repair, assessment skills as required by the opportunity to achieve “trained” status with construction, renovation and back shop Canadian Society of Exercise Physiology the National Coaching Certifi cation Program. operation. Certifi ed Personal Trainer certifi cation. Prerequisites:take PED-180. Fitness assessment protocols designed for PGM-263 Golf Management IV (3 credits) special populations such as older adults will PED-282 Judo Level II (3 credits) This class introduces the students to the also be covered. Equivalent to PED-265. This course is designed to teach students a rules of golf and is vital for their chosen fi eld Prerequisites: take BIO-160. higher level of fi tness and an increased level as golf professionals. of grappling techniques. The basic principles PED-271 Advanced Conditioning of Judo, Seiryoku-Zenyo (maximum PGM-264 Golf Management V (3 credits) (3 credits) effi ciency/maximum effort), Jita Kiuoei Students will learn the intricacies of junior This course will provide opportunities for (mutual welfare and benefi t), will progress leadership, group dynamics, and learning students to develop their personal fi tness, from Judo Level I. Not available for styles. Careful consideration and training will athletic abilities and performance. Students supplemental. ensure students are well prepared for any will develop theoretical and practical opportunities that may be present in all golf experience in designing and instructing high (PGM) PROFESSIONAL GOLF group environments, with special attention intensity workouts. Safety concerns, exercise MANAGEMENT given to junior development. equipment, techniques and prescription will be covered. Students will also gain skills in PGM-140 Internship I (3 credits) PGM-320 Turf Management (2 credits) designing periodization plans for both This course includes the opportunity to This course covers the basic concepts of individual and team sports. Not available for practice many of the theoretical concepts general course maintenance. The course will supplemental. Prerequisites: take PED-150, studied in the fi rst year of the Professional outline general information regarding greens PED-160, PED-181. Corequisite courses: Golf Management program. Emphasis is and fairways. A special emphasis is on PED-259. given to the areas of study listed under the mowing. Equivalent to PGM-156. content, in particular: club fi tting, repair, PED-272 Leadership in Physical construction, renovation and back shop PGM-330 Food & Beverage Management I Education (3 credits) operation. (2 credits) This course focuses on the relationship This course provides students with a between theory and practice and the PGM-152 Golf Skills (2 credits) philosophy for the management of the food development of skills required for leadership This course is an introduction to the scoring and beverage operation in public and private for coaches and administrators. Leadership game. Students will gain a basic golf courses. Equivalent to PGM-180. styles, organizational theories and personal understanding of how players score in golf, development will be reviewed in addition to the basic fundamentals of the short game, an PGM-335 Food & Beverage Management II the discussion of current literature, exploring evaluation of how your short game compares (2 credits) concepts through personal experience, and to better players and an introduction to This course is a continuation of PGM 330, refl ective thinking and cooperative activities. psychology. Food and Beverage Management I. Prerequisites: take PED-180, COM-162. Emphasis is placed on the fi nancial PGM-160 Golf Management I (3 credits) management in the food and beverage PED-276 Weight Training & Exercise II This course is an introduction to club repair. department of public and private golf (3 credits) Each student will be familiar with golf club courses, detailed accounting for profi t, break This course focuses on the theoretical specifi cations. Corequisite courses: PGM- even and loss. Equivalent to PGM-280. concepts pertaining to weight training as well 160L. as practical applications using free weights and machines. Students will learn weight PGM-161 Golf Management II (2 credits) training exercises and concepts involved with This course focuses on three key aspects: periodization programming. back shops, introduction to rules and careers, and orientation to CPGA.

178 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions PGM 340 - PRS 160

PGM-340 Golf Management VI (2 credits) PHY-143 Applied Physics (3 credits) PLT-261 Weed Identifi cation (4 credits) Students will learn the requirements to Physics concepts in this course will be This course covers the classifi cation and become a fully qualifi ed member of the applied to practical topics found in identifi cation of weeds common to Western CPGA. This class will prepare students for engineering applications. Topics include one Canada. Non-chemical control of weeds is the Class A CPGA entrance exam. Careful and two dimensional kinematics, vectors, included, along with a preliminary consideration and training will be given to work and energy, simple machines, introduction to chemical weed control. ensure graduates are fully prepared to effi ciency, wave and vibration as applied in Equivalent to AGR-271. Prerequisites: take successfully seek out and secure quality survey and remote sensing, and an PLT-152. Corequisite courses: PLT-261L. positions in the golf industry. Practical introduction to fl uid mechanics. Not available application during study will involve for supplemental. Equivalent to PHY-153. PLT-262 Field Crops (4 credits) participation in the APGA buying show. This course covers different methods of Equivalent to PGM-261. (PLT) PLANT SCIENCE growing wheat, barley, oats, rye, triticale, canola, mustard, fl ax and sunfl ower. New PGM-345 Golf Management VII (2 credits) PLT-150 Pasture and Forage Production improved varieties and hybrids will be This course deals with studying elite players (3 credits) discussed, as well as weed control, crop and assessing their similarities and This course is a comprehensive introduction insects and disease, and methods of differences. From this model, a coaching to the production and management of harvesting, storing, and marketing. philosophy is developed and implemented in pasture and forage crops. Students will learn Equivalent to AGR-278. Prerequisites: take the form of a coaching plan. This plan will the agronomy of different species of forages PLT-152, RRM-153. Corequisite courses: have foundations from psychology and grown in Western Canada and how to PLT-262L. kinesthetic application. Coaching will include manage and market them for profi t. Topics not only playability but also effective include the production and marketing of PLT-263 Pesticide Application (4 credits) execution of practice strategies. Equivalent forage seed; management decisions that This course prepares the learner to write the to PGM-262. affect the quality (and price) of irrigated and Alberta Certifi ed Pesticide Applicators dryland forages for the export market; the License Examination. The course includes (PHY) PHYSICS use of domesticated and native forage basic information about pesticide regulations species for conservation and reclamation; and safe, effective pesticide use, federal and PHY-075 Physics 075 (5 credits) and the advantageous use of forages in provincial pesticide regulations and This course begins with a general rotation with other crops and in organic guidelines. Topics include insect biology, introduction to basic science tools such as farming technologies. insecticides, weed biology, herbicides, exponents, scientifi c notation, the SI metric microorganisms, fungi, fungicides, system, handling formulas and graphing PLT-152 Introduction to Botany (4 credits) equipment calibration calculations, industrial techniques. Some specifi c physics topics This course is an introduction to plants and vegetation, and pests of trees, shrubs, and include uniform motion and acceleration, plant-like organisms. It includes the study of turf. Upon completion of this course, the work, energy, simple machines and heat. morphological, anatomical, and physiological learner may apply to write the licensing This course requires MTH-060 or equivalent characteristics of plants, as well as an examination. or placement testing at the MTH-060 level. examination of the ecological role of plants in the environment. The emphasis in (PRS) PRESENTATIONS PHY-085 Physics 085 (5 credits) introductory botany will be to provide This course expands on the topics students with an understanding of the basic PRS-155 Speech (3 credits) introduced in PHY-075. Newton’s laws of structure of plants, life processes, and Students will learn and practice the motion, including their vector nature, are adaptations to various environmental factors. extemporaneous approach to public introduced, followed by a discussion of The course includes lab work that will speaking. Speeches will be planned, motion in two dimensions and gravity. The provide the opportunity to develop skills in prepared, practiced and delivered with the second section of the course looks at waves handling histological material and plant aid of brief notes. Impromptu speaking will in general and then uses sound and light as species, as well as basic taxonomy. also be addressed. The basic objective of specifi c examples of wave properties. This Corequisite courses: PLT-152L. the course is to develop skills in oral course requires PHY-075 and MTH-075 or communication and presentations. Not equivalents. PLT-260 Special Crops (4 credits) available for supplemental. Equivalent to This course covers the following crops: SPH-155. PHY-095 Physics 095 (5 credits) potatoes, sugar beets, green and dry peas, This course deals with mechanics chickpeas, lentils, beans, fababeans and PRS-160 Presentations & Av Techniques (gravitation and momentum), static and special herbs grown in Alberta. A feasibility (3 credits) current electricity, magnetic fi elds and study will be done on at least two special This course equips students with the electromagnetic induction, properties of the crops to determine the economic practicality. conceptual and practical aspects of making electron, atom and nucleus. This course In the greenhouse, students will be required presentations at board meetings, fundraising requires PHY-085 and MTH-085 or to grow and observe the different stages of events and training sessions. The equivalents. each crop from seeding to seed set. Special preparation and use of computer and audio/ attention will be given to contracts and visual equipment will also be covered. marketing of each special crop. Students will refi ne their skills in a lab Prerequisites: take PLT-152. setting. Not available for supplemental.

179 Course Descriptions PRS 172 - PSY 177

PRS-172 Effective Presentation & Speech PSC-250 Parties and Elections (3 credits) PSY-160 Introduction to Psychology (3 credits) This course examines the development and (3 credits) Communication is an important component transformations of Canadian political parties This course gives students a basic in the development of positive relationships and the party systems in Canada. Elections, understanding and overview of the fi eld of between criminal justice professionals and political participation and voting behaviour psychology. Attention is given to the scientifi c their communities. The ability to present will be analysed within the context of the method, biological factors, cognitive information in a confi dent and professional Canadian electoral system and processes, learning, memory, intelligence, manner is an important professional skill. parliamentary democracy. Not available for motivation, personality and social This course has been designed specifi cally challenge or supplemental. Prerequisites: psychology. Developmental factors of the for future criminal justice personnel to teach take any one of PSC-161, PSC-165, HIS- lifespan are explored along with the them how to develop and deliver both 165, HIS-265, or STS-270. defi nition, and treatment of psychological individual and group presentations in disorders. preparation for their leadership roles. PSC-260 International Relations Equivalent to CJP-172. (3 credits) PSY-170 Human Development (3 credits) This course explores the ways in which This course is an introduction to the study of PRS-173 Announcing/Public Speaking independent states relate to one another by human development across the lifespan. (3 credits) examining theories of world politics, and Major theories of development will be This course prepares students for working structures and processes of international presented with emphasis on the sequence with their voice in radio, and includes relations and foreign policy. Students will be of psychological and social growth. exercises in voice and diction. Students will introduced to major international issues in Developmental changes that occur in the also learn and practise the extemporaneous world politics including globalization, physical, emotional, cognitive, and social approach to public speaking with the basic international confl ict, economic alliances, areas will be examined. Not available for objective to develop skills in oral terrorism, human rights and global security. supplemental. communication and presentations. Service Learning opportunity may be available. Prerequisites: take any one of PSY-171 Child Growth & Development (PSC) POLITICAL SCIENCE PSC-161, PSC-165, HIS-170, or HUM-155. (3 credits) This course covers the growth and PSC-150 Local Government (3 credits) PSC-280 Political Philosophy (3 credits) development of children from infancy to This course provides students with an This course provides students with an middle childhood. Students will have the introduction to politics at the local level introduction to western political philosophy opportunity to apply major theories of child including the local political process, public and the sub-discipline of political theory by development to the understanding of early policy formulation and public opinion. focusing on the quest for the just political childhood growth and development. The Municipal political and governmental regime. Concepts of citizenship, rights, physical, social, emotional, language, institutions will be examined within the obligations, and the role of the state will be cognitive, moral, and intellectual context of intergovernmental relations and analyzed by introducing students to the great development of the young child will be the Canadian federal system of government. texts of classical, medieval and modern examined. Not available for supplemental. Not available for supplemental. political philosophy. Prerequisites: take any Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or PSY-170. one of PSC-161, PSC-165, HIS-170, HUM- PSC-161 Introduction to Politics 150, HUM-155, HUM-190, PSY-160, or PSY-177 Psychology of Aging (3 credits) (3 credits) SOC-160. This course provides an orientation to the This course will provide an overview of psychological changes that occur through governmental institutions and political (PSY) PSYCHOLOGY adulthood and old age. Students will be processes through the examination of introduced to basic theoretical models, concepts of political inquiry, ideologies, PSY-140 Psychology and Life (3 credits) research methods, and current information. political systems, and political processes. This course examines everyday topics A major goal is to contrast existing myths Not available for supplemental. related to psychology and personal growth. about adult development with the best These topics include the self, personality, available empirical evidence to separate PSC-165 Canadian Government human learning, wellness, psychological myths from realities. Included is a practical (3 credits) disorders, the family, parenting, and life emphasis on measures that may be used to This course provides a structural overview of transitions. This course will not count as part successfully prepare for, or adapt to, the the federal system of government in Canada of a concentration in psychology and is not a psychological changes of aging. Not by way of analysing its major institutions. prerequisite for any other course in available for supplemental. The course examines the Constitution and its psychology. Not available for supplemental. implications for modern life, federal/provincial jurisdiction, the dynamics of changing relationships between levels of government, and the basics of political parties, the media, bureaucracy and the judicial system will be examined. Not available for supplemental.

180 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions PSY 179 - PSY 365

PSY-179 Adolescent Development The information and knowledge obtained in PSY-277 Addictions Treatment (3 credits) (3 credits) this course will assist the student in This course will examine a variety of This course covers basic knowledge of understanding the dynamics of mental theories, models and techniques concerning adolescent biological, cognitive, and health and mental illness in our society. Not the identifi cation, assessment and treatment psychosocial development. The major available for supplemental. Prerequisites: of addictions. The course will provide theories of adolescent development are take PSY-160 or PSY-170. students with the opportunity to openly presented. The important development tasks examine topics in the area of addictive and/ of this life stage are taught through the PSY-255 Psychology of Sports or excessive behaviours and to consider how interrelationship of physical, intellectual, (3 credits) these issues can be addressed from various emotional, and social factors in adolescent This course gives students an understanding perspectives. Not available for supplemental. development. Not available for supplemental. of how the fi eld of psychology is related Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or PSY-170. to sports. It will focus primarily on how PSY-280 Social Psychology (3 credits) principles of psychology can be applied to, or Your life is social. Normal everyday human PSY-250 Educational Psychology enhanced by, the study of sports. Attention life involves interacting with other people. (3 credits) is given to learning theory, social psychology, This course considers the scientifi c study of This course applies the principles of and personality theory, and how these areas the relationships between social thought, psychology to the teaching learning process can be applied to casual sports and to social behaviour, and social situations. We within the classroom. Current theories and coaching theory. Prerequisites: take PSY-160 will consider issues that are central to our research in education will be discussed. or PSY-170. social interactions such as social perception, Topics such as cognitive and moral attitude change, conformity and obedience, development, principles of learning, PSY-260 Abnormal Psychology (3 credits) aggression, pro-social behaviour, and motivation and social cognition will be This course examines the developmental attraction. Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or covered. Not available for supplemental processes and the manifestations/ PSY-170. or challenge. Equivalent to PSY-175. characteristics/symptoms of the range of the Prerequisites: take PSY-170. major types of psychopathology. Students PSY-290 Brain and Behaviour (3 credits) will be expected to develop a working This course explores the biological basis of PSY-251 Mental Health Nursing defi nition of normal and abnormal behaviour behaviour. Topics include: How the nervous (3 credits) of mental health. The DSM IV will be used as system functions, how drugs and hormones Students will have the opportunity to gain a basis for classifi cation of abnormal infl uence the brain and behaviour, and, at knowledge and understanding of mental behaviour. Students will be expected to a neurological level, how we perceive the health. Focus is on the promotion of mental analyse pathological behaviour from world, how we respond to the world, the health and prevention and management of biological, psychodynamic, behavioural, causes of emotion, what happens when we mental health disorders throughout the life cognitive, humanistic, interpersonal and sleep, how we learn and remember, and cycle within various health care settings. sociocultural viewpoints. Treatment what happens when our brain misbehaves. Prerequisites: take NSG-148, NSG-149, approaches will also be explored from these Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or PSY-170. NSG-154, NSG-159, NSG-167, BIO-161. viewpoints. Service Learning opportunity Corequisite courses: NSG-251, NSG-252, may be available. Not available for PSY-355 Violence & Criminal Behaviour NSG-253, NSG-256,PSY-170. supplemental. Equivalent to PSY-200. (3 credits) Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or PSY-170. Students explore the roots and PSY-252 Concepts in Educational manifestations of violence in Canadian Psychology (3 credits) PSY-270 Introduction to Personality society, and the implication of violence in This course provides a comprehensive Theory (3 credits) corrections. The management of violent analysis of theory and research on how This course places an emphasis on both offenders, on an individual basis and in individual and group differences affect historical and current theories of personality gangs, is the primary focus of this course. instruction and learning. Possible areas of development. Various areas of personality Techniques for diffusing violent behaviour emphasis include the practical applications study will be explored, including theory, are also learned and applied in practice. of theory to educational settings, including testing, assessment and applied research. Equivalent to COR-355. development, cognition, social behaviour, Not available for supplemental. group dynamics, special needs, motivation Prerequisites: take PSY-160. PSY-365 Behavioural Management and assessment. Prerequisites: take PSY- (3 credits) 160 or PSY-170. PSY-275 Forensic Psychology (3 credits) The focus of this course is on enhanced This course examines the issues and offender management skills. The dynamics PSY-253 Child Psychopathology controversies in crime and justice from a of managing inmates individually and in (3 credits) psychological perspective. Human behaviour groups is covered. The theory and practice This course will provide students with the and criminal patterns are linked to deepen of behavioural management of offenders in a opportunity to examine, on an introductory the understanding of crime and criminals in correctional environment is explored. basis, the origins and symptoms of the our society. The development of the criminal Applications of theory to unit management various emotional and behavioural diffi culties mind in a societal context will be explored. will be taught through participation in role- experienced by young people. Emphasis will Not available for supplemental. plays. be placed on the causes, symptoms, and Prerequisites: take PSY-160 or PSY-170. treatment of organic, social/emotional, developmental, and learning disorders.

181 Course Descriptions RDG 075 - RRM 264

(RDG) READING RRM-158 Water Resources (5 credits) RRM-258 Principles of Wildlife Biology This course presents introductory concepts (5 credits) RDG-075 Developing Reading Effi ciency of hydrology, streamfl ow mechanics and This course covers the various factors (5 credits) hydrometric survey techniques. Major topics affecting wildlife populations such as habitat, The purpose of this course is to develop include watershed and hydrograph analysis, predation, behaviour, hunting, diseases and effective reading and clear thinking. A variety dynamics of open-channel fl ow, and fl ow parasites. Issues and problems facing of essential reading skills, such as identifying measurement by wading, from bridges and wildlife populations are discussed including main ideas and supporting details, cableways, boats and beneath ice cover. harvest strategies and recovery efforts. A understanding patterns of organization, Applied problems are stressed in lab and complementary lab presents a survey of making inferences, and evaluating fi eld assignments. Students will use Alberta birds and mammals and an arguments will be covered. The related study spreadsheets and specialized computer introduction to common techniques used in skills of outlining, mapping, and summarizing software in completing these assignments. wildlife management. Not available for will also be introduced. Students require Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to supplemental. Prerequisites: take BIO-163. reading skills at the 10th grade level or RRM-255. Corequisite courses: RRM-158L. Corequisite courses: RRM-258L. previous successful completion of ENG-063 and SST-063. Not open to supplemental. RRM-196 Map/Aerial Photo Interpretation RRM-259 Fishery Science (5 credits) (5 credits) This course is an introduction to fi shery RDG-096 College Reading Essentials This course involves map reading, types of science, basic lake and stream survey (5 credits) maps and their uses, and interpreting map techniques, and the identifi cation, biology This course is designed to prepare students features. Some major topics include location, and management of important species. for the demands of further academic studies scale, and topographic measurements. Factors of aquatic productivity, introductory and to improve reading comprehension Black-and-white and colour aerial population dynamics, regulations and fi sh levels so that students can meet post- photographs are used to identify important habitat are related to the objectives and secondary program admission requirements. features of the landscape. Satellite imagery tools of management. Not available for The course emphasizes developing fl exible is reviewed in relation to global positioning supplemental. Prerequisites: take BIO-163, reading strategies that allow accurate and systems (GPS) and geographic BIO-269. Corequisite courses: RRM-259L. effi cient processing of academic content information systems (GIS). Not available for from both print and electronic sources. supplemental. Corequisite courses: RRM- RRM-264 Forest Management (5 credits) Students must read at the 11th grade level or 196L. This course involves the study of forest have successfully completed RDG-075. Not management with an emphasis on available for supplemental. RRM-256 Rangeland Habitat Management ecosystem-based, sustainable forest (5 credits) management. The course includes the RDG-101 Analytical Reading (3 credits) This course addresses rangeland habitat major forest regions of interior Western This course is designed to assist students in issues following an ecological, multiple use, Canada, emphasizing component tree developing college-level reading skills. and integrated resource management species, forest habitats, forest successional Students will work towards improving their approach. Theoretical areas of study developments, ecosystem processes and comprehension of post-secondary material include plant physiology; plant responses to forest landscape ecology. The course through the application of various critical herbivory; rangeland succession and emphasizes basic principles of forest thinking and critical reading strategies. Not selected models, vegetation management management, including: forest inventory and available for supplemental. (herbicides, fi re, bio-control, mechanical, and assessment; annual allowable cut; forest livestock); and wildlife habitat enhancement. tenure; silviculture systems; harvesting (RRM) RENEWABLE RESOURCE Areas of theory, practical lab and fi eld methods; site preparation methods; MANAGEMENT experience include range plant vegetative reforestation tactics; stand improvement identifi cation; rangeland ecological health and forest health. A one-week fi eld trip RRM-153 Soil Resources (5 credits) assessments; rangeland reclamation; focuses on the practical aspects of forestry This course covers the factors controlling soil riparian ecology and health assessment; including dendrology, forest measurements, formation in Western Canada and their rangeland vegetation inventory and forest inventory and assessment and application to the Canadian Soil monitoring procedures and attribute data woodland operations. Not available for Classifi cation system, grassland collection techniques; and statistical data supplemental. Prerequisites: take BIO-163, communities, forest regions and habitat analysis. Not available for supplemental. BIO-164, RRM-196. Corequisite courses: types. It will also cover physical and Equivalent to RRM-254. Prerequisites: take RRM-264L. chemical properties of soils in addition to soil BIO-163, BIO-164. Corequisite courses: water relationships, nutrient supply and soil RRM-256L. degradation in the management of selected natural resources. Field and lab skills are emphasized. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to RRM-253. Corequisite courses: RRM-153L.

182 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions RRM 281 - RSP 123

RRM-281 Water Quality (4 credits) RRM-368 Wildlife Conservation (5 credits) RRM-386 Wildlife Habitat Management This course covers water quality parameters This course covers the conservation of (5.00 cr.) specifi c to several end uses. Causes and wildlife in relation to management strategies. This course examines the techniques to sources of inorganic and organic pollution The design and application of fi eld develop, enhance and maintain terrestrial are discussed. Laboratory skills include techniques to determine demographic and habitats for wildlife. Special topics appropriate sampling procedures and parameters, food habits, and habitat use are include wetland improvements, prescribed specifi c analytical methods required for presented for a wide range of species typical burning and riparian habitat management. monitoring physical (sediment), chemical and of Western Canada during laboratory and Habitat alterations are discussed in relation biological/microbiological parameters that fi eld exercises. Not available for to ungulates, upland game birds, waterfowl affect water quality. Characteristics of supplemental. Prerequisites: take RRM-258. and various non-game species. Field and normal healthy lakes, streams, rivers and Corequisite courses: RRM-368L. laboratory exercises will emphasize habitat groundwater sources are discussed along evaluation techniques and the development with water treatment methods used to RRM-369 Fishery Management of habitat management plans. Not available mitigate quality degradation. Not available for Techniques (5 credits) for supplemental. Prerequisites: take RRM- supplemental. Corequisite courses: RRM- This course covers the basics involved with 258. Corequisite courses: RRM-386L. 281L. fi sheries management, including sampling planning; care and handling of sampled RRM-389 Fish Habitat (5 credits) RRM-295 Hydrogeology (5 credits) organisms; passive and active fi sh capture This course describes the important fi sh This course discusses and quantifi es the methods; sampling with toxicants; tagging habitat characteristics of lotic (streams) and processes infl uencing the occurrence, and marking; acoustic assessment; lentic (lake) ecosystems. It includes properties and movement of groundwater, recreational fi sheries; length; weight; diet discussion of fi sh species habitat particularly in the geological setting of and structural indices of fi sh. Students requirements; hydrological characteristics of southern Alberta. Topics include aquifer incorporate these teachings formally into a streams; major problems and solutions properties, test drilling, well-siting and fi sheries evaluation project and report. associated with habitat degradation in completion, aquifer testing and determination Biotelemetry, electrofi shing and small-boat streams and lakes and restoration of yield, assessment of well interference and safety are often included in the hands-on techniques that may be applied to maintain potentiometric mapping. Emphasis is on the training and fi eld work. Not available for and improve habitat are discussed. Instream practical applications of techniques using on- supplemental. Prerequisites: take RRM-259. fl ow assessment for comparative and optimal campus wells for data collection and Corequisite courses: RRM-369L. physical habitat, using the computer program computer assisted analysis in scheduled RHABSIM is a major component of the assignments. A major project forms part of RRM-378 Waterfowl Biology & course. Field and lab components will the evaluation. Not available for Management (5 credits) emphasize stream and lake habitat survey supplemental. Corequisite courses: RRM- This course covers waterfowl biology, methods and design and habitat assessment 295L. including the status and management of models. Habitat evaluation and ducks and geese. Species-oriented enhancement proposals are included in the RRM-298 Conservation Biology (3 credits) management strategies are evaluated in course with enhancement design and This course examines the scientifi c basis for relation to declining habitat and provincial evaluation (auditing) techniques. Not the management and protection of biological and federal programs. Field techniques for available for supplemental. Prerequisites: diversity. Important topics will include habitat population inventory and assessment of take RRM-259. Corequisite courses: RRM- fragmentation, minimum viable population habitat use are an integral component of fi eld 389L. analysis, the role of genetic variability, and laboratory exercises. Not available for metapopulation concepts and community- supplemental. Prerequisites: take RRM-258. (RSP) REHABILITATION level processes. Practical applications Corequisite courses: RRM-378L. are addressed using case studies that RSP-123 Practicum (1 credit) incorporate the principles of ecosystem RRM-379 Fish Culture (5 credits) This practicum involves participation in management. Not available for This course covers the art and science of supervised settings where services are supplemental. Prerequisites: take BIO-163. fi sh culture presented in a series of lectures, provided to children and adults who have a discussions, laboratory, and applied developmental disability. The purpose of this RRM-299 Fire Management (5 credits) activities. Students get hands-on training and course is to help develop an awareness of This course involves the study of wildfi re experience working at the Aquaculture the disability services system, to ascertain management, specifi cally, fi re weather, fi re Centre of Excellence, acquiring new skills their interest in working with individuals with behaviour, wildlife control, fi re ecology, and and appreciation for the technical, scientifi c special needs and to develop basic, but the use of fi re as a prescriptive management and husbandry involved in rasing a variety of positive interaction skills with clients and tool. The course has lecture, lab, and fi eld fi sh species under intensive culture agency personnel. Students will be oriented components, linked together to provide a conditions. A self-directed experiment aimed to the three key domains (educational, range of learning opportunities. The lecture at solving a fi sh culture-related problem is vocational, and residential), by spending component includes theory and concept that also done by students. Students get an in- approximately 64 hours on site in community provides a background to the application of depth look at the biological requirements of agencies. It is recommended that students fi eld and lab work, emphasizing hands-on fi sh and limitations of aquaculture systems in take RSP153 and RSP151 while taking this experience and the practical application of one of the fastest-growing industries in the course. Graded CR/NCR. Not available for knowledge gained in the course. Not world. Not available for supplemental. supplemental. available for supplemental. Equivalent to Prerequisites: take RRM-259. Corequisite RRM-294. Prerequisites: take BIO-163, courses: RRM-259, RRM-379L. BIO-164, RRM-196. Corequisite courses: RRM-299L.

183 Course Descriptions RSP 130 - RSP 168

RSP-130 Practicum (4 credits) and conducted. In addition, the process of RSP-164 Facilitating Inclusion (3 credits) During this practicum placement, students selecting, writing and evaluating goals and This course provides students with an progressively develop skills in the areas of objectives will be examined. Not available for opportunity to explore a roles-based observation, assessment, program planning supplemental. understanding of planning and working with and intervention strategies. This is children and adults who have developmental accomplished through the planning, RSP-155 Applied Behaviour Analysis disabilities. Students will identify and access implementation and evaluation of (3 credits) tools and resources that are required to instructional activities. Placements may This course is an introduction to principles of support individuals with disabilities to occur through vocational, residential or applied behaviour analysis such as achieve meaningful, inclusive lives. Activity educational services for children and adults reinforcement, natural and logical planning, social roles, developing individual who have a developmental disability. consequences and generalization. and community connections and identifying Attendance is mandatory. Not available for Techniques for increasing, decreasing, or personal contribution will be explored. Not supplemental or challenge. Prerequisites: developing new skills are introduced as a available for supplemental. Prerequisites: take RSP-153, RSP-123, RSP-151. basis for designing instructional/intervention take RSP-151. procedures. The ethical use of applied RSP-151 Community Rehabilitation behaviour analysis will be extensively RSP-166 Recreation and Leisure (2 credits) discussed. This course will also introduce the (3 credits) This course will study attitudes, both process of positive behaviour supports. Not This course covers the importance of historical and current, towards people with available for supplemental. recreation and leisure to people who live with disabilities as found in history and present physical or developmental disabilities. The day society. These historical perspectives RSP-159 Developmental Disabilities use of recreation and leisure activities as will trace the change in service delivery from (3 credits) therapeutic techniques are discussed. In custodialism to community-based This course will investigate the causes, addition, the process of adapting recreation alternatives. The course will also focus on characteristics, treatment options and and leisure activities to the specifi c needs of various rehabilitation concepts such as preventative strategies for various people with developmental disabilities are normalization, social role valorization, disabilities, including autism, cerebral palsy, discussed, as are the leadership role of inclusion, segregation, and advocacy. In Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder, Downs workers in this area. Not available for addition, the course will closely examine the Syndrome and brain injury. For each supplemental. experiences of families and their involvement condition studied in this course, the with professionals in the human services implications for social, physical, cognitive, RSP-167 General Health Care II (2 credits) fi eld. Not available for supplemental. communication and emotional development This course is a laboratory experience to Equivalent to RSP-150. across the life span will be discussed. Not practice the skills taught in General Health available for supplemental. Care I. Corequisite courses: RSP-162. RSP-152 Health and Wellness (3 credits) This course is an introduction to the general RSP-161 Practicum Placement I RSP-168 Individual Instructional Plans practices of providing basic health care (2 credits) (2 credits) supports to children and adults living with This is the fi rst practical experience course This course examines the individualized developmental and physical disabilities. The for students in the Disability and Community planning process for people with disabilities concepts of good physical and mental health Rehabilitation program. In a supervised from assessment through evaluation. are introduced from a support and a wellness practicum placement, students will have an Primary focus is on developing students’ perspective. Fundamental procedures to opportunity to interact and develop respectful skills in designing and implementing support the health of others and maintain relationships with children and/or adults instructional programs and activity plans. It personal health and wellness will be the living with a developmental disability. will provide the student with direct focus. Topics will include universal Students will practice and develop skills in experience in applying relevant principles of precautions, sepsis, activation, lifts and assessment, observation and providing basic learning and applied behaviour analysis. transfers, personal care and nutrition. Not support. Students will also participate in a Strategies for selecting and teaching available for supplemental. series of seminars to assist with the functional skills will also be explored. Not integration of both course work and the available for supplemental. Prerequisites: RSP-153 Observation and Assessment practicum experience. Not available for take RSP-153. Corequisite courses: RSP- (3 credits) supplemental. Corequisite courses: RSP- 155, RSP-130. This course is an introduction to the 151, RSP-153. individualized planning processes used by services who support children and adults RSP-162 General Health Care I (2 credits) with special needs. This includes an This course is an introduction to the general overview of the IPP process used by Alberta practice of health maintenance. The schools. The students will develop specifi c concepts of good physical and mental health skills for observing and objectively recording are introduced and fundamental procedures events. Baselines and functional to maintain health including nutrition, assessments that can be used as part of a asepsis, simple pharmacology and activation sound assessment process will be practiced are discussed.

184 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions RSP 171 - RSP 257

RSP-171 Practicum Placement II administrative learning opportunities to best RSP-253 Advanced Studies in Disability (2 credits) prepare students for the demands of the (3 credits) This is the second practical experience disability services profession. Not available This course further examines the impact and course for students in the Disability and for supplemental. Prerequisites: take RSP- support needs of people living with Community Rehabilitation program. In a 230, RSP-262. Corequisite courses: RSP- developmental disabilities. An investigation supervised practicum placement, students 251, RSP-252. of syndromes with genetic causes, metabolic will have an opportunity to progressively disorders and other rare syndromes will be develop their skills in the areas of behavioral, RSP-250 Practicum (6 credits) conducted. In addition, the characteristics family and roles-based support with children This course is the fi nal practicum experience and treatment options for dual diagnosis, and adults who have a disability. The focus for disability and community rehabilitation mental illnesses and other conditions with will be on supporting inclusive experiences services students. It provides the opportunity adult onset will be presented. The course through meaningful, personalized and to fi ne tune and further develop skills will re-examine many of the developmental community based activities. Students will required of rehabilitation practitioners. disabilities previously studied with an also participate in a series of seminars to Opportunity exists to select placement overview of the processes for diagnosis and assist with the integration of both course locations that allow for specialized skill assessment. The ongoing support needs for work and the practicum experience. Not development in the areas of special adults living with a developmental disability available for challenge or supplemental. education, vocational services, residential and the implications for their families will also Prerequisites: take RSP-161. Corequisite supports, early intervention, recreation be discussed. Not available for courses: RSP-164. therapy and advocacy. Attendance policy supplemental. Prerequisites: take RSP-159 in place. Not available for supplemental. or ECE-159. RSP-220 Practicum (6 credits) Prerequisites: take RSP-220, RSP-255. This course provides supervised work RSP-255 Positive Behaviour Supports settings where residential, vocational and RSP-251 Person Centered Planning (3 credits) educational services are planned and/or (2 credits) This course explores the design and provided for people with disabilities. Students This course will prepare students with some implementation of supports and instruction will utilize material covered in RSP 255; of the basic skills needed for person for people with challenging behaviours and/ assignments include assessment, activity centered planning with individuals and or signifi cant learning diffi culties. Functional plans, positive behaviour support and families. Focus will be on the identifi cation of assessment and analysis, instructional instructional techniques. Attendance is the need for transition planning, the initiation techniques and modifi cations for learning are mandatory. Not available for supplemental of the planning process, the facilitation of examined extensively. In addition, a detailed or challenge. Prerequisites: take RSP-130, planning and the development of effective look at positive behaviour support, functional RSP-155, CYC-194. Corequisite courses: personal networks to assist people in assessment and how to teach positive RSP-255. achieving their personal goals. This course alternative behaviours with the same will also examine how person centered communicative intent will be made. It is RSP-230 Practicum Placement III planning can lead to community recommended that students take a second (3 credits) development initiatives when limited year practicum while taking this course. Not This 150-hour practical experience will resources are available. Not available for available for supplemental. Prerequisites: provide students in the Disability and supplemental. Prerequisites: take RSP-151. take RSP-153, RSP-155, RSP-171. Community Rehabilitation diploma program an opportunity to further enhance their skills RSP-252 Administrative Practices in RSP-257 Supporting Individuals Through supporting children, adults and families living Disability (3 credits) Inclusive Education (3 credits) with the impact of a disability. Experience in This course introduces students to This course examines current trends in the areas of education, employment administrative practices specifi c to creating and maintaining inclusive supports, mental health and advocacy will be disability and human services. Topics educational experiences for individuals who the major focus, thus promoting experiences covered include management functions, have a wide range of learning challenges. that differ from those in the student’s fi rst business fi nance, proposal writing, The course will focus on three aspects of the year or through work experience. Students budgeting, human resource management, individual’s educational experience: will participate in seminars to assist with the motivation, workload, entrepreneurship and the specialized academic needs, the integration of course work that occurs in the workplace ethics. Students will gain an communicative and behavioral support fi rst term of the diploma. Not available for understanding of the role of both internal and needs, and the development of challenge or supplemental. Corequisite external stakeholders that impact the social relationships. The role of the courses: RSP-255, RSP-253. operations of an organization and the paraprofessional within the education Community Disability Services profession. system will also be defi ned and examined. RSP-240 Practicum Placement IV Not available for supplemental. Not available for supplemental. (3 credits) Prerequisites: take HSP-150, HSP-160. Prerequisites: take RSP-151, RSP-159. This is the fi nal practicum course in the Disability and Community Rehabilitation diploma and consists of 150 hours of practical experience and a series of integration seminars. Students may have the opportunity to gain experience in leadership, advocacy and community development during this practicum. Emphasis is placed on

185 Course Descriptions RSP 259 - SCI 048

RSP-259 Supported Employment RSP-278 Special Issues in Disability RSR-251 Applied Research II (2 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) Applied Research II for Engineering This course focuses on encouraging the This course consists of a series of special Technologies is a continuation of Applied development of meaningful and productive interest lectures and seminars. A portion of Research I for Engineering Technologies. It roles for people with disabilities with respect the course is devoted to examining the provides for the continued validation of data to employment, alternatives to employment issues of sexuality and abuse as and ongoing fi eld reconnaissance and the and post-secondary education. Focus will be experienced by individuals with disabilities. preparation, production, presentation and on the preparation, development, training Students will also design a professional defense of a formal technical report based and retention strategies needed for portfolio and resume and gain an on the information gathered and documented successful supported and competitive understanding of the employment acquisition for the selected project. It includes oral employment. Students will learn best process. Other topics will include exploration progress reports, consultative sessions with practice job search and job development of professional development, person- instructors, continued fi eld data gathering strategies that have been proven effective centered planning, and strategies to support needed for project completion, fi nal revisions when supporting individuals who are people with disabilities coping with illness of parts of the report, a fi nal bound formal employment disadvantaged due to a and death. Not available for supplemental. report, and the technical presentation of disability. Not available for supplemental. Prerequisites: take RSP-151. fi ndings to industry representatives and/or Prerequisites: take RSP-151. technical community according to Standards (RSR) RESEARCH - APPLIED for Applied Science and Engineering RSP-261 Residential Programs (3 credits) Technologies. Not available for supplemental This course examines various types of RSR-160 Research & Writing New Media or challenge. Prerequisites: take RSR-250. residential settings offered to people with (3 credits) disabilities. Considerable emphasis is on the There are research and writing tasks RSR-256 Video Graphics and numerous roles and responsibilities that involved at every level of a multimedia Compositing (5 credits) rehabilitation practitioners may fi nd project. You will learn to fi nd and validate the This is an opportunity to integrate your themselves involved in when interacting with information you need, then incorporate it in knowledge of graphic design, video editing the exceptional individual, their family, other powerful, concise, and stylistically and animation to explore areas of motion professionals and the community at large. appropriate prose. You will also learn proven graphics related to education and training, Quality of life issues as well as a unit on the techniques for editing and improving your advertising and broadcast design, show importance of recreation and social networks own writing, and material created by others. titles, video art and special effects. You will are covered. Not available for supplemental. Equivalent to APR-160, CAP-151. use industry-standard compositing tools for Corequisite courses: RSR-160L. top-level production. Prerequisites: take RSP-262 Leadership in Disability CMM-156. (3 credits) RSR-170 Interactive Project (3 credits) This course examines both personal and In conceiving, planning and executing an (SCI) SCIENCE professional leadership in Community extended interactive multimedia project, you Disability Services organizations. Theories are given an opportunity to apply areas of SCI-043 Science I (3 credits) and concepts related to understanding and theoretical and practical knowledge from the This course is designed to apply the basic developing effective leadership skills will be fi rst-year core. Documenting the production literacy skills taught in LAR 043 (Language presented. In addition, students will examine process, the technical challenges faced, and Arts I) and the basic numeracy skills taught decision-making processes, strategies for the solutions found, as well as presenting in MTH 043 (Math Fundamentals I) to the constructive change and the need for your piece at the end of the course, will add study of foundational science concepts, interagency partnerships in leading the way value to the learning experience. using adult appropriate materials with a life for progressive change within the disability skills focus. Not open to supplemental. services profession. Not available for RSR-250 Applied Research I (2 credits) supplemental. Prerequisites: take HSP-160. This course will reinforce many topics SCI-048 Science II (3 credits) covered in the fi rst year English course, This course is designed to apply the RSP-275 Family Support & Intervention ENG154, with a major focus on the formal intermediate literacy skills taught in LAR (3 credits) research component and will give the 048 (Language Arts II) and the intermediate This course covers the dynamics of typical student experience in researching, numeracy skills taught in MTH 048 (Math families and compares them to those that organizing, monitoring, and documenting a Fundamentals II) to the study of foundational include a family member with a disability. long-term technical project. The course science concepts, using adult appropriate Relations between spouses, spouses and objective is to obtain all the material needed materials with a life skills focus. Not open to siblings, and siblings are analysed. This for the Applied Research II for Engineering supplemental. analysis forms the basis for identifi cation of Technologies course, where the student will special needs within these families. Various produce and present a technical report to the strategies and issues are discussed as well National Standard for Applied Science in as the role of the rehabilitation practitioner in Engineering Technologies. Not available for providing support to families with exceptional supplemental or challenge. Prerequisites: members. Not available for supplemental. take CAD-155, CON-155, CPU-150, ENG- 154, MTH-160, SUR-162.

186 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions SCI 055 - SOC 170

SCI-055 Science III (3 credits) Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition SOC-160 Introduction to Sociology This course is designed to apply the is given for educational experience gained (3 credits) advanced literacy skills taught in LAR 055 and for time spent during the process of This course is an orientation to sociology and (Language Arts III) and the advanced student government activities for a period serves as a brief picture of its scope as a numeracy skills taught in MTH 055 (Math within one academic year. Further details developing discipline. The course will Fundamentals III) to the study of should be obtained from the College examine how individual lives are shaped by foundational science concepts, using adult administrator of the program in which one’s place in society and how people cope appropriate materials with a life skills focus. students are enrolled. within their social and cultural contexts. The Not open to supplemental. focus is on Canadian culture, diversity, and SGV-201 Student Government (2 credits) social trends, and how Canada is affected by SCI-060 Science Foundations (3 credits) This course is limited to those students who its position in the world. Not available for This course is an introduction to the have been elected to serve on the Students’ supplemental. fundamental terms, scientifi c methods and Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition mathematical tools used in the sciences. is given for educational experience gained SOC-167 Sociology of Aging (3 credits) Topics will include measurement skills, the and for time spent during the process of The purpose of this course is to provide metric system, scientifi c notation and student government activities for a period students with an understanding of individual calculation skills, unit conversions, physical, within one academic year. Further details and population aging from a sociological chemical and biological properties of matter, should be obtained from the College perspective. Students will be encouraged to and lab skills. Frequent opportunities will be administrator of the program in which develop an awareness and appreciation of given to students to practice reading, writing, students are enrolled. the social signifi cance of aging from a variety and spelling skills within the subject context. of social and cultural contexts, but with a SGV-203 Student Government (1 credit) strong emphasis on Canadian society. (SGV) STUDENT GOVERNMENT This course is limited to those students who Students will learn how individuals have been elected to serve on the Students’ experience changes in their activities, roles, SGV-101 Student Government (1 credit) Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition and relationships, and the implications of an This course is limited to those students who is given for educational experience gained aging population on our economy, health have been elected to serve on the Students’ and for time spent during the process of care system, and social programs. Finally, Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition student government activities for a period students will be introduced to possible is given for educational experience gained within one academic year. Further details solutions in terms of programs and policies and for time spent during the process of should be obtained from the College relating to aging. Not available for student government activities for a period administrator of the program in which supplemental. within one academic year. Further details students are enrolled. should be obtained from the College SOC-170 Introduction to Social Work administrator of the program in which (SOC) SOCIOLOGY (3 credits) students are enrolled. This is a service course that provides SOC-150 Multicultural Seminar (1 credit) students with a self-directed and SGV-102 Student Government (2 credits) This course will examine multicultural/ collaborative learning opportunity focused on This course is limited to those students who diversity issues. It will increase learner Canadian social welfare and the profession have been elected to serve on the Students’ awareness and understanding of all cultures. of social work. This course will introduce Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition Not available for supplemental or challenge. students to the professional values, ethics, is given for educational experience gained knowledge bases, roles, responsibilities, and for time spent during the process of SOC-153 Intro to Women’s Studies fi elds of practices, and practice settings of student government activities for a period (3 credits) social work; encourage students to critically within one academic year. Further details This course is an introduction to the examine their beliefs, values, and attitudes should be obtained from the College interdisciplinary fi eld of women’s studies in relation to society of which they are administrator of the program in which through a critical feminist examination of members; and enable students to explore students are enrolled. women’s embodied lives around the world, their individual interests within the profession with both historical and contemporary of social work. SGV-103 Student Government (3 credits) examples drawn from a wide variety of This course is limited to those students who cultures. This course will critically examine have been elected to serve on the Students’ such issues as violence against women, Council of Lethbridge College. Recognition women and the law, women and is given for educational experience gained globalization, the feminization of poverty, and for time spent during the process of sexuality and gender, family life, reproductive student government activities for a period rights, women and religion, and cultural within one academic year. Further details conceptions of body image. The course aims should be obtained from the College to sharpen students’ critical awareness of administrator of the program in which how gender operates in a variety of students are enrolled. institutional and cultural contexts as well as in their own lives, giving them an opportunity SGV-104 Student Government (2 credits) to participate meaningfully in social change. This course is limited to those students who have been elected to serve on the Students’

187 Course Descriptions SOC 250 - SST 054

SOC-250 Sociology of Sports (3 credits) SOC-270 Sociology of the Family and to understand the global diversity of Sociology of Sports looks beyond game (3 credits) sexual practices and customs. Prerequisites: scores and player performance. The goal is This course is a study of Canadian family life take any one of SOC-160, PSY-160, or to encourage students to think critically about in both a historical and sociological PSY-170. sports, how it is infl uenced by social and perspective with an emphasis on current cultural contexts, and how it shapes our trends and research on the family. Not (SPL) SPELLING social lives. This course examines the available for supplemental. Prerequisites: relationship between sports and social take SOC-160. SPL-056 Spelling Improvement institutions such as the media and economy. (3 credits) Issues and controversies such as violence, SOC-273 Multicultural Issues (3 credits) This course is designed for students who cheating, and hazing will be examined as This course examines values, beliefs, need to improve their spelling skills for well as issues of inequality and the patterns of behaviour, intercultural everyday situations in which computerized relationship between social class, gender, communication processes and their impact spell checking is not an option. The course race and participation. Prerequisites: take on working with children, youth, families and emphasizes spelling rules and principles that SOC-160 or PSY-160. other professionals. Specifi c multicultural deal with the structure of words. concepts will be examined as will appropriate SOC-255 Offenders With Special Needs strategies for working within cross- cultural (SPN) SPANISH (3 credits) contexts. Students will develop sensitivities This course focuses on the identifi cation of and skills to assist them in understanding SPN-150 Introductory Spanish (3 credits) unique offender groups and the treatment of and working within cross-cultural context. This introductory level language course is these groups within the correctional context. Not available for supplemental. designed primarily for students with no Specifi c areas of study include offenders with previous or little exposure to Spanish. The health conditions, learning disabilities, SOC-275 Culture & Social Policy Abroad goal of this course is to introduce students to developmental disabilities, traumatic brain (6 credits) use the basic structures of the language, injuries, conditions related to the aging What is the relationship between a society’s which are based on the four essential skills process, fetal alcohol spectrum disorder, social policies, such as treatment of visible of communication: listening, reading, mental health conditions psychopathy, and minorities and the disadvantaged, and its speaking, and writing. those in custody for sex offences. Not culture? What is the relationship between a available for supplemental. country’s political systems and history and its (SST) SOCIAL STUDIES culture? What can we learn from a country’s SOC-260 Social Problems (3 credits) religious traditions, music, and arts? These SST-043 Social Studies I (3 credits) This course extends several of the concepts questions form the basis of this 6-credit This course is designed to apply the basic and issues addressed in Introduction to course in which a particular culture and its literacy skills taught in LAR 043 (Language Sociology. The focus of this course is a more social policies will be directly observed and Arts I) to the study of foundational social in-depth examination of social problems by analyzed. Learners will study one specifi c studies, using adult appropriate materials applying sociological theories and critical culture (selected annually) from many with a life skills focus. Not open to thinking skills to a variety of issues that affect perspectives, including the social sciences, supplemental. Canada and the world. Specifi c social natural sciences, humanities, and arts. problems may include drug abuse, crime, Learners will gain direct experience with that SST-048 Social Studies II (3 credits) inequality and poverty, gender inequality, culture through research, observation, and This course is designed to apply the race and ethnic problems, family problems, critical inquiry during a two-week study intermediate literacy skills taught in LAR 048 overpopulation, environmental problems, and abroad component. Prerequisites: take any (Language Arts II) to the study of global confl ict. Prerequisites: take SOC-160. one of SOC-160, PSY-160, PSC-161, HIS- foundational social studies, using adult 170, HUM-155, HUM-180, or HUM-195. appropriate materials with a life skills focus. SOC-263 Diverse Cultural Communities Not open to supplemental. (3 credits) SOC-276 Sexuality (3 credits) This course gives students an understanding This course will be approached primarily SST-054 Social Studies III (3 credits) of the diverse cultural communities in from a sociological perspective. We will This course is designed to apply the Canada; to be able to act as a mediator, examine how social factors contribute to our advanced literacy skills taught in LAR 055 negotiator, educator and public relations sexual beliefs and behaviors and how (Language Arts III) to the study of practitioner, involving resource management sexuality infl uences our personal lives and foundational social studies, using adult issues; and to examine the issues involved social policies. Sociological research and appropriate materials with a life skills focus. in co-operative management and compliance theories will be integrated with information Not open to supplemental. with resource related legislation. from psychology, biology, anthropology, and history. Students will be encouraged to consider their own perceptions, attitudes, and beliefs in light of the scientifi c fi ndings,

188 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions SST 063 - SUR 260

SST-063 Reading in Social Studies probability and probability distributions; SUR-162 Survey Applications (3 credits) (5 credits) statistical estimation and hypothesis testing; This course is an introduction to engineering In this course, political and social issues of correlation and regression analysis, and applications in surveying. Topics may include signifi cance to Canadians form the context methods of time series analysis. horizontal, spiral and vertical curves, slope for instruction in the reading of newspapers, Prerequisites: take BUS-178, BUS-266, or staking and cross-sectioning, profi les, magazines, and textbook materials. Topics CPU-151. coordinate layout, electronic data transfer include political issues at the provincial, and global positioning systems terrain national and international levels; and related STS-255 Statistical Methods (3 credits) modeling. Course work will consist of issues of multi-cultural, global, and This course is an introduction to basic theoretical and fi eld assignments. Not ecological signifi cance. Students require statistical concepts used for resource available for supplemental. Prerequisites: reading skills at the 9th grade level or management, including graphical and take SUR-150, CAD-155. previous successful completion of LAR-055. numerical analysis. It covers data collection, presentation, descriptive statistics, SUR-171 Survey Camp (2 credits) SST-075 Social Studies 075 (5 credits) parametric and non-parametric tests. Topics This course provides additional experience This course explores multiple perspectives covered include probability distributions, data with typical canal and highway surveys. on the origins of globalization and the local, transformation, correlations, regression, Additional EDM work, including total station national and international impacts of hypothesis testing and analysis of variance. EDMs and some associated software for globalization on identity, lands, cultures, Computer literacy is recommended as downloading the electronic fi eld book, are economies, human rights and quality of life. statistical software is used in completing studied. This course is offered for 35 hours assignments. Not available for supplemental. during the Summer term. Not available for SST-085 Social Studies 085 (5 credits) Equivalent to STS-251. Corequisite courses: supplemental. Prerequisites: take CIV-218, This course is an overview of the major STS-255L. CPU-248, SUR-162. forces that infl uenced change in Europe and much of the world during the 19th century. STS-270 Social Science Research SUR-251 Advanced Survey I (4 credits) The impact of industrialization, nationalism, (3 credits) This course examines advanced survey fi eld imperialism, and the growth of new This course will provide students with practices. Topics include sun and star fi eld ideologies on the development and intermediate instruction in the social science observations and theory for azimuth interaction of nations during the 19th and research project, with specifi c emphasis on determination; horizontal and vertical control early 20th centuries will be examined. This quantitative research methods, design and using direction theodolites and electronic course requires SST-075 or equivalent. analysis. Students will complete one distance measuring instruments; legal comprehensive, quantitative, social science boundary retracement; site survey; SST-095 Social Studies 095 (5 credits) research project, including theoretical trigonometric levelling and well site survey. This course is an in-depth study of the major development, concept defi nition, variable The use of total stations and data collectors, political and economic systems and a identifi cation, hypothesis development and downloading of data and processing of data detailed study of interaction among nations testing, research design, measurement, will be emphasized. Not available for in the 20th century. This course requires sampling, reliability, confi dence, supplemental. Prerequisites: take SUR-162. SST-085 or equivalent. questionnaire construction, data collection, Corequisite courses: SUR-263. data preparation and analysis, and statistical (STS) STATISTICS analysis. Students will also be introduced to SUR-252 Field Safety (2 credits) SPSS software and social science research This course is intended to reinforce the STS-180 Engineering Statistics (3 credits) ethics. Not available for supplemental. concepts and applications of safety as it This course is an introduction to the basic Prerequisites: take any one of HIS-170, applies to survey fi eld work. Students will be concepts of statistics as it is applied to PSC-150, PSC-161, SOC-160, or PSY-160. directed to develop safety techniques and technical analysis and research. Topics guidelines that can be applied to a variety of include techniques of data collection, (SUR) SURVEY survey situations. Modules of this course will descriptive statistics, and the application of be provided by the Industrial and Technical parametric and non-parametric tests. SUR-150 Land Survey (5 credits) Training Department at LC using certifi ed Quantitative analyses for technical research This course is an introduction to the theory instructors. Prerequisites: take CON-140. include hypothesis testing, inference tests, and practice of surveying, covering analysis of variance, and correlation and measurement of distances and vertical and SUR-260 Land Survey Systems (2 credits) regression. As a course in engineering horizontal angles. It includes leveling, level This course will study the township system in technologies, laptop computers are circuits, profi les and cross sections, transit Western Canada, the Surveys Act (Alberta) required. Not available for supplemental. lines, open and closed traverses, use and and the Manual of Standard Practice. Not Prerequisites: take CPU-150. care of theodolites, levels, EDMs, global available for challenge or supplemental. positioning systems (GPS), general Equivalent to SUR-163. Prerequisites: take STS-250 Statistics (5 credits) principles, sources of error and survey SUR-162. This course covers introductory business computations pertaining to leveling and and economic statistics, the basic techniques traverses. Not available for challenge or and tools of statistical analysis and supplemental. interpretation applied to business situations. Topics include collection and presentation of data; measures of descriptive statistics;

189 Course Descriptions SUR 261 - TRG 253

SUR-261 Advanced Survey II (5 credits) and on-the-fl y; factors contributing to range TRG-164 Leadership Theory (3 credits) This is a survey project course that ties all errors; fi eld data collection, post-processing This course studies leadership theories and aspects of fi eld practices together in the form of fi eld data and explanation and concepts in order to facilitate an of a project. Students will be required to take interpretation of computer print-outs; quality understanding of both the nature and reality a survey project, modelled as closely as analysis of GPS results; computation of of leadership in personal, community and possible to a real situation, from inception to several observations, unknowns, and organizational settings. The development of completion. This will include the performance degrees of freedom for carrier phase; fi xed leadership skills is fostered by focusing on of all survey activities related to the project. and free network adjustments and statistical understanding the principles of effective In addition, issues of mission planning and evaluation of results. Not available for leadership from an “inside out” approach. project budgeting will be explored. Not supplemental. Prerequisites: take GEO-170, Examination of course topics with respect available for supplemental. Prerequisites: SUR-162. to therapeutic recreation is emphasized take SUR-251. Corequisite courses: SUR- throughout the course. Not open to 265. (TAX) TAXATION supplemental.

SUR-263 Survey Calculations & Analysis TAX-251 Taxation (5.00 cr.) TRG-199 Field Work (3 credits) (4 credits) This course covers income taxation in This course covers fi eld experience in an This course allows students to analyse and Canada for individuals and the self- approved agency setting designed to provide solve a variety of standard survey employed. It includes a review of the reports a more in-depth work experience in the calculations including line-curb intersections, of the federal and various provincial Royal profession. All hours and assignments must curb-curb intersections, inaccessible points Commissions on taxation, problems be accumulated and completed during April of intersection, etc. Network adjustments associated with taxes payable by various and May. Graded CR/NCR. Prerequisites: will be covered. Not available for types of corporate entities, and the Income take TRG-155. supplemental. Prerequisites: take SUR-162, Tax Act. It also includes completion of tax STS-180, MTH-160. returns covering all the tax credits. Other TRG-200 Field Work (3 credits) topics include distinguishing between types This course covers fi eld experience in an SUR-265 Surveying Drafting (4 credits) of income and reconciling business net approved agency setting designed to provide This course focuses on the creation of legal income for tax purposes. Not available for a more in-depth work experience in the survey plans using CAD. Emphasis is on the supplemental. profession. Hours must be accumulated and proper portrayal of information required by completed during April and May. Graded CR/ the Land Titles Offi ce for the submission of (TRG) THERAPEUTIC RECREATION NCR. Prerequisites: take COM-162, legal survey plans. The drawings will require GERONTOLOGY CPU-151, ENG-150, PSY-177, TRG-155, students to extract and process data from HSP-150, TRG-164, BIO-152, COM-170, conventional fi eld notes and total station data TRG-155 Intro to Therapeutic Recreation CPU-251, TRG-160, SOC-167, TRG-199, collectors. Not available for supplemental. (2.00 cr.) TRG-253, TRG-256, TRG-260, TRG-268. Prerequisites: take SUR-251, GEO-250. This course is an overview of the history, philosophy, concepts and issues in the fi eld TRG-251 Seminar (2 credits) SUR-270 Engineering Surveys (5 credits) of therapeutic recreation. The importance of This course is a culmination of the two years This course enables students to recognize leisure activities and the common barriers to of study in therapeutic recreation. Topics and solve the problems associated with the recreation participation are discussed. requiring more emphasis will be covered survey of large construction projects. Topics Introductory information on a wide range of through research, guest lecturers and fi eld include preliminary surveys for the design disabilities and medical conditions is trips. of public works, water, sewer and roads. provided, as well as descriptions of Surveying practices for specialized projects environments where therapeutic recreation TRG-253 Assessment (4 credits) such as bridge construction, dam site support services may be available. A number This course covers the process of monitoring and tunneling will be included. of conceptual models of service, including assessment, all forms of documentation, Not available for supplemental. the Leisure Ability and Health Protection/ individual treatment plans, and analyzing Prerequisites: take SUR-251, GEO-250. Health Promotion Models, are compared. different assessment tools used in Not open to supplemental. Equivalent to therapeutic recreation settings. SUR-275 Global Positioning Systems TRG-150. Corequisite courses: HSP-150. Prerequisites: take TRG-199. (4 credits) This course examines global positioning TRG-160 TR Program Planning I systems (GPS) for positional determination. (3 credits) Topics include an overview of the GPS This course covers the theoretical approach system and associated defi nitions and to program design in the therapeutic vocabulary; details of the satellite signals - recreation setting. The principles and C/A code, P code, Y code, navigation practices of assessment, planning, message, L1 and L2 carrier phases; datums; implementing, and evaluating programs positioning modes-point, differential, real based on client needs are reviewed. time, post-processed; types of fi eld GPS - Prerequisites: take TRG-155. static, quick static, semi-kinematic, kinematic

190 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions TRG 256 - TRS 160

TRG-256 Therapeutic Intervention TRG-270 Administration Practices TRS-153 Cargo Securement (3 credits) (3 credits) (3 credits) This course examines the North American This course covers the therapeutic recreation This course covers basic administration and Cargo Securement Standard. You will learn intervention process which is used to assist supervisory skills including a review of basic the cargo securement requirements and how individuals in coping and adapting to their functions such as planning, organizing, the principles apply to different commodities. environment and effecting change in their controlling and leading; the recruitment and Specifi cally, you will learn what is required to lives. Emphasis is placed on the various selection process; employee supervision; properly load and secure various forms of intervention used in geriatric motivation; and performance assessment. commodities and the enforcement action that settings such as remotivation, drama, pets, Includes information on volunteer will take place for non-compliance. validation, sensory stimulation and management skills, employee ethics and relaxation. workload measurement systems. TRS-155 Weights and Dimensions (3 credits) TRG-260 TR Program Planning II (TRS) TRANSPORT This course thoroughly examines the (3 credits) Commercial Vehicle Weight and Dimension This course covers hands-on development of TRS-150 Transportation Legislation Regulation. Maximum allowed weights and specifi c program design. Budgeting (3 credits) dimensions will be defi ned, along with the considerations, program descriptions, This course examines various acts and requirements for overweight and over fundraising, leisure education and future regulations relating to traffi c enforcement. dimensional loads. Other topics examined trends in programming are also reviewed. Foundation legislation such as the Traffi c include winter weight allowances, road bans, Prerequisites: take TRG-160. Safety Act, Gaming & Liquor Act and Fuel road ban exemptions and restricted bridges. Tax Act will be examined. In addition, we will In addition to learning the specifi c laws, you TRG-263 Aging Disorders & Disabilities examine key regulations such as the Use of will learn how enforcement offi cers interpret, (3 credits) Highway and Rules of the Road Regulation, apply and enforce the weight and dimension This course is a survey of disorders and Vehicle Equipment Regulation, Operator laws. This course is very practical and disabilities common to the aged from License and Vehicle Control Regulation and interactive in nature, with many practical the perspective of the therapeutic recreation many of the commercial vehicle regulations exercises and demonstrations. professional. Topics include stroke, heart such as the Commercial Vehicle General attack, Alzheimer’s disease, Parkinson’s Equipment & Safety Regulation and TRS-158 Emergency Vehicle Operations disease, dementia, and other conditions. Commercial Vehicle Inspection Regulation. (3 credits) Prerequisites: take BIO-152. Not only will the various laws be examined, This emergency vehicle operations course is but you will learn how the laws are provided to front-line police offi cers and TRG-264 Community Resources interpreted, applied and enforced. focuses on the fundamentals of vehicle (3 credits) mechanics, vehicle dynamics, braking This course covers accessing and TRS-151 Incident Management (5 credits) procedures, collision avoidance and networking with various agencies and care This course provides information on the best emergency response driving techniques. In services to enhance the senior client’s life. strategies for various situations. It examines addition to policy and procedures for pursuit Federal, provincial, municipal and privately procedures and provides tactics that will driving, police offi cers are instructed on the funded and operated agencies are reviewed. assist students’ mindsets when confronting a duties, responsibilities and liabilities potentially unco-operative subject. The use associated with the safe handling and TRG-265 Fitness for the Aging (3 credits) of pepper spray and vehicle stop procedures operation of an emergency vehicle. This This course covers various fi tness programs, are included. This course focuses on the course combines classroom theory with activities and areas for seniors. Adaptations scenarios encountered by commercial practical applications to provide police to activities, fi tness programs and vehicle enforcement offi cers and follows offi cers with the legal and technical skills motivational techniques are included through Alberta Infrastructure and Transportation necessary for the appropriate handling of labs and teaching opportunities. Policy and Procedure. emergency vehicles. Equivalent to TRS-156. Prerequisites: take BIO-152. TRS-152 Licensing (3 credits) TRS-160 Hours of Service Legislation TRG-268 Therapeutic Leisure Programs This course focuses on the proper licensing (3 credits) (9 credits) of vehicles and drivers. It examines the This course focuses on the Federal This course covers theory and practice in the various provincial acts and regulations which Commercial Vehicle Drivers Hours of various areas of programming, including govern the licensing process in commercial Service Regulation (SOR 94-716), and the dance, music, horticulture, reminiscing, vehicle operations. It details how the various Provincial Drivers Hours of Service cooking, sensory stimulation, humour, sports, acts and regulations are applied and Regulation (AR317/2002). This course games and outdoor activities. These skills enforced. identifi es the main aspects of the regulations, are applicable to healthy, frail and disabled and offers explanations and examples. It seniors so adaptive methods for each details how the various aspects of the program are discussed. Prerequisites: take regulation are applied and enforced. TRG-160. Corequisite courses: TRG-268L.

191 Course Descriptions TRS 165 - WRI 274

TRS-165 Transport Law (3 credits) WRI-154 Media Research and Writing I This course is a comprehensive law course (4 credits) relating to traffi c enforcement issues. Initially, This course is an introduction to delivering the course reviews foundation topics such news- related information in print and as statutes, the Constitution Act, sources of broadcast formats. It focuses on information law and components of an offence. Next we gathering and dissemination, including the examine how to process Federal and importance of accuracy and deadlines. Provincial charges, including specifi c Beginning skills include understanding a instruction on how to accurately complete the news story, using a style guide, interviewing, documents required to lay a charge for both note taking, and writing and supporting a Federal and Provincial offences. In addition, lead. we will examine search provisions and compelling attendance of the accused to WRI-174 Media Research and Writing II court. Finally, we will review court and (4 credits) evidence provisions and complete the course This course covers the writing of news by running a mock trial. stories for use by newspaper, radio, television, online and other media. The (TTC) TRAVEL AND TOURISM course deals with such areas as generating story ideas, providing subjects for profi les TTC-251 Tourism Operations (4 credits) and features, employing interviews for This course will focus on the basic concepts, stories for newspapers, radio and television, methods and practices of tourism and organizing news for delivery by management. It examines the tourism newspapers, radio, television and other industry, the effects of tourism on society, media. Prerequisites: take WRI-154. developments and global forces shaping the future of the industry. WRI-250 Commercial Writing I (2 credits) This course covers study and practise in the (WHS) WORKPLACE HEALTH SAFETY special techniques of writing commercials for the broadcast media. Equivalent to CAP-188. WHS-152 Workplace Health and Safety (2 credits) WRI-257 Public Relations Writing This course will improve workplace health (3 credits) and safety practices by providing students This course continues the development of with an overview of Alberta’s Occupational writing skills for the public relations industry. Health and Safety (OH&S) Act, Regulations, Students will examine writing as it applies to and Code, identifying workplace hazards, news releases, newsletters, annual reports, strategies for reducing risks that cause injury, features and storyboards. Not available for and how to implement a risk management supplemental. Equivalent to ENG-257. process that reduces potential liability. In Prerequisites: take WRI-174. addition to risk management practices, industry certifi cations in WHMIS, First Aid, WRI-274 Commercial Writing II (2 credits) CPR, and AED will be offered as part of the Students are required to write and produce curriculum. commercials for use on CRLC Radio, along with assigned class projects. Not available (WRI) WRITING for supplemental. Equivalent to CAP-288. Prerequisites: take WRI-250. WRI-150 Writing for Interactive Media (3 credits) Telling a story concisely, and making the few words you do use share the stage with images, sound, video, and animation, is one of the more exciting and challenging areas of communicating effectively with the new media. In this course, you will practice telling those stories, adding features to make your narrative part of an interactive user experience, whether the goal is information, education, or pure entertainment. Equivalent to CAP-161.

192 Alternative Delivery 193 Alberta and Distributed Learning options. Alberta and Distributed through part-time learning, e-Campus through part-time Tailor our programs to meet your needs Tailor our programs Your career and personal development guide Non-credit and part-time credit courses for the community

Visit us on-line at lethbridge.ca/go/mbh for more information.

194 lethbridgecollege.ca e-Campus Alberta

Lethbridge College currently offers the following courses through eCampusAlberta:

COR 150 Introduction to Corrections ...... Corrections MGT 370 Correctional Management ...... Corrections COR 262 Drugs in Corrections ...... Corrections MGT 375 Correctional Leadership ...... Corrections COR 287 Crisis Resolution...... Corrections MTH 149 Precalculus ...... General Math COR 355 Violence and Criminal Behaviour ...... Corrections OAA 142 Ofﬁ ce Procedures...... Ofﬁ ce Administration COR 360 Aboriginal Peoples ...... Corrections PSY 365 Behavioural Management ...... Corrections HUM350 Ethics and Correctional Issues ...... Corrections SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology ...... Sociology LAW 170 Correctional Law ...... Corrections SOC 255 Offenders with Special Needs ...... Corrections

For current listings of all courses available through all participating institutions, please go online to www.ecampusalberta.ca.

New courses are continually added as they become available.

195 Distributed Learning

Whether you are a long way from our Print based/Web enhanced • You receive Technology Support Fee (if course is campus and would like to further your a printed course manual and then are delivered through eCampus education through Distributed Learning expected to access some components Alberta) ...... $25/course opportunities, or you live right in Lethbridge of the course online through a learning and want to take courses that fi t in with management system such as WebCT The above fees do not include the cost your schedule, we can help you reach your (for example, online discussions or online of any textbook(s) or any supplementary goals. Distributed Learning Services allows quizzes). Online requirements for each materials that may be required for the you to take individual courses, a portion of a course will vary. completion of a course. Certain program program or a complete certifi cate or diploma rates per credit may vary for specifi c program – all without coming on campus. Print based • You receive a printed course courses. Students are encouraged to confi rm manual and will be able to mail assignments such variation with the Registrar’s Offi ce or Through Distributed Learning, you can: to the instructor; however, some instructors Financial Services. • Earn College credits without coming on may prefer to communicate with you and campus accept assignments through e-mail. To view fee information for your selected • Choose courses and timelines that suit program, please go to your goals COURSE REGISTRATION lethbridgecollege.ca/programs/fees.pdf. • Complete a College program while still Registrations for Distributed Learning are working accepted at any time of the year; however, For more information, call Student Services • Take courses which complement on- you will be assigned a specifi c term to at 403.320.3323 or toll free at campus courses complete the course (January to April or 1.800.572.0103 ext. 3323. May to August or September to December). Our friendly registration staff will help you Available DL courses are listed in the The following courses are available through register, send out your course materials, and Lethbridge College Calendar. For specifi c Distributed Learning. Consulting with the process your fi nal grade. term course offerings refer to the online Program Chair or an Advisor is important to academic timetable or contact the Program ensure the best course selection for your APPLICATION PROCESS Chair. New students should contact their career goals. Please see the corresponding Distributed Learning students apply to a Program Chair for course advisement. course descriptions as appropriate. Please College program following the admission refer to the online academic timetable for procedures outlined in this calendar. You COURSE MATERIALS specifi c and accurate semester offerings and should apply early to allow for admission Course materials and textbooks (if delivery methods. procedures. Once you have been admitted, applicable) will be mailed to you within one you can register for Distributed Learning to two weeks of registering in a course. ACC 126 Accounting Basics courses by contacting the Student Services’ Materials will include policy and procedure BIO 149 Introduction to Physiology offi ce. Another option is to apply as an information for completing the course. BIO 152 Physiology of Aging undeclared student which allows you to take BUS 176 Financial Planning up to four courses (maximum two per term). INSTRUCTORS CJP 160 Introduction to the Criminal You will be assigned an instructor for each Justice System DELIVERY METHODS course at the time of registration. A letter CJP 161 Ethics & Interpersonal Skills in CJ Distributed learning courses at Lethbridge of introduction will be included with course CJP 175 Interviewing College are offered in one of four different materials. The instructor will connect directly CJP 180 Law, Youth and Young Offenders formats: with you to receive and grade assignments CJP 183 Diversity Issues in Criminal Justice and to answer any questions. CJP 191 Alternative Dispute Resolution Online • Entire course is delivered in an CJP 250 Enforcement Techniques online format. This means that all the course EXAM PROCESS CJP 252 Criminal Justice Practicum II content is available online. You are expected Testing Services will provide access to CJP 256 Criminal Investigation to communicate with the instructor and supervised exams. Exam procedures will CJP 260 Specifi c Crimes other students in the class via e-mail, class vary among courses, and not all courses CJP 263 Traffi c Enforcement discussions, and group chats. You will also have an exam component. For more CJP 278 Criminology submit assignments electronically. Courses information, read your course material and CJP 280 Commercial Vehicle may use a variety of interactive, online contact your instructor. Enforcement activities and resources. Visit the online CJP 282 Evidence & Court Procedures academic timetable to fi nd out if a course is FEES CJP 287 Crisis Intervention print, web enhanced, blended, or online. Tuition Fee ...... $76.45/credit CJP 369 Patrol Procedures DL Development Fee ...... $40.50/credit COM162 Interpersonal Relationships and Blended • A course delivered in a blended Athletic Fee...... $2/credit Communication format combines the face-to-face and online COM170 Helping Relationships LCSA Fee ...... $1.39/credit environments. The amount of time in each COM 254 Correctional Report Writing Technology Infrastructure environment varies in each course. COR 150 Introduction to Corrections Fee ...... $8.15/credit COR 152 Fundamentals of Corrections

196 lethbridgecollege.ca

COR 153 Career Development Strategies FAS 166 Practicum I RSP 240 Practicum Placement IV COR 154 Suicide Prevention FAS 176 Practicum II RSP 250 Practicum COR 253 Correctional Classiﬁ cation FWK 160 Field Placement I (100 hours) RSP 252 Administrative Practices in COR 262 Drugs in Corrections FWK 162 Field Placement II Disability Services COR 277 Corrections Administration FWK 163 Field Placement II RSP 253 Advanced Studies in Disability COR 279 Correctional Casework and FWK 260 Field Placement III RSP 255 Positive Behaviour Supports Counselling FWK 272 Corrections Practicum I RSP 257 Supporting Individuals through COR 285 Correctional Methods FWK 273 Corrections Practicum II Inclusive Education COR 287 Crisis Resolution HSP 125 Medication Administration for RSP 275 Family Support & Intervention COR 350 Crime-Related Victimology Paraprofessionals RSP 278 Special Issues in Disability COR 355 Violence and Criminal Behaviour HSP 150 Foundations of Human Services SOC 150 Multicultural Seminar COR 360 Aboriginal Peoples in HSP 151 Family Systems and Development SOC 160 Introduction to Sociology Corrections HSP 160 Community Linkages SOC 255 Offenders with Special Needs COR 374 The Professional HUM 350 Ethics and Correctional Issues TRG 155 Intro to Therapeutic Recreation Correctional Worker LAW 161 Introduction to Natural Resource TRG 160 Therapeutic Recreation Program COR 378 Women in Corrections Law Planning I COR 380 Justice in Community LAW 165 Criminal Law TRG 164 Leadership Theory COR 385 Issues & Trends in Corrections LAW 170 Correctional Law TRG 251 Seminar COR 387 Crisis Management LAW 172 Law for Corrections TRG 253 Assessment CPU151 Introduction to Computers LAW 175 Procedural Law TRG 263 Aging Disorders and Disabilities CPU251 Computer Applications MGT 370 Correctional Management TRG 265 Fitness for the Aging DCE 377 Environmental Law MGT 375 Current Concepts in Correctional TRG 270 Administration Practices DCE 389 Problem Wildlife Management Leadership ECE 151 Health, Safety and Nutrition MTH 149 Pre-Calculus ECE 154 Guiding Children’s Behaviour NSG 390 Professional and Clinical ECE 155 Introduction to Early Childhood Standards of Perioperative Education Nursing ECE 156 Development Through Play NSG 395 Standards of the Scrub and ECE 159 Children with Special Needs Circulating Role ECE 160 Observation and Recording OAA 142 Ofﬁ ce Procedures ECE 162 Creative Experiences I PED 153 Training & Personalized Fitness ECE 180 Field Placement I (18 days) PED 155 Applied Anatomy & Kinesiology ECE 181 Field Placement II (31 days) PED 157 Health, Wellness and Fitness ECE 251 Diversity in ECE PED 250 Defence & Tactics ECE 252 Child and Family PGM 320 Turf Management ECE 253 Family and Community PGM 330 Food & Beverage Management I ECE 257 Organization and Administration PGM 335 Food & Beverage Management II ECE 260 Infant and Toddler Programming PRS 155 Speech ECE 262 Creative Experiences II PRS 172 Effective Presentation and ECE 263 Creative Experiences III Speech ECE 264 Pre-school Programming PSY 160 Introduction to Psychology ECE 266 Team Building PSY170 Human Development Across the ECE 270 Inclusion of Children with Special Lifespan Needs PSY 171 Child Growth and Development ECE 280 Field Placement III (24 days) PSY 177 Psychology of Aging ECE 281 Field Placement IV (25 days) PSY 250 Educational Psychology EDU 151 Role of the Special Needs PSY 260 Abnormal Psychology Educational Assistant PSY 365 Behavioural Management in EDU 155 Math Instructional Support Corrections EDU 156 Language Arts Instructional RSP 123 Practicum Support RSP 130 Practicum EDU 250 Speech & Language RSP 151 Community Rehabilitation Development RSP 153 Observation and Assessment ENG 150 Composition RSP 155 Applied Behaviour Analysis ENG 156 Business Writing RSP 159 Developmental Disabilities ENG 175 English Composition I RSP 161 Practicum Placement I ENG 176 English Composition II RSP162 General Health Care I ENG 285 Children’s Literature RSP 164 Facilitating Inclusion FAS 150 Introduction to FASD RSP 166 Recreation & Leisure FAS 151 Prevention of FASD RSP 167 General Health Care II FAS 155 Intervention Strategies for FASD RSP 171 Practicum Placement II FAS 156 Brain and Behaviour RSP 220 Practicum FAS 165 Practicum in FASD RSP 230 Practicum Placement III

197 Chinook Regional Career Transitions for Youth

Today’s high school students need to prepare for the career skills of tomorrow. They need an education that will help them succeed in a world where rapid change is the rule, not the exception.

This innovative partnership provides high school students with academic and employability skills needed to succeed in the workplace. Through an agreement with Lethbridge College, students may receive advance credit to a variety of post-secondary programs at Lethbridge College.

Chinook Regional Career Transitions for Youth is a strategic partnership between the southwestern Alberta school jurisdictions, Lethbridge College, the University of Lethbridge as well as the provincial and federal governments. Career Transitions promotes career training and employability skills development for high school students in southwestern Alberta to ease the transition of students to post-secondary programs or the workplace. It also offers career education to assist students in making future plans and occupational decisions.

High School CTS Course Articulation The CTS articulation agreement with Lethbridge College allows students to make a smooth transition from high school to the College without delays, duplication of courses or loss of credit. Please note that because of course/program changes, the articulation chart below is subject to change on a yearly basis. Please contact the Registrar’s Ofﬁ ce to inquire about advance credit for any of the courses listed in the articulation chart:

Lethbridge College CTS Articulation Chart

CTS Modules Post-Secondary Equivalent Courses DES 1060, 2050, 3110, 3120, DRF-153 3140, 3150, 3160 and portfolio & challenge testing FAS 1050, 2010, 2140, 2160, 3060, FDM-152 3070 FAS 2020, 2070, 2090, 3010, 3070 FDM-201 FIN 1010, 1020, 1030, 2010, 2020, ACC-146 2030, 3010 FOD 3010, 3020 COC-131 INF 1070, 2050, 2070, 2080, 2120 CPU-150 INF 1020, 1030, 2030 KEY-139 INF 1070, 2050, 2070, 2080, 2120 CPU-151 INF 2030, 2070 CPU-135 INF 2030, 2080 CPU-136

For more information on CTS programs, please contact your High School Principal or the Chinook Regional Career Transitions for Youth ofﬁ ce:

Margaret Vennard, Executive Director Telephone: 403.328.3996 Fax: 403.320.2365 E-mail: [email protected]

198 Important Forms 199 for details. Visit www.lethbridgecollege.ca/apply Visit www.lethbridgecollege.ca/apply admissions process. admissions process. We’re happy to assist you with the We’re happy to assist Living in Residence Nothing will make you feel more at home on our campus than actually living here!

Lethbridge College Residence Life provides a warm, welcoming and convenient home away from home for more than 400 learners annually. We have some of the most well-kept, modern student suites in Canada, all designed to meet the needs of our learners.

We offer four-bedroom townhouses, two-bedroom suites, and family units in our Cullen Residences, and four-bedroom townhouses in our 30th Avenue Residences. Some of our two-bedroom suites are specially equipped for learners with physical disabilities.

Our units are fully ‘self-contained’, so you only need to bring your personal items (bedding, towels, etc.).

Each residence unit has: • Kitchen, living room and bedroom furniture. • Dishes, utensils, pots, pans, coffeemaker, toaster, iron and ironing board, broom and dustpan, mop and pail. • Fridge, stove and microwave. • High-speed internet modem. • Basic cable hook-up.

We also provide: • Common laundry facilities. • Common recreation/meeting areas. • Paid parking.

To have the best chance of being accepted and to get the unit of your choice, we suggest you apply for Residence at the same time you apply for your College program.

Applications are accepted on a fi rst-come, fi rst-served basis. Offers of residence will be made in April for the Fall term and the fi rst week of December for the Winter term. Offers will continue as cancellations occur.

All of our residences are non-smoking. Resident Assistants are on call after ofﬁ ce hours and on weekends to assist students with problems or emergencies.

* For more information on our services and accommodations, to view ﬂ oor plans, and to view current Residence rates, visit: lethbridgecollege.ca/go/residence or contact 403.329.7218 • 1.800.572.0103 (ext. 7218) • [email protected]

200 lethbridgecollege.ca

Application for Residence

Lethbridge College Residence 3010 College Drive South • Lethbridge, AB • T1K 8A2 Tel. 403.329.7218 • Toll Free. 1.800.572.0103 • Fax. 403.327.9062 • [email protected] The personal information on this form is collected and protected under the authority of the Post-secondary Learning Act of Alberta and the Alberta Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy (FOIP) Act. This personal information is used to determine and verify your eligibility for Residence accommodation and for uses consistent with this purpose. If your application is accepted, this personal information will be used to operate and administer the services provided by Residence Life and for uses consistent with this purpose. This personal information is protected by the provisions of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. Questions can be directed to the Manager, Residence Life, 3010 College Dr. S., Lethbridge, AB T1K 8A2, 403-329-7280.

PLEASE COMPLETE ALL SECTIONS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE APPLICATION FORM. APPLICATIONS THAT ARE NOT COMPLETE WILL BE RETURNED.

I Require Residence From: ______/ ______/ ______to ______/ ______/ ______month ___ day ______year _____ month ____ day ______year

IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION - Please print all information clearly: Last Name: ______First Name (legal): ______Preferred Name (if different from Legal Name): ______Lethbridge College I.D. #: ______Birthdate: ______/ ______/ _____ Gender:  Male or  Female year month day Phone Number: ______Cell Phone Number: ______

E-mail Address: ______

MAILING ADDRESS (Not your current Residence Address): Street or Box Number: ______City: ______Province: ______Postal Code: ______Country: ______

EMERGENCY CONTACT: Name: ______Relationship: ______

Phone Number: ______Cell Phone Number: ______

PROGRAM INFORMATION: Program of Studies: ______Year of Studies: ______(1st, 2nd, 3rd, etc.) Have you lived at Lethbridge College Residence before?: ______If yes, year(s): ______Unit #: ______

ROOM REQUEST - Please mark 1st, 2nd and 3rd choices: Floor plans available at lethbridgecollege.ca/go/residence ______Single bedroom in a Cullen Townhouse (there are 3 single bedrooms & 1 super-single bedroom in each Cullen Townhouse) ______Super-single bedroom in a Cullen Townhouse (there is 1 super-single bedroom & 3 single bedrooms in each Cullen Townhouse) ______Single bedroom in a 30th Avenue Townhouse (there are 4 bedrooms in each 30th Avenue Townhouse) ______Single bedroom in a Cullen Two-bedroom Suite (there are 2 bedrooms in each Suite) ______Single bedroom in a Two-bedroom Suite for the disabled ______Family Unit (there are 2 bedrooms in each Unit; recommended for families of 4 or less) Spouse: ______Child 1: ______Birthdate: ______Child 2: ______Birthdate: ______

201 Application for Residence Continued

ACCEPTANCE TO RESIDENCE IS NOT RESTRICTED ON THE BASIS OF HEALTH. Please check one of the following statements:

______To the best of my knowledge I am in good health.

______I have a medical condition(s) which I would like to disclose to assist in the selection of accommodation.

Please specify the nature of the condition and medications, if any, being taken:

______See Lethbridge College Policy 2.13, Academic Accommodation for Students with Disabilities at www.lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. Search “Academic Policies”.

ALL LETHBRIDGE COLLEGE RESIDENCE UNITS ARE SMOKE-FREE. I prefer an alcohol-free environment: Yes No

I understand that this application (accompanied by my $25 application fee) establishes my original priority for assignment to residence if an/ or when I am accepted into the Residence in accordance with the established procedures. Upon receipt of an offer of Residence, I understand that a $300 security deposit will be required by the deadline stated on the offer of Residence, to reserve my room. Make cheques payable to Lethbridge College.

$25 application fee: Cheque

Visa Card Number: ______Expiry Date: ______

Mastercard Card Number: ______Expiry Date: ______

Name of Cardholder: ______Signature of Cardholder: ______

Signature of Applicant: ______Date: ______

Signature of Parent/Guardian (if applicant is under 18 years of age): ______

For Ofﬁ ce Use Only:

Date Received ______Offered ______Deadline ______

Comments: ______

202 lethbridgecollege.ca

Application for Admission

PROGRAM CHOICE: ______STUDENT ID: ______

Session applied for:  Fall (Sept 20__)  Winter (Jan 20__)  Summer (May 20__) Campus Location:  Main Campus  Distance  Other, Please Specify ______Type of Student:  Part Time  Full Time Year of Entry:  1  2  3  4 Previously Applied to Lethbridge College?  Yes  No

PLEASE ENCLOSE A $55 NON-REFUNDABLE APPLICATION FEE If you wish to pay the application fee by credit card, please complete the following: Card Number: ______ Master Card  Visa Expiry Date (MM) ______(YY) ______

Print Name of Cardholder ______Signature of Cardholder ______

PERSONAL INFORMATION - please type or print clearly: Last Name (legal): ______First Name: ______Middle Name:______

List All Former Names (if applicable i.e. maiden name):

MAILING ADDRESS: Street, Avenue, P.O. Box Number: ______City or Town: ______

Province: ______Postal Code: ______Country: ______

Home Phone: ______Business Phone: ______Cell Phone: ______

E-mail: ______Social Insurance Number: ______Gender:  Male  Female Birthdate: ______/ ______/ ______Marital Status:  Married / Co-Habitant  Single  Other (YYYY/MM/DD) If you wish to declare that you are an Aboriginal person, please specify:  Status Indian  Non-Status Indian  Metis  Inuit

Alberta Advanced Education is collecting this personal information pursuant to section 33 (C) of the FOIP Act as the information relates directly to and is necessary to meet its mandate and responsibilities to measure system effectiveness over time and develop policies, programs and services to improve Aboriginal Learner success. For further information or if you have questions regarding the collection activity, please contact the ofﬁ ce of the Director, Aboriginal Policy, Policy Sector, Information and Strategic Services Division, Alberta Advanced Education, 10155-102 Street, Edmonton AB, T5J 4L5, (780) 427-8501.

Citizenship Status:  Canadian Citizen  Permanent Resident / Landed Immigrant  Student Visa  Work Visa If not a Canadian Citizen, indicate your country of citizenship and date of entry into Canada: Country ______Year ______Month ______Day ______

Country of Residence during the previous year ______

Language First Spoken:  English  Other, Please Specify ______

203 Application for Admission Continued

Major Activity During the Last Year: Location:  High School Student  Alberta  Post Secondary Student  Other Province  In the work force (employed or seeking work)  Outside Canada  Other

Do you have a learning or physical disability that requires consultation with our Disability Counsellor?  Yes  No

PREVIOUS EDUCATION: High School Last Attended ______City/Province ______

Years Attended From ______To ______Highest Grade Completed ______

Diploma Received/Expected  Yes  No Transcript:  Enclosed  Forthcoming  On ﬁ le Alberta Education ID Number ______

If you have attended more than one post-secondary institution, please attach a listing with the same information as below: College, Technical Institute or University Attended ______Location ______Years Attended From ______To ______Program ______Credential Received/Expected  Yes  No - If yes, specify credential ______Date Awarded Year ______Transcript:  Enclosed  Forthcoming  On fi le To be considered for Advance Credit offi cial transcripts must be submitted to the Admissions Offi ce.

What inﬂ uenced you to apply? ______

Alternate Contact: Name ______Telephone: ______

Declaration of Consent I certify that I have read and understood all the instructions and information accompanying this application form. I declare that the in for ma tion given in this application and that all statements made in connection with this application are true and complete. I understand that falsifying documents or information on this application may result in not being admitted into the program or the College, or permanent dismissal from the College. If admitted, I agree to comply with all rules and reg u la tions in existence or as amended from time to time by the Board of Governors of Lethbridge College.

Signature: ______Date: ______

The personal information requested on this form is collected and protected under the authority of the Alberta Post-secondary Learning Act, the Alberta Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy (FOIP) Act, the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act, the Canada Student Loans Act and the Income Tax Act. This information is used to determine and verify your eligibility for admission to a program of studies at Lethbridge College, and will form part of the student record. If you are accepted, your information will be used to facilitate your registration and for internal operational purposes including administering and evaluating College programs, facilitating the scholarship and awards program, for income tax purposes, for statistical purposes and for other uses consistent with these purposes. Information may be disclosed to the Alberta government for statistical, funding, planning, policy development, reporting, and research purposes, to the Alberta Scholarship Foundation for student award nomination / verifi cation purposes, to the Alberta Students Finance Board for student loan reporting purposes, and to the Lethbridge College Students’ Association and the Lethbridge College Alumni Association in accordance with contractual agreements. The following information is defi ned as the student’s public record: name, dates of registration and graduation, academic program, and credential awarded. All other data on the student record is considered confi dential and will be collected, used and disclosed in accordance with the FOIP Act. Questions can be directed to the Assistant Registrar, Records and Systems, Lethbridge College, 3000 College Drive S., Lethbridge, AB T1K 1L6, 403-320-3400.

204 lethbridgecollege.ca

Academic Policies

Lethbridge College’s Academic Policies are summarized below. CONDITIONS/CRITERIA FOR ASSIGNING GRADE SYMBOLS To view full policy information, please refer to the offi cial online Calendar at www.lethbridgecollege.ab.ca. Search “Academic CR/NCR (Credit awarded or No Credit awarded) Policies”. Courses eligible for the CR/NCR grades are identifi ed and approved at Academic Council. The CR/NCR grades are typically applied to practicum courses, independent study, project courses and courses GRADING – POLICY 2.18 (Under Review) that cannot use a standard assessment instrument. Grade points: Nil (not included in GPA calculation) Lethbridge College uses the standard provincial grading system to indicate performance and records the alpha grade on the academic AUD (Audit) No credit is awarded record (transcript) for credit courses. Credits for the course are not included in calculating course load for full-time status. Application for audit grades must be made prior to the end of the Extended Drop period. Students must register in Alpha Grade Grade Points Defi nition each course audited and pay all course fees. Grade points: Nil (not A+ 4.0 Excellent included in GPA calculation) A 4.0 Excellent PLC (Prior Learning Credit) A- 3.7 Excellent Following evaluation by content experts, prior learning credit may B+ 3.3 Good be assigned for an alternate experience, indicating that the course requirement has been satisfi ed. PLC is not calculated in the grade B 3.0 Good point average and not included in calculating the course load for full- B- 2.7 Good time status. Grade points: Nil (not included in GPA calculation) C+ 2.3 Satisfactory I (Incomplete) C 2.0 Satisfactory This is an interim grade issued as a result of extenuating circumstances allowing the student up to 40 business days beyond C- 1.7 Satisfactory the end date of the course section to complete assignments/write D+ 1.3 Minimal Pass deferred fi nal exams, etc. Instructors submit an “I” grade and expiry D 1.0 Minimal Pass date for completion (not to exceed 40 business days) by the end of the term. Should a fi nal grade not be submitted by the expiry F 0.0 Failure date, the “I” grade will be replaced by an “F”. Grade points: Nil (not included in GPA calculation)

W (Withdrawal) Student initiated withdrawal If withdrawal from a course is prior to the elapse of the extended drop period, the course will not be recorded on the academic record. Withdrawal after the extended drop period and prior to 66% of the term elapsing will show “W” on the student’s academic record. Grade Symbols Grade Points Defi nition After this point in time, no course drops will be allowed, and a grade other than “W” will be assigned. A student initiated “W” grade CR NIL Course Requirement cannot be changed by faculty. Grade points: Nil (not included in GPA Satisfi ed calculation) NCR NIL Course Requirement Not Satisfi ed WC (Withdrawal for Cause) Assigned by the Registrar based on presentation of offi cial AUD NIL Audit documentation (typically a medical note from a medical doctor) PLC NIL Prior Learning Credit regarding the student’s inability to continue in classes after the allowable withdrawal period. Grade points: Nil (not included in GPA I NIL Incomplete (Interim calculation) Grade) W NIL Withdrawal (Student AF (Administrative Fail) Initiated) Assigned by faculty to students who are in violation of a published WC NIL Withdrawal for Cause attendance policy, have not attended any scheduled classes, or have not submitted any assignments for evaluation. Grade points: 0.0 AF 0.0 Administrative Fail RW 0.0 Required to Withdraw RW (Required to Withdraw) Assigned by faculty or administration when a student is required to withdraw from a course. Grade points: 0.0

205 Academic Policies Continued

Repeat Courses Example: In the Fall term, a student received an “A” in English The original grade and the repeat grade display on the student’s 156, a “B+” in Marketing 188, a “B” in Accounting 171 and a “C+” in academic record within the terms the course was originally taken and Business 170. To calculate the student’s GPA for the Term: then repeated. The GPA calculation (for the purpose of graduation) includes only the best grade. Course Credit Value Final Grade Weighed Points Grade Points Out of Scope `I’ Grade Expiry Date In cases where there are extenuating circumstances, instructors ENG 156 3.0 A 4.0 3.0 x 4.0 = 12.0 may recommend an extension beyond the normal 40 business day MKT 188 5.0 B+ 3.3 5.0 x 3.3 = 16.5 limitation for an `I’ grade. Out of scope expiry dates require a learning contract between the student and the instructor, with authorization ACC 170 4.0 B 3.0 4.0 x 3.0 = 12.0 from the Academic Chair (see Schedule A – Grading Policy 2.18). BUS 170 4.0 C+ 2.3 4.0 x 2.3 = 9.2

Limitation on a Grade Change Total 16.0 49.7 The length of time during which a grade can be changed is 30 days from the end of a course. A student considering a grade appeal must initiate the appeal within this 30 day time frame. Grade Point Average = Total Weighted Grade Points Total number of credits Supplemental Examinations To be eligible for supplemental status, a course must have a Grade Point Average = 49.7 Weighted Grade Points comprehensive fi nal exam. Courses not open to a supplemental 16.0 Credits examination are designated in the course description section of the Calendar. A student who wishes to write a supplemental examination Grade Point Average = 3.106 must apply to the Registrar no more than four weeks after the end of term in which the course was taken. The examination must be written before the end of the immediately succeeding term, except in NON-CREDIT GRADING SYSTEM - POLICY 2.19 courses that are prerequisite to a sequential course to be taken in the immediately succeeding term in which case the examination must be Lethbridge College uses the following non-credit grading options to written no later than the opening day of that term. record performance or attendance in non-credit and supplementary course types: Applications for the supplemental examination are available from the Registrar’s Offi ce. The supplemental examination will have the same For non-credit or supplementary courses that require an evaluative value in course grade determination as the original fi nal examination. grading symbol: The supplemental examination mark will replace the original fi nal examination mark in determining the fi nal grade in the course. A Grade Defi nition student will be allowed one supplemental exam per course, per term. EXC (Excellent) Exceptional performance in meeting course requirements PRF (Profi cient) Course requirements have been met GRADE POINT AVERAGE – POLICY 2.21 NPR (Not Profi cient) Course requirements have not been met

Lethbridge College uses a weighted grade point average calculation For non-credit or supplementary courses that require attendance- to measure individual student average performance. The GPA grade based grading symbols: points assigned to each grade are in compliance with the provincial standard grading system. Grade Defi nition ATT Attended at least 80% of the scheduled classes The GPA is determined by multiplying the number of course credits NT Attended less than 80% of the scheduled classes by the grade point value assigned to the awarded grade. The grade points are totaled for all eligible courses and grades. The result is For non-credit or supplementary courses that require registration divided by the total number of eligible credits attempted. The GPA is records only: computed to two decimal places. Grade Defi nition The GPA is defi ned and calculated as follows: NGR No grade required or submitted for this course

Term GPA • is term speciﬁ c and includes activity within a term of Non-credit grading symbols do not factor into the GPA calculation. study and displays on the student record (transcript). The Dean (or their designate) for the academic area delivering the non-credit course activity will determine the appropriate level of Program (graduation eligibility) GPA • includes all eligible grades grading required. Non-credit courses with no grades submitted by attributed to the credential. This GPA displays on the Degree Audit the academic year-end will automatically be assigned “NGR” by the output and is used to determine eligibility for awarding the credential. Registrar.

206 lethbridgecollege.ca

ACADEMIC STANDING - POLICY 2.11 FULL-TIME STUDENT STATUS – POLICY 3.8

Lethbridge College supports academic excellence and encourages Lethbridge College complies with Alberta Advanced Education student success through academic achievement. Students who recommendations when determining the institutional full-time load for do not meet minimum academic requirements will be placed on students. A student is considered to be full-time when enrolled in a probation and may be disqualifi ed from further registration. minimum of 60% of the institutional average full course load for each academic term. At Lethbridge College, the calculated 60% load is 12 In support of the learning college philosophy at Lethbridge College, credits. Full-time status is used to determine eligibility for but is not we are committed to maintaining high academic standards, limited to such things as student awards, student loans, honour roll, encouraging academic success, communicating with students foreign student visas, athletic participation, etc. (their academic status), and providing intervention to assist them in achieving academic success. ADD/DROP PERIOD AND EXTENDED DROP PERIOD – Academic probation is a caution that a student’s performance has POLICY 3.9 been defi cient and needs to improve for continued registration. Academic disqualifi cation indicates insuffi cient improvement after Lethbridge College provides a period at the beginning of each term probation. It also suggests the student needs to alter their approach during which students can add or drop individual courses with no to learning before applying to the College again. The College may fi nancial penalty and with no consequence to their academic record. offer help in making the adjustment. An extended drop period is provided during which students can drop courses and receive a partial refund. ACADEMIC STANDING DESCRIPTION All changes, including course additions and deletions, must Honours A student with a term grade point be submitted to the Registrar’s offi ce on an offi cial Change of average of 3.5 or higher. Registration form. Students will receive credit only for those courses Good A student with a term grade point in which they are offi cially registered. average of 1.5 or higher but less than 3.5. Students should have at least one class session to determine whether or not they choose to continue with a course in which Probation A student with a term grade point they have enrolled. Students dropping courses within the add/drop average of less than 1.5 (fi rst period as stated in the guidelines should not have the course carried occurrence). forward as part of their academic transcript. The add period and drop Disqualifi cation A student with a current academic period are equal in length to provide students an opportunity to add standing of probation who achieves courses from the vacancies created through dropped courses. a term grade point average of less than 1.5 in the subsequent term will Add/Drop Period be withdrawn and prohibited from Students may add or drop individual credit courses at the beginning further registration. of their term (6 business days in terms of more than 8 weeks in length and 3 business days in terms of 8 weeks or less) with full Students admitted with conditions tuition refund and no entry on the academic transcript. Late drop fees and who do not meet these will not be charged to a student for dropping individual courses during conditions may be disqualifi ed and the add/drop period. Tuition and other fees for courses added during prohibited from further registration. the add/drop period are due at the time of registration.

Extended Drop Period UNDECLARED STUDENT STATUS – POLICY 3.1 Students may drop individual credit courses during the extended drop period without any academic record of their enrolment. A fi nancial A student wishing to register in Lethbridge College credit courses penalty is assessed for courses dropped during the extended drop without making a commitment to a specifi c program may register period. The extended drop period ends 15 business days from the as an Undeclared Student. Undeclared Students are required to beginning of the term in terms of 8 weeks or more in length and 7 submit admissions information to the Registrar’s Offi ce along with business days in terms of less than 8 weeks in length. an application fee, prior to registering in credit courses. Undeclared Students may enroll in a maximum of two credit courses per Withdraw Periods term. Students who have registered in four credit courses as an Students are allowed to withdraw from courses after the add/drop Undeclared Student will require special permission from the Registrar and extended drop period. A “W” grade is recorded on the transcript to continue registering as an Undeclared Student. While admission for courses dropped after the extended drop period and before the of an Undeclared Student to the College is automatic, Undeclared end of the allowable withdrawal period. Courses from which a student Students must meet individual course pre-requisite requirements for has withdrawn and has been graded a “W” are not calculated into each course in which they register. the GPA. No tuition refund is available to a student for a “W” graded course.

207 Academic Policies Continued

Allowable Withdrawal Period Formal post-secondary courses that are not awarded advance The allowable withdrawal period extends from the 16th business day credit or unspecifi ed credit could be assessed under the experiential in a regular term to 66% of the length of the term. Students remaining learning guidelines. An offi cial transcript is required, and the student enrolled in courses after the 66% deadline will be assigned an may be asked to submit course outline(s). Courses completed more academic grade. than 10 years prior to admission to a program, including Lethbridge College courses, would be a case in point. Other examples: course Withdrawal From the College outcomes from more than two courses (combined) match the Students who wish to withdraw from the College before two-thirds outcomes of a Lethbridge College course or the course that the of the term has elapsed must complete an offi cial Withdrawal Form student wishes to transfer is already matched to another Lethbridge available in the Registrar’s Offi ce. Students withdrawing from an College course. entire term must apply for re-admission to the program if they wish to return in a future term. Prior learning credits awarded are reported to the Registrar’s Offi ce where they are recorded on the Lethbridge College transcript. For information on refunds resulting from course withdrawals, please The Registrar’s Offi ce notifi es the student of the academic credits refer to Credit Tuition Fee Policy 4.5. Consult the Academic Schedule awarded. of this Calendar or the timetable for important dates. Advance Credit from Post-Secondary Institutions Advance credit may be awarded as a result of the evaluation of ACADEMIC CREDITS – POLICY 2.25 (Under Review) courses completed at other post-secondary institutions. Students submit offi cial transcripts to the Registrar’s Offi ce for evaluation. Students earn academic credits through successful completion of Courses completed in the ten (10) year period prior to admission Lethbridge College credit courses. Lethbridge College recognizes to a program in which students have earned passing grades are learning that occurs external to the credit course environment. considered for evaluation. Students may be asked to submit course outlines. Unspecifi ed credit for courses may be awarded if the Learning occurs through work, formal education, informal training learning outcomes of a post-secondary course are not equivalent to sessions, self-study, volunteer activities and through general life a specifi c Lethbridge College course but do satisfy general program experiences. Students entering credit programs often have acquired requirements. The advance credit and/or unspecifi ed credit awarded knowledge, skills or competencies as a result of learning that has is recorded on the Lethbridge College transcript, and the student and taken place prior to their admission to a credit program and in academic chair are notifi ed. addition to their academic studies. Outcomes from these activities can be assessed at Lethbridge College and may result in an High School award of academic credits in equivalent Lethbridge College credit Advance credit may be awarded for CTS courses completed in courses or as unspecifi ed credits that may satisfy general program Alberta high schools. Students must submit transcripts or evidence requirements. Students should not be asked to repeat learning but from their high school indicating successful completion of these should be able to use prior learning credits and other credit awards to course modules for evaluation purposes. Students should refer to the assist in their pursuit of an academic credential. CTS Course Articulation chart in the Lethbridge College Calendar. The advance credit award is recorded on the Lethbridge College Experiential Learning transcript, and the student and academic chair are notifi ed of all Prior learning credit may be awarded as a result of an assessment of advance credit awards. previous learning as it matches LC course outcomes. Credits may be awarded for learning gained from the following: Student Government Credits are awarded for LC Student Council experience and for a) work experience; serving on the LCSA Executive. Credits awarded are commensurate b) informal education and training activities; with the learner’s level of responsibility in student government. c) self-study; d) volunteer activities; Students may earn up to four (4) credits per year for participation in e) other life experiences; student government. Credits are awarded at the end of the term and f) formal education that was completed more than 10 years ago or do not contribute to the credit load requirements for student loans. has outcomes that are not specifi c to any single Lethbridge College These credits may be used as elective credits to meet graduation course(s). requirements as approved by the Dean.

Applicants are required to demonstrate their skills, knowledge, or Awarding of credits for student government participation is competencies. Content experts will use a variety of assessment the responsibility of the Vice President, Learner Services and tools which may include, but are not limited to, portfolios, oral Enrolment Management, the President of the LCSA (Vice-President presentations or challenge examinations. With consultation Administration is involved in the evaluation of the President), and a the learner develops an appropriate means for presentation/ faculty member appointed by the LCFA. demonstration of competencies. Content experts assess the presentation and award credit for applicable course(s).

208 lethbridgecollege.ca

Athletics Students must achieve a program GPA of at least 1.50 in order Credits may be awarded to athletes for their participation on to graduate. However, should it be identifi ed by the program for a Lethbridge College intercollegiate teams commensurate with the valid reason, the GPA could be increased in order for the student to athlete’s level of participation. Students may earn up to three (3) graduate from that program. Students achieving a program GPA of credits per year as a result of being selected to play on intercollegiate at least 3.50 and having no grade less than a “C” will have the word athletic teams. Credit is granted by the Director of Athletics, and “HONOURS” affi xed to their parchment. credits may be used to meet graduation criteria upon approval of the appropriate Dean. A minimum 25% of the total credits required for a Lethbridge College credential must be completed through enrolment in Lethbridge Credits awarded through prior learning, advance credit, or earned College credit courses. Credits earned through Prior Learning, through student government or athletics participation are not included Student Government, Athletics Participation, and credit earned in the 25% residency requirement at Lethbridge College. through Advance Credit awarded for work completed at an external post-secondary institution are not considered in the 25% minimum requirement. CONVOCATION – POLICY 3.6 (Under Review) Parchments will be withheld from graduates placed on restrictive Students who have successfully completed or are currently enrolled holds at Lethbridge College, eg., outstanding fees or equipment. in the necessary courses to complete graduation requirements, as stipulated in the program section of the Calendar, are eligible to participate in convocation ceremonies. Students enrolled in the ISSUANCE OF CREDENTIALS – POLICY 2.2 fi nal courses required to complete a Lethbridge College credential (including the fi nal period of an apprenticeship program) are eligible Lethbridge College recognizes learners for successful completion of to convocate. Convocation is traditionally an exciting event for any programs through the issuance of college credentials. Students must post-secondary institution. Faculty, staff, administration and students satisfy the conditions and graduation requirements as outlined and have the opportunity to parade in regalia signifying completion of shown in the offi cial calendar covering the year of their most recent education. All eligible students are encouraged to attend Lethbridge admission to the program. College convocation ceremonies. The following credentials are offered at Lethbridge College: • Applied Degree GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS – POLICY 3.3 • Diploma • Certifi cate To qualify for graduation from a program, students must be admitted • Credential of Academic Achievement to the program and meet the graduation requirements stipulated • Credential of Achievement under the section “Graduation Requirements” in the College Calendar • Certifi cate of Specialization governing the academic year of their last admission to the program. • Recognition of Achievement

Students re-admitted after an absence of one or more terms are Credential parchments are legal documents and are issued using the governed by the Calendar pertaining to their year of re-admission. If approved program name that applies to the student’s last admission the program has undergone changes, the following may apply: to the program. See Policy 3.3 Graduation Requirements. a) Returning students, who feel they are negatively affected by Replacement credential parchments are issued to students upon approved program change(s) to credit load or content, and who have request and payment of a replacement fee. Replacements requested experienced an interruption of only one term, may apply to have as a result of a name change must be supported by presentation of the criteria above waived and request permission to revert to their legal proof of name change. original Calendar year, as if the interruption had not taken place. Academic Chair’s approval will include the evaluation of several Credential parchments will not be released to students on restrictive factors, for example – if all required courses are available; if any/all holds, for example outstanding fees or equipment. of the required courses are offered in the term the student must re- enroll in (see Schedule A – Calendar Year Change Request form). ACADEMIC ACCOMMODATION FOR STUDENTS WITH Current/active students who feel they would benefi t from approved DISABILITIES – POLICY 2.13 program change(s) to credit load or content may apply to be assigned to the calendar year pertaining to the approved program changes, for Lethbridge College recognizes its duty to provide academic example – a reduction of overall program credits or inclusion of new accommodation to students with disabilities. The College will, where courses (see Schedule A – Calendar Year Change Request form). reasonable, remove barriers and provide opportunities to students Academic Chair’s approval is required to insure awareness of impact with disabilities within the limits of its resources, and having due to revenue fl ow and instructional workload. regard to the rights and entitlements of other students and College staff who may be affected. Students opting to change their calendar year will graduate under the program graduation requirements and program name as specifi ed in the calendar year they have selected through either process outlined above.

209 Academic Policies Continued

The College will enable students with disabilities to access 4. Contact the Disability Counsellor when accommodation requests College services, programs, and facilities, and to be welcomed as need to be adjusted to better meet needs or in the case of a participating members of the College community. The College’s change in needs. goal is to ensure fair treatment of all students, including students with disabilities, in accordance with their distinct needs, and without 5. Discuss accommodation requests with each instructor at compromising academic standards and principles. the beginning of each term, and monitor the effectiveness of accommodations throughout the term. The Disability Counsellor In brief, Lethbridge College will: will contact instructors if requested to do so by the student.

1. Ensure that individuals with disabilities are equally considered 6. Follow specifi c procedures and instructions related to each for admission to programs for which they meet the admission accommodation. Exam accommodations may be different for each requirements. exam, depending upon content, instructor style, and changes made to facilitate success. Accommodations involving contracts for 2. Provide admission accommodation according to the same services may have separate procedures and requirements. requirements of ongoing academic accommodations, upon request, as outlined in the Responsibilities of Students with Cost of Services Disabilities section of this policy. 1. When students with disabilities require special equipment or 3. Make its courses and programs accessible to students with services in order for them to participate in the learning process, the disabilities in accordance with human rights legislation. primary responsibility for the provision of such equipment or services shall rest with the student. These may include, but are not 4. Review documentation to ensure that recommendations and limited to: educational assistants, assistive technology, interpreters decisions regarding accommodation are based on appropriate and materials modifi cation. professional or medical information, and assist students in fi nding satisfactory and workable accommodations. 2. The Disability Counsellor will establish a fee structure for specifi c assistive services. This will assist students in completing student 5. Provide reasonable accommodations to students with disabilities. loan or grant application forms.

6. Ensure that faculty and staff are familiar with policies and procedures regarding persons with disabilities. STUDENT RECORDS – (COLLECTION, ACCESS TO AND DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION) 3.5 7. Respect all information gathered under this policy as confi dential and protected according to FOIP policy and principles. Lethbridge College values the student’s right to privacy and balances this right with the institution’s need to know. Student information is 8. Ensure that distribution or availability of all instructional materials collected, used and disclosed in compliance with the privacy and under this policy adheres to protection of intellectual property access provisions in the Post Secondary Learning Act of Alberta, principles, as provided through the Canadian Copyright Act and the Alberta Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy (FOIP) other relevant legislation. legislation as well as LC’s own records management policy and procedures. Lethbridge College collects and maintains records 9. Ensure that the accommodation needs of persons with disabilities of a sensitive nature. LC respects the privacy of the individual are addressed during future renovation or construction projects or and promotes professional and ethical conduct within the College initiatives. community, and therefore a policy is necessary to ensure the protection of the student’s rights with respect to collection, access to Responsibilities of Students with Disabilities and disclosure of student records. Every student with a disability at Lethbridge College who seeks academic accommodation has a responsibility to do the following: • Students’ access to their own records is governed by the FOIP Act. Students have the right to access their own records, with 1. Provide relevant and current (within the past 3 years) limited and specifi c exceptions as outlined in the FOIP Act. Access documentation to the Disability Counsellor outlining the nature of will be granted in a secure and controlled setting, with acceptable the disability, the impact of the disability on academic and identifi cation and under conditions that will prevent alteration or classroom performance and suggested or recommended mutilation of the original record. accommodations. • The following information is defi ned as the student’s public record: 2. Submit all documentation for accommodations to the Disability name, dates of registration and graduation, academic program, Counsellor in a timely manner (normally a minimum of 3 months and credential awarded. This information will be disclosed in in advance), to allow for the arrangement of accommodations. For response to general inquiries without written consent. All other example, submit in June for September accommodations. data on the student record is considered confi dential and will be collected, used and disclosed in accordance with applicable 3. Submit separate accommodation requests to the Disability legislation. Counsellor for each term or module of instruction.

210 lethbridgecollege.ca

• Information on the student record, including personally identifi able 4. Students have the right to receive a course outline at the beginning information, may be disclosed to the Alberta government for of each course which states the course content and outcomes, the statistical, funding, planning, policy development, reporting, and evaluation system to be used, when major assignments are research purposed, to the Alberta Scholarship Foundation for due, and any penalties employed for noncompliance, classroom student award nomination/verifi cation purposes, to the Alberta procedures and class attendance. Students Finance Board for student loan reporting purposes. 5. Students have the right to expect that course outlines will normally • Case by case decisions regarding the collection, use, protection, not be changed after the course has commenced. In exceptional access to and disclosure of student records will be made by the cases, changes may be made if all students in the course agree to College designate as stated in the LC FOIP delegation authority the change. table (Policy 6.24 Information and Records, Schedule A). Examples of case by case disclosure decisions include, but are not 6. Students have the right to know the institutional defi nition of limited to, when records are disclosed for the purpose of complying intellectual honesty as published and what the consequences are with legal requirements, or when it is believed that that disclosure when a violation of intellectual honesty occurs. would avert or minimize an imminent danger to the health or safety of any person or in cases where emergency contact is deemed 7. Students have the right to expect the course times as scheduled necessary. in the College timetable at the time of registration will not be changed except in certain cases such as, but not limited to, a • Due to professional or assigned responsibilities, employees may classroom being too small or a major confl ict between classes or have access to student records. The misuse, misrepresentation by mutual agreement between the instructor and the students in or unlawful distribution or copy of data contained in student that course. records is considered to be in violation of the FOIP Act and is a punishable offense. Every reasonable security arrangement 8. Students have the right to be notifi ed of class cancellations as against such risks as unauthorized access, collection, use, soon as possible. disclosure or alteration of student records will be made. 9. Students have the right to expect that classes will start and end on • Information on a student record will be disclosed to the LC time. Students Association and LC Alumni Association according to contractual agreements. 10. Students considering withdrawing from a course have the right to expect that their performance in any course will be available Breach of Client/Agency Confi dentiality on request one week prior to the offi cial course withdrawal Any student enrolled in a program that involves client care or work deadline as published. experience must recognize that information concerning clients or agencies is confi dential. Breach of this confi dentiality jeopardizes 11. Students have the right to expect faculty members to be agreements made between the Lethbridge College and institutions available for assistance outside scheduled classes at a mutually willing to accept students for practicum experiences. Any student acceptable time or by using a mutually acceptable medium. who releases confi dential information about a client or agency to unauthorized individuals may be suspended from the course. 12. Students have the right to expect that their personal information and offi cial records will be managed consistent with the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act. STUDENT RIGHTS/RESPONSIBILITIES AND BEHAVIOUR – POLICY 3.12 13. Students have the right to review their class examinations and course assignments after they have been evaluated as stated in LC students are responsible for conducting themselves in an the course outline. appropriate manner which complies with College policies, rules and regulations. 14. Students have the right to a safe and healthy learning environment. Student Rights 15. Students have the right to have access to appeal policies and 1. Students have the right to know that any changes to their program procedures as published in the College calendar and the right to subsequent to their entry will not extend their program beyond the know how to deal with situations that appear unfair. time specifi ed at enrolment. 16. Students have the right to add documents to any fi le specifi c to 2. Students have the right to know that in the event the College their academic progress or behaviour, including written decides to discontinue a program, it will do so in a manner that documents refuting the contents of documents of a disparaging guarantees the students presently in the program will have the nature. If a document is added to a student fi le that makes opportunity to complete that program. reference to another person, a copy of the document must be sent to that individual. 3. Students have the right to access academic advising which may include program and graduation requirements, academic 17. Students have the right to receive assessment feedback in a regulations, admissions and transfer. timely fashion.

211 Academic Policies Continued

Student Responsibilities For these reasons, Lethbridge College insists on intellectual honesty in all academic activities. 1. Students must conduct themselves in a responsible manner and any of the following shall constitute improper student conduct: Intellectual dishonesty may take many forms, such as: • Cheating, plagiarism, fraud, deceit or other forms of academic • using materials (notes, textbooks, etc.) in examinations without the dishonesty. instructor’s permission • Threatening to subject or subjecting any person to physical, • copying of published or unpublished works of others without sexual or mental harassment, indignity, injury or violence. recognizing their work or gaining their permission • Disturbing, disrupting or otherwise interfering with studies, • falsifying results in reports or laboratory experiments laboratories, lectures, work or other activities of fellow • writing examinations or tests for someone else or having someone students or employees. else write an exam for you • Intentionally damaging, destroying or moving without authority • submitting someone else’s work as your own the property of the College or of any person. • Unauthorized use of or unauthorized entry to College If the instructor believes the conduct of a student is not consistent property. with the requirements of student behaviour and intellectual honesty, • Failure to obey the lawful instructions of College offi cials or disciplinary action will be applied. The instructor will notify the employees acting in the performance of their duty. Program Chair or Centre Dean. • Making frivolous, vexatious or unfounded accusations about students, faculty members or staff to College offi cials. When the action places the student’s academic future in jeopardy, through suspension and expulsion from classes, the instructor and/ 2. Students have the responsibility to familiarize themselves with the or Program Chair or Centre Dean will outline the details of the academic policies and graduation requirements as published. case for review by the appropriate LC administrator. This outline will be submitted in writing by the appropriate LC administrator (or 3. Students have a responsibility to acquaint themselves with the designate) to the student. Student appeal of disciplinary action procedures to be followed to register, change or withdraw from a is available through the Student Appeal Committee or the Vice- course. President, Enrolment Management. Decisions of the Student Appeal Committee are fi nal. 4. Students have a responsibility to acquaint themselves with the content of course outlines distributed by the faculty member. STUDENT DISCIPLINE – POLICY 3.13 5. Students have the responsibility to communicate with their faculty member, counsellor and other College staff to resolve academic Students who interfere with the learning environment for other and/or other problems that may impact their learning. students by virtue of actions on and off campus may be subject to this policy. The following disciplinary actions may be imposed at the 6. Students have a responsibility to arrive on time for instructional discretion of the College: activities and remain for the duration of those activities. • Verbal Warning • The student shall receive verbal notifi cation of 7. Students have a responsibility to adhere to attendance the misconduct and the implications of further misconduct. The requirements stated in the course outline. student shall be permitted to continue in learning activities at the College. 8. Students have a responsibility to respect the faculty member’s right to determine course content, methodology and evaluation. • Reprimand • The student shall receive written notifi cation of the misconduct and the implications of further misconduct. The student 9. Students have a responsibility to respect the faculty member’s shall be permitted to continue in learning activities at the College. right to set deadlines for assigned work and to establish penalties for failure to comply with deadlines. • Disciplinary Probation • The student shall receive written notifi cation of the misconduct which will include specifi c written 10. Students have a responsibility to write tests and fi nal conditions and a time frame for the probation which must be met examinations at the times scheduled except in cases of illness or by the student if they wish to continue in the College. Students other circumstances approved by the faculty member. who meet the specifi c conditions within the specifi ed time frame shall have the probation lifted. Failure to meet the conditions shall Intellectual Honesty result in a review of the case and may result in suspension from Honesty is one of the foundations of knowledge. In the course of the College. learning, the contributions of others are evaluated and utilized as the basis for further research. Intellectual honesty demands that the • Suspension • The student may be suspended from a class, a contributions of others be recognized. Not recognizing these people course, a program or the College for a specifi ed period of time. is ignoring their contributions and is cheating. Also, passing on the Students may also be suspended for an indefi nite period of time ideas of another person as your own deprives you of the opportunity pending investigation of an alleged misconduct if it is deemed by to participate in your education. the suspending authority that the presence of the student constitutes an impediment to the learning process and/or health and safety of members of the College community.

212 lethbridgecollege.ca

• Expulsion • The student who is expelled from the College shall be withdrawn from all learning activities and may be barred from the College grounds and buildings.

ACADEMIC APPEAL – POLICY 3.14

Students have the right to fair and equitable procedures for resolving matters affecting academic standing through the formal appeal process. • Subject to existing College rules or regulations governing the conﬁ dentiality of information, all documentation pertaining to the appeal shall, upon request, be made available to both parties.

• The Academic Appeal Policy is an internal review process of the College and legal counsel is not allowed to attend meetings that are part of this process.

• The student may invite one (1) support person (this is not legal counsel) to be present at any meeting in the academic appeal process.

• In the case of a grade appeal, only a ﬁ nal grade may be appealed. A student may request an instructor (or Chair/Program Lead if the student is uncomfortable discussing this matter with the instructor) to review other earned grades prior to the end of the term; however, the outcome of the review cannot be appealed under this policy.

• An appeal must be submitted on the approved Academic Appeal Forms which are available from the Lethbridge College website (administrative policies) or the ofﬁ ce of the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Ofﬁ cer (it can be e-mailed to the student upon request).

• While pursuing an appeal in accordance with the Academic Appeal Policy, the student shall be allowed to remain in all learning activities, except in cases where the suspending authority in consultation with the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer determine that the student’s presence constitutes an impediment to the learning process and/or the health and safety of members of the College community. If there is not agreement between the suspending authority and the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer, the decision of the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer is fi nal.

• The standard of proof applied to decisions made by the Academic Appeal Committee will be a balance of probabilities.

• The offi cial record will contain the fi nal decision of the Academic Appeal Committee as well as the completed Academic Appeal Forms – all records will be maintained in the offi ce of the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer.

• The offi cial record of academic appeal decisions will be maintained by the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer for a period of fi ve (5) years from the date the decision is communicated. Exceptions to this guideline may occur at the discretion of the Vice President Academic & Chief Learning Offi cer in cases where the student may pose a safety threat to the College community.

213 Index

Aboriginal Learner Services ...... 23 Academic Advising ...... 18 Academic Schedule ...... 3 Accounting - Business Administration Diploma ...... 37 Additional Fees ...... 13 Admissions Testing ...... 8 Advertising/Public Relations - Communication Arts Diploma ...... 50 Agricultural and Heavy Equipment Technician Certifi cate ...... 28 Agricultural Technology - Animal Science Diploma ...... 30 Agricultural Technology - Plant and Soil Science Diploma ...... 29 Alberta Works ...... 19 Alternative Delivery...... 193 Alumni Association ...... 21 Animal Science - Agricultural Technology Diploma ...... 30 Application Fee ...... 7 Application Form for Admission ...... 203 - 204 Application Form for Residence ...... 201 - 202 Application Procedures...... 7 Apprenticeship Programs ...... 31 Athletics ...... 21 Automotive Service Technician - Apprenticeship ...... 31 Automotive Systems Certifi cate...... 34 Awards and Scholarships ...... 25 Bachelor of Applied Arts - Correctional Studies ...... 58 Bachelor of Applied Science - Conservation Enforcement ...... 54 Bachelor of Nursing – After Degree ...... 99 Be Fit For Life ...... 20 Biotechnology - Cellular/Molecular Technician ...... 36 Bookstore ...... 20 Broadcast Journalism - Communication Arts Diploma ...... 50 Business Administration - Accounting Diploma ...... 38 Business Administration General Diploma ...... 39 Business Administration - Management Diploma ...... 38 Business Administration - Marketing ...... 38 Business Administration - Professional Golf Management Certifi cate of Specialization ...... 106 Business Administration - Professional Golf Management Diploma...... 105 Campus Recreation ...... 20 Career Counseling...... 18 Career Programs ...... 27 - 113 Carpenter - Apprenticeship ...... 31 Central Sterile Processing ...... 41 Chaplaincy Services ...... 18 Child and Youth Care Diploma ...... 42 Chinook Regional Career Transitions for Youth...... 198 Civil Engineering Technology Diploma ...... 44 College and University Preparation - Credential of Achievement ...... 46 College Directory ...... 4 Commercial Vehicle Enforcement - Certifi cate ...... 48 Communication Arts ...... 49 Communication Arts - Advertising/Public Relations Diploma...... 50 Communication Arts - Broadcast Journalism Diploma ...... 50 Communication Arts - Print Journalism Diploma ...... 50 Computer Information Technology - Diploma ...... 52 Computer Labs ...... 20 Conservation Enforcement - Bachelor of Applied Science ...... 54 Cook - Weekly Apprenticeship Training ...... 32 Correctional Studies - Bachelor of Applied Arts ...... 58 Correctional Studies Diploma ...... 56 Counseling...... 18 Course Add/Drop Period...... 15

214 lethbridgecollege.ca

Course Descriptions ...... 116 - 192 CRLC Radio ...... 22 Criminal Justice Certifi cate ...... 61 Criminal Justice - Policing Diploma ...... 62 Criminal Justice Studies for Aboriginal Learners ...... 60 Culinary Careers Diploma ...... 64 Day Care (on campus) ...... 18 Disability and Community Rehabilitation Diploma ...... 65 Distributed Learning ...... 196 Drop Dates ...... 15 Early Childhood Education Certifi cate ...... 67 Early Childhood Education Diploma ...... 67 E-campus Alberta ...... 195 Electrician - Apprenticeship ...... 32 Endeavour ...... 22 Engineering Design and Drafting Technology Diploma ...... 69 English as a Second Language ...... 71 Environmental Assessment and Restoration Diploma...... 72 E-volution...... 12 Exercise Science Diploma ...... 74 Extended Drop Period ...... 15 Facilities...... 20 Fashion Design Certifi cate ...... 76 Fashion Design and Marketing Diploma...... 76 Fees and Financial Information ...... 11 Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder Education ...... 78 Financing Your Education ...... 9 Fire Investigation and Prevention ...... 81 Fire Service Administration ...... 80 Fish and Wildlife Technology Post-Diploma Certifi cate ...... 82 Fitness, Wellness and Recreation ...... 20 Food Services...... 20 Forms ...... 199 Full-Time Status ...... 116 Garden Court Restaurant ...... 20 General Studies Diploma...... 84 Geomatics Engineering Technology Diploma ...... 88 Getting Started at Lethbridge College ...... 7 Health and Dental Plan...... 21 Health Services ...... 20 Heavy Equipment Technician - Apprenticeship ...... 28 Important Forms ...... 199 Interior Design Diploma ...... 90 International Support Services ...... 24 Introduction ...... 1 Job and Career Services - The WORKS ...... 20 Kodiaks Athletics ...... 21 LC Online...... 18 Learning Café ...... 20 Library Services ...... 18 Living in Residence ...... 200 Loans and Student Financing ...... 9 Lockers ...... 22 Lost and Found...... 22 Management - Business Administration Diploma ...... 38 Marketing - Business Administration Diploma ...... 38 Massage Therapy Diploma ...... 91 Mind, Body, Home ...... 194 Media (On-campus) ...... 22 Multimedia Production Diploma ...... 92

215 Index

Native Student Club...... 23 Natural Resource Compliance Diploma ...... 94 Nursing Degree (NESA) (must apply directly to the University of Lethbridge) ...... 95 Offi ce Administration Certifi cate ...... 100 Offi ce Administration Diploma ...... 100 Parking ...... 22 Parts Technician - Apprenticeship ...... 33 Perioperative Nursing Program ...... 102 Piita Pawanii Centre ...... 23 Plant & Soil - Agricultural Technology Diploma ...... 29 Policies ...... 205 - 213 Police Recruit Training...... 103 Practical Nursing Diploma ...... 104 President’s Welcome ...... 1 Print Journalism - Communication Arts Diploma ...... 50 Printing Services...... 22 Professional Golf Management Certifi cate of Specialization ...... 106 Professional Golf Management Diploma ...... 105 Program List ...... 5 & 6 Public Transportation ...... 22 Radio ...... 22 Recruitment ...... 18 Refund and Credit Schedule ...... 15 Registration ...... 9 Renewable Resource Management Diploma ...... 107 Residence...... 20 & 200 Scholarships and Awards ...... 25 Security Services ...... 19 Service Management...... 19 Services for Learners ...... 18 Services for Aboriginal Learners...... 23 Services for International Learners...... 24 Special Needs Educational Assistant Diploma ...... 109 Sports Facilities ...... 21 Student Financial Aid ...... 19 Student for a Day...... 19 Student Health and Dental Plan ...... 21 Student ID Card ...... 22 Student Loan Basics...... 9 Students With Disabilities ...... 19 Students Serving Students ...... 21 Students’ Association ...... 21 Table of Contents...... 2 Technology Infrastructure Fee ...... 12 Testing Services ...... 20 The WORKS - Job and Career Services ...... 20 Therapeutic Recreation (Gerontology) Diploma ...... 111 Transcripts ...... 7 Tuition and Fees ...... 12 Tuition Deadlines ...... 11 Tuition Tax Receipts ...... 15 Unit Clerk - Credential of Academic Achievement ...... 113 Upgrading and Transitional Programs ...... 46 Welder - Apprenticeship ...... 33 Withdrawal Dates ...... 15 Withdrawal Periods...... 15

216 lethbridgecollege.ca

Notes

217 Notes

218 lethbridgecollege.ca

Notes

219 Notes

220 lethbridgecollege.ca

Notes

221 Notes

222 lethbridgecollege.ca

Notes

223 Notes

224